DSSSB PGT Physics Solved Papers English Medium@Teachingexam

Delhi Subordinate Staff Selection Commission
DSSSB
PGT
PHYSICS
Solved Papers Chief Editor
A.K. Mahajan
Computer Graphics By
Balkrishna Tripathi & Ashish Giri
Editorial Office
12, Church Lane Prayagraj-211002
cees. : 9415650134
Email : yctap12@gmail.com
website : www.yctbooks.com/www.yctfastbook.com
 All rights reserved with Publisher
Publisher's Declaration
Edited and Published by A.K. Mahajan for YCT Publications Pvt. Ltd.
and E:Book by APP YCT BOOKS In order to Publish the book,
full care has been taken by the Editor and the Publisher,
still your suggestions and queries are welcomed.
In the event of any dispute, the judicial area will be Prayagraj.
Index
Post Graduate Teacher Physics Exam. 2021
Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 23.07.2021 (Shift-II)[Male]..................................3-40
Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 29.06.2021 (Female) ...........................................41-72
Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 04.07.2018 (Shift-II)[Female] ..........................73-131
Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 03.07.2018 (Male) ...........................................132-161
Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 28.06.2015 (Tier-II) ........................................162-184
Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 30.11.2014 .......................................................185-240

2
Post Graduate Teacher Exam., 2021
Physics
Question with Explanation
Exam Date - 23.07.2021 (Shift-II) [Male]
1. The word' Science' originates from: (a) Cesium - 133/meerefpeÙece - 133
meeFbme (efJe%eeve) keâer Glheefòe efkeâme Meyo mes ngF& nw? (b) Francium - 223/øewâveefMeÙece - 223
(a) Scientai/meeFbšeF& (b) Scenti/meWšer (c) Rubidium - 85/™efye[erÙeece - 85
(c) Scientia/meeFbefšÙee (d) Scientis/meeFbefšme (d) Cadmium - 112/kewâ[efceÙece - 112
Ans. (c) : The word 'Science' has Latin roots and came Ans. (a) : One second is defined as the time required for
from the Latin word "Scientia", meaning knowledge or a cesium-133 atom to undergo 9, 192, 631,770
understanding. vibrations between two hyperfine levels of its ground
2. Mark an incorrect match. state. This definition is used for the international
ieuele efceueeve keâes efÛeefÖle keâjW~ standard of the second, known as the atomic second.
(a) Archimedes : Principle of buoyancy; 4. What is the relative strength of strong nuclear
Principle of the lever/Deeefke&âefce[erpe : GlhueeJekeâlee force?
keâe efveÙece, Gòeesuekeâ keâe efveÙece Øeyeue veeYekeâerÙe yeue keâer Deehesef#ekeâ Øeyeuelee keäÙee nw?
(b) James Clerk Maxwell: Electromagnetic (a) 1 (b) 10
theory; light is an electromagnetic wave/pewcme (c) 100 (d) 1000
keäueke&â cewkeämeJesue: efJeÅegle ÛegbyekeâerÙe efmeæeble, ØekeâeMe Skeâ Ans. (a) : The relative strength of fundamental
efJeÅegle-ÛegbyekeâerÙe lejbie nw forces:-
(c) W.k.Roentgen : Ultra short radio Force Relative Range
waves/[yuÙet.kesâ.je@špeve: DeefleueIeg jsef[Ùees lejbies Strength
(d) Christiaan Huygens:Wave theory of Strong nuclear 1 ≈ 1 fm
light/ef›eâef§eÙeve neFieWme : ØekeâeMe keâe lebjie efmeæeble (<10–15m)
Ans. (c) : Electromagnetic 10–2 ∞ (∝ 1/r2)
Archimedes Principle of buoyancy, Principle of Weak 10–13 < 10–18 fm
the lever.
Gravitational 10–38 ∞ (∝ 1/r2)
James Clerk Electromagnetic theory, Light is an
5. Who introduced the concept of antiparticle?
Maxwell electromagnetic wave.
ØeeflekeâjCe keâer mebkeâuhevee efkeâmeves Øeefleheeefole keâer?
W.K. Discovery of X-Rays.
Roentgen (a) Paul Dirac/hee@ue ef[j@keâ
Christiaan Wave theory of light. (b) Carl Anderson/keâeue& Sb[jmeve
Huygens (c) Niels Bohr/veerume yeesj
3. One second is defined as the time required for (d) Tycho Brahe/šwkeâes yeÇens
a __________ atom to undergo 9192631770
vibrations between two hyperfine levels of its Ans. (a) : The concept of antiparticles was introduced
ground state. by physicist Paul Dirac in 1928 as a consequence of his
relativistic quantum theory which describes the
__________ hejceeCeg keâes Deheveer cetue efmLeefle kesâ oes
behaviour of Fermions and his equation known as
Deeflemet#ce mlejeW kesâ yeerÛe 9192631770 keâcheve keâjves kesâ Dirac's equation predicted the existence of antimatter
efueÙes DeeJeMÙekeâ meceÙe keâes Skeâ meskebâ[ kesâ ™he ceW with opposite charges to known particles, leading to the
heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ idea of antimatter.
DSSSB PGT 3 YCT
6. ______ is defined by Newton's first law of 9. Mark the correct relation with respect to the
motion./vÙetšve keâer ieefle kesâ ØeLece efveÙece mes________ strength of the forces, out of the following-
heefjYeeef<ele neslee nw~ efvecveefueefKele ceW mes yeueeW keâer leekeâle kesâ mebyebOe ceW mener
(a) Energy/Tpee& (b) Work/keâeÙe& mebyebOe keâes efÛeefÖle keâjW
(c) Inertia/peÌ[lJe (a) Electromagnetic force > Gravitational
(d) Moment of Inertia/peÌ[lJe DeeIetCe& force/efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue > ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue
Ans. (c) : Newton's first law of motion states that an (b) Electromagnetic force < Gravitational
object at rest will remain at rest and an object in motion force/efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue < ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue
will remain in motion with a constant velocity, unless
acted upon by a net external force. (c) Electromagnetic force = Gravitational
The law of inertia, described by Newton's first law of force/efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe yeue = ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue
motion. (d) Can't be determined/efveOee&efjle veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee
7. Which of the following scientific principles does
Ans. (a) : In terms of strength, the electromagnetic
the working of optical fibres depend on?
ØekeâeefMekeâ jsMeW (Dee@efhškeâue heâeFyej) keâer keâeÙe&ØeCeeueer force is generally much stronger than the gravitational
force, because electromagnetic interactions involve
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâme Jew%eeefvekeâ efmeæeble hej efveYe&j charged particles, which can have both positive and
keâjleer nw? negative charges, leading to stronger attractive or
(a) Thin film optical interference/levegefheheâuce repulsive forces. Gravitational forces, on the other hand,
ØekeâeMeerÙe JÙeeflekeâjCe only involves mass and is always attractive, but its
(b) Total internal reflection of light/ØekeâeMe keâe hetCe& strength is much weaker compared to electromagnetic
Deebleefjkeâ hejeJele&ve forces.
(c) Reflection of ultrasonic waves/hejeßeJÙe lejbieeW keâe Electromagnetic force > Gravitational Force
hejeJele&ve 10. Who had dismissed the possibility of tapping
(d) Photoelectric effect/ØekeâeMe-efJeÅegle ØeYeeJe energy from atoms?
Ans. (b) : The working of optical fibres relies on the hejceeCegDeeW mes Tpee& kesâ oesnve keâer mebYeeJevee keâes efkeâmeves
principle of total internal reflection of light, which Keeefjpe efkeâÙee Lee?
allows light to be transmitted along the fibre without
(a) Rutherford/jojheâes[& (b) Hahn/neve
significant loss of signal.
8. Mark the incorrect statement regarding (c) Meitner/cesšdvej (d) Tesla/šsmuee
Gravitational force./ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue kesâ mebyebOe ceW Ans. (a) : Rutherford dismissed the possibility of
ieuele keâLeve keâes efÛeefÖle keâjW~ tapping energy atom, even if each individual reaction
(a) The gravitational force is the force of mutual produced densely concentrated energy.
attraction between any two objects by virtue According to Rutherford, anyone who believed that
of their masses/ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue efkeâvneR oes efheC[eW nuclear reactions would be a potential source of useful
kesâ yeerÛe Gvekesâ õJÙeceeveeW kesâ keâejCe ueieves Jeeuee Deekeâ<e&Ce energy was talking "moonshine".
yeue nw 11. Which of the following works was not
(b) It is an universal force/Ùen Skeâ meeJe&ef$ekeâ yeue nw performed by Albert Einstein?
(c) Unlike electromagnetic force, the range of efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee keâeÙe& Deuyeš& DeeFbmšerve
gravitational force is not infinite/efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe Éeje veneR efkeâÙee ieÙee Lee?
yeue kesâ efJehejerle, ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue keâer meercee Deveble veneR (a) Static model of the universe which started
nw modern cosmology/yeÇÿeeb[ keâe efmLej cee@[ue efpemeves
(d) All objects on the earth, experience the force DeeOegefvekeâ yeÇÿeeb[ efJe%eeve keâer Meg™Deele keâer
of gravity due to the earth./he=LJeer hej meYeer JemlegSB (b) Quantum statistic of a gas of massive
he=LJeer kesâ keâejCe ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue keâe DevegYeJe keâjleer nQ~ bosons/yeÌ[s hewceeve (mebhegbefpele) hej yeesmee@ve keâer iewme kesâ
Ans. (c) : The incorrect statement regarding keäJeebšce DeeBkeâÌ[s (mebKÙeeefÙekeâer)
gravitational force is option (c). Unlike electromagnetic
(c) A critical analysis of the foundation of
force, the range of gravitational force is not infinite.
The correct statement is that the range of gravitational quantum mechanics/keäJeebšce Ùeebef$ekeâer keâer veeRJe keâe
force is indeed infinite, similar to the electromagnetic Skeâ cenlJehetCe& efJeMues<eCe
force. Gravitational force is said to have infinite range (d) A new derivation of Planks law./hueebkeâ efveÙece keâer
because it acts between any two objects with mass and
seperated by certain distance. Skeâ veJeerve JÙeglheefòe
DSSSB PGT 4 YCT
Ans. (d) : A new derivation of planks law has not been electromagnetic forces between positively charged
done by Albert Einstein. protons.
• Albert Einstein did propose the static model of the • The strong nuclear force does not apply between an
universe, which laid the foundation for modern electron and a proton.
cosmology. 14. The distances traversed, during equal intervals
• Albert Einstein and Satyendra Nath Bose, who of time, by a body falling from rest, stand to
together developed Bose-Einstein statistics for particles one another in the same ratio as the odd
with integer spin, known as bosons. numbers beginning with unity [namely, 1: 3: 5:
• Albert Einstein was involved in a critical analysis of 7..........].'' This is known as _________ law of
the foundation of quantum mechanics. odd numbers.
• Planks law describes the electromagnetic radiation
efJejeceeJemLee mes efiejleer ngF& efkeâmeer Jemleg Éeje meceeve
emitted by a black body in thermal state at a meceÙe DeblejeueeW ceW Ûeueer ieF& otefjÙeeB Skeâ otmejs mes Gmeer
definite temperature. Devegheele ceW nesleer nw efpeme Devegheele ceW Skeâ mes ØeejbYe nesves
The law is named after Max. Plank, who originally Jeeues efJe<ece Debkeâ [DeLee&le 1: 3: 5: 7..........]~ Fmes
proposed it in 1900. _________ keâe efJe<ece Debkeâ mebyebefOele efveÙece keâne peelee
12. The electric between two protons is _________ nw~
times the gravitational force between them for (a) Galileo's/iewefueefueÙees (b) Bruno's/yeÇtvees
any fixed distance.
(c) Newton's/vÙetšve (d) Kepler's/kesâhuej
efkeâmeer efveef§ele otjer kesâ efueS oes Øeesše@veeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe
JewÅegle yeue Gvekesâ yeerÛe ueies ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue keâe Ans. (a) : The distance traversed, during equal intervals
of time, by a body falling from rest, stand to one
_________ iegvee neslee nw~ another in the same ratio as the odd numbers beginning
(a) 1034 (b) 1036 with unity [namely, 1:3:5:7.....]". This is known as
38
(c) 10 (d) 1040 Galileo's law of odd numbers.
Ans. (b) : 1036 15. Which of the following is a scalar quantity?
Explanation :- efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewvemeer Skeâ DeefoMe jeefMe nw?
Let, the charges and masses of the two proton be m1, m2 (a) Total Linear Momentum/kegâue jwefKekeâ mebJesie
and q1, q2 respectively and separated by r distance.
(b) Total angular Momentum/kegâue keâesCeerÙe mebJesie
Here, q1 = q2 = 1.6×10–19C and m1 = m2 = 1.67×10–27kg
(c) Force/yeue
kq1q 2
Electrostatic force (Fe) = (d) Energy/Tpee&
r2
Gm1m 2 Ans. (d) : Energy is a scalar quantity. It has magnitude
Gravitational force (Fg) = 2 but no direction.
r
2 2 2
• Total Linear Momentum is a vector quantity because
Fe kq / r kq it has both magnitude and direction.
= =
Fg Gm 2 / r 2 Gm 2 • Total angular momentum and force is also a vector
quantity. It has also both magnitude and direction.
( )
2
9 × 109 × 1.6 × 10 –19
= = 1.24×10 36 16. Who correctly predicted in 1931 the existence
( )
2
6.67 × 10 –11 × 1.67 × 10 –27 of a new particle (now called neutrino) emitted
in β -decay along with the electron?
13. The strong nuclear force is not applicable efkeâmeves Je<e& 1931 ceW Fueskeäšêv@ e kesâ meeLe yeerše ef[kesâ ceW
between-
Glmeefpe&le Skeâ veJeerve keâCe (efpemes Deye vÙetefš^vees keânles
efkeâme kesâ yeerÛe Øeyeue veeefYekeâerÙe yeue ueeiet veneR neslee nw?
nw) kesâ DeefmlelJe keâe mener hetJee&vegceeve ueieeÙee Lee?
(a) A proton and a proton/Skeâ Øeesše@ve Deewj Skeâ Øeesše@ve
(a) Werner Heisenberg/Jeve&j neFpeveyeie&
(b) A neutron and a neutron/Skeâ vÙetšê@ve Deewj Skeâ
(b) Wolfgang Pauli/yeguheâieebie heewueer
vÙetšê@ve
(c) Max Born/cewkeäme yeesve&
(c) An electron and a Proton/Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve Deewj Skeâ
(d) Niels Bohr/veerume yeesj
Øeesše@ve
Ans. (b) : In 1931, Wolfgang Pauli proposed the
(d) A proton and a neutron/Skeâ Øeesše@ve Deewj Skeâ existence of the neutrino to explain the continuous
vÙetšê@ve energy spectrum observed in β-decay, where electrons
Ans. (c) : The strong nuclear force acts between protons were emitted Pauli suggested that an undetected, neutral
and neutrons within an atomic nucleus. It is responsible particle was also emitted along with the electron,
for binding these particles together despite the repulsive carrying away the missing energy.
DSSSB PGT 5 YCT
17. What is arcminute in radian? (a) 1/189.67
Deeke&âefceve, jsef[Ùeve ceW efkeâlevee neslee nw? (b) 1/176.86
(a) 3.91 × 10-4 (b) 0.91 × 10-4 (c) 1/327.26
(d) 1/273.16
(c) 1.91 × 10-4 (d) 2.91 × 10-4
Ans. (d) : The Kelvin is the base unit of temperature in
Ans. (d) : The minute of arc is a unit of angle to
the International System of Units (SI). It is defined as
1 1
th of one degree or of a circle. The minute 1/273.16 of the thermodynamic temperature of the triple
60 21,600 point of water.
of arc is also equal to π/10,800 rad. The triple point of water is a specific temperature and
• One arc minute is equivalent to 2.91×10–4 radian. pressure at which water coexists in equilibrium as solid,
18. A tower is observed from two opposite points liquid and gas.
on the ground. The angle subtended at the two 21. The ratio of the longest and shortest lengths of
directions of observation is 1°54'. Given the objects in our universe is about-
distance between the two points is about 1.276 nceejs yeÇÿeeb[ ceW meyemes uebyes Deewj meyemes Úesšs JemlegDeeW keâe
m compute the distance of the tower from any Devegheele ueieYeie nw-
of the point.(Use 360° = 2π π rad) (a) 1039 (b) 1040
peceerve hej oes efJehejerle efyebogDees mes Skeâ šeJej osKee pee (c) 10 41
(d) 1042
mekeâlee nw~ Øes#eCe keâer oes efoMeeDeeW mes ceerveej hej keâesCe Ans. (c) : The ratio of the longest and shortest lengths
Gheke=â<ekeâ 1°54' nw~ oes efyebogDees kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer ueieYeie of objects in our universe is about 1041.
1.276 ceeršj nw efkeâmeer Yeer efyebog mes šeJej keâer otjer keâer • The ratio of the heaviest and the lightest objects in the
ieCevee keâjW~ (360° = 2ππ rad keâe ØeÙeesie keâjW) universe is about (1041)2.
22. Which of the following events has the least time
(a) 3.84×102m (b) 0.384×102m
interval?/efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâme Iešvee keâe meceÙe
(c) 38.4×102m (d) 3.84×10-2m
Deblejeue keâce nw?
Ans. (b) :
(a) Period of atomic vibration/hejceeCeg kebâheve keâer
DeJeefOe
(b) Period of x-rays/Skeäme-js keâer DeJeefOe
(c) Period of light wave/ØekeâeMe lejbie keâer DeJeefOe
(d) Period of radius wave/ef$epÙee lejbie keâer DeJeefOe
Ans. (b) : The period of x-rays refers to the time it takes
Arc
θ= for one complete cycle of the x-ray wave. X-ray have
Radius extremely short wavelength typically on the order of
Arc  1 π  picometer or shorter.
θ= ∴θ = 1º 54 ' = 114'× ×  • As a result, their periods are very brief, making the
BO  60 180 
time interval between successive wave cycles extremely
Arc
BO = short compared to the periods of atomic vibration, light
θ waves and radius waves.
1.276
BO = = 0.384×102 m 23. Life span of most unstable particle is in the
1 π order of______./meJee&efOekeâ DeefmLej keâCeeW keâe peerJeveer
114 × ×
60 180 keâeue______ keâer keâesefš ceW nw
19. The molecular size of oleic acid is in the order (a) 10-24s (b) 10-23s
of- -22
(c) 10 s (d) 10-21s
DeesuesFkeâ Decue keâe DeeCeefJekeâ Deekeâej efkeâme ›eâce ceW nw?
Ans. (a) : The life span of most unstable particles, like
(a) 10-7m (b) 10-8m certain mesons and baryons, is indeed on the order of
-9
(c) 10 m (d) 10-10m 10–24 seconds.
Ans. (c) : Oleic acid is a soapy liquid with large 24. The magnitude of the difference between the
molecular size of the order of 10–9 m. individual measurement and the true value of
20. The kelvin, is the fraction___________ of the the quantity is called the ______ error of the
thermodynamic temperature of the triple point measurement.
of water. JÙeefòeâiele ceehe Deewj cee$ee kesâ JeemefJekeâ ceeve kesâ yeerÛe
peue kesâ ef$ekeâ-efyebog kesâ T<ceeieeflekeâ leehe kesâ ________ kesâ Deblej kesâ heefjceeCe kesâ ceehe keâes ______ $egefš keâne
Jes Yeeie keâes kesâefuJeve keânles nw~ peelee nw~
DSSSB PGT 6 YCT
(a) Relative/meehes#e 27. The dimensional formula of force is -
(b) Percentage/ØeefleMele yeue keâe efJeceerÙe met$e nw-
(c) Least count/Deuheleceebkeâ (a) [M0L T-2] (b) [M L0 T-2]
0
(d) Absolute/efvehes#e (c) [M L T ] (d) [M L T-2]
Ans. (d) : Force can be calculated by the product of the
Ans. (d) : The Magnitude of the difference between the
object's mass (m) and its acceleration (a).
individual measurement and the true value of the
Force = m×a
quantity is called the "absolute" errors of the
measurement. S.I. unit of force = N or Kg m/sec2
The dimensional formula of force is-
Absolute error (ε) = Am –At
F = m×a
Where,
F = [M]×[LT–2]
Am = Indicate value
F = [MLT–2]
At = True Value
28. Which of the following has no dimension?
25. The potential difference and current is given as
(10 ± 0.5)V and (10 ± 0.3)A for an electrical
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmekeâer keâesF& efJecee veneR nw?
circuit. Find the percentage error in finding the (a) Density/IevelJe
resistance. (b) Angle/keâesCe
efJeÅegle heefjheLe kesâ efueS efJeYeJeeblej Deewj efJeÅegle Oeeje (10 (c) Kinetic energy/ieeflepe Tpee&
± 0.5)V Deewj (10 ± 0.3)A kesâ ™he ceW oer ieF& nw~ ØeeflejsOe (d) Mass density/õJÙeceeve IevelJe
%eele keâjves ceW $egefš ØeefleMele %eele keâerefpeS~ Ans. (b) : (i) Density is a measure of mass per unit
(a) 2 percent/ØeefleMele (b) 3 percent/ØeefleMele volume and has dimensions (kg/m3).
(c) 7 percent/ØeefleMele (d) 8 percent/ØeefleMele (ii) Kinetic Energy has dimensions and is expressed in
Joules (J).
Ans. (d) : Given,
(iii) Mass Density has dimensions as well, typically
V = 100V
expressed in Kg/m3.
∆V = ±0.5 V (iv) Angle is a dimension less quantity because it
I = 10A represents a ratio of lengths and does not have any
∆I = ±0.3A physical dimensions.
V 29. Dimensional analysis can be used to check the
Resistance (R) =
I Dimensional _________ of equations.
Error Correction - efJeceerÙe efJeMues<eCe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ meceerkeâjCeeW kesâ
∆R ∆V ∆I efJeceerÙe _________ keâer peebÛe efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
×100 = × 100 + × 100
R V I (a) Consistency/efmLejlee
∆R 0.5 0.3
×100 = × 100 + ×100% (b) Inconsistency/DeefmLejlee
R 100 10
(c) Validity/efJeefOeceevÙelee
 0.5 + 0.3 
=   × 100% (d) Rigidity/ÂÌ{lee
 100 
Ans. (a) : Dimensional analysis involves examining the
= ± 8% dimensions of physical quantities involved in an
26. Suppose the period of oscillation of a simple equation. By ensuring that the dimensions on both sides
pendulum is 1.62 s, then the digit 2 is known as: of the equation are consistent, check for errors and
ceeve ueerefpeS Skeâ mejue ueesuekeâ kesâ oesueve keâer DeJeefOe verify the correctness of the equation.
1.62 nw, lees Debkeâ 2 keâes efkeâme ™he ceW peevee peelee nw? 1
30. Xo+Vo+ at2
(a) certain/efveef§ele 2
(b) reliable/efJeÕemeveerÙe The dimensional formula of the given equation
is:
(c) uncertain/Deefveef§ele
efoS ieS meceerkeâjCe keâe efJeceerÙe met$e nw:
(d) significant/cenlJehetCe&
(a) [M L T] (b) [M0 L T0]
Ans. (c) : In 1.62 number- (c) [M0 L T2] (d) [M L2 T-2]
• 3 significant figure. Ans. (b) : The given formula is for displacement. So,
• 1 and 6 are reliable and certain. the dimensional formula of the given equation is
• The digit 2 is uncertain. [M0L1T0].
DSSSB PGT 7 YCT
31. The position - time graph for an object moving
with negative velocity is-
(a) (b)
$e+Ceelcekeâ Jesie mes ieefleceeve efkeâmeer Jemleg kesâ efueS efmLeefle-
meceÙe «eeheâ nw-
(c) (d)
(a) (b)
Ans. (*) :
The given graph is about the displacement and time.
Since, change in velocity with respect to time gives
acceleration and change in displacement with respect to
(c) (d) change in time gives velocity.
Thus, if there is a constant velocity so the change in
acceleration is zero and if the displacement is uniform
Ans. (b) : The position-time graph for an object moving for a time period then the velocity will be zero.
with negative velocity is option (b). Note : For this question, discrepancy is found in
question/answer.
So, this question is ignored for all candidates.
33. What does the following graph indicate?
efvecveefueefKele «eeheâ keäÙee oMee&lee nw?
Negative velocity
y = –mx+c
x = –mt+c
–dx
Slope =
dt
(a) Motion in positive direction with positive
acceleration./Oeveelcekeâ lJejCe kesâ meeLe Oeveelcekeâ efoMee
ceW ieefle~
(b) Motion in negative direction with negative
Uniform motion acceleration./$e+Ceelcekeâ lJejCe kesâ meeLe $e+Ceelcekeâ
x= mt efoMee ceW ieefle~
(c) Motion in Positive direction with negative
acceleration./$e+Ceelcekeâ lJejCe kesâ meeLe Oeveelcekeâ
efoMee ceW ieefle~
(d) Motion of an object with negative
acceleration that changes direction at
anytime./$e+Ceelcekeâ lJejCe Jeeueer Jemleg keâer ieefle, pees
Position = Constant
efkeâmeer Yeer meceÙe efoMee yeoue osleer nw~
Ans. (b) :
Position time graph follows linear function and is a

quadratic function hence it is not a position time graph.
32. Which of the following shows Zero
acceleration?
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve «eeheâ MetvÙe lJejCe efoKeelee nw?
DSSSB PGT 8 YCT
In the given graph slope is negative - 2401× 1
= = 245m
–dv 9.8
m= = negative acceleration
dt R = 245 m
Therefore, motion in negative direction with negative 36. It is the time a person takes to observe, think
acceleration. and act. It is-
34. The advantage of the method of calculus for Ùen Jen meceÙe nw pees Skeâ JÙeefòeâ keâes osKeves, meeWÛeves Deewj
deriving the equations of motion for constant keâeÙe& keâjves ceW ueieelee nw~ Ùen nQ-
acceleration is that-
(a) Response time/Øeefleef›eâÙee meceÙe (Devegef›eâÙee keâeue)
efvejblej lJejCe kesâ efueS ieefle kesâ keâejCeeW keâes Øeehle keâjves
kesâ efueS DeJekeâue ieefCele keâer efJeefOe keâe ueeYe Ùen nw (b) Effective time/ØeYeeJeer meceÙe
efkeâ- (c) Reaction time/Øeefleef›eâÙee meceÙe
(a) It can be used for motion with non-uniform (d) Reduction time/vÙetvelece meceÙe
acceleration also./Fmekeâe GheÙeesie Demeceeve lJejCe kesâ Ans. (c) : When a situation demands our immediate
meeLe ieefle kesâ efueS Yeer efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ action. It takes some time before we really respond.
(b) It can be used for motion with instant Reaction time is the time a person takes to observe.
acceleration also./Fmekeâe GheÙeesie leel#eefCekeâ lJejCe Reaction time is a measure of the quickness with which
kesâ meeLe ieefle kesâ efueS Yeer efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ an organism responds to some sort of stimulus.
Effective time typically refers to the time during which
(c) It can be used for motion with linear
something is active, operational or has a significant
acceleration also./Fmekeâe GheÙeesie jwefKekeâ lJejCe kesâ
impact.
meeLe ieefle kesâ efueS Yeer efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
• Reduction time is the duration of a process or the time
(d) It can be used for motion with effective needed to achieve a reduction in specific parameter.
acceleration also./Fmekeâe GheÙeesie ØeYeeJeer lJejCe kesâ
37. What does the following graph indicate?
meeLe ieefle kesâ efueS Yeer efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
efvecveefueefKele «eeheâ keäÙee oMee&lee nw?
Ans. (a) : The advantage of the method of calculus for
deriving equations of motion for constant acceleration is
that it can be used for motion with non-uniform
acceleration as well.
35. A body is thrown with a velocity of projection
49.ms-1 at an angle of projection 45°. Find the (a) Position-time graphs of two objects with
Range of the body (g = 9.8 ms-2). equal velocities./meceeve Jesie Jeeueer oes JemlegDeeW keâe
Skeâ efheb[ keâes 45° kesâ keâesCe mes 49.ms-1 kesâ Øe#eshÙe Jesie efmLeefle-meceÙe «eeheâ
mes heWâkeâe peelee nw~ hejeme %eele keâerefpeS (g = 9.8 ms-2) (b) Position time graphs of two objects with
(a) 240 m (b) 245 m parallel velocities./meceeveeblej Jesie Jeeueer oes JemlegDeeW
(c) 250 m (d) 278 m keâe efmLeefle meceÙe «eeheâ
Ans. (b) : The range (R) of a projectile can be
(c) Position time graphs of one objects in
calculated using the formula :
different positions./efJeefYeVe efmLeefleÙeeW ceW Skeâ JemlegDeeW
v 2 sin ( 2θ )
R= keâe efmLeefle meceÙe «eeheâ
g (d) Position-time graphs of one objects with two
Where, different velocities./oes efYeVe Jesie Jeeues Skeâ Jemleg keâe
• v is the initial velocity (49m/s) efmLeefle meceÙe «eeheâ
• θ is the angle of projection (45º).
Ans. (a) :
• g is the acceleration due to gravity (9.8 m/s2).
∴ Put the value's in the formula.
u 2sin(2θ )
R=
g
( 49m / s )
× sin ( 2 × 45º )
2
This graph is, position-time graph of two objects with
=
9.8m / s 2 equal velocities as the slope of the given two lines is
49 × 49 × sin 90º given by v =
dx
= slope , which is same for both.
=
9.8 dt
DSSSB PGT 9 YCT
38. The direction of null vector _______. Ans. (*) :
MetvÙe meefoMe keâer efoMee _______. Note : For this question, discrepancy is found in
(a) Can be specified/efveefo&° efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw question/answer.
(b) Cannot be specified/efveefo&° veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw So, this question is ignored for all candidates.
41. Which of the following is not a property of unit
(c) Always east/meowJe heJe&
vector?
(d) Always west/meowJe heef§ece efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee FkeâeF& meefoMe keâe iegCe veneR
Ans. (b) : The direction of a null-vector cannot be nw?
specified because it lacks magnitude and orientation.
(a) It is present only in a particular axis/Ùen kesâJeue
39. Which of the following is not a property of zero
vector?
Skeâ efJeMes<e De#e ceW ceewpeto nw
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve-mee MetvÙe meefoMe keâe iegCe veneR (b) It has no dimensions/Fmekeâer keâesF& Jeercee veneR nw
nw? (c) It is used to represent a specific direction
only/Fmekeâe GheÙeesie kesâJeue Skeâ efoMee efveefo&° keâjves kesâ
(
(a) A + 0 = A For any vector A / ) efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw
A + 0 = A ( efkeâmeer Yeer meefoMe A keâs efueS ) (d) Its magnitude is unit/Fmekeâe heefjceeCe FkeâeF& nw
Ans. (a) : A unit vector is a vector with a magnitude of
(b) α 0 = 0 ( For any scalar α ) / 1 and is often used to specify direction. Unlike the
(
α 0 = 0 efkeâmeer Yeer DeefoMe α keâs efueS ) statement in option (a), a unit vector is not constrained
to a specific axis; it can represent direction in any axis.
(c) β − 0 = 0 ( for any scalar β ) / • Unit vectors are dimensionless and have an unit
magnitude emphazing their role in indicating direction
β − 0 = 0 ( efkeâmeer Yeer DeefoMe β keâs efueS ) without regard to scale or specific coordinate systems.
(
(d) 0A = 0 for any vector A / ) 42. Let there be a vector A in a plane. Which of
0A = 0 ( efkeâmeer Yeer meefoMe A keâs efueS ) the following factors A can't be specified?
Ans. (c) : It is defined as a vector having zero ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ Skeâ meceleue ceW Skeâ meefoMe A nw~
magnitude and acting in the arbitrary direction. It is
denoted by 0. A keâe efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee keâejkeâ efveefo&° veneR
Properties of null vector. efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw?
(i) The addition or subtraction of zero vector from a
given vector is again the same vector (a) Its magnitude is A /Fmekeâe heefjceeCe A nw
i.e., β+ 0 = β (b) The direction θ it makes with the x Axis/efoMee
β−0 = β θ Ùen x De#e kesâ meeLe yeveeleer nw~
(ii) The multiplication of zero vector by a non-zero real (c) Its components Ax and Ay/Fmekesâ Ieškeâ Ax Deewj
number is again of zero vector. Ay nw
i.e., n. 0 = 0 (d) Its position/Fmekeâer efmLeefle
(iii) If n1 A = n 2 β , where n1 and n2 are non-zero real Ans. (d) : The magnitude A , direction (angle with the
numbers. Then the relation will hold good. x-axis), and components (Ax and Ay) of the vector in the
if A= β = 0 plane. However, the position of the vector in the plane,
including its specific location, is not specified. The
40.
position would involve coordinates or a specific point in
the plane, which is not provided in this context.
43. Which one of the following is known as Law of
cosines?/efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmes keâespÙee kessâ efveÙece kesâ
™he ceW peevee peelee nw?
The value of R in the above figure is- Bsin θ
(a) tanα =
Ghejesòeâ Deeke=âefle ceW R keâe ceeve nw- A + Bcos θ
(a) A + B (b) B + A R A B
(b) = =
Sinθ Sinβ sin α
(c) B − A (d) A − B
DSSSB PGT 10 YCT
(c) R = A 2 + B2 − 2AB cos θ g
Y = x.tan ( θ ) – x2
B cos θ 2 ( v0 cos θ0 )
2
(d) tanα =
A + Bsin θ
46. What does "Centripetal" mean?
Ans. (c) : The Law of cosines is a trignometric formula ‘‘DeefYekesâvõ’’ keâe DeLe& keäÙee nw?
used to find the length of a side in a triangle when the
lengths of the other two sides and the included angle are (a) Central/keWâõerÙe
known. (b) Center seeking/keWâõ-DeefYecegKe
• In the given options, the correct representation of the (c) Around the center/keWâõ kesâ Deemeheeme
law of cosine is in option (c). (d) Away from center/keWâõ kesâ efJecegKe
R= A 2 + B2 – 2ABcos θ Ans. (b) : Centripetal :- It is something which tends to
Here, move inward rather than outward. So, it is center
• R is the length of the side opposite the angle θ. seeking and is clearly defined by any force or
• A and B are the length's of the other two sides. acceleration that points towards the center of circular
motion. This force is necessary to keep an object
• θ is the angle between sides A and B.
moving in a circular path and preventing it form flying
44. Who first stated the independency of the off in a straight line.
horizontal and the vertical component of
projectile motion? mv 2
F=
Øe#eshÙe ieefle kesâ #eweflepe SJeb TOJee&Oej IeškeâeW keâer mJeleb$e r
Øeke=âefle keâe GuuesKe meJe&ØeLece efkeâmeves efkeâÙee Lee? Therefore, option (b), center seeking is the correct
answer.
(a) Galileo/iewueerefueÙees
47. For a particular radius of a circular path the
(b) Newton/vÙetšve relation between the frequency of revolution
(c) Einstein/DeebFmšerve and the centripetal acceleration is-
(d) Edwin Hubble/S[efJeve nyeue Skeâ Je=òeekeâej heLe keâer Skeâ efJeMes<%e ef$epÙee kesâ efueS
Ans. (a) : Galileo, the Italian physicist and astronomer, heefj›eâceCe keâer DeeJe=efòe Deewj DeefYekesâvõÙe lJejCe kesâ yeerÛe
introduced the concept of the independence of mebyebOe nw
horizontal and vertical motion components in projectile (a) ac ∝ v (b) ac ∝ 1/v
motion in the early 17th century. He recognized that the (c) ac ∝ v2 (d) ac ∝ 1/v2
horizontal motion of a projectile is uniform and
unaffected by its vertical motion, provide there is no air Ans. (c) : The relationship between frequency (v),
resistance. This insight laid the foundation for centripetal acceleration (ac), and linear velocity (v) in
understanding the physics of projectiles and influenced circular motion can be explained as follows :
the development of classical mechanics. (i). The centripetal acceleration (ac) is given by the
45. If a projectile is thrown with a velocity v0 that v2
formula ac = , where, r is the radius of the circular
makes an angel θ0 with the X axis, then r
equation of path of the projectile is- path.
Ùeefo Skeâ Øe#eshÙe keâes Jesie v0 mes heWâkeâe peelee nQ pees X (ii). Frequency (v) is related to linear velocity (v) by the
De#e kesâ meeLe keâesCe θ0 yeveelee nw, lees Øe#eshÙe kesâ heLe keâe equation v = 2πrv, where 2πr is the circumference of the
circular path.
meceerkeâjCe nw- Now, express f in term of ac :
g
(a) Y = ( tan θ0 ) x − x2 v2
v 0 cos θ0 ac =
r
g
(b) Y = ( tan θ0 ) x − x2 ac =
r 2 ω2
2v0 cos θ0 r
g ⇒ a c ∝ ω2
(c) Y = ( tan θ0 ) − x2
2v 0 cos θ0
⇒ a c ∝ 2πν 2
g
(d) Y = ( tan θ0 ) x − x2 ⇒ a c ∝ ν2
2 ( v 0 cos θ0 )
2
So, the correct option is (c).

Ans. (d) : The correct equation for the path of a
48. Who first gave the view that if a body is
projectile launched with an initial velocity v0 of angle θ moving, something external is required to keep
with the horizontal (x-axis) is given by it moving?
DSSSB PGT 11 YCT
(a) Aristotle/Dejmlet 52. Which is not an important point about the
(b) Democritus/[sceeef›eâšdme second law of motion?
(c) Kanada/keâvee[e
keâewve mee ieefle keâe efÉleerÙe efveÙece kesâ yeejs ces Skeâ
cenlJehetCe& efyebog veneR nw?
(d) Copernicus/keâeshejefvekeâme
(a) The second law is obviously consistent with
Ans. (a) : The Greek Physicist thicker, Aristotle (384
the first law./otmeje keâevetve mhe<De ™he mes henues efveÙece
B.C. – 322 B.C.), held the view that if a body is
moving, something external is required to keep it kesâ Deveg™he nw~
moving. (b) The second law of motion is not a vector
• The Aristotelin law of motion may be phased thus : dependent law. /ieefle keâe efÉleerÙe meefoMe Deeefßele
An external force is required to keep a body in motion. efveÙece veneR nw~
49. In terms of acceleration, the state of rest and (c) The second law of motion is applicable to a
the state of uniform linear motion are- single point particle./ieefle keâe otmeje efveÙece Skeâue
lJejCe kesâ mevoYe& ceW, efJejece keâer DeJemLee Deewj Skeâmeceeve efyebog keâCeeW hej ueeiet neslee nw~
jwefKekeâ ieefle keâer DeJemLee nw- (d) The second law of motion is a local relation,
(a) Opposite/efJehejerle which means that force at a point in space at a
certain instant of time is related to
(b) Contradictory/efJejesOeeYeeme
acceleration at that point at that instant./ieefle
(c) Similar/mece™he
keâe efÉleerÙe efveÙece Skeâ mLeeveerÙe mebyebOe nw, efpemekeâe DeLe&
(d) Equivalent/mecekeâ#e nw efkeâ meceÙe kesâ efkeâmeer efveef§ele #eCe hej meceef° ceW efkeâmeer
Ans. (d) : In terms of acceleration, the state of rest and efyebog hej ueiee yeue Gmeer #eCe Gmeer efyebog hej lJejCe mes
the state of uniform linear motion are equivalent. mebyebefOele nw~
50. Who concluded that the Milky way derived its
Ans. (b) : In Newton's second law of motion, the
luminosity because of a large number of stars
relationship between force, mass and acceleration is
not visible to the naked eye?
described by the equation F = ma.
efkeâmeves efve<keâ<e& efvekeâeuee efkeâ DeekeâeMeiebiee Deheveer Ûecekeâ
• According to second law of motion, the force acting
veive DeebKeeW mes ve efoKeeF& os mekeâves Jeeues DemebKÙe leejeW on an object is directly proportional to its mass and the
mes Øeehle keâjleer nw? acceleration it expriences. This relationship implies that
(a) Copernicus/keâeshejefvekeâme (b) Galileo/iewueerefueÙees the force vector is in the same direction as the
(c) Aristotle/Dejmlet (d) Newton/vÙetšve acceleration vector.
53. Which statement is true for Newton's third law
Ans. (b) : • Galileo Galilei first resolved the band of
of motion?
light into individual stars with his telescope in 1610.
vÙetšve kesâ ieefle kesâ leermejs efveÙece kesâ efueS keâewve mee keâLeve
• He concluded the Milky Way derived its laminosity
because of a large number stars not visible to the naked melÙe nw?
eye. (a) The terms action and reaction means nothing
51. A high rate of change of momentum will be but momentum./ef›eâÙee Deewj Øeefleef›eâÙee Meyo keâe DeLe&
ensured if there is - ieefle kesâ DeueeJee Deewj kegâÚ veneR nw~
mebJesie heefjJele&ve keâer Skeâ GÛÛe oj megefveef§ele keâer peeSieer (b) The terms action and reaction in the third law
Ùeefo- may give a wrong impression that action
(a) A high change in force/Ùeefo yeue ceW Skeâ GÛÛe come before reaction./leermejs efveÙece ceW ef›eâÙee Deewj
heefjJele&ve nes Øeefleef›eâÙee keâer MeleX OeejCee os mekeâleer nQ efkeâ ef›eâÙee
(b) A slow change in force/Ùeefo yeue ceW Skeâ Oeercee Øeefleef›eâÙee mes henues Deeleer nw~
(c) Action and reaction force act on the same
heefjJele&ve nes
body./ef›eâÙee Deewj Øeefleef›eâÙee yeue Skeâ ner efheb[ hej keâeÙe&
(c) No change in force/Ùeefo yeue ceW keâesF& heefjJele&ve ve nes
keâjles nQ~
(d) Infinite change in force/Ùeefo yeue ceW Deveble (d) Action and reaction both are cause and effect
heefjJele&ve nes simultaneously./ef›eâÙee DeeIwj Øeefleef›eâÙee oesveeW Skeâ
Ans. (a) : The rate of change of momentum meeLe keâejCe Deewj ØeYeeJe oesveeW nesles nQ
(acceleration) is directly proportional to the force
Ans. (b) : The correct statement regarding Newton's
applied, as per Newtons second law (F = ma).
third law of motion is option (b).
Momentum (p). The product of mass and velocity is
"The terms action and reaction in third law may give a
called momentum.
wrong impression that action comes before reaction."
p = mv
DSSSB PGT 12 YCT
Statement (a) is incorrect becaused action and reaction (a) π rad (b) π/2 rad
do not refer to momentum. (c) π/3 rad (d) π/4 rad
Statement (c) is incorrect because action and reaction Ans. (a) : For a constant force and displacement, the
forces act on different bodies, not on the same bodies. workdone is maximum when the angle between the
Statement (d) is incorrect because action and reaction force applied and the direction in which body displaced
forces are not the cause and effect of each other in the is 0
traditional sense. They are two equal and opposite • The formula for work done is
forces that arise from the interaction between two
objects. W = F⋅d
54. A car moving at 5m/s on a road, takes in a W = Fdcosθ
circular road of radius 4m without decreasing Where, W = Work
the speed. The coefficient of static friction F = Force applied
between the wheel and the road is 0.2 What will d = displacement
happen while taking the turn? θ = the angle between F and d.
Skeâ keâej meÌ[keâ hej 5m/s keâer ieefle mes Ûeue jner nw~ Jen W = Fdcosθ
4m ef$epÙee keâer Skeâ Je=òeekeâej meÌ[keâ ceW ieefle keâes keâce Thus, for maximum workdone, θ = 0 or π.
efkeâS efyevee Skeâ ceesÌ[ uesleer nw~ heefnÙee Deewj meÌ[keâ kesâ 57. The kinetic energy of 3.5 × 10-5 kg of rain drop
yeerÛe mLeweflekeâ Ie<e&Ce keâe iegCeebkeâ 0.2 nw~ ceesÌ[les meceÙe at a terminal speed 9 m/s is about:
(šve& uesles meceÙe) keäÙee nesiee? 3.5 × 10-5 keâer yeeefjOe keâer yetbo keâer ieeflepe Tpee& keäÙee nw,
(a) The car will slip/keâej efheâmeue peeSieer
efpemekeâer meerceevle Jesie 9 m/s ceeršj/meskeWâ[ nw?
(a) 3.5 × 103J (b) 3.5 × 10-3J
(b) The car will not slip/keâej efheâmeuesieer veneR -3
(c) 1.2 × 10 J (d) 1.4 × 10-3J
(c) The car moves steadily/keâej efmLej Ûeueleer jnWieer
Ans. (d) : The kinetic energy (KE) of the raindrop can
(d) The car will roll/keâej ueg{bkeâ peeSieer 1
Ans. (a) : Frictional force = µmg be calculated using the formula KE = mv2 , where m
2
mv 2 is the mass and v is the velocity.
Centripetal force = Given :
r
for no slip condition m = 3.5×10–5 kg (mass of raindrop)
v = 9 m/s (terminal speed)
mv2
µmg = Put the given value in the Kinetic Energy formula :
r 1
v2 (KE) = × mv 2
⇒ µg = 2
r 1
KE = × 3.5 × 10 –5 × ( 9 )
2
( 5)
2
2
but 0.2 × 9.81 =
4 = 0.5×3.5×10–5×81
KE = 1.4175×10–3 J
1.962 ≠ 6.25
58. A toy car is moving with a velocity of 2m/s. Its
Hence the car will slip. mass is 1kg. It enters into the rough path and
55. 1 calorie is equal to- moves from 0.10m to 2.01m. The retarding
1 kewâueesjer (cal) kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw- force (Fx) on the car in this path is inversely
(a) 6.183 J (b) 5.456 J proportional to the path (x) over this range,
(c) 4.186 J (d) 2.378 J (Fx = -k/x For 0.1 < x < 2.01m
= 0. For x < 0.1 And x > 2.01m
Ans. (c) : One calories is equal to approximately
Where k = 0.5 J. Find the final speed of the car.
4.184J.
Skeâ efKeueewvee keâej 2m/s kesâ Jesie mes Ûeue jner nw~ Fmekeâe
• Calories are a unit of energy. They used to measure
the energy content of food and beverage. õJÙeceeve 1kg nw~ Ùen Kegjogjs jemles ceW ØeJesMe keâjleer nw~
• Joule is the unit of energy in (SI) system. Deewj 0.10m mes 2.01m lekeâ Ûeueleer nw~ Fme heLe ceW keâej
56. For constant force and displacement the value hej cebokeâ yeue (Fx ) efvecveefueefKele meercee hej heLe (x) kesâ
of work done is maximum when the angle JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw,
between them is- (Fx = -k/x For 0.1 < x < 2.01m kesâ efueS
DeÛej yeue Deewj efJemLeeheve kesâ efueS efkeâS ieS keâeÙe& keâe ceeve = 0. For x < 0.1 Deewj x > 2.01m kesâ efueS
DeefOekeâlece neslee nw peye Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe neslee nw- peneb k = 0.5 J keâej keâer Debeflece ieefle %eele keâerefpeS~
DSSSB PGT 13 YCT
(a) 2m/s (b) 1m/s Power = 21640 N × 2 m/s
(c) 4m/s (d) 3m/s Power = 43280 N. m/s.
Ans. (b) : To convert the power to horsepower, we can use the
conversion factors :
59. Which statement is false for spring constant? 1(hp) = 745.7 N.m/s
efmØebie efveÙeleebkeâ kesâ efueS keâewve-mee keâLeve DemelÙe nw? 43280 N.m / s
(a) Its unit is Nm/Fmekeâe cee$ekeâ Nm Power in horsepower (hp) =
745.7 m / s / hp
(b) The spring is said to be stiff if K is large/Ùeefo Power ≈ 58.09 hp
K keâe ceeve yengle DeefOekeâ nw, leye efmØebie keâes ÂÌ{ keâne Therefore, the minimum power delivered by the motor
peelee nw is approximately 58.09 hp, which is closest to option (a)
(c) Its unit is N/m/Fmekeâe cee$ekeâ N/m nw 59 hp.
(d) The spring is said to be soft if K is small/Ùeefo 62. A constant power is applied to a body, so the
body is moving unidirectionally. Now at any
K keâe ceeve keâce nw, leye efmØebie keâes vece& keâne peelee nw
time t, the displacement of the body is
Ans. (a) : Restoring force in spring is given by F = –kx proportional to
So, from here the spring constant 'k' defined by the Skeâ Jemleg hej Skeâ efveef§ele yeue (Meefòeâ) ueielee nw,
restoring force per unit length. Option (a) is false. The efpememes Jemleg ™he mes Deeies yeÌ{leer nw~ Deye efkeâmeer Yeer
unit of spring constant (K) is Newtons per meter (N/m)
not Newton-meters (Nm) because it represents the force
meceÙe t hej Jemleg keâe efJemLeeheve __________ mes
required to stretch or compress the spring by one meter. Deevegheeeflekeâ neslee nw~
Option (b, c, d) are all true regarding the spring (a) t3 (b) t3/2
5/2
constant. (c) t (d) t-3/2
60. The approximate energy associated with Ans. (b) : The work done by an applied force F on the
thunderstorms is: given body can be expressed as
Leb[jmšescme& (iejpe kesâ meeLe Je<ee&) kesâ meeLe pegÌ[er W = fd ... (i)
Devegceeefvele Tpee& nw: W
P= = constant ... (ii)
(a) 1015 J (b) 1014 J t
(c) 1013 J (d) 1012 J Substituting equ. (i) and (ii) and we get,
Fd
Ans. (a) : Thunderstorms release a tremendous amount = constant ... (iii)
of energy, primarily in the form of lighting and t
convective processes. The total energy associated with a The dimension of force
typical thunderstorm can vary, but it's estimated to F → [MLT–2] (Unit → N)
15
around 10 Joules. The dimension of displacement
61. The speed of an elevator is 2m/s when it carries d → [L] (Unit → meter)
a maximum weight of 1800 kg. The opposing The dimension of time
force experienced by the elevator is 4000N. t → [T] (Unit → seconds)
What is the minimum power delivered by the dimensions of force, displacement and time
motor?  MLT –2  [ L ]
Skeâ efueheäš keâe Jesie 2m/s nw peye Ùen kegâue õJÙeceeve = constant
1800 efkeâ«ee keâe Jenve keâjlee nw~ efueheäš Éeje DevegYeJe [ T]
efkeâÙee ieÙee efJejesOeer yeue 4000N nw~ ceesšj Éeje oer peeves [ML2T–3] = constant
L2T–3 = constant
Jeeueer vÙetvelece Meefòeâ keäÙee nw?
L2∝T3
(a) 59hp (b) 47hp
Then on taking the square root, we have
(c) 57hp (d) 63hp
L∝T3/2
Ans. (a) : To find the minimum power delivered by the dimension of displacement, d ∝ t3/2
motor, we can use the formula : Therefore, option (b) is the correct answer.
P=F×v
63. The movement of the axis of the spinning top
Weight = mass × acceleration due to gravity
2 around the vertical is termed as ________.
Weight = 1800 kg × 9.8 m/s
TOJee&Oej kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj Meer<e& keâer Oegjer keâer ieefle keâes
height = 17640 N
________ keâne peelee nw~
Now, We can calculate the power :
Power = (Force + Weight)×Velocity (a) Rotation/IetCe&ve (b) Oscillation/oesueeÙeceeve
P = (4000 N + 17640 N)× 2 m/s (c) Spinning/ ef mheef v eb i e (d) Precession/hegjmmejCe
DSSSB PGT 14 YCT

Ans. (d) : Ans. (c) :
Given,
Length of iron bar (AB) = 0.7 m
Two knife edges (K1K2) = K1A = K2B = 0.1 m
The movement of axis of the spinning top around the
Mass of bar = 4 kg (at center of gravity of rod)
vertical is termed as Precession.
Suspended load (P) = 6 kg
64. What is the magnitude of the vector product Distance P with respect to A = 0.3 m
for a = 2iɵ - 4jɵ - 3kɵ and b = -3iɵ + ɵj + 3kɵ R1 and R2 be reaction at knife edges
a = 2iɵ - 4jɵ - 3kɵ Deewj b = -3iɵ + ɵj + 3kɵ kesâ efueS meefoMe R1+R2 = W'+W = 6+4 = 10 kg ... (i)
Rotational equilibrium, moment of force about G
iegCeveheâue keâe heefjceeCe keäÙee nw? –R1(K1G) + W'(PG) + W(0) + R2 (GK2) = 0
(a) 170 (b) 180 –R1(.35–.10)+6(.35–.30)+R2(.35–.10) = 0
(c) 190 (d) 200 or –.25R1+.25R2+.30 = 0
.25(R1–R2) = .30
Ans. (c) : The product vector product a × b :
.30
î ˆj kˆ R1–R2 = = 1.2 ... (ii)
.25
a × b = 2 –4 –3 Add (i) and (ii)
–3 1 3 2R1 = 11.2
R1 = 5.6 kgwt = 5.6×9.8 = 54.88 N ≈ 55N
= ( –12 + 3) î – ˆj ( 6 – 9 ) + kˆ ( 2 – 12 ) Using (i)
= –9iˆ + 3jˆ – 10kˆ R2 = 10–R1 = 10–5.6 = 4.4 kgwt
R2 = 4.4×9.8N = 43.12 ≈ 43 N
= a 2 + b 2 + c2 Option (c) is the correct answer.
= ( –12 + 3) + ( 6 – 9 ) + ( 2 – 12 )
2 2 2
66. What shall be the moment of inertia of a thin
rod of length L along the axis perpendicular to
= 9 2 + 32 + 102 rod at mid point?
= 81 + 9 + 100 uecyeeF& keâer heleueer ÚÌ[ kesâ ceOÙe efyebog mes iegpejleer uebyeeF&
= 190 De#e hej peÌ[lJe DeeIetCe& keäÙee nesiee?
65. The length of an iron bar is 0.7m and its mass (a) ML/12 (b) ML2/12
2
is 4 kg. The bar is supported on two knife edge (c) ML /10 (d) ML2/14
placed 0.1 m from each end. A load of 6 kg is Ans. (b) : The moment of inertia (I) of a thin rod of
suspended at 0.3m from one end. What are the length L along the axis perpendicular to the rod at its
reactions at each of the knife edges? midpoint is given by the formula :
Skeâ ueewn-yeej keâer uebcyeeF& 0.7 ceeršj nw Deewj Fmekeâe ML2
I=
õJÙeceeve 4 efkeâ«ee nw~ ØelÙeskeâ Úesj mes 0.1 ceeršj keâer otjer 12
hej jKes oes Ûeeketâ kesâ efkeâveejs hej yeej jKeer ieÙeer efkeâ«ee Where M is the mass of rod.
keâe Yeej Skeâ efmejs mes 0.3 ceeršj hej ueškeâeÙee peelee nw~
Ûeeketâ kesâ ØelÙeskeâ efkeâveejs hej keäÙee Øeefleef›eâÙee nesieer?
(a) 55N and 21N
(b) 43N and 25N 67. Mass of a uniform metal rod is M and length is
(c) 55N and 43N l. Find the moment of inertia of the rod about
an axis perpendicular to it through one end.
(d) 37N and 63N
DSSSB PGT 15 YCT
õJÙeceeve M Deewj uebcyeeF& l Jeeueer ÚÌ[ keâe, Gme De#e kesâ Ùeefo efkeâmeer efvekeâeÙe hej keâeÙe& keâjves Jeeuee Megæ yeeÿe
heefjle: peÌ[lJe DeeIetCe& keäÙee nesiee pees Fmekesâ uecyeJeled yeue MetvÙe nw, lees Gmekeâe kegâue ________mebJesie MetvÙe
efkeâmeer Skeâ efmejs mes iegpejleer nes? neslee nw~
(a) Ml2/3 (b) Ml2/4 1. jsKeerÙe
(c) Ml2/12 (d) Ml2/14
2. keâesCeerÙe
Ans. (a) :
(a) Only 1/kesâJeue 1
(b) Only 2/kesâJeue 2
(c) Both 1 and 2/1 Deewj 2 oesveeW
(d) Neither 1 nor 2/ve lees 1 Deewj ve ner 2
Ans. (*) :
According to Parallel Axis Theorem, Note : For this question, discrepancy is found in
2 question/answer.
ℓ
ICD = I AB + M   So, this question is ignored for all candidates.
2
70. The earliest 'geocentric' model in which all
Mℓ 2 Mℓ 2
= + celestial objects, stars, the sun and the planets
12 4 all revolved around the earth, was proposed by
Mℓ 2 _______.
ICD =
3 ØeejbefYekeâ ‘YetkeWâefõkeâ’ cee@[ue efpemeceW meYeer KeieesueerÙe
The moment of inertia (I) for a uniform rod rotating efheb[, leejs, metÙe& Deewj «en meYeer he=LJeer kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj
about an axis perpendicular to it through one end is Ietceles nQ, _______ Éeje ØemleeefJele efkeâÙee ieÙee Lee~
given by the formula :
(a) Galileo/iewueerefueÙees
1
I = Mℓ 2 (b) Ptolemy/še@uesceer
3
where, (c) Aristotle/Dejmlet
• M is the mass of the rod. (d) Copernicus/keâeshejefvekeâme
• ℓ is the length of the rod. Ans. (b) : Claudius Ptolemy's geocentric model, known
Mℓ 2 as the Ptolemaic system, posited that Earth was at the
The moment of interia I would be = . center of the universe, with celestial bodies, including
3 the Sun, Moon and planets, moving in complex
68. The point where satellite is nearest to the earth epicyclic orbit arount it. Ptolemy's model was widely
is called- accepted for centuries untill the heliocentric model,
Jen efyebog peneB Ghe«en he=LJeer kesâ meyemes efvekeâš neslee nw, suggesting the sun as the center, gained prominence
keânueelee nw- during the Renaissance.
71. Suppose four equal masses (m) are present at
(a) Perigee/GheYet (Yet-meceerhekeâ)
the four corners of the square room of side r. If
(b) Apogee/DeheYet (hejekeâe‰e) the gravity is G then find the gravitational
(c) Perihelion/Ghemeewj potential energy for the system of four masses.
(d) Aphelion/Dehemeewj ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ r Yegpee Jeeues Jeiee&keâej keâcejs kesâ ÛeejeW
Ans. (a) : Perigee is the term used to describe the point keâesveeW hej Ûeej Deekeâefmcekeâ õJÙeceeve (m) ceewpeto nQ~ Ùeefo
in a satellite's orbit when it is closest from the Earth. It ieg™lJeekeâ<e&Ce G nw lees Ûeej õJÙeceeveeW kesâ efvekeâeÙe kesâ
is the opposite of apogee, which is the farthest point in efueS ieg®lJeerÙe efmLeeflepe Tpee& %eele keâerefpeS~
the orbit.
Gm 2
• Understanding perigee and apogee is crucial for (a) −5.41
r
satellite engineers and mission planners in optimizing
orbits for various purpose, such as communication, Gm 2
(b) 5.23
Earth observations, or scientific research. r
69. If the net external force acting on a system is Gm 2
(c) 3.25
zero, then its total ________ momentum is zero. r
1. Linear Gm 2
2. Angular (d) −4.31
r
DSSSB PGT 16 YCT
Ans. (a) : Skeâ Ghe«en keâe õJÙeceeve 400 ef›eâiee nw~ Ghe«en 2R
ef$epÙee keâer Je=òeekeâej keâ#ee ceW heefjmebÛeejer nw~ Fmes 4R
ef$epÙee keâer Skeâ DevÙe Je=òeerÙe keâ#ee ceW mLeeveebleefjle keâjves
kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ Tpee& %eele keâerefpeS~ (efoÙee ieÙee R
= 6370 efkeâceer)
(a) 3.51 × 109 J (b) 3.13 × 109 J
(c) 4.23 × 109 J (d) 3.51 × 108 J
The system has four pairs with distance r and two Ans. (b) : Given :
diagonal pairs with distance 2r M = 400 kg
Gm 2 Gm 2 –2Gm 2  1  R = 6370 km
∴ U = –4 –2 =  2+  =
r 2r r  2 GMm  1 1 
W=  – 
2  R1 R 2 
Gm 2
⇒ –5.41
r GM mR 2  1 1 
W=  – 
72. The escape speed for the moon is ________ R 2 2  2R 4R 
times smaller than the earth. gmR 2  1  mgR
Ûebõcee keâer heueeÙeve Ûeeue he=LJeer mes ________ iegvee W =  =
2  4R  8
Úesšer nw?
400 × 9.8 × 6.4 × 106
(a) 4 (b) 5 W=
8
(c) 6 (d) 3
W = 3.13×109 J
Ans. (b) : The escape speed for the moon is five times
75. The duration of a planet year is 29.5 times the
smaller than the earth.
earth year. Find the distance between the
73. Suppose a planet has two natural satellites. the planet and the sun if the distance between the
period of one natural satellite is 7 hours, 39 sun and the earth 1.50 × 108 km.
3
minutes and an orbital radius of 9.4×10 km. Skeâ «en Je<e& keâer DeJeefOe he=LJeer Je<e& keâe 29.5 iegvee nw~
Find the mass of the planet.
Ùeefo metÙe& Deewj he=LJeer kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 1.50 × 108
ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ Skeâ «en kesâ oes Øeeke=âeflekeâ Ghe«en nQ~
efkeâceer. nw, lees «en Deewj metÙe& kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer %eele keâjW~
Skeâ Øeeke=âeflekeâ Ghe«en keâer DeJeefOe 7 Iebšs, 39 efceveš Deewj
(a) 1.43 × 1010 km (b) 1.43 × 108 km
keâ#ee keâer ef$epÙee 9.4×103 12
(c) 1.43 × 10 km (d) 1.43 × 1014 km
(a) 5.48 × 1023 kg (b) 5.48 × 1022 kg
Ans. (c) : Given,
(c) 6.79 × 1022 kg (d) 6.48 × 1023 kg
A planet year = 29.5 times the earth year
Ans. (d) : Given :
⇒ T' = 29.5 T
Time period (T) = 7 hours, 39 minutes
According to Kepler's Law,
Orbital radius (r) = 9.4×103 km
T 2 ∝ r3
(G) = 6.67×10–11 Nm2/kg2 2 3
and T r
⇒   = 
4π 2 3  T'  r'
T2 = R 2 3
 T   1.5 × 10 
8
GM m
⇒   = 
or  29.5T   r' 
4π2 R 3 3.375 × 1024 × 3481
⇒ ( r ') =
3
Mm = ⋅
G T2 4
( ) ⇒ r' = 1.43×1012 km
3
4 × ( 3.15 ) × 9.4 × 103
2
∴ Mm = 76. Which is true for a simple harmonic motion?

6.67 × 10 –11 × ( 459 × 60 )
2
mejue neceexveer ieefle kesâ efueS keâewve-mee melÙe nw?
Mm = 6.48×1023 kg (a) It is an oscillatory motion in which the
74. The mass of a satellite is 400 kg. The satellite is displacement of the particle from the origin
circulating in a circular orbit of radius 2R. varies with time./Ùen Skeâ oesueeÙeceeve ieefle nw efpemeceW
Find the energy which is needed to transfer it cetue mes keâCe keâe efJemLeeheve meceÙe kesâ meeLe yeouelee
to another orbit of radius 4R. (Given R = 6370
km)
jnlee nw~
DSSSB PGT 17 YCT
(b) It is also a periodic motion./Ùen Skeâ DeeJele& ieefle • ω is the angular frquency (related to the period T by
Yeer nw~ 2π
ω= ).
(c) It is a motion in which displacement is a T
sinusoidal function with time./Ùen Skeâ Ssmeer ieefle • φ is the phase angle (represents the initial position of
nw efpemeceW efJemLeeheve meceÙe kesâ meeLe Skeâ pÙeeJe›eâerÙe the object at t = 0).
DeefYeue#ekeâ nw~ 78. A wooden block of mass 5 kg is attached to a
spring. It slides without friction over a
(d) It is a circulatory motion./Ùen Skeâ heefjmebÛejCe ieefle horizontal rod. The block is displaced from its
nw~ equilibrium position by 0.1 m and released.
Ans. (*) : SHM is an oscillatory motion in which the Find the maximum speed of the block. (Given
acceleration of the particle at any position is directly spring constant is 500 N/M)
proportional to the displacement from the mean 5 efkeâ«ee õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ uekeâÌ[er keâe Juee@keâ Skeâ efmØebie
position. mes pegÌ[e nw~ Ùen Skeâ #eweflepe meÌ[keâ hej Ie<e&Ce kesâ efyevee
i.e. a ∝ –x mueeF[ keâjlee nw~ yuee@keâ keâes Deheveer meblegueve efmLeefle mes
or f ∝ –x 0.1 ceeršj efJemLeeefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw Deewj ÚesÌ[e peelee
• Periodic Motion - Such motion which repeats itself nw~ yuee@keâ keâer DeefOekeâlece ieefle %eele keâerefpeS~ (efoS ieS
after an equal interval of time for e.g. Circular motion. efmØebie efmLejebkeâ 500 N/M nw)
Oscillation Motion - To and fro motion of a particle (a) 1 m/s (b) 2 m/s
about a mean position is called an oscillatory motion in
(c) 3 m/s (d) 1 3m/s
which particle can move on both side of its equilibrium 2
or its mean position. Ans. (a) : The potential energy stored in the spring
Thus, from the above, it can be concluded that SHM is a when the block is displaced by 0.1 m from its
special case of oscillation, along with a straight line equilibrium position is given by :
between the two extreme points. 1
PE = kx 2
Thus, the path of SHM is constraint and path of object 2
is not circulatory, its a straight lines and its Where ;
displacement is a sinusoidal function given by x = • k is the spring constant (500 N/m).
Asin(ωt+φ). • x is the displacement (0.1 m)
In the Periodic motion, the displacement of the object Substituting the given values :
may or may not be in the direction of restoring force but
1
PE = × 500 × ( 0.1)
2
in SHM, the displacement of the object is always in the
opposite direction of the restoring force. 2
1
PE = × 500 × ( 0.1)
2
Note : For this question, discrepancy is found in
question/answer. 2
So, this question is ignored for all candidates. 1
PE = × 500 × 0.01
77. Example of a function of time which represents 2
simple harmonic motion is PE = 2.5J
meceÙe kesâ Skeâ heâueve keâe GoenjCe pees mejue DeeJele& ieefle At the maximum speed, all this potential energy
is converted into kinetic energy.
keâes efve™efhele keâjlee nw
Therefore :
(a) log ωt 1
KE = mv2
(b) Cos 2ωt + sin 3ωt + sin 4ωt 2
Where :
(c) a sin ( ωt + φ )
• m is the mass of the block (5 kg).
(d) a sin 2 ( ωt + φ ) • v is the maximum speed.
Ans. (c) : Since the displacement of the particle in SHM Equating the potential energy to the kinetic energy :
is given by the sinusoidal function which is here 1
2.5 = × 5 × v 2
correctly mentioned in the option (c), 2
x(t) = a.sin( ωt+ φ) Solving for v :
where ; 2.5 × 2
v2 =
• x(t) is the displacement of the object from its 5
equilibrium position at time t. v2 = 1
• 'a' is the amplitude (maximum displacement from v = 1 m/s
equilibrium). So, the maximum speed of the blcok is 1 m/s.
DSSSB PGT 18 YCT

79. Suppose the length of the string of a pendulum 0.2
is L and the mass of the bob attached is m. T = 2π
0.0016
Taking moment of inertia as I, find the angular 90 –
acceleration for small displacement. 0.16
ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ Skeâ ueesuekeâ keâer [esjer keâer uebyeeF& L nw 0.2
T = 2π
Deewj mebue«e ieesuekeâ keâe õJÙeceeve m nw~ peÌ[lee kesâ #eCe 90 – 0.01
keâes I kesâ ™he ceW uesles ngS, ueIeg efJemLeeheve kesâ efueS 0.2
keâesCeerÙe lJejCe %eele keâjW~ T = 2π
89.99
mgL mgI T = 2π 0.002222
(a) α = θ (b) α = θ
I L T = 2π×0.04713
mgI mgL T = 0.295s ≈ 0.3 s
(c) α = − θ (d) α = − θ
L I So, the period of oscillation is approximately 0.3
mgL seconds.
Ans. (d) : α = − θ
I 81. Suppose the length of a pendulum is L and the
Solution - mass of the bob is M. It is suspended in a toy
Given, Mass of bob attached in pendulum = m, train. The toy train is moving in a circular
String length = L, track of radius R with speed v. The pendulum
and moment of Inertia = I makes small oscillations in a radial direction
Torque acting oin mass 'm' of the bob depend upon its about its equilibrium position. Find the time
moment of inertia and its angular acceleration. period of oscillation.
i.e. τ = Iα = Lcm× (–mgsin θ) ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ Skeâ ueesuekeâ keâer uebyeeF& L nw Deewj
mgLsin θ mgL ieesuekeâ keâe õJÙeceeve M nw pees Skeâ še@Ùe šs^ve ceW ueškeâe
⇒ α= – ≈– θ
I I ngDee nw~ še@Ùe š^sve ieefle v kesâ meeLe ef$epÙee R kesâ Skeâ
sinθ≈ θ (for smaller angular displacement) where 'α' is ieesueekeâej š^wkeâ ceW Ietce jner nw~ ueesuekeâ Deheveer meblegueve
the angular acceleration and 'θ' is the angle from its efmLeefle kesâ yeejs ceW ef$epÙe efoMee ceW Úesšs-Úesšs oesueve
mean position.
keâjlee nw~ oesueve keâer meceÙeeJeefOe %eele keâerefpeS~
80. The mass of the block attached to the spring is
200g. Its damping constant is 40g/s. If the ℓ 1 ℓ
(a) 2π (b)
spring of force constant is 90 N/m, then find the v 4 2π v2
period of oscillation. g2 + 2 g2 + 2
R R
efmØebie mes pegÌ[s yuee@keâ keâe õJÙeceeve 200 «eece nw~ Fmekeâe
DeJeceobve efmLejebkeâ 40g/s nw~ Ùeefo efmØebie efveÙeleebkeâ keâe (c)
1 ℓ
(d) 2π
ℓ
ceeve 90 N/m nw, lees oesueve keâe DeeJele&keâeue %eele 2π v 4 v4
g2 + 2 g2 + 2
keâerefpeS~ R R
(a) 0.5 s (b) 0.4 s
ℓ
(c) 0.3 s (d) 0.2 s Ans. (a) : 2π
v4
Ans. (c) : To find the period of oscillation for a mass g2 +
spring system with damping, we use the R2
Formula : Given, length of pendulum = L
m Mass of bob = m
T = 2π Let train is moving on circular track with 'v' velocity
b2
k– and radius of circular track given be R.
4m 2
Due to circular motion, centripetal acceleration on the
Given :
bob = v×ω (towards the centre)
Mass, m = 200g
v×v
Force constant, k = 90 N/m = [∵v = Rω]
Damping constant, b = 40 g/s R
Put the values into the formula : v2
=
0.2 R
T = 2π
( 0.04 )
2 2
 v2 
90 – So, net acceleration, geff = g2 +  
4 ( 0.2 )
2
R
DSSSB PGT 19 YCT
Time period of simple pendulum in non inertial frame is 84. A string of mass 5g is 0.72m long . The string is
given by under a tension of 60N. Find the speed of
ℓ transverse waves on the string.
T = 2π 5g õJÙeceeve keâer Skeâ [esjer 0.72m ceeršj uebyeer nw~ [esjer
g eff
60N kesâ leveeJe ceW nw~ [esjer hej DevegØemLe lejbieeW keâer Ûeeue
ℓ %eele keâerefpeS~
T = 2π
2
v  2
(a) 85m/s (b) 93m/s
g2 +  
R (c) 97m/s (d) 83m/s
Ans. (b) : The speed of transverse waves on the the
ℓ
T = 2π string is given by-.
v4
g2 + T
R2 v=
µ
82. Electron Microscope is related to which types
of wave? Where µ is the linear mass density of the string
calculated by :
Fueskeäšêve met#ceoMeea efkeâme Øekeâej keâer lejbie mes mebyebefOele
nw? m
µ=
(a) Electromagnetic wave/efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe lejbie L
(b) Mechanical wave/Ùeebef$ekeâ lejbie Where ;
• m is the mass of the string.
(c) Matter wave/heoeLe& lejbie
• L is the length of the string.
(d) Radio wave/jsef[Ùees lejbie
Given :
Ans. (c) : Electron microscope is based on the fact that • Mass (m) = 5g
accelerated electrons depict wave nature (matter wave).
Length (L) = 0.72 m
The waves associated with microscopic particles when
they are in motion are called matter waves. 0.005 kg
So, µ=
• Electron microscope makes use of the matter waves 0.72 m
associated with fast moving electrons. µ = 0.00694 kg/m
83. Which out of the following is not a famous Use the formula for the speed of transverse waves :
scientist associated with the physics of wave
T
motion? v=
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve lejbie ieefle kesâ Yeeweflekeâer mes µ
mebyebefOele Øeefmeæ Jew%eeefvekeâ veneR nw? Given :
Tension (T) = 60 N
(a) Christian Huygens/ef›eâef§eÙeve neFiesvme
Linear mass density (µ) = 0.00694 kg/m
(b) Robert Hooke/je@yeš& ngkeâ
(c) Isaac Newton/DeeFpewkeâ vÙetšve 60N
v=
(d) Simeon Poisson/efmeefceÙeve heesFmeve 0.00694 kg / m
Ans. (d) : The aesthetic influence of waves in art and v = 8645.53
literature is seen from the very early times. But the first v = 92.99 m/s ≈ 93 m/s
scientific analysis of wave motion dates back to the v = 93 m/s
seventeenth century.
85. In case of a wave, the points at which the
• Some of the famous scientists associated with the amplitude is the largest are called _________.
physics of wave motion are Christiaan Huygens, Robert
Hooke and Isaac Newton.
Skeâ lejbie kesâ ceeceues ceW, efpeme efyevog hej DeeÙeece meyemes
• The understanding of physics of waves followed the yeÌ[e neslee nw Gmes _________ keâne peelee nw~
physics of oscillations of masses tied to springs and (a) Nodes/heCe&«ebefLe
physics of the simple pendulum. (b) Antinodes/Øemhevo
Simeon Poisson founded the poisson's ratio which is
(c) Fundamentals/cetuelelJe
defined as the ratio between the lateral contraction
(expansion) strain to the longitudinal extension (d) Odd harmonics/DemeeceefÙekeâ neceexefvekeäme
(contraction) strain when an object is subjected to an Ans. (b) : Antinodes are the points where the
external tensile (compressive) force along its amplitudes of oscillation of the constituents is
longitudinal axis. maximum.
DSSSB PGT 20 YCT
For maximum amplitude sin kx = ±1 The formula to solve for the harmonic number (n) :
f ⋅ 4L
n= n
v
Substituting the given value,
430 × 0.20 × 4
n= = 1.01
86. Suppose two strings of musical instruments 340
produce beats of frequency 5Hz when playing Since, n must be a positive integer,
the same note. If the tension of the second So, n=1
string is slightly increased, then the beat
Thus, the resonantly excited harmonic mode of the
frequency is found to decrease to 3Hz. What is
the original frequency of the second string if closed pipe is the first harmonic mode.
the frequency of the first string is 427Hz? 88. A torsion balance is an instrument used to___.
ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ mebieerle JeeÅeÙeb$eeW kesâ oes leej ([esjer) Sb"ve leguee Skeâ GhekeâjCe nw efpemekeâe GheÙeesie ________
peye Skeâ ner veesš hej 5Hz keâer efceßepe DeeJe=efòe GlheVe efkeâÙee peelee nw~
keâjles nw~ Ùeefo otmejer [esjer keâe leveeJe LeesÌ[e yeÌ{e efoÙee (a) Measure force between two charged metallic
peeS lees efceßepe DeeJe=efòe Ieškeâj 3Hz nes peeleer nw~ otmejer spheres/Oeeleg kesâ oes DeeJesefMele ieesueeW kesâ yeerÛe ueies yeue
[esjer keâer cetue DeeJe=efòe keäÙee nesieer Ùeefo henueer leej keâer keâer ceehe kesâ efueS
DeeJe=efòe 427Hz nw (b) Measure electrostatic charge present in a
(a) 422Hz body/efkeâmeer efheb[ ceW ceewpeto efmLejJewÅegle DeeJesMe keâes ceeheves
(b) 430Hz kesâ efueS
(c) 432Hz
(c) Measure potential between two charged
(d) 424Hz
body/oes DeeJesefMele efheb[eW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJe keâes ceeheves ceW
Ans. (a) : Frequency of String A = fA = 427 Hz
(d) Measure polarity of a charge present in a
Frequency of String B = fB
Beat frequency (n) = 5Hz body/efkeâmeer efheb[ ceW GheefmLele DeeJesMe keâer OeÇgJelee ceeheves
n = fA ± fB ceW
Ans. (a) : Torsion balance, an instrument generally use
5 = 427 ± f B
to measure the small forces. So, it can be used to
fB = 432 Hz or 422 Hz measure the force between two charged metallic
Since, the beat frequency cannot be 432 Hz. spheres. By suspending the spheres from a thin wire or
fn = 422 Hz fiber and observing the amount of torsion or twisting
87. Which harmonic-mode of one end closed pipe that occurs in the wire when the spheres are charged,
of length 20cm is resonantly excited by a 430Hz one can determine the force between them based on
source when the speed of sound in air is Coulomb's law. This setup allows for the measurement
340m/s? of electrostatic forces with high precision and such
Skeâ efmejs mes Kegues efkeâmeer heeFhe keâer uebyeeF& 20 mesceer nw~ phenomenon is called as torsion balancing.
430Hz DeeJe=efòe kesâ Œeesle Éeje Fme heeFhe keâer keâewve-meer 89. The electrostatic force exerted by a proton on
iegCeeJe=efòe efJeOee keâes Devegveeo Éeje Gòesefpele efkeâÙee peelee o
nw? JeeÙeg ceW OJeefve keâer Ûeeue 340m/s nw~ an electron when they are 1 A apart is
(a) First Harmonic/ØeLece iegCeeJe=efòe
Skeâ Fueskeäšêve hej Øeesše@ve Éeje ueieeÙee ieÙee efmLele JewÅegle
o
(b) Third Harmonic/le=leerÙe iegCeeJe=efòe yeue keäÙee nesiee peye Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 1 A nesleer nw?
(c) Fifth Harmonic/heebÛeJeer iegCeeJe=efòe (a) 1.3 × 10-8 N
(d) Second Harmonic/efÉleerÙe iegCeeJe=efòe (b) 2.3 × 10-8 N
Ans. (a) : To find the resonant harmonic mode of a (c) 2.3 × 10-10 N
closed pipe, we can use the formula : (d) 1.3 × 10-10 N
n.v Ans. (b) : Change on electron 16×10–19 C
fn = 1 q1q 2
4L Using the relation, F = ⋅
Given, 4πε0 r 2
v = 340 m/s Here, q1 = q2 = 1.6×10–19 C
L = 20 cm = 0.20 m o
f = 430 Hz r = 1 A = 10–10 m
DSSSB PGT 21 YCT

So, force between the electrons π× ℓ
⇒ E×2πrl =
F=
(
9 × 10 × 1.6 × 10
9
)
–19 2
= 2.3×10–8 N
ε0
λ
(10 )–10 2
⇒ E=
2πε 0 r
n̂
F = 2.3×10–8 N
91. Find the potential at a point A due to a charge
90. Find the electric field at a distance r from an
of 5 × 10-8 C located 90 cm away.
infinitely long straight uniformly charged wire
90 mesceer otj efmLele 5 × 10-8C kesâ DeeJesMe kesâ keâejCe Skeâ
of linear charge density λ.
jsefKe DeeJesMe IevelJe λ kesâ Deveble uebyeeF& kesâ Skeâmeceeve efyebog A hej efJeYeJe %eele keâerefpeS~
DeeJesefMele meerOes leej mes otjer r hej efJeÅegle #es$e %eele (a) 4 X 104 V
(b) 2 X 104 V
keâerefpeS?
(c) 3 X 102 V
λ ɵ (d) 4 X 102 V
(a) E = n
π ∈0 r Ans. (*) : Given,
2λ ɵ q = 5 × 10–8 C
(b) E = n
π ∈0 r r = 90 cm = 90×10–2 m
λ ɵ = 9×10–1 m
(c) E = n (V) Potential at a point A due to point charge 'q' =
2π ∈0 r
1 q
λ ɵ 4πε 0 r
(d) E = n
4π ∈0 r
 1 
λ ɵ ∵ = 9 × 109 
Ans. (c) : E = n  4πε0 
2π ∈0 r
9 × 109 × 5 ×10 –8
Given, 'λ' is the linear charged density of wire and P is =
at r distance from the wire where electric field is to be 9 × 10 –1
calculated, = 5×102 V
By using the Guass Law, Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in
Surface area of the curved part, question/answer.
S = 2πrl So, this question is ignored for all candidates.
Where, l is length of the wire. 92. Two charges are located at A and B. The
So, the total charged enclosed by the Guassian Surface, distance between A and B a is 14cm. The
q = λl (∵ λ = q/l) quantity of charge at A is 4 × 10-8C and B is -3
Now electric flux through the end surface is zero, as the × 10-8 C. At what point between A and B
electric field and area element are perpendicular to each electric potential is zero?
other, so θ = 90º and the electric flux which is oes DeeJesMe A Deewj B hej efmLele nQ~ A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe keâer
formulated by the Guass theorem as ot jer 14 mesceer nw~ A hej DeeJesMe keâer cee$ee 4 × 10-8C nw
∫
φ = Eds cos θ = 0 Deewj B is -3 × 10-8C nw~ A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe efkeâme efyebog
So, φ1 = 0 ... (i)
hej efJeÅegle efJeYeJe MetvÙe nw?
and electric flux through curved part of the cylinderical (a) 8 cm away from the positive charge on the
guassian surface side of the negative charge./$e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesMe keâer
φ = EScosθ Deesj, Oeveelcekeâ DeeJesMe mes 8 mesceer otj~
= ES (θ = 0º) (b) 8 cm away from the negative charge on the
= E×2πrl ... (ii) side of the positive charge./Oeveelcekeâ DeeJesMe keâer
Now, net electric flux Deesj, $e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesMe mes 8 mesceer otj~
φ = φ1+φ2 (c) 10 cm away from the positive charge on the
= 0+E×2πrl side of the negative charge./$e+Ceelcekeâ DeeJesMe keâer
⇒ φnet = E×(2πrl) Deesj, Oeveelcekeâ DeeJesMe mes 10 mesceer otj~
q (d) In the middle of the two charges./oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ
Now, since φnet = enclosed [Guassian Law]
ε0 ceOÙe ceW~
DSSSB PGT 22 YCT
Ans. (a) : Given, 95. The relation between current density and drift
distance between the point charges A and B, velocity is-
r = 14 cm Oeeje IevelJe Deewj DeheJeen Jesie kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe nw-
(a) J ∝ v d
(b) J ∝ 1/ vd
Let the distance be x cm, where the electric potential be
zero. (c) J ∝ v d
Potential due to q1 at x distance from point A, VA = (d) J ∝ 1/ vd
q
k 1=
(
k 4 × 10 –8 C ) Ans. (c) : We know that, relationship between (I)
r x current and drift velocity (Vd) is given as
and potential due to q2 at 14–x cm from the point B, VB I = neAvd
kq 2 –3 ×10 –8 k I
= n e Vd
= =
r (14 – x ) A
J = neVd
According to question,
Where 'J' is current density.
VA+VB = 0
Thus, J∝ Vd
⇒
( 4 ×10 ) k + –k ( 3 ×10 ) = 0
–8 –8
96. Suppose the resistance of a nichrome wire is
x (14 – x ) 100 ohm at 29° C then what is the temperature
of the nichrome wire whose resistance is 117
4 3 
⇒ 10 –8 k  – =0 ohm. (temperature coefficient is 1.70 × 10-4/ °C)
 x 14 – x  ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ Skeâ veeF›eâesce leej keâe ØeeflejesOe 29° C
⇒ 4(14–x) = 3x hej 100 Deesce nw~ lees efve›eâesce leej keâe leeheceeve keäÙee
⇒ 56–4x = 3x nesiee efpemekeâe ØeeflejesOe 117 Deesce nw? (leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ
⇒ 7x = 56
1.70 × 10-4/ °C nw)
⇒ x = 8 cm
(a) 1021°C (b) 921°C
Thus, the net electric potential be zero at 8 cm away
from positive charge i.e. toward the negative charge. (c) 987°C (d) 1027°C
Ans. (d) : To find the temperature of the nichrome wire
93. An ionic polar molecule is-
when its resistances is 117 ohms.
Skeâ DeeÙeefvekeâ OeÇgJeerÙe DeCeg nw-
Resistance change with temperature.
(a) H2 R2 = R1 × (1 + α × (T2 – T1))
(b) HCI Where:
(c) O2
• R1 = 100 Ω (initial resistance)
(d) CO2
• R2 = 117 Ω (final resistance)
Ans. (b) : All the options i.e. H2, O2 and CO2 are having
• α = 1.70 × 10–4/ºC (temperature coefficient)
covalent bonding, thus they are covalent molecule.
However HCl is an ionic molecule as highly electronic • T1 = 29ºC (initial temperatures, given)
element Chlorine in HCl attracts the electron from an • T2 is the final temperature we need to find
electropositive element hydrogen and becomes Rearranging the formula.
negatively charged whereas hydrogen becomes ( R 2 − R1 )
positively charged, making it an ionic molecule. T2 = + T1
α × R1
Now, put in the values:
94. What is the dimensional formula for impulse? (117 − 100 )
DeeJesie keâe efJeceerÙe met$e keäÙee nw? T2 = + 29
1.70 × 10 −4 ×100
(a) M L T
17
(b) M-1 L-1 T-1 T2 = + 29
(c) ML-1T-1 1.70 × 10 −2
(d) MLT-1 17
T2 = + 29
Ans. (d) : Impulse is the product of force and time 0.017
i.e. I = F× t T2 = 1000 + 29
= ma t T2 = 1029ºC ≈ 1027ºC
= M(LT–2)T T2 ≈ 1027º C
= MLT–1
DSSSB PGT 23 YCT
97. What is the order of magnitude of magnetic Given,
field of human nerve fibre in Tesla? N = 100 turns
šsmuee ceW ceeveJe lebef$ekeâe lebleg kesâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ r = 10 cm = .1 m
heefjceeCe keâe ›eâce keäÙee nw? I = 1A
(a) 102 (b) 10-2 µ ×100 ×1
So, B= 0 ∵ µ 0 = 4π × 10 –7 
(c) 10-3 (d) 10-10 2 × .1
Ans. (d) : The order of magnitude of magnetic field of 4 × 3.14 × 10 –7 × 1000
human nerve fibre is 10–10 T. =
2
98. Suppose an electron is moving in a magnetic 12.56
field at speed of 3 × 107 m/s, perpendicular to = ×10 –4
2
the field. The strength of the magnetic field is 6
B = 6.28×10–4 T
× 10-4 T. Find the radius of the path (taking
mass of electron 9 × 10-31 kg) Thus, Magnetic field 'B' at the centre of the coil is
ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW 3 × 6.28×10–4 T.
107 m/s keâer ieefle mes #es$e kesâ uebyeJele ieefle mes Ietce jne 100. Nano physics is study of particle with at least
one dimension between 1 and ________
nw, ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer leekeâle 6 × 10-4 T nw~ heLe keâer nanometres.
ef$epÙee %eele keâjW (Fueskeäš@êve keâe õJÙeceeve 9 × 10-31 kg vewvees Yeeweflekeâer 1 mes ________ vewveesceeršj kesâ yeerÛe keâce
uesles ngS) mes keâce Skeâ DeeÙeece Jeeues keâCe keâe DeOÙeÙeve nw~
(a) 22 cm. (b) 26 cm. (a) 100 (b) 10
(c) 29 cm. (d) 32 cm. (c) 1000 (d) 10000
Ans. (b) : Given, Ans. (a) : 1 nanometres = 10–9 m
V = 3×107 m/s 100 nanometres = 100×10–9 m
B = 6×10–4 T Thus, Nano physics is study of particle with at least one
Mass of elecron, MC = 9×10–31 Kg diamension between 1 and 100 nanometres.
Radius of path, r = ? 101. Which of the following is not an approach to
MV make nano materials-
∵ r=
qB efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve meer heæefle Deefle met#ce meece«eer
MV yeveeves kesâ keâece veneR Deeleer?
= e
qeB (a) top-down/šehe [eGve
9 ×10 –31 × 3 × 107 (b) bottom up/yeešce Dehe
=
1.6 × 10 –19 × 6 × 10 –4 (c) middle up down/efceef[ue Dehe [eGve
27 (d) top down and bottom up/šehe [eGve Deewj yeešce
= × 10−1
6 ×1.6 Dehe
= 28.125 ≈ 29 cm Ans. (c) : Top down and bottom up are the methods to
Note- Official Answer given by commission is (b) make nano materials except middle up down.
99. A coil is wounded tightly. The coil has 100 102. Fe, Co, Ni are ferromagnetic in bulk state but
turns and its radius is 10 cm. It carries a in nano phase they change to-
current of 1A. Find the magnitude of the Fe, Co, Ni heefjceeCe ces ueewn ÛegcyekeâerÙe nesles nw hejbleg
magnetic field at the centre of the coil. Ùener Deefle met#ce efmLeefle ceW efkeâme Øekeâej neWies?
kegâC[ueer ÂÌ{ yeæ DeJemLee ceW nw~ kegâC[ueer ceW 100 ceesÌ[ nQ (a) paramagnetic/Deveg ÛegcyekeâerÙe
Deewj Fmekeâer ef$epÙee 10 mesceer nw~ FmeceW 1A keâer efJeÅegle (b) superparamagnetic/efJeMeeue Deveg ÛegcyekeâerÙe
Oeeje nw~ kegâC[ueer kesâ kesâvõ hej ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe (c) non magnetic/DeÛegcyekeâerÙe
heefjceeCe %eele keâerefpeS~
(d) diamagnetic/ØeefleÛegbyekeâerÙe
(a) 6.28 × 10-4 T (b) 6.28 × 10-3 T
Ans. (b) : Fe, CO and Ni are ferromagnetic in bulk state
(c) 6.24 × 10-2 T (d) 6.11 × 10-3 T
but in nano phase they change their state into
Ans. (a) : Magnetic field at the centre of the coil having superparamagnetic.
N turns, current I and radius 'r' is given by
103. Moore's law states that amount of space
µ NI required to install a transistor on a chip
B= 0
2r shrinks by roughly every ________ months.
DSSSB PGT 24 YCT
cetj kesâ efveÙece ceW keâne ieÙee nw efkeâ efÛehe hej šêbefpemšj 106. Nanomaterials may have ________ melting
mLeeefhele keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ mLeeve keâer cee$ee point or phase transition temperature as
ueieYeie nj ________ cenerves ceW Ieš peeleer nw~ compared to bulk material.
(a) 12 (b) 18
Deef lemet#ce meece«eer keâer leguevee ceW vewveescešsefjÙeume ceW
(c) 24 (d) 30 ________ ieueveebkeâ Ùee ÛejCe meb›eâceCe leeheceeve nes
Ans. (c) : Moore's how states that the number of mekeâlee nw~
transistors on a microchip doubles every two years. (a) higher/GÛÛe (b) lower/efveÛeuee
It claims that we can expect the speed and capability of (c) same/meceeve (d) infinite/Deveble
our computes to increase every 2 years i.e. 24 months.
It also states that the growth of microprocessors is Ans. (b) : The melting temperature of a bulk material is
exponential. not dependent on its size.
Moore's law implies that computers, machines that run However as the size of material decreases toward the
on-computers and computing power all become smaller, nanometer size and atomic scale, the melting
faster and cheaper with time as transistors on integrated temperature scales varies with the material dimensions.
circuits become more efficient. Melting point or phase transition temperature are also
104. Metals in nanophase absorbs: dependent on their other fundamental physical
Deefle met#ce DeJemLee ceW Oeeleg keäÙee «enCe keâjleer nw? properties such as catalysts, thermal management
materials, electronics and energy materials.
(a) helium/nerefueÙece
107. Which of the following statements is not
(b) hydrogen/neF[êspeve
correct about Coulomb's Law?
(c) carbon/keâeye&ve ketâuecye kesâ efveÙece kesâ yeejs ceW efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve
(d) lithium/efueefLeÙece mee keâLeve mener veneR nw?
Ans. (b) : Nanophase materials - (a) Coulomb's Law states that the force between
The materials that have grain sizes under 100 nm are two-point charges Q1 and Q2 is inversely
called Nanophase materials. They have different proportional to the product of the charges and
mechanical and optical properties compared to large directly proportional to the square of the
grained materials same chemical composition.
distance between them./ketâuecye keâe efveÙece keânlee nw
The nano-pore size is about 5-15 nm. The electro
chemical treatment caused the enrichment of Ni and Pd efkeâ oes-efyebog DeeJesMeeW Q1 Deewj Q2 kesâ yeerÛe keâe yeue
elements on the nano porous surface. The enrichment of DeeJesMeeW kesâ iegCeveheâue kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer neslee nw Deewj
Ni and Pd elements leads to the increase of the reaction Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer kesâ Jeie& kesâ meerOes Deevegheeeflekeâ neslee
activity with hydrogen due to Palladium (Pd) Catalytic nw~
effect through creating diffusion pathway into the bulk
(b) Point charge is a hypothetical charge located
of material.
at a single point in space. It is an idealized
The hydrogen's absorption and desorption
model of a particle having an electric
characteristics cycles with enhanced kinetics are
maintained without appreciable degradation. charge./efyebog DeeJesMe Debleefj#e ceW Skeâ efyebog hej efmLele
Thus, metals in their nanophase absorbs hydrogen. Skeâ keâeuheefvekeâ DeeJesMe nw~ Ùen Skeâ efJeÅegle DeeJesMe Jeeues
105. As the size of nanoparticle decreases electrical keâCe keâe Skeâ DeeoMe& cee@[ue nw~
conductivity _________. (c) The electric field intensity or the electric field
Deefle met#ce keâCeeW kesâ Deekeâej Iešves kesâ meeLe ner efJeÅegle strength at a point is defined as the force per
Ûeeuekeâlee: unit charge./Skeâ efyebog hej efJeÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee Ùee
(a) increases/yeÌ{leer nw efJeÅegle #es$e keâer leekeâle keâes heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw~
(b) decreases/Iešleer nw (d) When we have a number of point charges, to
determine the force on a particular charge due
(c) Stays the same/meceeve jnlee nw
to all other charges, we apply principle of
(d) can't predict/Devegceeve veneR ueiee mekeâles superposition./peye nceejs heeme keâF& efyebog DeeJesMe nesles
Ans. (b) : The electrical conductivity of the material nQ, lees DevÙe meYeer DeeJesMeeW kesâ keâejCe efkeâmeer efJeMes<e
shows a size dependent behaviour. It decreases when
the dimension is lowered.
DeeJesMe hej yeue keâe efveOee&jCe keâjves kesâ efueS, nce
Due to quantum mechanical confinement effects, the DeOÙeejesheCe keâe efmeæele ueeiet keâjles nQ~
electrons and holes are confined spatially in their Ans. (a) : Coulomb's Law :-
respective bands. Due to this confinement, motion of According to Coulomb's law, it states that the force
the charge carriers becomes restricted. acting between the two static charges is directly
DSSSB PGT 25 YCT
proportional to the product of magnitude of charges and (c) Gauss Law/iee@me
ØecesÙe
inversely proportional to square of the distance between (d) Electric Curl Law/Fuesefkeäš^keâ keâue& efveÙece
them.
Ans. (b) : Stokes Theorem states that "the surface
If Q and q are two point charges and r is the separation
integral of the Curl of a function over a surface bounded
between them then.
by a closed surface is equal to the line integral of
F ∝ Qq ... (i)
particular vector function around that surface.
1
and F∝ 2 ... (ii)
r
On Combing (i) and (ii), we get

qQ
F∝ 2
r
F= 2
kqQ ∫C
( )
F ⋅ dr = ∫∫ ∇ × F ⋅ dS
S
r
Where K is electrostatic constant where,
C = Closed Curve
1
and K = S = Any surface bounded by C
4πε 0
F = A Vector field
108. Divergence theorem states that the volume 110. The maximum electric field that a dielectric
integral of the divergence of vector field is medium can withstand without break-down (of
equal to the net outward flux of the vector its insulating property) is called its _______.
through the closed surface that bounds the ___.
Jen DeefOekeâlece efJeÅegle #es$e efpemes keâesF& hejeJewÅegle ceeOÙece
efJeÛeueve ØecesÙe ceW keâne ieÙee nw efkeâ meefoMe #es$e kesâ efyevee Yebpeve (Gmekesâ efJeÅeglejesOeer iegCeOece&) kesâ menve keâj
efJeÛeueve keâe DeeÙeleve meceekeâueve yebo melen kesâ ceeOÙece mekeâlee nw, Gme ceeOÙece keâer _______ keânueeleer nw~
mes meefoMe kesâ Megæ peeJekeâ ØeJeen kesâ yejeyej nw pees efkeâ
(a) dielectric strength/hejeJewÅegle meeceLÙe&
_______ meerceeyeæ nw~
(b) dielectric breakdown/hejeJewÅegle Yebpeve
(a) Area/#es$e (c) Uniaxial strength/Skeâe#e meeceLÙe&
(b) Density/IevelJe (d) Biaxial breakdown/efÉDe#eerÙe Yebpeve
(c) Inner Surface/Deebleefjkeâ melen Ans. (a) : The dielectric strength can be defined as the
(d) Volume/DeeÙeleve electrical strength of the insulating material. The
Ans. (d) : The divergence theorem states that the dielectric strength of insulating material is defined as
surface integral of the normal component of a vector the maximum electric field that it can sustain without
point function 'F' over a closed surface "S" is equal to undergoing dielectric breakdown and becoming
electrically conductive.
the volume integral of the divergence of F taken over
It is also the maximum voltage needed to cause a
the volume "V" enclosed by the surface S. Thus, the
dielectric breakdown in an electrically insulating
divergence theorem is denoted as :-
material. Dielectric strength is applied in the
∫∫∫v ∇ F ⋅ dV = ∫∫S F ⋅ n ⋅ dS development of materials for energy store applications,
used in capacitor.
109. Which theorem states that "the surface integral 111. Nuclear masses are measured in ___________.
of the curl of a function over a surface bounded hejceeCeg õJÙeceeve ___________ ceW ceehee peelee nw~
by a closed surface is equal to the line integral
(a) atomic mass unit/hejceeCeg õJÙeceeve FkeâeF&
of the particular vector function around that
surface". (b) grams/«eece
‘‘Skeâ yebo melen mes efIejer melen hej efkeâmeer hebâkeäMeve kesâ (c) moles/ceesue
keâue& keâe melen Fbšer«eue Gme melen kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj efJeMes<e (d) electron volt/Fueskeäš@êve Jeesuš
Jeskeäšj hebâkeäMeve kesâ ueeFve Fbšer«eue kesâ yejeyej neslee nw’’ Ans. (a) : Nuclear masses or mass of an element or an
Ùen efkeâme efveÙece/ØecesÙe kesâ efnmeeye mes nw? atom is measured in terms of atomic mass unit (amu).
1
(a) Divergence Theorem/efJeÛeueve ØecesÙe Atomic mass unit is defined with repsect to th of the
12
(b) Stokes Theorem/mšeskeäme ØecesÙe mass of the carbon isotope C-12.
DSSSB PGT 26 YCT
112. Which of the following is incorrect? (a) permanent particle/mLeeÙeer keâCe
efvecve ceW mes keâewve-mee DemelÙe nw (b) virtual particle/DeeYeemeer keâCe
(a) In Gamma decay the energy (Mev) (c) temporary particle/DemLeeÙeer keâCe
corresponds to radiation of extremely short
(d) real particle/JeemleefJekeâ keâCe
wavelength, shorter than the hard X-ray
region/ieecee #eÙe ceW Tpee& (Mev) keâ"esj X-efkeâjCeeW kesâ Ans. (b) : The particles that are taken as a reference
heefjmej mes keâce lebjieowOÙe& Jeeues efJeefkeâjCeeW mes mebyebefOele under Heisenberg's Uncertainity principle are virtual
particle.
nesleer nw
115. There are thought to be ______ types of
(b) Typically, a gamma ray is emitted when an α quarks.
or β decay results in a daughter nucleus in an ______ Øekeâej kesâ keäJeeke&â ceeves peeles nw~
excited state./meeceevÙele: efkeâmeer ieecee efkeâjCe keâe
(a) five/heebÛe (b) six/Ún
Glmepe&ve, Deuheâe DeLeJee yeerše-#eÙe ceW efJeIešvepe veeefYekeâ
(c) seven/meele (d) eight/Dee"
keâe Gòesefpele DeJemLee ceW jnves keâer DeJemLee ceW neslee nw~
(c) In beta decay, a nucleus spontaneously emits Ans. (b) : There are total 6 types of Quarks with a wide
an electron or a positron/yeerše-#eÙe ceW efkeâmeer range of masses. They are named up, down, charm,
strange, top and bottom.
veeefYekeâ mes Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve DeLeJee Skeâ hee@efpešê@ve keâe Quarks are the only elementary particles to experience
mJele: Glmepe&ve neslee nw all the known forces of nature and to have a fractional
(d) While a free neutron decays to proton, the electric charge.
decay of proton to neutron is not possible Interaction between quarks and gluons is responsible for
inside the nucleus/peyeefkeâ cegòeâ vÙetšê@ve keâe MeÙe almost all the perceived mass of protons and neutrons
Øeesševe@ ceW neslee nw hej veeefYekeâ kesâ Devoj Øeesše@ve keâe MeÙe and is therefore where we get our mass.
vÙetšê@ve ceW DemebYeJe nw 116. Strongly interacting particles are called
Ans. (d) : The decay of a proton to a neutron outside _______.
the nucleus is not possible because a particle can not Øeyeue ™he mes hejmhej ef›eâÙee keâjves Jeeues keâCeeW keâes
decay to a state of greater mass. Inside a nucleus ______ keâne peelee nw~
however, the situation is different, as the binding energy (a) hadrons/nw[êsve
of a nucleus provides the necessary energy to
compensate for the neutron-proton mass difference. (b) fermions/heâefce&Dee@ve
Thus, inside the nucleus proton can decay into neutron (c) mesons/cesmevme
(where energy is converted into mass) but it may not be (d) bosons/yeesmee@ve
happen outside the nucleus.
Ans. (a) : Strongly interacting particles are called
113. Energy is released by _______ of nuclei. hadrons (e.g. Kaon, proton, neutron, antiproton,
veeefYekeâ kesâ _______ Éeje Tpee& peejer keâer peeleer nw~ antineutron).
(a) fusion only/efJeueÙe kesâJeue Hadrons - It is defined as the sub-atomic particles
(b) fission only/efJeKeb[ve kesâJeue made of quarks, gluons and anti-quarks. Hadrons are the
heaviest particles. It is composed of two or more quarks
(c) both fission and fusion/oesveeW efJeueÙe Deewj efJeKeb[ve
that are held strongly by the electromagnetic force.
(d) Can't be determined/efveOee&efjle veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee
117. The interaction between quarks is mediated by
nw ________.
Ans. (c) : When two lighter nuclei atoms react to form a keäJeekeâeX kesâ yeerÛe hejmhej DevÙeesvÙe ef›eâÙee keâer ceOÙemLelee
bigger nuclie element, this process is called fusion,
______ Éeje keâer peeleer nw~
which releases energy and when larger size elements
reacts with highly reactive elements to form some (a) bosons/yeesmee@ve
lighter nuclei atoms, this process is called Nuclear (b) mesons/cesmevme
fission, large amount of energy releases here also. (c) gluons/iuegDeesve
114. Mediating particles that can exist only because (d) fermions/heâefce&Dee@ve
of the uncertainty principle for energy are
called __________. Ans. (c) : Interaction between quarks is mediated by
Ssmes ceOÙemLe keâCe pees kesâJeue Tpee& kesâ Deefveef§elelee gluons.
Gluons - A glucon is a type of elementary particle that
efmeæeble kesâ keâejCe ceewpeto nes mekeâles nQ, __________ mediates the strong interaction between quarks, acting
keânueeles nQ~ as the exchange particle, for the interaction.
DSSSB PGT 27 YCT
Gluons are massless vector bosons, having a spin of 1. (b) If a Force (F) acts on the system for a given
Gluons bind quarks into groups forming hadrons such time, it produces a change in the momentum
as protons and neutrons. of the system, equal to its impulse/Ùeefo keâesF& yeue
118. Proton consists of ______ number of quarks. (F) efkeâmeer efveef§ele meceÙe kesâ efueS efvekeâeÙe hej keâeÙe& keâjlee
Øeesše@ve ceW ______ keäJeekeâeX keâer mebKÙee nesleer nw~ nw, lees Jen efvekeâeÙe kesâ mebJesie ceW Gmekesâ DeeJesie kesâ yejeyej
(a) three/leerve (b) four/Ûeej heefjJele&ve GlheVe keâjlee nw~
(c) two/oes (d) five/heebÛe (c) The relativistic total energy of a particle is the
sum of its Relativistic-Kinetic-Energy and
Ans. (a) : Proton consists of 3 number of quarks.
Rest-Mass energy/efkeâmeer keâCe keâer Deehesef#ekeâerÙe kegâue
Positron (positive charge), electron (negative charge)
and neutron (zero charge). Tpee& Gmekeâer Deehesef#ekeâerÙe-ieeflepe-Tpee& Deewj efJeßeece-
119. Which of the following is not a lepton? õJÙeceeve Tpee& keâe Ùeesie nw
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve-mee Skeâ ueshševe veneR nw? (d) For a particle of Relativistic-mass, such as
Photon, the relativistic-energy-momentum
(a) electron/Fueskeäšê@ve
relation becomes e = pc/Deehesef#ekeâ õJÙeceeve Skeâ
(b) tau particle/šeT (keâCe) keâCe kesâ efueS pewmes heâesšesve, Deehesef#ekeâ Deewj Tpee& mebJesie
(c) muon/cÙetDee@ve keâe mebyebOe e = pc yeve peelee nw~
(d) proton/Øeesše@ve Ans. (d) : Relativistic mass means they have no actual
Ans. (d) : Lepton :- A lepton is an elementary half- mass and the photon's energy momentum relation.
integer spin particle that does not get involved is strong Thus, e = pc is not correct.
interactions. Leptions are individual particles. Electron, 123. Which of the following scientists established the
tau particle, muon comes under lepton except proton. evidence of radioactivity in elements like
120. Fermions have _______ integar spin. Thorium, Polonium and Radium as well and
Heâefce&Dee@ve ceW ______ hetCeeËkeâ efmheve neslee nw~ that radioactivity is a nuclear property of the
(a) half/DeeOee (b) one/Skeâ element concerned and remains unaffected by
physical or chemical changes?
(c) two third/oes efleneF& (d) one third/Skeâ efleneF&
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâme Jew%eeefvekeâ ves LeesefjÙece, Deewj
Ans. (a) : Fermions are the charged atoms which have
half integer spin, where they may be positive as well as jsef[Ùece pewmes lelJeeW ceW Yeer jsef[ÙeeOeeefce&lee mebyebefOele lelJe
negative half integer. keâe hejceeCeg iegCe nw Deewj Yeeweflekeâ Ùee jemeeÙeefvekeâ
121. What is the rest mass of photon in free space? heefjJele&veeW mes DeØeYeeefJele jnlee nw?
cegòeâ DeekeâeMe ceW heâesše@ve keâe efJejece õJÙeceeve (jsmš (a) Rutherford/jojheâes[&
cee@me) efkeâlevee neslee nw? (b) P. Villars/heer.efJeueme&
(a) Zero/MetvÙe (c) Becquerel/yeskeäJesjue
(b) same as mass of electron/Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ õJÙeceeve kesâ (d) Madame Marie Curie/cew[ce cewjer keäÙetjer
meceeve Ans. (d) : According to Madam Curie, Radioactivity is
(c) same as mass of proton/Øeesšê@ve kesâ õJÙeceeve kesâ
a nuclear property of the element concerned and
meceeve remains unaffected by physical and chemical changes
and thus established the evidence of radioactivity in
(d) negtive/$e+Ceelcekeâ elements like Thorium, Polonium and Radium.
Ans. (a) : Photon is consist of packets of energy and a 124. Which of the following statements is not true?
mass less charged particle and photon's energy is efvecveefueefKele keâLeveeW ceW mes keâewve mee melÙe veneR nw?
defined in terms of product of Planck's constant with
(a) The penetrating power of Beta rays is more
frequency i.e. E = hv.
than that of both Alpha rays and Gamma
122. Which of the following statements is not true? rays/yeerše efkeâjCeeW keâer Yesove #ecelee Deuheâe efkeâjCeeW Deewj
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee keâLeve DemelÙe nw? ieecee efkeâjCeeW oesveeW mes DeefOekeâ nesleer nw~
(a) If the net external force acting on a body or a (b) Gamma rays are electrically neutral/ieecee efkeâjCeW
system of particles is zero, the linear efJeÅegle ™he mes Goemeerve nesleer nQ
momentum of the system is conserved/Ùeefo
(c) Alpha rays are positively charged particles
efkeâmeer efheb[ Ùee keâCeeW kesâ efvekeâeÙe hej keâeÙe& keâjves Jeeuee and Beta rays are negatively charged
Megæ yeenjer yeue MetvÙe nw, lees efvekeâeÙe keâe jwefKekeâ mebJesie particles/Deuheâe efkeâjCeW OeveeJesefMele keâCe nQ Deewj yeerše
mebjef#ele jnlee nw efkeâjCeW $e+CeeJesefMele keâCe nQ
DSSSB PGT 28 YCT
(d) Alpha particles affect photographic 127. In hydrogen atom the quantum number ms
films/Deuheâe keâCe heâesšes«eeefheâkeâ efheâuceeW keâes ØeYeeefJele can't have the value _______.
keâjles nQ neF[^ espeve hejceeCeg ceW keäJeebšce mebKÙee ms keâe ceeve
Ans. (a) : (α) Alpha Rays are highly charged and _______ veneR nes mekeâlee~
energetic rays which may have more penetrating. (a) +1/2 (b) -1/2
Power than β-rays and β-rays are itself negatively (c) 1 (d) 2
charged particles and have stronger penetrating power Ans. (d) : Azimuthal quantum numbers have a range of
than γ (Gamma) Rays, where γ-Rays are electrically 0 to n–1 and the magnetic spin nubmers may be
neutral α-particles which can effect the photographic fractional in between 0 to n–1. Thus the numbers
films. 1 1
+ , – and 1 may represent the spin quantum number.
125. The SI unit of Radioactivity is Rutherford. It is 2 2
defined as the quantity of any radioactive Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in
substance giving _______ disintegrations per question/answer.
second. So, this question is ignored for all candidates.
jsef[ÙeeW meef›eâÙelee keâe SI cee$ekeâ jojheâes[& nw~ Fmes efkeâmeer 128. _______ effect is the effect of splitting of a
spectral line several components in the
Yeer jsef[ÙeesOeceea heoeLe& keâer cee$ee kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele
presence of a static magnetic field.
efkeâÙee peelee nw pees Øeefle meskebâ[ _______ efJeIešve oslee _______ ØeYeeJe Skeâ efmLej ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer GheefmLeefle
nw~ ceW Skeâ JeCe&›eâceerÙe jsKee kesâ keâF& IeškeâeW ceW efJeYeeefpele
(a) 106 (b) 107 nesves keâe ØeYeeJe nw~
5
(c) 10 (d) 108
(a) zeeman/peerceve (b) stark/mšeke&â
Ans. (a) : SI Unit of Radioactivity is Rutherford. It is
(c) roger/jespej (d) malone/cesueesve
defined as the quantity of any radioactive substance
giving 106 disintegrations per second. Ans. (a) : Zeeman effect :- This is the effect of
splitting of a spectral line into several components in
126. A fission chain reaction is said to be self-
the presence of a static magnetic field.
sustained-
Zeeman effect is used to produce magnetograms
Skeâ efJeKeb[ve ëe=bKeuee Øeefleef›eâÙee keâes DeelceefveYe&j keâne showing the variation of magnetic field on the Sun.
peelee nw- 129. Which of the following is not a quantum
(a) When the rate of production of electrons is number?/efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve-mee Skeâ keäJeebšce
equal to the rate of loss of electrons/peye mebKÙee veneR nw?
Fueskeäšê@veeW kesâ Glheeove keâer oj Fueskeäšê@veeW kesâ vegkeâmeeve keâer (a) Principal quantum number/cegKÙe keäJeebšce mebKÙee
oj kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw (b) Magnetic quantum number/ÛegbyekeâerÙe keäJeebšce
(b) When the rate of production of neutrons is mebKÙee
equal to the rate of loss of neutrons/peye vÙetšê@ve
(c) Spin quantum number/ØeÛe›eâCe keäJeebšce mebKÙee
kesâ Glheeove keâer oj vÙetšê@ve kesâ vegkeâmeeve keâer oj kesâ (d) Electric quantum number/efJeÅegle keäJeebšce mebKÙee
yejeyej nesleer nw
Ans. (d) : The Set of numbers used to describe the
(c) When the rate of production of neutrons is position and energy of electron in an atom are called
more than to the rate of loss of electrons/peye quantum numbers. There are 4 quantum numbers :-
vÙetšê@ve kesâ Glheeove keâer oj Fueskeäšê@veeW kesâ vegkeâmeeve keâer Principal, Azimuthal, magnetic and Spin- Quantum
oj mes DeefOekeâ nesleer nw numbers.
(d) When the rate of production of neutrons is 130. In the ______ model, electrons move in circular
orbits like Newtonian particles in hydrogen
less than to the rate of loss of electrons/peye
atom.
vÙetšê@ve kesâ Glheeove keâer oj Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ vegkeâmeeve keâer oj ______ cee@[ue ceW, Fueskeäšê@ve neF[êspeve hejceeCeg ceW,
mes keâce nesleer nw vÙetšve kesâ keâCeeW keâer lejn Je=òeekeâej keâ#eeDeeW ceW Ietceles nQ~
Ans. (b) : A fission chain reaction is said to be self (a) Bohr's/yeesj
sustained when the number of neutrons released in a
(b) Zeeman's/peercevme
given time equal or exceeds the number of neutrons lost
by absorption in nonfissionable material or escape from (c) Einstein's/DeeFbmšerve
the system. (d) Bose's/yeesme
DSSSB PGT 29 YCT
Ans. (a) : The Bohr model shows the atom as a Central (a) 1.097 × 107/m
nucleus containing protons and neutrons with the (b) 1.08 × 107/m
electrons in circular orbits at specific distances from the (c) 1.039 × 107/m
Nucleus, electrons jump between orbits, is accompained
(d) 1.03 × 107/m
by an emitted or absorbed amount of electromagnetic
energy (hv). Ans. (a) : Balmer introduced a series to relate the
Here Newtonian particles are the particles obeying wavelength of spectral lines with energy shells having
conservation laws for mass and energy. different energy levels (i.e. x = 3, 4, 5 and so on).
Rydberg equation is used to determine the wavelength
131. What is the relation between velocity (V) of the of electron emitted from lower to higher energy levels.
electron and the radius of the orbit (P) through Here in Balmer series x1 = 2 and x2 = 3, 4, 5 ....
which the electron is revolving? Rydberg equation is given by
Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ Jesie (V) Deewj keâ#ee keâer ef$epÙee (P) efpememes
1  1 1 
Fueskeäšê@ve heefj›eâceCe keâj jne nw, kesâ yeerÛe keäÙee mebyebOe nw? = RZ2  2 – 2 
λ  x1 x 2 
(a) V ∝ P (b) V ∝ 1/P
Where, R is Rydberg constant
(c) V ∝ P (d) V ∝ 1/ P Z=1
Ans. (d) : The correct relation between the velocity (v) x1 = 2
of the electron and the radius to the orbit (p) through x2 = 3, 4, ...
which the electron is resolving is v is directly and R = 1.097×107/m
proportional to 1/ P 136. Three types of radioactive decay occur in
nature. Which of the following is not a type of
v ∝ 1/ P
radioactive decay?/Øeke=âefle ceW leerve Øekeâej kesâ
132. _______ is the shortest wavelength in Balmer jsef[ÙeesOeceea #eÙe nesles nQ~ efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve-mee
series. Skeâ Øekeâej keâe jsef[ÙeesOeceea #eÙe veneR nw?
yeecej ßesCeer ceW meyemes Úesšer lejbieowOÙe& _______ nw~ (a) α-decay in which a helium nucleus 4He2 is
(a) 364.6 nm (b) 365.6 nm emitted/α-#eÙe efpemeceW Skeâ nerefueÙece veeefYekeâ Jen
(c) 366.6 nm (d) 367.6 nm Glmeefpe&le neslee nw
Ans. (a) : 364.6 nm is the shortest wavelength in the (b) β-decay in which electrons or protons are
Balmer series. emitted/β-#eÙe efpemeceW Fueskeäšê@ve Ùee Øeesše@ve Glmeefpe&le
133. Which of the following is a correct Planck's nesles nQ
constant?
(c) γ-decay in which low energy proton is
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve-mee hueQkeâ efveÙeleebkeâ keâe mener
emitted/γ-#eÙe efpemeceW keâce TpeeË Jeeuee Øeesše@ve
ceeve nw? Glmeefpe&le neslee nw
(a) 6.2 × 10-33Js (b) 6.3 × 10-32Js
-34 (d) γ-decay in which high energy photons are
(c) 6.6 × 10 Js (d) 6.8 × 10-35Js
emitted/γ-#eÙe efpemeceW GÛÛe Tpee& Jeeues heâesše@ve
Ans. (c) : Value of Planck's constant (h)
Glmeefpe&le nesles nQ
= 6.62×10–34 Js.
Ans. (c) : Radioactive decay is a property of severally
134. Choose the correct relation between Joules and
naturally occuring elements as well as artifically
Volt. produced isotopes of the elements.
petue Deewj Jeesuš kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe keâe ÛeÙeve keâjW- The emission of the most common forms of
(a) 1J = 62.5 × 10 ev -18
spontaneous radioactive decay are the α-particle, β-
(b) 1J = 62.5 × 1018ev particle, γ-ray and the neutrino.
(c) 1J = 6.25 × 10-19ev The α-particle emits the nucleus of a helium-4 atom
with two positive charges 42 He , β-particles may be
(d) 1J = 6.25 × 1018ev
negatively charged (e–) or positively charged (e+).
Ans. (d) : 1 J = 6.25×1018 eV
β– particle is actually an electron and β + particle is
135. Which of the following is the correct value of called positron. Gamma rays are electromagnetic
Rydberg constant obtained from the empirical radiations such as radio waves, light and X-rays.
Balmer formula? β-radioactivity also produces the neutron and
DevegYeJepevÙe yeecej met$e mes Øeehle efj[yeie&-efveÙeleebkeâ keâe antineutrino particles which have no charge and
mener ceeve efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve-mee nw? symbolize as ν and ν .
DSSSB PGT 30 YCT
238
Cℓ →90
234
Th + 42 He 139. Select the most appropriate option to fill in the
α-decay - 92
α blank:
Qα = 4.268MeV 1
0n +
335
92U →
135 1
51b +_____+4 0n
β -Minus decay - 234

Th →91
234
Pa + e – + v
efjòeâ mLeeve keâes Yejves kesâ efueS meyemes GheÙegòeâ efJekeâuhe
90
keâe ÛeÙeve keâjW:
Q = .236MeV
β+ 1
+ 33592U → 13551b +_____+410n
0n
γ-decay - 234
91 Pa →91
234
Pa + γ (a) 9941Sr (b) 9941Kr
99
(c) 41Ba (d) 9941Nb
Qγ = 0.0698 MeV
Ans. (b) : The complete reaction is
11
6 C → β + e+ + γ , Qβ+ = .97 MeV
11
5
1
92 Cl 0 x →56 Ba + 36 Kr + 3
235 1 140 93
β-Plus decay. x
0
In all the above radioactive emission, highly energetic Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in
particles or rays are emitted. So, γ-decay in which low question/answer.
energy proton emitted is not correct. Under γ-decay So, this question is ignored for all candidates.
highly energetic photons are emitted.
140. 1
1H + 21H → 32He + n_____
Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in (a) 4.2 Mev
question/answer. (b) 3.27 Mev
So, this question is ignored for all candidates. (c) 0.42 Mev
137. The relation between curie and becquerel (Both (d) 4.03 Mev
the unit of radioactive decay rate) is- Ans. (b) :
keäÙetjer Deewj yeskeâjsue (oesveeW jsef[ÙeesOeceea #eÙe oj keâer 2
H +12 H →32 He + n + ––––––3.27 MeV.
1
FkeâeF&) kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe nw-
141. ________ is an example of organic polymer
(a) 1 curie = 3.6 × 1010Bq semiconductor.
(b) 1 curie = 3.7 × 1010Bq ________ keâeye&efvekeâ yenguekeâ DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ keâe Skeâ
(c) 2 curie = 3.8 × 1010Bq GoenjCe nw~
(d) 1 curie = 3.9 × 10 Bq 10
(a) Polythiophene/hee@ueerefLeÙeesheâerve
Ans. (b) : 1 Curie = 1 Ci = 3.7×10 decays/sec 10
(b) Anthracene/SvLeÇsmeerve
= 3.7×1010 Bq. (c) Doped phthalocyanines/Deheefceefßele heäLeeueesmeeÙeefveve
This is approximately the amount of radioactivity (d) Indium phosphide/Fefv[Ùece heâemheâeF[
emitted by 1g of Radium-226. 'Curie' unit is named Ans. (a) : Organic semiconductor includes both
after Pierre Curie, a French physicist. polymers and lower weight molecular solids. Lower
138. __________ is the energy released in the molecular weight molecules dominated the early history
process of alpha decay of 238 92U. of OSC devices, especially organic field effect
(Given 238 92U = 238.05079 U, 42He = 4.00269 U transistors (OFETs).
234
91 Pa = 234.04363 U, 1
1 H = 1.100783 U Polymer semiconductor is a semiconductor made of
237 synthetic polymer such as an LED or transistor.
91Pa = 237.05121 U, C = 931.5 Me/u)
Polythiophenes (PTs) are polymerized thiophenes, a
92U kesâ Deuheâe #eÙe keâer Øeef›eâÙee ceW efvekeâueves Jeeueer
238
sulphur heterocycle. Initially it is an insoluble coloured
Tpee& nw solid with formula (C4H2S)n.
(efoÙee ieÙee nw, 238 92U= 238.05079 U, 42He = Poly (alkylthiophene) are also coloured solids but tend
4.00269 U to be soluble in organic solvents.
234
= 234.04363 U, 11H = 1.100783 U
91Pa
237
91Pa = 237.05121 U, C = 931.5 Me/u)
(a) 42.5 Mev
(b) 4.25 Mev
(c) 0.425 Mev
(d) 425 Mev
Ans. (b) :
So, PT is an example of organic polymer
238
92 Cl →90
234
Th +42 He ( α − particle) + 4.268MeV ≈ 4.25MeV semiconductor.
DSSSB PGT 31 YCT
142. The minimum energy required in Silicon to (a) 1.5 ev (b) 1.6 ev
separate an electron at room temperature from (c) 1.7 ev (d) 1.8 ev
the atom is approximately- Ans. (d) : LED (Light Emitting Diode) :- It is a
keâ#e leehe ceW Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâes hejceeCeg mes cegòeâ keâjves heavily doped p-n junction that under forward biased
kesâ efueS efmeefuekeâe@ve ceW ueieYeie efkeâleveer Tpee& ÛeeefnS? emits spontaneous radiation.
(a) 0.01 ev (b) 0.03 ev LEDs are biased such that light emitting efficiency is
maximum.
(c) 0.04 ev (d) 0.05 ev
The V-I Characteristics of a LED are similar to that of a
Ans. (d) : The minimum energy that is required to Silicon (SI) junction diode.
excite an electron up in the valence band to a state in the But threshold voltage are much higher and slightly
conduction band where it on participate in the different for each color.
conduction is called Band Gap.
• Revenue breakdown voltage of LED are very low,
around 5V.
• LED can emit red, yellow, orange, green and blue
light.
• Gallium Arsenide (Ga-As) - Phosphide is used for
making LEDs of different colours.
• Ga-As is used for making infrard LEDs.
Explanation :-
At room temperature, most donor atoms and very few Si Semiconductor used for the fabrication of visible LEDs
atoms get ionized. Hence, the conduction band has most must at least have a band gap of 1.8 eV i.e. spectral
electrons from the donor impurities. Here, energy level range of visible light is from about 0.4µm to 0.7µm i.e.
of the acceptor (EA) is higher than that of the valence from about 3 eV to 1.8 eV.
band (EV). 145. The actual relation between atomic mass unit
Hence, electrons can more from the valence band to the (u) and kilogram is:
level E , with minimal energy and at room temperature,
a
hejceeCeg õJÙeceeve FkeâeF& (u) Deewj efkeâuees«eece kesâ yeerÛe
most acceptor atoms are ionized. JeemleefJekeâ mebyebOe nw-
ne × nh = n 2 (a) 1u = 1.63512 × 10-27kg
i
(b) 1u = 1.660539 × 10-27kg
The ionization energy required for silicon at room
(c) 1u = 1.600512 × 10-27kg
temperature is around 1.1 eV. On the other hand, by
(d) 1u = 1.530512 × 10-27kg
adding pentavalent impurity, this energy drops to
around 0.05 eV. Ans. (b) : The relationship between atomic mass unit
(amu) and kilogram is.
143. The threshold voltage for germanium diode is
1u = 1.660539×10–27 kg.
approximately______.
146. The correct value of mass of proton in
pecexefveÙece [eÙees[ keâe osnueer Jeesušlee (LeÇsMeesu[
kilogram is ______.
Jeesušspe) ueieYeie _____ nw~ Øeesše@ve kesâ õJÙeceeve keâe efkeâuees«eece ceW mener ceeve ______
(a) 0.1 V (b) 0.2 V nw~
(c) 0.3 V (d) 0.4 V
(a) 1.60262 × 10-27kg
Ans. (c) : The minimum voltage required by a diode to (b) 1.60262 × 10-28kg
conduct is known as threshold voltage. (c) 1.67262 × 10-27kg
It is also known as cutoff voltage or knee voltatge. (d) 1.67262 × 10-25kg
Threshold voltage of the Germanium diode is 0.3V. Ans. (c) : The correct value of mass of proton in
Note:- In this question, the commission has considered kilogram is 1.67262 × 10–27 kg.
the answer (b) as correct, but the answer (c) is correct.
147. Let there be a physical quantity X = abc. If
144. The semiconductor used for fabrication of percent error in a, b and c are 1 percent, 2
visible LEDs must at least have a band gap of percent and 4 percent respectively, then the
______. percent of error in X is:
efpeve DeOe&ÛeeuekeâeW keâe GheÙeesie ÂMÙe SueF[er (LED) kesâ Skeâ Yeeweflekeâ jeefMe X = abc nw~ Ùeefo a, b Deewj c efkeâ
efvecee&Ce ceW neslee nw~ Gvekeâe yeQ[ Deblejeue keâce-mes-keâce ØeefleMele $egefš ›eâceMe: 1 ØeefleMele, 2 ØeefleMele leLee 4
______ nesvee ÛeeefnS~ ØeefleMele nw, leye X efkeâ ØeefleMele $egefš nw:-
DSSSB PGT 32 YCT
(a) 7 percent (b) 8 percent Linear momentum (P) = mv
(c) 3 percent (d) 10 percent = MLT–1
Ans. (a) : Given, Thus tension and surface tension does not consists of
X(Physical quantity) = abc same dimensional formula.
where, ∆a = 1% 150. What is the SI Unit of angular frequency of a
∆b = 2% wave?
and ∆c = 4% efkeâmeer lejbie keâer keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe keâe Sme.DeeF&.cee$ekeâ
Thus net percentage of error keäÙee neslee nw?
in ∆X = [∆a+∆b+∆c] = (1+2+4) = 7% (a) rad s-2 (b) rad s2
-1
148. Which is not a scalar quantity? (c) rad s (d) rad s
keâewve-meer Skeâ DeefoMe jeefMe veneR nw? Ans. (c) : SI unit of angulr frequency of wave is rad
(a) Time/meceÙe sec–1. Angular frquency is denoted by ω and defined as
w = 2πν
(b) Momentum/mebJesie
where 2π is in radian and ν (frequency) is in sec–1.
(c) Volume/DeeÙeleve
So, SI unit of ω becomes rad sec–1.
(d) Density/IevelJe
151. Which of the following is obtained if we
Ans. (b) : Momentum is not a scalar quantity as it calculate the area under the force-displacement
depends on the velocity of a body and denoted as P. It is graph?
equal to the product of mass and velocity i.e. P = mv. Ùeefo nce yeue-efJemLeeheve «eeheâ kesâ Debleie&le #es$eheâue keâer
Since velocity is a vector quantity, so momentum is also ieCevee keâjles nQ, lees efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keäÙee Øeehle neslee
a vector quantity which depends on magnitude as well
as direction of the velocity of a body.
nw?
149. Which of the following pairs of physical (a) Impulse/DeeJesie
quantities don't have the same dimensional (b) Momentum/mebJesie
formulas? (c) Work done/efkeâÙee ieÙee keâeÙe&
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes Yeeweflekeâ jeefMeÙeeW kesâ efkeâme Ùegice kesâ (d) Torque/yeue DeeIetCe&
efJeceerÙe met$e meceeve veneR nw? Ans. (c) : Work is defined as the dot product of force
(a) Work and torque/keâeÙe& Deewj yeue DeeIetCe& and displacement and is termed as
(b) Angular momentum and Planck's W = F ⋅ d = F.dcosθ
constant/keâesCeerÙe mebJesie Deewj hueQkeâ efmLejebkeâ It is a scalar quantity . SI unit of work is Joule (J).
(c) Tension and surface tension/leveeJe Deewj he=‰ Area under force-displacement graph is called
leveeJe workdone by a body.
(d) Impulse and linear momentum/DeeJesie Deewj
jwefKekeâ mebJesie
Ans. (c) : 1) Work (J) = F × d = mad = ML2T–2
Torque = F× ℓ = maℓ = ML2T–2
2) Angular Momentum, L = mvr = MLT–1×L
= ML2T–1
Planck's constant (h) = JS
= ML2T–2.T Total area under F-d graph will give work done which is
= ML2T–1 usually obtained by integration or direct multiplication
of force and displacement.
F ma MLT –2
3) Surface Tension = = = 152. A steel wire 0.361 m long has a mass of 9.0 ×
ℓ ℓ L
= ML0T–2 10-3 kg. If the wire is under a tension of 25 N,
what is the speed of transverse waves on the
Tension (F) = Force of gravity (Fg) = m×g (W)
wire? /0.361 ceer uebyes efkeâmeer mšerue kesâ leej keâe
= MLT–2
= M1L1T–2 õJÙeceeve 9.0 × 10-3 efkeâ«ee nw~ Ùeefo leej hej leveeJe 25
4) Impulse (J) = F×t N nw, lees leej hej DevegØemLe lejbieeW keâer Ûeeue keäÙee nw?
= MLT–2×T (a) 31.67 ms-1 (b) 42.54 ms-1
= MLT–1 (c) 16.63 ms-1 (d) 27.87 ms-1
DSSSB PGT 33 YCT
Ans. (a) : Given, leebyes kesâ oes leej efpevekeâer uebyeeF& 9:1 kesâ Devegheele ceW nw
Length of Wire ( ℓ ) = 0.36/m Deewj Gvekeâer ef$epÙee keâe Devegheele 1:7 nw, keâes Skeâ ner yeue
It's mass (m) = 9×10–3 kg Éeje KeeRÛee peelee nw~ oesveeW ceW DevegowOÙe& efJeke=âefle keâe
Tension, T = 25 N Devegheele nesiee-
(v) Speed of transverse wave on wire = ? (a) 1:16 (b) 81:1
We know that, (c) 49:1 (d) 1:63
Speed of transverse wave on a stretched string is given Ans. (c) : 49:1
by v = T/µ r 1
Given, 1 =
Where, T → Tension r2 7
µ = Mass per unit length ℓ1 9
and =
T ℓ2 1
∴V=
µ Since, the two wires of copper are stretched by the same
force. Therefore, force is constant. Young's Modulus
T
= depends upon the nature of material of the body. Thus,
m Young's Modulus is constant as the material is same.
ℓ Stress F
Y= =
25 Strain A × Strain
V= × .361
9 × 10 –3 A1×Strain = Constant
25 × 361× 10 –3 ⇒ A1×(Strain)1 = A2×(Strain)2
= ( ∆ℓ / ℓ )1 Α 2 πr22
9 × 10 –3 ⇒ = =
5 × 19 ( ∆ℓ / ℓ )2 A1 πr12
= 2
3 7 49
95
⇒   =
= = 31.67 m/s 1 1
3 Strain1
Thus, speed of transverse wave is 31.67 m/s. ⇒ = 49 :1
Strain 2
153. Which of the following statement is not true if a
155. Two parallel rail tracks run in the north- south
disc rotates with uniform angular velocity?
direction. On one track train A moves north
peye keâesF& ef[mkeâ Skeâ meceeve keâesCeerÙe Jesie mes Ietceleer nw, with a speed of 84 km/hr and on the other track
lees efvecve ceW mes keâewve-mee melÙe keâLeve melÙe veneR nw? train B moves south with a speed of 130 km/hr.
(a) The orientation of the axis of rotation remains The velocity of train A with respect to train B
the same./IetCe&ve De#e keâer efoMee Jener jnleer nw~ is:
(b) The speed of rotation is non-zero and remains oes meceeveeblej jsue hešefjÙeeb Gòej-oef#eCe efoMee ceW Ûeueleer
same./IetCe&ve keâer ieefle MetvÙe veneR nesleer nw Deewj meceeve nQ~ š^wkeâ hej šs^ve A, 84 efkeâceer/Iebše keâer ieefle mes Gòej keâer
jnleer nw~ Deesj Ûeueleer nw Deewj otmejs š^wkeâ hej š^sve B, 130
(c) The angular acceleration is non-zero and efkeâceer/Iebše keâer ieefle mes oefKeCe keâer Deesj Ûeueleer nw~ š^sve
remains same./keâesCeerÙe lJejCe MetvÙeslej nw Deewj Jener B, kesâ mebyebOe ceW š^sve A keâe Jesie nw:
jnlee nw~ (a) 56 m/s/ceeršj/meskebâ[
(d) The speed of rotation is zero and remains
(b) 214 m/s/ceeršj/meskebâ[
same./IetCe&ve keâer ieefle MetvÙe nw Deewj Jener jnleer nw~
(c) 65 m/s/ceeršj/meskebâ[
Ans. (*) :
(d) 60.1 m/s/ceeršj/meskebâ[
Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in
question/answer. Ans. (b) :
So, this question is ignored for all candidates.
154. Two wires of copper having the length in the
ratio 9:1 and their radius in the ratio 1:7, are
stretched by the same force. The ratio of
longitudinal strain in the two will be-
DSSSB PGT 34 YCT
(
V AB = V A – –V B ) 158. Which is the example of centrifugal force?
DehekeWâõerÙe yeue keâe GoenjCe keâewve mee nw?
= 84 – (–130)
(a) A body tied to one end of a string is being
= 84+130
rotated in a circle; the force is supplied by the
= 214 m/s
tension of the string./Skeâ [esjer kesâ Skeâ efmejs mes yebOee
Thus velocity of A with respect to B is 214 m/sec.
Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in ngDee Skeâ efheb[ Skeâ Je=òe ceW IegceeÙee pee jne nw; yeue keâer
question/answer. Deehetefle& [esjer kesâ leveeJe mes nesleer nw~
So, this question is ignored for all candidates. (b) The moon revolving around the earth, the
156. Light of wavelength 4000 A is incident at small force is the gravitational pull of the earth on
angle on a prism of apex angle 8°. The prism the moon./Ûebõcee he=LJeer kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj Ûekeäkeâj ueieelee
has nv = 4.6 and nr = 3.4. The angle of nw, yeue Ûebõcee hej he=LJeer keâe ieg™lJeekeâ<e&Ce efKebÛeeJe nw~
dispension produced by the prism in this light
(c) A person riding a cycle along a circular path,
is-
the necessary force is supplied by a sidewise
4000 A lejbieowOÙe& keâe ØekeâeMe, Skeâ Meer<e& keâesCe (apex
pressure exerted by the road on the tyres./Skeâ
angle) 8° kesâ efØepce hej Úesšs keâesCe hej Deeheeflele neslee
Je=òeekeâej heLe hej meeFefkeâue keâer meJeejer keâjves Jeeuee
nw~ efØepce ceW nv = 4.6 Deewj nr = 3.4 Fme ØekeâeMe ceW efØepce
Éeje GlheVe heefj#esheCe keâesCe nw- JÙeefòeâ, šeÙejeW hej meÌ[keâ Éeje ueieeS ieS heeÕe& oyeeJe
(a) 9.6° (b) 0.08°
Éeje DeJeeMÙekeâlee yeue keâer Deehetefle& keâjlee nw~
(c) 0.192° (d) 0.172° (d) A stone tied to one end of a string is being
rotated in a circle, the stone itself exerts an
Ans. (a) : Given,
equal and opposite force on the hand holding
A = 8°
nv = 4.6 the string./Skeâ [esjer kesâ Skeâ efmejs mes yebOee ngDee helLej
nr = 3.4 Skeâ Je=òe ceW IegceeÙee pee jne nw, mJeÙeb helLej [esjer keâes
hekeâÌ[s jnves Jeeues neLe hej yejeyej Deewj efJehejerle yeue
ueieelee nw~
Ans. (d) :
Angle of dispersion = (nv - nr) × A
= (4.6 - 3.4) × 8
= 9.6°
157. What will be the reaction when two soap
bubbles of different radii are in communication
with each other?
peye efJeefYeVe ef$epÙeeDeeW kesâ meeyegve kesâ oes yegueyegues Deeheme
ceW mebÛeej ceW neW lees keäÙee Øeefleef›eâÙee nesieer? While rotating the tied stone, it will exerts an equal and
(a) Air flows from larger bubble into the smaller opposite force inside against the Centrifugal force (FC)
one/nJee yeÌ[s yegueyegues mes Úesšs yegueyegues ceW yenleer nw which is also called as Pseudo Force outside the circle.
(b) The size of the bubbles remains the Thus, option (d) is the correct one.
same/yegueyegues keâe Deekeâej meceeve jnlee nw 159. What is the maximum time period of simple
(c) Air flows from the smaller bubble into the pendulum on earth ?
large one and the large bubble grows at the he=LJeer hej mejue ueesuekeâ keâe DeefOekeâlece DeeJele&keâeue keäÙee
expense of the smaller one/nJee Úesšs yegueyegues ceW nesiee ?
yenleer nw Deewj yeÌ[e yegueyeguee Úesšs yegueyegues kesâ cetuÙe hej
(a) 180.5 second/meskebâ[ (b) 100 second/meskebâ[
efJekeâefmele neslee nw
(c) 90.5 second/meskebâ[ (d) 84.6 second/meskebâ[
(d) The air flows from the larger bubble/nJee yeÌ[s
yegueyegues mes yenleer nw Ans. (*) : The maximum time period of a simple
pendulum on Earth occurs when the pendulum is at the
Ans. (c) : When two soap bubbles of different radii are
equator and its length is at its maximum which is about
touched with each other, air from smaller radii will
move toward the larger one as the smaller radii would 0.997 Earth radius. This results in a maximum period of
have less inner space as compared to the larger radii approximately 84.4 minute.
soap, where air will tend to move out from smaller radii • But out of all the options given in this question, not a
and will contained in the larger radius soap bubble. single option is correct.
DSSSB PGT 35 YCT

Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in 162. What will be the change in momentum if a 10
question/answer. Newton force applied on a 20 kg mass object
So, this question is ignored for all candidates. for a 10 second?
160. Choose the most elastic material- mebJesie ceW heefjJele&ve keäÙee nesiee Ùeefo 10 vÙetšve keâe Skeâ
meyemes DeefOekeâ ØelÙeemLe keâe ÛeÙeve keâjW- yeue 20 efkeâ«ee õJÙeceeve Jeeueer Jemleg hej 10 meskebâ[ kesâ
(a) Iron/ueesne (b) Copper/leeByee efueS keâeÙe&jle nw?
(c) glass/keâeBÛe (d) Wooden/uekeâÌ[er (a) 5 kg m/sec/efkeâ«ee ceer/mes
Ans. (a) : Elasticity of a material can be determined by (b) 100 kg m/sec/efkeâ«ee ceer/mes
using the laws of Young's modulus and Young's (c) 200 kg m/sec/efkeâ«ee ceer/mes
modulus is the ratio of stress to the strain or (d) 1000 kg m/sec/efkeâ«ee ceer/mes
σ Ans. (b) : Given,
deformation i.p. Y=
ε F = 10 N
1
⇒ Y∝ M = 20 kg
ε t = 10 sec
Young's modulus value of glass, Copper and wooden ∴ Change in momentum = Impulse generated
material is more than that of Iron. =F×t
As Young's Modulus is inversely proportional to the = 10 N ×10 sec
relative deformation. = 100 N-sec
So, deformation directly depends upon the elasticity of = 100 kgm/sec
a material.
163. Waves that are useful for communication
Hence, the deformation of iron is more than that of
purpose are _______.
glass, wood, Cu or the elasticity of the Iron is more than
that of Glass , Cu and Wood.
otj mebÛeej kesâ efueS GheÙeesieer lejbies _______ nQ~
161. Electric capacity of a semiconductor _____ (a) Ultraviolet/hejeyeQieveer
with increase in temperature. (b) Infrared/DeJejòeâ
leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ kesâ meeLe Skeâ DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ keâer efJeÅegle (c) Micro waves/met#ce lejbies
Ûeeuekeâlee _____ nw~ (d) Visible light/ÂMÙe ØekeâeMe
(a) Increases/yeÌ{leer Ans. (c) : Waves that are used in communication are
(b) Decreases/Iešleer Microwaves, infrared radiation and light. As
microwaves can pass straight through the atmosphere
(c) Remains same/yeoueleer veneR
and connects antennas on earth to satellite in Earth's
(d) First increases and them decreases/henues yeÌ{leer Orbit. So, Microwaves are more useful for
nw efheâj Iešleer communication purpose.
Ans. (a) : Electrical Conductivity of Semiconductor 164. What is the unit of Self Induction?
increases with increasing temperature. As on increasing mJeØesjlJe keâe cee$ekeâ keäÙee nw?
temperature, the charge carriers or carriers (a) Henry/nsvejer (b) Farad/hewâj[
concentration increases due to the excitation of
(c) Weber/Jesyej (d) Tesla/šsmuee
electrons from the valence band to the conduction band,
due to which a number of free electrons increases. So, Ans. (a) : Self Induction :- It is the property of the
the conductivity increases and resistivity decreases in current carrying coil that resists or opposes the change
case of semi conductor. of current flowing through it, which occurs mainly due
to the self. induced emf produced in the coil itself.
dφ
V = –N
dt
or
dI
E = –L
dt
As φ (emf induced) ∝ current (I)
A semiconductor has a negative temperature coefficient. ⇒ φ = LI
DSSSB PGT 36 YCT

φ 167. Two spherical shells of iron material of radius r
⇒ L= , where 'L' is and 4r carry charges -q and 5q respectively.
I
Self Inductance and is defined as Henry,which is a SI What is the quantity of charge that will flow
unit of self inductance. into the Earth if the inner shell is grounded?
ef$epÙee r Deewj 4r kesâ ueesns kesâ heoeLe& kesâ oes ieesueekeâej
165. What will be the force experienced by an α
particle moving parallel to magnetic field? ieesues ›eâceMe: -q Deewj 5q kesâ DeeJesMe Jenve keâjles nQ~ Ùeefo
ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ meceeveeblej ieefleceeve α keâCe Éeje Deebleefjkeâ Keesue keâes Yetmecheefke&âle efkeâÙee peelee nw lees
DevegYeJe efkeâÙee peeves Jeeuee yeue keäÙee nesiee? efkeâleveer DeeJesMe keâer cee$ee he=LJeer ceW ØeJeeefnle nesieer?
(a) 12 Newton/vÙetšve (b) 0.2 Newton/vÙetšve (a) q/2 (b) q/4
(c) q/3 (d) q/5
(c) Zero Newton/vÙetšve (d) 0.8 Newton/vÙetšve
Ans. (b) :
Ans. (c) : As (F) force experinced by a charge particle
(q) in a magnetic field (B) is given by
F = qVB sinθ ... (i)
Also given, direction of motion of charged particle (α)
is parallel to the magnetic field (B), i.e θ = 0º.
So, from (i)
F = 0N
166. If we need to find out 3µF capacity, the
arrangement of three 2µF capacitor will:
When inner shell is grounded to the Earth then the
Ùeefo nceW 3µF #ecelee keâe helee ueieeves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee
potential of inner shell become zero because potential of
nw, lees 2µF kesâ leerve mebOeeefjleeW keâes mebÙeesefpele keâjWies: the earth is taken to be zero.
(a) All three in series/leerveeW keâes ßesefCeÙeeWs ceW K ( 5q ) Kq '
⇒ + =0
(b) All three in parallel/leerveeW keâes meceeblej ›eâce ceW 4r r
(c) Two capacitors in series and third in parallel K
with the combinaiton of first two capacitors/oes
⇒ ( 5q + 4q ') = 0
4r
mebOeeefjle ßesCeer›eâce ceW leLee leermeje ØeLece oes kesâ mebÙeespeve 5
⇒ q' = – q
kesâ meceeblej ›eâce ceW 4
(d) Two capacitor is in parallel and third is in Where q' is the charge that has appeared on the inner
series of first two combination/oes mebOeeefjle shell after grounding.
meceeblej ›eâce ceW leLee leermeje,ØeLece oes kesâ mebÙeespeve kesâ Thus, q'–(–q) is the charge flowing into the earth after
grounding.
ßesCeer›eâce ceW
 5 
Ans. (c) : To obtain 3µF capacity by the arrangement of So, q'–(–q) =  – q  + q
 4 
3 2µF capacitors.
–5q + 4q
We have to add two of them in series and another one in =
parallel. 4
q
= – C
4
168. Suppose the force is f which is acted in a charge
situated on the axis of a dipole. Now the charge
is shifted to double the distance. So the force
2× 2 4 will be:
So, CAB = = = 1 µF [For series] ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ yeue f nw pees efÉOeÇgJe kesâ De#e hej efmLele
2+2 4
Now capacitor 1µf and 2µf are in Parallel DeeJesMe ceW ueie jne nw~ Deye DeeJesMe keâes ogiegveer otjer hej
so Cnet = 1 + 2 nšeÙee peelee nw~ lees yeue nesiee-
= 3µf (a) f/8 (b) f/5
So, option (c) is correct (c) f/3 (d) f/9
DSSSB PGT 37 YCT

Ans. (a): Let there be a dipole having equal and Ans. (d) : In a hollow metal sphere (spherical shell),
opposite charges as '–q' and '+q', separated by 't' electric field inside the shell is zero. So value of the
distance. electric field at the centre of metal sphere is 0
Volt/metre.
and let 'Q' is a charge situated on the axis of the above

dipole at r distance apart from centre of the dipole.
KqQ
Now, F=
a2
Since, Potential is constant i.e. dV = 0
Here, r >> a
dV
⇒ Fi =
1 2PQ
[For axial dipole] E= – = 0 N/m
4πε0 r 3 dr
171. The diameters of molecules of Hydrogen,
[P = q×2a]
chlorine and nitrogen are respectively 2.5 Å,
{Where P is dipole moment}
4.2Å and 3.4Å. Compare their thermal
Now, r → 2r (doubled the distance)
conductivities at any temperature and
1 2PQ pressure.
Ff =
4πε0 ( 2r )3 neF[êspeve, keäueesjerve Deewj veeFšêspeve kesâ DeCegDeeW kesâ
1  1  2PQ   JÙeeme ›eâceMe: 2.5 Å, 4.2Å Deewj 3.4Å. nQ~ efkeâmeer Yeer
=   
8  4πε0  r 3   leeheceeve Deewj oyeeJe hej Gvekeâer T<cee Ûeeuekeâlee keâer
1 leguevee keâjW~
Ff = Fi
8 (a) 1 : 2.23 : 1.91
So, when the charge is shifted to double of the initial (b) 2 : 2.23 : 3.12
distance on its axis, new force acting in the charge is (c) 0.226 : 0.477 : 1.4577
1 (d) 1 : 3.21 : 2.91
times the initial force.
8 Ans. (c) : Thermal conductivity of a material is
169. Find the force on the charge present on point P described by the following formula and denoted by 'K'.
in the downwards direction perpendicular to P: QL
Skeâ efyeog P hej ceewpeto DeeJesMe hej P kesâ uebyeJele veerÛes (W/mK)K =
A∆T
keâer efoMee ceW ueieves Jeeuee yeue %eele keâerefpeS- Where, ∆T is temperature difference A is surface area L
(a) 2
3kq / l 2
(b) 2
2kq / l 2 is their separation and Q is amount of heat transferred.
Since molecules have spherical surface.
(c) − 2kq / l 2 2
(d) − kq 2 / 2l2 1
⇒ K∝
Ans. (*) : Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found A
in question/answer. 1
So, this question is ignored for all candidates. K∝
4πr 2
170. The radius of hollow metal sphere is 5 cm and 1
the potential on its surface is 10 volts when K∝ 2
r
charged. What is the value of the electric field 0
at the center of the metal sphere? diameters, d1 = 2.5 A
KeesKeues Oeeleg kesâ ieesues keâer ef$epÙee 5 mesceer nw Deewj Ûeepe& 0
d2 = 4.2 A
nesves hej Fmekeâer melen hej efJeYeJe 10 Jeesuš nw~ Oeeleg kesâ 0
ieesues kesâ keWâõ ceW efJeÅegle #es$e keâe ceeve keäÙee neslee nw? and d3 = 3.4 A
(a) 3 Volt/meter/Jeesuš/ceeršj 1 1 1
: :
( 2.5 ) ( 4.2 ) ( 3.4 )
2 2 2
(b) 7 Volt/meter/Jeesuš/ceeršj
(c) 15 Volt/meter/Jeesuš/ceeršj 1 1 1
= : :
(d) 0 Volt/meter/Jeesuš/ceeršj 6.25 17.64 11.56
DSSSB PGT 38 YCT
As thermal conductivity is inversely proportional to the Ans. (b) : ∆I = 1A
surface area. So, on solving - L = SmH = 5×10–3 H
We get required proportion as 0.226:0.477:0.4577 t = 0.1 sec
172. An X-ray machine produces X-rays of wave LdI
φ= –
length 0.1Å. Its accelerating voltage is: dt
Skeâ Skeäme-js ceMeerve 0.1 Å lejbie uebyeeF& keâer Skeäme- 5 × 10 –3 × 1
efkeâjCeW GlheVe keâjleer nw~ Fmekeâe lJeefjle Jeesušspe nw: = –
0.1
(a) 120.5 KV (b) 230.4 KV = –5×10–2
(c) 212.3 KV (d) 123.75 KV φ = –0.05 Volt
Ans. (d) : Given, 175. The radiations of minimum wavelength in the
λ = 0.1Å = 0.1 × 10–10 m electromagnetic spectrum is:
e = 1.6 × 10–19 C efJeÅegleÛegbyekeâerÙe mheskeäš^ce ceW vÙetvelece lejbie owOÙe& kesâ
h = 6.626 × 10–34 J.S. efJeefkeâjCe nQ:
v=? (a) radio wave/jsef[Ùees lejbie
hc
eV = (b) beta-rays/yeerše-efkeâjCeW
λ
(c) X-rays/Skeäme-js
hc
⇒ λ= (d) gamma rays/ieecee efkeâjCeW
eV
Ans. (d) : Electromagnetic spectrum is like a chart that
hc arranges the wavelength and frequency of
V=
eλ electromagnetic waves.
6.626 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 Gamma Rays > X-Rays > UV > Visible light > Infrared
= > Radio waves
1.6 × 10−19 × 0.1× 10−10
V = 123.75KV
1
173. Q - value of the following reaction is: as, v∝
λ
14
N7 + 4He2 → 17O8 + 1H1
So, Gamma ray has least wavelength in all the
efvecveefueefKele DeefYeef›eâÙee keâe Q -ceeve nw- electromagnetic waves.
(a) 2.97 Mev (b) 4.95 Mev 176. If a wave is incident obliquely on the boundary
(c) 1.192 Mev (d) 1.1935 Mev between two different media the transmitted
Ans. (d) : Solution- wave is called _______.
14
N7 + 4He2 → 17O8 + 1H1 Ùeefo keâesF& lejbie oes efYeVe ceeOÙeceeW keâer heefjmeercee hej
Measured masses of eflejÚer Deeheeflele nesleer nw lees heejieefcele lejbie keâer
N = 14.083074u _______ keânles nQ~
He = 4.00603u
(a) Refracted Wave/DeheJeefle&le lejbie
O = 16.999133u
H = 1.006024u (b) Standing Wave/DeØeieeceer lejbie
Q = ∆mc2 (c) Electromagnetic Wave/efJeÅegle-ÛegbyekeâerÙe lejbie
∆m = (mass of reactants) – (mass of products) (d) Radial Wave/ef$epÙe lejbie
=(4.00603+14.083074)–16.999133-1.006024)×931.5 Ans. (a) : If a wave incident obliquely on the boundary
Q = −1.1935 MeV between two different media, then the refraction will
occur.
174. In a coil of self inductance 5mH the current
rises from 0 to 1Å Å in 0.1s at a uniform rate. The
magnitude of emf. Induced is:
mJeØesjkeâlJe 5mH keâer Skeâ kegâC[ueer ceW Oeeje 0.1s ceW Skeâ
meceeve oj mes 1 mes 1Å
Å lekeâ yeÌ{ peeleer nw~ Øesefjle F&SkeâSheâ
keâe heefjceeCe nw:
(a) 0.5V (b) 0.05V
(c) 0.07V (d) 0.4V
DSSSB PGT 39 YCT
177. A train that can move at almost the speed of Ans. (c) : Special relativity is a theory of the structure
light is going at speed of 0.99c with respect to of space-time, put forward by Albert-Einstein.
ground. The length of the train measured when According to this theory, all the physical laws should be
it was not moving was 100m. Now a woman same in the internal frame of reference.
tries to measure the length of the train, what
Non-accelerated of frame which is at rest under uniform
will it be?
Skeâ š^sve pees ueieYeie ØekeâeMe keâer ieefle mes Ûeue mekeâleer nw motion known as Inertial frame of reference.
Jen peceerve kesâ meehes#e 0.99c keâer ieefle mes pee jner nw~ peye Second postulate of this theory is the speed of light C is
a constant, independent of relative motion of source.
šs^ve veneR Ûeue jner Leer leye ceeheer ieF& šs^sve keâer uebyeeF& 100
Where C = 3×108 m/s
ceeršj Leer~ Deye Skeâ ceefnuee š^sve keâer uebyeeF& ceeheves keâer
179. Clocks in motion relative to an observer appear
keâesefMeMe keâjleer nw, Jen keäÙee nesieer?
to be slowed down by a factor .This is known as
(a) 14 m (b) 10 m
_______.
(c) 18 m (d) 24 m
Ans. (a) : Given
Øes#ekeâ kesâ meehes#e ieefleceeve Ieef[
Ì ÙeeB Skeâ keâejkeâ Éeje
L0 = 100 m Oeerceer Øeleerle nesleer nw~ Fmes _______ kesâ ™he ceW peevee
V =0.99 c peelee nw~
Relative length is given by
(a) Time hastening/meceÙe keâer peuoyeepeer (šeFce
v2
L = L0 1 − nmesefvebie)
c2
(b) Time dilation/meceÙe hewâueeJe (šeFce [eFuesMeve)
( 0.99c )
2
= 100 × 1 − (c) Time static/meceÙe keâer efmLejlee (šeFce mšwefškeâ)

c2 (d) Time pausing/meceÙe keâer ®keâvee (šeFce heewefmebie)
L = 100 × 0.1410
Ans. (b) : In time delation time moves slower for an
⇒ L = 14m observer who is in motion relative to another observer.
178. Which of the following option is correct of the To a stationary observer, a moving clock will tick
given option: slower than the one the observer is holding. The concept
The two basic postulates of the special theory of of the time dilation effect comes from Albert Einsten's
relativity are as follows: Theory of Relativity.
[x] The laws of physics must be the same for all
180. The conservation of mass– –energy law requires
observers moving at constant velocity with
respect to one another. that the sum of the mass– –energy of a system of
[y] The speed of light must be the same for all particles before interaction must _____ the sum
inertial observers, independent of their relative of the mass – energy of the system after
motion. interaction.
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee efJekeâuhe efoS ieS efJekeâuhe õJÙeceeve-Tpee& efveÙece kesâ mebj#eCe kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ nw
ceW mes mener nwŠ efkeâ DevÙeesvÙe ef›eâÙee kesâ yeeo ØeCeeueer keâer õJÙeceeve-Tpee&
meehes#elee kesâ efJeMes<e efmeæeble keâer oes yegefveÙeeoer kesâ Ùeesie _____ nesvee ÛeeefnS~
DeefYeOeejCeeSB Fme Øekeâej nQ:
(a) Be greater than/mes yeÌ[e
[x] Skeâ otmejs kesâ meehes#e efmLej Jesie mes ieefle keâjves Jeeues
(b) Be lesser than/mes keâce
meYeer ØeefMe#ekeâeW kesâ efueS Yeeweflekeâer kesâ efveÙece meceeve nesves
(c) Not be equal to/kesâ yejeyej veneR
ÛeeefnS~
(d) Be equal to/kesâ yejeyej
[y] meYeer peÌ[lJeerÙe heÙe&Jes#ekeâeW kesâ efueS ØekeâeMe keâer ieefle
meceeve nesveer ÛeeefnS, Gvekeâer meehes#e ieefle mes mJeleb$e~ Ans. (d) : Law of conservation of mass and Law of
conservation of energy was proposed by Antoine
(a) x is correct but y is wrong/x mener nw uesefkeâve y
Lavoisier and Julius Robert Mayer (1st Law of
ieuele nw Thermodynamics).
(b) y is correct and x is wrong/y mener nw uesefkeâve x Einstien founded the conservation of mass-energy law
ieuele nw and gave an equation E = mc2, by merging the above
(c) both are correct/oesveeW mener nQ two law and stated that total amount of mass and energy
(d) both x and y are wrong/x Deewj y oesveeW ieuele nQ in the universe is constant.
DSSSB PGT 40 YCT
Post Graduate Teacher Exam, 2021
Physics
Exam Date - 29.06.2021 (Female)
1. In β -decay, the nucleus emits- (a) Metre scale/ceeršj mkesâue

β-#eÙe ceW, veeefYekeâ Glmeefpe&le keâjlee nw~ (b) Screw gauge/m›etâ ies]pe
(a) electron/Fueskeäšê@ve (b) proton/Øeesše@ve (c) Spherometer/mHesâjesceeršj
(c) neutron/vÙetše@ve (d) positron/hee@ef]peše@ve (d) Vernier Callipers/Jeefve&Ùej kewâefueheme&
Ans.(d): To measure 0.0001m length accurately a
Ans.(a): Beta decay is the most common form of Veriner Calliper can be use. Vernier Calliper, instrument
radioactive decay. In β-decay the nuclues emits for making very accurate linear measurements introduced
electron. in 1631 by Pierre Vernier of France.
2. Neutrino is a particle emittd in? 5. The error which is associated with the
vÙetefš^vees keâe keâCe efkeâmemes Glmeefpe&le neslee nw~ resolution of the instrument is known as
________.
(a) α decay/α-#eÙe (b) β decay/β -#eÙe ceehekeâ Ùeb$e kesâ efJeYesove mes pegÌ[er $egefš keâes____™he ceW
(c) γ decay/γ-#eÙe (d) δ decay/δ-#eÙe peevee peelee nw~
Ans.(b): An electron-neutrino is emitted in beta (β) decay. (a) Absolute error/hetCe& $egefš
Neutrions are born in various decays, which is when a
(b) Least count error/Deuheleceebkeâ $egefš
particle changes from one type into another. On occasion,
two beta decays happen almost simultaneously, releasing (c) Relative error/Deehesef#ekeâ $egefš
two electrons and two electron antineutrino. (d) Random error/ÙeeöefÛÚkeâ $egefš
3. Plane angle is defined as the ratio of ? Ans.(b): The error which is associated with the
meceleue keâesCe keâes efkeâme Devegheele kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele resolution of the instrument is known as least count
efkeâÙee peelee nw? error. The least count of an instrument is inversely
(a) Length of arc to the radius/Je=òe kesâ Ûeehe keâer proportional to the precision of the instrument.
uecyeeF& kesâ Deewj Fmekeâer ef$epÙee~ 6. Voltage and current are given as V = (100 ±
9)V and I =(100 ± 0.5)A .Find the percentage
(b) The intercepted area of a spherical surface to
error in resistance (R)
the square of its radius/heefjle: efveefce&le ieesueerÙe he=‰
Jeesušlee Deewj efJeÅegle Oeeje keâes V = (100 ± 9) Deewj I =
kesâ DehejesOeve #es$e leLee ef$epÙee kesâ Jeie&~
( 100 ± 0.5)A kesâ ™he ceW oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~ ØeeflejesOe
(c) Area of the circle to the radius/Je=òe keâe #es$eHeâue
Deewj Gmekeâer ef$epÙee~ (R) ceW ØeefleMele $egefš %eele keâerefpeS~
(d) Length of the arc to the square of the radius/ (a) 5 percent/5 ØeefleMele
Je=òe kesâ Ûeehe keâer uecyeeF& kesâ Deewj Fmekeâer ef$epÙee kesâ Jeie&~ (b) 9 percent/9 ØeefleMele
Ans (a): Plane angle is defined as the ratio of length of (c) 12 percent/12 ØeefleMele
arc to the radius. A plane angle is well known one full (d) 14 percent/14 ØeefleMele
revolution is 360° or 2π radians. Ans.(*): For this question, discrepancy is found in
ds question/answer. So, this question is ignored for all
Plane angle (dθ) =
r candidates.
4. To measure 0.0001 m length accurately one 7. The accuracy in measurement of mass 9.89 g is
what can be use? ± 0.01 g .Then the relative error in 9.89g is:
0.0001 ceeršj uebyeeF& keâes mešerkeâ ™he mess ceeheves kesâ efueS õJÙeceeve 9.89 «eece keâer ceehe ceW ÙeLeeLe&lee ± 0.01
keäÙee GheÙeesie efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw? «eece nw~ 9.89 ceW Deehesef#ele $egefš nw?
DSSSB PGT 41 YCT
(a) ± 1 percent/± 1 ØeefleMele 12. The dimension of potential energy is:
(b) ± 10 percent/± 10 ØeefleMele efmLeeflepe Tpee& keâe DeeÙeece nw?
(c) ± 0.1 percent/± 0.1 ØeefleMele (a) M1L1T-2 (b) M0L2T-2
1 2 -1
(c) M L T (d) M1L2T-2
(d) ± 0.01 percent/± 0.01 ØeefleMele
Ans.(d): Potential energy = mgh
 0.01 
Ans.(c): The relative error =  ±  ×100 m
 9.89  = kg × 2 × m
sec
= ± 0.1%
m2
8. Find the dimensional-formula of X0 + ut = kg ×
sec 2
1 2
+ at - Dimension of potential energy = [ML T ]
2 –2
2
13. The spring is said to the stiff when the value of
1
X0 + ut + at 2 keâe efJeceerÙe met$e keâe %eele keâjW– spring constant is _______.
2 peye efmØebie keâes keâ"esj keâne peelee nw leye efmØebie efmLejebkeâ
(a) M0L1T0 (b) M0L-1T0
keâe ceeve_______neslee nw~
(c) M-1L1T1 (d) M1L-1T1
(a) Less/keâce (b) Moderate/ceOÙece
Ans.(a): According to question–
Dimensional formula of (Xo) = Dimensional formula of (c) High/GÛÛe (d) Zero/MetvÙe
2 Ans.(c): The spring is said to the stiff when the value of
(ut) = Dimensional formula of (at )
L L spring constant is high. The spring constant is the force
Xo = × T = 2 × T2 applied if the displacement in the spring is unity. Spring
T T constant definition is related to simple harmonic
X 0 = [M 0 L1T 0 ] = [M 0 L1T 0 ] motions and Hooke's law.
9. The dimensional formula of mass is? 14. A car is moving with a speed of 5 ms-1 on a
õJÙeceeve keâe efJeceerÙe met$e nw? smooth road and its mass is 10 quintal. It
1 1 -2 1 0 0 collides with a wall and the wall is mounted
(a) M L T (b) [M L T ]
with a spring of spring constant 6.25 × 103 Nm-
(c) M1L1T1 (d) M1L2T-1 1
. Find the maximum compression of the
1 0 0
Ans.(b): Dimensional formula of mass = [M L T ] spring.
10. The relation between Ergs(erg) and electron Skeâ keâej efÛekeâveer meÌ[keâ hej 5 ceeršj/meskebâ[ keâer ieefle
volt(eV) is? mes Ûeue jner nw Deewj Fmekeâe õJÙeceeve 10 efkeäJebšue nw~ Ùen
Ergs(erg) Deewj Fuesšê@ve Jeesuš (eV)kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe nw? Skeâ oerJeej mes škeâjeleer nw Deewj oerJeej efmØebie efmLejebkeâ
(a) 1 erg = 0.625 × 1010 eV 6.25 × 103 vÙetšve/ceeršj kesâ efmhebÇie mes pegÌ[er nesleer nw~
-10
(b) 1 erg = 0.625 × 10 eV efmØebie keâe DeefOekeâlece mebheerÌ[ve %eele keâerefpeS~
(c) 1 erg = 0.625 × 1012 eV (a) 3.00 meter/3.00 ceeršj
(d) 1 erg = 0.625 × 10-12 eV
(b) 1.00 meter/1.00 ceeršj
Ans.(c): As we know that
–12 (c) 2.00 meter/2.00 ceeršj
1.6 × 10 erg = 1 eV
1 (d) 4.00 meter/4.00 ceeršj
∴1erg = −12
eV Ans.(c): Given
1.6 × 10
mass (m) = 10 quintal = 10 × 100 kg = 1000 kg
= 0.625 × 1012 eV 3
speed (v) = 5 m/s, spring constant (k) = 6.25 × 10 N/m
Hence option (c) is the correct answer. The kinetic energy of the car is converted entirely into
11. Gravity is an example of? the potential energy of the spring
ieg™lJeekeâ<e&Ce efkeâmekeâe GoenjCe nw? 1 1
∴ mv 2 = kx m2
(a) Conservation of energy/Tpee& mebj#eCe 2 2
(b) Conservative energy/mebj#eer Tpee& mv 2 m
xm = = ×v
(c) Conservative force/mebj#eer yeue k k
(d) Kinetic force/ieeflepe yeue 1000
xm = ×5 = 0.4× 5 = 2m
Ans.(c): A conservative force is one in which the final 6.25×103
displacement of the object (in the direction of force) 15. If during a collision, the initial velocities and
determines its work, such as gravity between Earth and final velocities of both the bodies are along the
another mass. Gravity is an example of conservation force. same straight line then it is called?
DSSSB PGT 42 YCT
Ùeefo Skeâ mebIeó ceW oesveeW efheC[eW kesâ ØeejbefYekeâ Jesie Deewj (a) Translational equilibrium only/kesâJeue
Debeflece Jesie Skeâ ner mejue jsKee kesâ DevegefoMe neW lees Fmes mLeeveevlejerÙe meecÙeeJemLee~
keânles nQ? (b) Rotational equilibrium only/kesâJeue IetCeea
(a) Direct collision/ØelÙe#e mebIeóve meecÙeJemLee~
(b) Head on collision/meccegKe mebIeóve (c) Conditional equilibrium only/kesâJeue meMele&
(c) Head to head collision/Skeâebeflekeâ mebIeóve meecÙeeJemLee~
(d) Natural collision/Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebIeóve (d) Both translational and rotational
equilibrium/oesveeW mLeeveevlejerÙe meecÙeeJemLee Deewj IetCeea
Ans.(b): If during a collision, the initial velocities and
final velocities of both the bodies are along the same
meecÙeeJemLee~
straight line then it is called head on collision. A Ans.(d): Equilibrium of a particle in mechanics refers
collision is any event in which two or more bodies exert to the situation when the particles are in both
forces on each other in a relatively short time. translational and rotational equilibrium. An object is in
16. Impulsive force is? translational equilibrium if the sum of all the external
forces acting on it is zero. An object is in rotational
DeeJesieer yeue nw? equilibrium if the sum of all the external torques acting
(a) Small force acts in a short time/ueIeg yeue keâce on it is zero.
meceÙe lekeâ keâeÙe&jle jnlee nw~ 19. Find the maximum value of acceleration of the
(b) Large force acts in a longtime/efJehegue (oerIe&) yeue bus if a mass of 3 kg lying on the floor of the
uebyes meceÙe lekeâ keâeÙe&jle jnlee nw~ bus will remain stationary (Given the
coefficient of static friction is 0.15)?
(c) Small force acts in a long time/ueIeg yeue uebyes
yeme kesâ lJejCe keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve %eele keâerefpeS Ùeefo
meceÙe lekeâ keâeÙe&jle jnlee nw~
yeme kesâ HeâMe& hej heÌ[e ngDee 3 efkeâ«ee keâe õJÙeceeve efmLej
(d) Large force acts in a short time/efJehegue (oerIe&)
jnsiee (efmLej Ie<e&Ce kesâ iegCeebkeâ 0.15 nw)~
yeue keâce meceÙe lekeâ keâeÙe&jle jnlee nw~
(a) 0.5 ms-2/0.5 ceeršj/meskebâ[-2
Ans.(d): A large force acting for a short time to produce
(b) 2.0 ms-2/2.0 ceeršj/meskebâ[-2
a finite change in momentum is called impulse. An
impulse force is a force that acts on a body for a short (c) 1.5 ms-2/1.5 ceeršj/meskebâ[-2
period of time. The impulse force can be extracted and (d) 2.5 ms-2/2.5 ceeršj/meskebâ[-2
found to be equal to the change in momentum of an Ans.(c): Given
object provided the mass is constant.
Coefficient of static friction (µ) = 0.15
I = F × dt
friction force (f) = µmg
= ∆P
∴ ma = µmg (where a is the maximum acceleration of bus)
17. Action and reaction forces act on what? a = µg = 0.15 × 10 = 1.5 m/s2
ef›eâÙee Deewj Øeefleef›eâÙee yeue efkeâme hej keâeÙe& keâjles nQ?
20. Suppose that a projectile is launched with
(a) The same body only/kesâJeue mece™he efheC[ hej velocity V0 that makes an angle θ0 with the
(b) The same body but different position/mece™he horizontal axis. What is the time of flight of the
efheC[ uesefkeâve Deueie efmLeefle hej~ projectile ?
(c) The different bodies/efJeefYeVe efheC[ hej~ Ùeefo Øe#eshÙe Jesie V0 kesâ meeLe Skeâ Øe#eshÙe keâes Øe#esefhele
(d) The same body or different body/mece™he efheC[ efkeâÙee peelee nw pees #eweflepe De#e kesâ meeLe θ0 keâesCe yevelee
Ùee efJeefYeVe efheC[~ nw, lees Øe#eshle keâer GÌ[eve keâe meceÙe keäÙee nQ?
Ans.(c): Newton's third law is also called the law of (a) V0sin θ0/g (b) g0sin θ0/g
action and reaction. For every action force, there exists a
(c) 2V0cos θ0/g (d) 2V0sin θ0/g
reaction force, equal in magnitude and opposite in
direction. Action and reaction forces acts on the different Ans. (d) : A projectile is launched with velocity V0 that
bodies. makes an angle θ0 with the horizontal axis, then the time
18. Equilibrium of a particle in mechanics refers to of flight of the projectile is given as follows-
the situation when the particles are in The time of flight of the projectile,
_________. 2V0 sin θ0
Ùeebef$ekeâer ceW Skeâ efheb[ keâe meecÙeeJemLee Gme efmLeefle keâes Tf =
g
meboefYe&le keâjlee nw peye efheb[_____ceW nesles nQ~
DSSSB PGT 43 YCT
21. A boy throws a stone at a speed of 28 ms-1. The (c) Angular momentum/keâesCeerÙe mebJesie
stone makes 300 angle with the horizontal (d) Linear momentum/jsKeerÙe mebJesie
surface. Find the maximum height of the stone
from the ground. Ans.(a): Scalar quantity:- A Scalar quantity is a
Skeâ ueÌ[keâe Skeâ helLej keâes 28 ceeršj/meskebâ[ keâer ieefle mes quantity that has only magnitude.
Angular frequency, mass, speed, distance,
HeWâkeâlee nw~ helLej #eweflepe melen mes 30° keâe keâesCe yeveelee Example–
time, energy, density, volume, temperature etc.
nw~ peceerve mes helLej keâer DeefOekeâlece TBÛeeF& %eele keâerefpeS~ Vector quantity:- A vector quantity is a quantity that
(a) 10.0 meter/10.0 ceeršj (b) 8.0 meter/8.0 ceeršj has both a magnitude and a direction.
(c) 12.0 meter/12.0 ceeršj (d) 6.0 meter/6.0 ceeršj Example–Angular velocity, angular momentum, linear
Ans.(a): Given, momentum, electric field, force, magnetic moment,
Stone speed (u) = 28 m/s average velocity etc.
Angle (θ) = 30° 25. Which statement is false for a "rigid body"?
2 ‘‘ ÂÌ{ efheb[’’ kesâ efueS keâewve mee keâLeve DemelÙe nw?
1 2
u 2 sin 2 θ
(28) ×   (a) It has perfectly definite shape/Fmekeâe hetjer lejn mes
2
maximum height (H) =
2g
=
2× 9.8 efveef§ele Deekeâej nw~
(b) The shape is unchangeble/Deekeâej DeheefjJele&veerÙe nw
H = 10 m
(c) All particles of the body are moving together
22. We don’t have to specify the direction of
/efheb[ kesâ meYeer keâCe Skeâ meeLe Ietce jns nQ
_________.
nceW ______ efoMee keâes efveefo&° keâjves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee (d) The rigid body is not in pure translational
motion/ÌÂ{ efheb[ Megæ mLeevebelejerÙe ieefle ceW veneR nw~
veneR nesleer nw?
Ans.(d): Correct statement for a rigid body:–
(a) A null vector/MetvÙe meefoMe
• Shape and size of the body remains the same.
(b) Unit vector/cee$ekeâ meefoMe • The shape is unchangeable.
(c) Radius vector/ef$epÙee meefoMe • It has perfectly definite shape.
(d) Displacement vector/efJemLeeheve meefoMe • All particles of the body are moving together.
Ans.(a): A vector's direction has been determined by • No change in the distance between any pair of
the straight line from its source towards its point. We particles.
don't have to specify the direction of a null vector. The • No velocity of separation or approach between any
magnitude of the null vector is zero. pair of particles.
23. A river is 1000 m wide and water flows at a 26. In pure translational motion at any instant of
speed of 50m/min. A man can swin at a speed time all particles of the body have _____.
2 efkeâmeer Yeer meceÙe Megæ mLeeveeblejerÙe ieefle ceW efheb[ kesâ meYeer
of 66 m/min in still water. What is the time
3 keâCe nesles ______ nQ-
needed by the man to cross the river? (a) Different velocity/efYevve Jesie ceW
Skeâ veoer 1000 ceeršj ÛeewÌ[er nw Deewj heeveer 50 (b) Different momentum/efYevve mebJesie ceW
ceeršj/efceveš keâer ieefle mes yenlee nw~ Skeâ Deeoceer Meeble (c) Same velocity/meceeve Jesie ceW
2
heeveer ceW 66 ceeršj/efceveš keâer ieefle mes lewj mekeâlee nw~ (d) Same momentum/meceeve mebJesie ceW
3
Ans.(c): In pure translational motion at any instant of
Deeoceer keâes veoer heej keâjves ceW efkeâlevee meceÙe ueielee nw? time all particles of the body have the same velocity. A
(a) 10 min/10 efceveš (b) 15 min/15 efceveš rigid body fixed at one point or along a line can have
(c) 20 min/20 efceveš (d) 25 min/25 efceveš only rotational motion. A rigid body not fixed in same
way can have either pure translation or a combination of
Distance
Ans.(b): Using formula, Time = translation and rotation.
Speed
27. The example of rotation where axis may not be
1000 1000 × 3 fixed?
== =15min
66
2 200 IetCe&ve keâe GoenjCe keäÙee nesiee peneb De#e efmLej veneR nw?
3 (a) A spinning top only/kesâJeue IetCeea ueštš
24. Which of the following is a scalar quantity? (b) A ceiling fan only/kesâJeue meerefuebie Hesâve
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve Skeâ DeefoMe jeefMe nw? (c) A potter's wheel only/kesâJeue kegâcnej keâe Ûeekeâ
(a) Angular frequency/keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efle (d) Spinning top and potters wheel/IetCeea ueštš Deewj
(b) Angular velocity/keâesCeerÙe Jesie kegâcnej keâe Ûeekeâ
DSSSB PGT 44 YCT
Ans. (a): A rigid body fixed at one point or along a line 30. A pair of forces of equal magnitude but acting
can have only rotational motion. The example of in opposite direction with different lines of
rotation where axis may not be fixed a spining top only. action is known as?
Rotation about a fixed axis is directly analogous to meceeve heefjceeCe kesâ yeueÙegice pees efJeefYeVe jsKee ceW efJehejerle
linear motion in respect of kinematics and dynamics. efoMee ceW keâeÙe&jle nQ, keâes keäÙee keâne peelee nw?
28. What is the position of the centre of mass for (a) Moment/DeeIetCe&
two particles of equal masses? (b) Couple/yeue Ùegice
meceeve õJÙeceeve Jeeues oes keâCeeW kesâ õJÙeceeve kesâvõ keâer (c) Precession/De«eieceve
efmLeefle keäÙee nesieer? (d) Centre of mass/õJÙeceeve keWâõ
(a) It lies near each mass/Ùen ØelÙeskeâ õJÙeceeve kesâ heeme Ans. (b) : A pair of forces of equal magnitude but
efmLele nw acting in opposite direction with different lines of action
(b) It lies at perperdicular distance from either of is known as couple. A couple produces rotation without
the mass/Ùen õJÙeceeve ceW mes Skeâ mes uebyeJele otjer hej translation.
Example-
efmLele nw
(i) There is a couple acting on the compass needle due
(c) It lies between any point of the masses/Ùen to the earth's magnetic field.
õJÙeceeve kesâ efkeâmeer Yeer efyebog kesâ yeerÛe efmLeefle nw (ii) When we open the lid of a bottle by turning it, our
(d) It lies exactly midway between the masses/Ùen fingers are applying a couple to the lid.
õJÙeceeve kesâ "erkeâ yeerÛe ceW efmLele nw 31. The centre of gravity of a body is that point
where the total gravitational torque on the
Ans.(d): If two particles have the same mass, then the body is ________.
centre of the mass lies at the midpoint of the line,
efkeâmeer efheb[ keâe ieg®lJe keWâõ Jen efyebog nw efpemekesâ heeefjle
joining them.
efheb[ keâe kegâue ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue DeeIetCe&_____neslee nw~
29. Find the magnitude of linear velocity of a
(a) Infinite/Deveble (b) Maximum/DeefOekeâlece
particle whose angular velocity is 7iˆ + 3jˆ – 5kˆ
(c) Minimum/vÙetvelece (d) Zero/MetvÙe
and the distance from the origin is î – ˆj + kˆ .
Ans.(d): The centre of gravity of a body is that point
Skeâ keâCe kesâ jwefKekeâ Jesie keâe heefjceeCe %eele keâerefpeS where the total gravitational torque on the body is zero.
efpemekeâe keâesCeerÙe Jessie 7iˆ + 3jˆ – 5kˆ nw Deewj efyebog mes The origin must be the centre of mass of the body thus,
the centre of gravity of the body coincides with the
otjer î – ˆj + kˆ nw? centre of mass is uniform gravity or gravity free space.
(a) 15.75 ms /15.75 ceeršj/meskebâ[
-1
32. The moment of inertia of a hollow cylinder of
(b) 14.62 ms /14.62 ceeršj/meskebâ[
-1 radius R is MR2 about?
ef$epÙee R kesâ Skeâ KeesKeues yesueve keâe peÌ[lJe DeeIetCe&
(c) 12.35 ms-1/12.35 ceeršj/meskebâ[
efkeâmekesâ meehes#e MR2 nesiee~
(d) 13.75 ms-1/13.75 ceeršj/meskebâ[
(a) Diameter/JÙeeme
Ans. (a) : Linear velocity = Angular velocity ×
(b) Axis of cylinder/yesueve keâer Oegjer
Distance from the origin
(c) Perpendicular axis/uebyeJele De#e
ν = ω× r
(d) Parallel axis/meceeveeblej De#e
î ˆj kˆ
Ans.(b): The moment of inertia of a rigid body depends
ν = 1 −1 1 on the mass of the body, its shape and size, distribution
7 3 −5 of mass about the axis of rotation, and the position and
orientation of the axis of rotation. The moment of
= ( 5 − 3) î − ( −5 − 7 ) ˆj + ( 3 − (−7) ) kˆ inertia of a hollow cylinder of radius R is MR about
2
axis of cylinder.
= 2iˆ + 12jˆ + 10kˆ
33. Find the moment of inertia of a hollow ring
Now, of find the magnitude of this vector we use the
about its tangent./ Skeâ KeesKeueer JeueÙe kesâ mheMe&jsKee
formula.
kesâ meehes#e peÌ[lJe DeeIetCe& %eele keâerefpeS~
ν = (2) 2 + (12) 2 + (10)2
MR 2
(a) MR2 (b)
= 4 + 144 + 100 4
= 248 5MR 2 3MR 2
(c) (d)
= 15.75 m/sec. 4 4
DSSSB PGT 45 YCT

Ans. (*): For this question, discrepancy is found in GmM
question/answer. So, this question is ignored for all PE = −
R +h
candidates. Total energy = KE + PE
34. If d is the depth, RE is the radius of the earth 1  GM  GmM
Total energy = m  −
and g is the acceleration due to gravity at 2 R+h R+h
earth’s surface, the g at a depth d, g(d) is: GmM
Total energy = −
Ùeefo d ienjeF& nw, RE he=LJeer keâer ef$epÙee nw Deewj g he=LJeer 2 (R + h)
keâer melen hej ieg®lJeerÙe lJejCe nes, lees ienjeF& d hej
The total energy of a circularly orbiting satellite is
g,g(d) keäÙee nesiee? negative.
(a) g(d) = g(1 – 2d/RE) 37. The relation between time period T and radius
(b) g(d) = g(1 + 2d/RE) R, of the circular orbit of a planet about the
(c) g(d) = g(1 – d/RE) sun, where gravity is G, and mass of the sun is
(d) g(d) = g(1 + d/RE) MS is:
Ans.(c): When an body is at depth ‘d’, gravitational meceÙe DeJeefOe T Deewj metÙe& kesâ meehes#e ceW efkeâmeer «en keâer
acceleration it is calculated by. Je= òeekeâej keâ#ee R keâer ef$epÙee kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe keäÙee
 d  nesiee, peneb ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce G nw, Deewj metÙe& keâe õJÙeceeve
g (d) = g 1 − 
 RE  MS nw?
Where, 4π 2 4π 2
(a) T = R (b) T 2 = R
g(d) → Gravitational acceleration GMS GMS
d → Depth 4π 2 3 4π 2 2
RE → Radius of the earth (c) T = R (d) T = R
GM S GM S
35. Find the escape speed for moon?
Ans.(c): Time period of satellite is the time taken by a
Ûebõcee keâer heueeÙeve Ûeeue %eele keâerefpeS~ satellite to complete one revolution around the earth.
(a) 11.2 km/s/11.2 efkeâceer/meWkebâ[ distancein1round or circumferenceof orbit
T=
(b) 3.2 km/s/3.2 efkeâceer/meWkebâ[ orbital velocity (Vo )
(c) 2.11 km /s/2.11 efkeâceer/meWkebâ[ 2πr
T= ....(i)
(d) 2.3 km/s/2.3 efkeâceer/meWkebâ[ Vo
–11 2 r = Radius of orbit = (R + h)
Ans.(d): G = 6.67 × 10 Nm2/kg
R = Radius of earth
Mass of the moon (M) = 7.34 × 1022 kg
h = height of satellite
Radius of the moon (R) = 1.74 × 106 m
−11 22 GM s
Escape velocity (Vesc) = 2GM = 2× 6.67 ×10 × 7.34×10 As we know that (Vo ) =
R 1.74×10 6 R +h
Putting the value equation (i)
= 9791560 = 2372 m/sec 2π (R + h) 2π (R + h) 2
1.74 T= =
= 2.372 km/sec. GM s GM s
36. Find the total energy of a circularly orbiting (R + h) R +h
satellite?/Skeâ Je=òeekeâej heefj›eâcee keâjves Jeeues Ghe«en (R + h)3
T = 2π
keâer kegâue Tpee& keäÙee nesieer? GM s
(a) Zero/MetvÙe If h = neglect (R >> h) → R + h ≈ R
(b) Positive/Oeveelcekeâ R3 4π 2 3
T = 2π = R
(c) Negative/$e+Ceelcekeâ GM s GM s
(d) Infinite/Deveble 38. The year of a planet is 29.5 times that of the
Ans.(c): The kinetic energy of the satellite of mass (m) earth. If the distance between sun and the earth
in a circular orbit is. is 1.50 × 108 km then find the distance between
1  GM  the planet and the earth?
KE = m   Skeâ «en keâe Je<e&, he=LJeer kesâ Je<e& keâe 29.5 iegvee nw~ Ùeefo
2 R +h 
The potential energy at distance (R + h) from the center metÙe& Deewj he=LJeer kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 1.50 ×108 efkeâceer nw,
of the earth is given by lees «en Deewj he=LJeer kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer %eele keâerefpeS~
DSSSB PGT 46 YCT
(a) 1.430 × 1012meter/1.430 × 1012 ceeršj RE be the radius of the earth, h be the height above the
(b) 1.34 × 1012meter/1.34 × 1012 ceeršj surface of the earth. Acceleration due to gravity above
(c) 1.43 × 1014meter/1.43 × 1014 ceeršj the surface of the earth depends upon radius of the
earth, gravity of the earth and height. It does not depend
(d) 1.34 × 1014meter/1.34 × 1014 ceeršj upon the mass of the earth.
Ans.(a): Given, 41. Which law of Kepler can be understood as a
8 11
Distance of earth from sun (re) = 1.50 × 10 km = 1.50 × 10 m consequence of a conservation of an angular
Time period of earth (Te) = T momentum which is valid for any central
Time period of planet (Tp) = 29.5T force?
The relation between time period and radius is given by kesâhuej kesâ efkeâme efveÙece keâes efkeâmeer Yeer keWâõerÙe yeue kesâ
Kepler's law,
2
T ∝r
3 efueS ceevÙe keâesCeerÙe mebJesie kesâ mebj#eCe kesâ heefjCeece kesâ
2 3 ™he ceW mecePee pee mekeâlee nw?
 Tp   rp 
    = (a) Law of orbits/keâ#eeDeeW keâe efveÙece
 Te   re 
2 3 (b) Law of areas/#es$e keâe efveÙece
 29.5T   rp 
  =  (c) Law of periods/DeeJele& keâe efveÙece
 T   1.50×1011 
3 11 3 2 (d) Law of semi major axis/DeOe& cegKÙe De#e keâe efveÙece
(rp) = (1.50 × 10 ) × (29.5)
11 2/3 Ans.(b): The three laws of Kepler can be stated as
rp = (1.50 × 10 ) × (23.5)
11
rp = 1.50 × 10 × 9.528 follows:–
11
rp = 14.292 × 10 m = 1.430 × 1012 m 1. Law of orbits
2. Law of areas
39. Escape speed of a body is independent of 3. Law of periods
______.
Law of areas, Kepler can be understood as a consequence
efkeâmeer efheb[ keâer heueeÙeve ieefle _____ mes mJeleb$e nesleer nw? of a conservation of an angular momentum which is valid
(a) Gravity/ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce for any central force.
(b) Radius of the earth/he=LJeer keâer ef$epÙee 42. The relation between the average energy of
(c) Mass of the body/efheb[ keâe õJÙeceeve vibrations (E) and temperature (T) is
(d) Gravity and radius of the earth/ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce Deewj ________.
he=LJeer keâer ef$epÙee kebâheve (E) Deewj leeheceeve (T) keâer Deewmele Tpee& kesâ yeerÛe
mebyebOe ________ nw~
2GM
Ans.(c): Escape speed (Ve ) = (a) E proportional 1/T/E Deevegheeeflekeâ 1/T
R
(b) E proportional 1/T2/ E Deevegheeeflekeâ 1/T2
Where,
G → Universal gravitational constant (c) E proportional T/ E Deevegheeeflekeâ T
M → Mass of earth (d) E proportional T2/ E Deevegheeeflekeâ T2
R → Radius of the earth Ans.(c): Kinetic molecular theory of gases-
Escape speed of a body is independent of mass of the • The average energy of vibrations (E) is directly
body. proportional to absolute temperature (T).
40. Acceleration due to gravity above the surface • The molecules are in constant random motion.
of the earth is not dependent on? • Collision between gas particles or collisions with
he=LJeer keâer melen kesâ Thej ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce kesâ keâejCe lJejCe the walls of the container are perfectly elastic.
efkeâme hej efveYe&j veneR keâjlee nw? • Combined volume of the gas particle is negligible.
(a) Mass of the earth/he=LJeer keâe õJÙeceeve 43. When the frequency of a periodic is small then
(b) Radius of the earth/he=LJeer keâer ef$epÙee it is called ?/ peye efkeâmeer DeeJele& keâer DeeJe=efòe
(c) Gravity of the earth/he=LJeer keâe ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce keâce nesleer nw lees Gmes keânles nQw~
(d) Height/TBÛeeF& (a) Oscillation/oesueve (b) Vibration/kebâheve
Ans.(a): The acceleration due to gravity above the (c) Repeating/oesnjeJe (d) Damping/DeJecebokeâ
surface of earth is given by the equation, Ans.(a): When the frequency of a periodic is small then
gR E 2 it is called oscillation. The most common examples of
gh = oscillation are the tides in the sea and the movement of
(RE + h)
2
a simple pendulum in a clock. Another example of
Where, g be the acceleration due to gravity. oscillation is the movement of spring.
DSSSB PGT 47 YCT

44. For simple harmonic motion which of the 47. Find the amplitude for forced oscillations in
following is true?/mejue DeeJele& ieefle kesâ efueS case of small damping?
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee melÙe nw? Úesšs DeJecebove keâer efmLeefle ceW ØeCeesefole oesueve keâe
(a) Displacement of the particle varies with DeeÙeece keäÙee nesiee?
distance/keâCe keâe efJemLeeheve otjer kesâ meeLe yeouelee jnlee
F0 F0
nw~ (a) A = (b) A =
(b) Displacement of the particle varies with
( – ωd2 )
ω 2
(ω – ω ) d
velocity/keâCe keâe efJemLeeheve Jesie kesâ meeLe yeouelee jnlee F0 F0

(c) A = (d) A =
nw~ m ( ω2 – ωd2 ) m ( ω2 + ωd2 )
(c) Displacement of the particle varies with
Ans.(c): The amplitude of the oscillation is given as
time/keâCe keâe efJemLeeheve meceÙe kesâ meeLe yeouelee jnlee
Fo
nw~ A=
(d) Displacement of the particle varies with m (ω − ωd2 ) 2 + ωd2 b 2
2 2
amplitude/keâCe keâe efJemLeeheve DeeÙeece kesâ meeLe yeouelee We can neglect the term (ωdb) from the amplitude
jnlee nw~ Fo
A=
Ans.(c): Simple harmonic motion (SHM) is a periodic m (ω2 − ωd2 ) 2
2
motion in which displacement is a sinusoidal function

of time. In simple harmonic motion (SHM), the The amplitude for forced oscillations in case of small
displacement x (t) of a particle from its equilibrium Fo
damping (A) =
position is given by, m(ω2 − ωd2 )
x (t) = A cos (ωt + φ)
48. Which of the following is not a mechanical
45. The phase constant of simple harmonic motion wave ?
is dependent on?
efvecveefueefKele cesW mes keâewve Ùeebef$ekeâer lejbie veneR nw?
mejue DeeJele& ieefle keâe keâuee efveÙeleebkeâ efkeâme hej efveYe&j
keâjlee nw? (a) Light wave/ØekeâeMe lejbie
(a) Time/meceÙe (b) Sound wave/OJeefve lejbie
(b) Displacement/efJemLeeheve (c) Water wave/peue lejbie
(c) Frequency/DeeJe=efòe (d) Seismic wave/Yetkeâbheer lejbie
(d) Amplitude/DeeÙeece Ans.(a): According to option, the most familiar type of
Ans.(a): The phase constant of simple harmonic motion waves such as waves on a string, water waves, sound
is dependent on time. In SHM, the phase constant (often waves, seismic waves, are called mechanical waves. We
denoted as "φ") represents the phase of the oscillating know that light waves can travel through vacuum.
object at a specific reference point of initial time.; It Mechanical waves are relegated to the elastic properties
acts as an offset or shift from the reference point of the of the medium. Mechanical waves governed by
oscillation. The phase constant determines the position Newton's laws.
of the oscillating object at any given time within the • The waves which need a medium to travel are called
oscillation cycle. mechanical waves.
46. What is the length of simple pendulum if
49. SI unit of angular wave number is-
frequency is 0.5 Hz (g = 9.8 ms-2)?
meeOeejCe heW[guece keâer uebyeeF& keäÙee nesieer efpemekeâer DeeJe=efòe keâesCeerÙe lejbie mebKÙee keâe Sme.DeeF& (SI) cee$ekeâ nw-
0.5 nš&dpe (g = 9.8 ms-2) nw? (a) Radian (b) rad m-1
-1
(c) rad s (d) ms -1
(a) 1 meter/1 ceeršj (b) 2 meter/2 ceeršj
Ans.(b): The number of radians per meter is called the angular
(c) 3 meter/3 ceeršj (d) 4 meter/4 ceeršj
wave number, k is the angular wave number or propagation
Ans.(a): Given, –1
constant. Its SI unit is radian per meter or rad/m (rad m ).
Frequency (f) = 0.5 Hz
2 50. Gamma is the ratio of two specific heats. What
g = 9.8 m/s
1 1 is value of gamma for air?/ieecee oes efJeefMe°
Time period (T) = = =2 T<ceeDeeW keâe Devegheele nw~ JeeÙeg kesâ efueS ieecee keâe ceeve
f 0.5
2
T g (2) × 9.812 keäÙee nw?
Length of simple pendulum (l) = =
4π 2 4×(3.14) 2 (a) 1 (b) 2
l = 1m (c) 2.4 (d) 1.4
DSSSB PGT 48 YCT
Ans. (d): The ratio of the two specific heats is called (b) It is true when one charge is positive and
Gamma (γ). another is negative/Ùen melÙe nw peye Skeâ Ûeepe&
Oeveelcekeâ nw Deewj otmeje $e+Ceelcekeâ
cp  where 
γ=  cp → The molar specific heat of a gasat constant pressure  (c) It is true only when both charges are
c v  c → The molar specific heat of a gasat constant volume 
 v  positive/Ùen leYeer melÙe nw peye oesvees DeeJesMe Oeveelcekeâ
γ = 1.4 for air, which is predominantly a diatomic gas. neW
51. How much negative charge is present in 500 g (d) It is true when both charges are negative/Ùen
of water? melÙe nw peye oesvees Ûeepe& $e+Ceelcekeâ nQ
500 «eece peue ceW efkeâlevee $e+CeeJesMe neslee nw? Ans.(c): Coulomb's law is a quantitative statement
(a) 1.34 × 10 C7
(b) 2.68 × 10 C 7 about the force between two point charges.
(c) 1.34 × 10 C6
(d) 3.68 × 10 C 7 Correct statements for Coulomb's law:
• It is true when both charges are negative.
Ans.(b): Given,
• It is true when both charges are positive.
Negative change is present in 500 g of water =?
• It is true when one charge is positive and another is
Mass of water = 500g negative.
Molecular weight of water (H2O) = 2 + 16 = 18g 54. The SI unit of electric flux is-/JewÅegle heäuekeäme keâer
Number of molecular in 18g of water = 6.023×1023
Sme.DeeF& (SI) cee$ekeâ (FkeâeF&) _____ nw~
Number of molecules in 500g of water
(a) NCm-1 (b) NCm2
6.023 × 1023 × 500 (c) NC m -1 2
(d) NC-1m-2
=
18 Ans.(c): Electric flux is a measure of the electric field
We know that, one molecule of water (H2O) contains intensity in a given area. The SI unit of electric flux is
two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom. Thus the NC–1 m2 or Vm. It is a scalar quantity.
number of electrons in H2O is sum of the number of 55. The electric field of an electric dipole at a point
electrons in hydrogen and oxygen. on the equatorial plane for r >> a is _______.
∴ Number of electrons in H2O = 2 + 8 = 10 r>> a kesâ efueS YetceOÙejsKeerÙe leue hej Skeâ efyebog hej Skeâ
10 × 6.023 × 10 × 500
23
ef JeÅegle efÉOeÇgJe keâe efJeÅegle #es$e _____ nesiee~
Total number of electrons, n =
18 2p 2p
25 (a) 3
(b) –
= 1.6731 × 10 4πt 0 r 4πt 0 r 3
As q = ne, p p
q = 1.6731× 1025 × 1.6 × 10–19C (∴e = 1.6 × 10–19C) (c) 3
(d) –
4πt 0 r 4πt 0 r 3
q = 2.67696 × 107C
Ans.(d): The electric field of the pair of charges (– q
q = 2.68 × 107C
and q) at any point in space can be found out from
52. The value of the permitivity of the free space in Coulomb's law and the superposition principle.
SI unit is _______. At a point on the dipole axis
Sme.DeeF&. (SI) cee$ekeâ ceW cegòeâ mLeeve keâer heejiecÙelee keâe 2p
E= (r >> a)
ceeve _______ nw~ 4πt 0r 3
(a) 8.854 × 10–19 C2Nm–2 At a point on the equatorial plane
–14 2 -1 –2 p
(b) 8.854 × 10 C N m E=− (r >> a)
–12
(c) 7.854 × 10 CN m -1 –2 4πt o r 3
(d) 8.854 × 10–12 C2N-1m–2 56. According to Gauss's law the electric field at a
Ans.(d): It is the ratio of electric displacement and distance r from an infinitely long straight
electric field intensity is called permittivity. The SI unit uniformly charged wire (charge density λ) is
of permittivity is farad/meter. The value of the _______./ieeGme kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej Deveble uebyes meerOes
–12
permittivity of the free space in SI unit is 8.854 × 10
2 –1 –2
Skeâmeceeve DeeJesefMele leej (DeeJesMe IevelJe λ) mes r otjer
C N m or farad/meter.
hej efJeÅegle #es$e _____ nesiee~
53. Which statement is false in case of Coulomb's
λ 2λ
law?/ketâueecye kesâ efveÙece kesâ ceeceues ceW keâewve mee keâLeve (a) E = n (b) E = n
πt 0 r πt 0 r
DemelÙe nw?
λ λ
(a) It is true when both charges are positive/ Ùen (c) E = n (d) E = n
2πt 0 r 4πt 0 r
melÙe nw peye oesveeW Ûeepe& Oeveelcekeâ nQ
DSSSB PGT 49 YCT
Ans. (c): Gauss's law is a simple application of the efmLej efJeÅegle efmLeeflepe Tpee& keäÙee nesieer peye oes DeeJesMe 5
motion of electric flux. Let us consider the total flux µC Deewj - 3 µC Skeâ otmejs mes 16 mesceer keâer otjer hej
through a sphere of radius (r), which encloses a point jKee ieÙee nQ?
charge (q) at its centre.
(a) 0.8 J/0.8 petue (b) -0.84 J/-0.84 petue
Flux through the Gaussian surface = Flux through the
curved cylindrical part of the surface = E × 2πrl (c) 0.9 J/0.9 petue (d) -0.95 J/-0.95 petue
The surface includes charge equal to λl. Gauss's law Ans.(b): Given,
–6
then gives charge on q1 = 5 µC = 5 × 10 C
–6
E × 2πrl = λl/to charge on q2 = – 3 µC = – 3 × 10 C
–2
λ Distance between them (r) = 16 cm = 16 × 10 m
E= Now, electric potential energy between the charges is
2πt o r
given as
Vector, E at any point is given by
kq q
λ U E = 1 2 [k = constant =9×103 Nm 2 /C 2 ]
E= n r
2πt o r
9×109 ×5×10 −6 ×( −3)×10−6
UE =
57. Calculate the total work done in bringing a 16×10−2
-7
charge of 5 × 10 C from infinity to a point which −135
is 10 cm away from a charge of 3 × 10-9 C? VE = = −0.84375J
160
5 × 10 C kesâ DeeJesMe keâes Deveble mes Skeâ Ssmes efyebog lekeâ 59. Which statement is true for electrostatics of
-7
ueeves ceW efkeâS ieS kegâue keâeÙe& keâer ieCevee keâjs pees 3 × 10- conductors?
9
C kesâ DeeJesMe mes 10 mesceer otj nw? Ûeeuekeâ efmLejefJeÅegeflekeâer kesâ efueS keâewve mee keâLeve mener
(a) 1.35 × 10-4J/1.35 × 10-4 petue nw?
(b) 1.6 × 10-4J/1.6 × 10-4 petue (a) Inside a conductor, electrostatic field has
some value/Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Deboj, efmLej efJeÅegle #es$e
-5
(c) 1.6 × 10 J/1.6 × 10 -5
petue
keâe kegâÚ cetuÙe nw
(d) 1.6 × 10-9J/1.6 × 10-9 petue
(b) Inside a conductor, electrostatic field is
Ans.(a): Given, normal to the surface/Skeâ Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Deboj,
efmLejJewÅegle #es$e melen mes DeefYeuecyeJele nesles nQ~
(c) The interior of a conductor can have no
excess charge in the static situation/mLeweflekeâ
efmLeefle ceW Ûeeuekeâ kesâ Yeerlej keâesF& Deefleefjòeâ DeeJesMe veneR
nes mekeâlee nw~
The electrostatic potential is given by (d) Electrostatics potential is not constant
W throughout/efmLej efJeÅegle efJeYeJe hetjs meceÙe efmLej veneR
V=
q jnlee nw~
The electro static potential due to a point charge is Ans.(c): Correct statements for electrostatics of conductors
given by, are-
 • The interior of a conductor can have no excess
Kq 1 
V= ∵K =  charge in the static situation.
r  4πε0  • Inside a conductor, electrostatic field is zero.
1 q • At the surface of a charged conductor, electrostatic
Potential at P =
4πε o r field must be normal to the surface at every point.
9×109 × 3×10−9 9× 3×102 60. In a non polar molecule, the molecule has
V= = _______.
10 ×10 −2 10
V = 270 volt Skeâ iewj-OeÇgJeerÙe DeCeg ceW _____neslee nw-
–7
W = qV = 5 × 10 × 270 (a) No intrinsic dipole moment/keâesF& Deebleefjkeâ efÉOeÇgJe
–7 –4
W = 1350 × 10 J = 1.35 × 10 J DeeIetCe& veneR
58. What is the electrostatic potential energy, when (b) Permanent dipole moment/mLeeÙeer efÉOeÇgJe DeeIetCe&
two charges 5 µC and - 3 µC are placed at a (c) Intrinsic dipole moment/Deebleefjkeâ efÉOeÇgJe DeeIetCe&
distance of 16 cm away from each other ? (d) Week dipole moment/ogye&ue efÉOeÇgJe DeeIetCe&
DSSSB PGT 50 YCT
Ans.(a): In non polar molecules, the centers of positive Ans.(d): Current per unit area (taken normal to the
charges and of negative charges lie at the same place. current), is called current density and is denoted by (J).
2
Therefore, their dipole moment is zero. CO2 and CH4 The SI unit of the current density is A/m .
are of this type of molecules. However, they develop a I Current
dipole moment when an electric field is applied but in Current density (J) = =
same molecules, the centers of negative charges and of A Area
positive charges do not coincide. Therefore they have a 64. The magnitude of the drift velocity per unit
permanent electric dipole moment, even in the absence electric field is?
of an electric field. Such molecules are called polar Øeefle FkeâeF& efJeÅegle #es$e ceW yeneJe JeWsie keâe heefjceeCe nw–
molecules.
(a) Conductivity/Ûeeuekeâlee
61. Find the capacitance of a parallel plate
capacitor when the area of the plate is 1 m2 and (b) Resistivity/ØeeflejesOekeâlee
the distance between them is 1 mm? (c) Mobility/ieefleMeeruelee
Skeâ meceeveeblej huesš keâer #ecelee keâer Oeeefjlee keäÙee nesieer (d) Electricity/efJeÅegle
peye huesš keâe #es$eHeâue 1 Jeie& ceer nw Deewj Gvekesâ yeerÛe Ans.(c): Conductivity arises from mobile charge
keâer otjer 1 efceceer nw? carriers in metals, these mobile charge carriers are
(a) 8.88 × 10-8F (b) 8.85 × 10-9F electrons; in an ionized gas, they are electrons and
-9
(c) 8.88 × 10 F (d) 8.85 × 10-8F positive charged ions, in an electrolyte, these can be
Ans.(b): Given, both positive and negative ions.
2 The mobility (µ) defined as the magnitude of the drift
Area of the plate (A) = 1 m
Distance (d) = 1 mm = 1 × 10 m
–3 velocity per unit electric field.
–12 2 –1 –2 | Vd |
(εo) = 8.85 × 10 C N m µ=
ε A 8.85 × 10 −12 × 1 E
Capacitance (C) = o = Its SI unit is m2/Vs
d 1 × 10−3
8.85 × 10 3
65. The range of resistivity of a material is of 10-8Ω
= = 8.85 × 10−9 F
1012 m to 10-6Ω m. Find the material?
62. If the area of the cross section of a conductor is Skeâ heoeLe& keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee meercee 10-8Ω m mes 10-6Ω
halved then its resistance become ______. nw~ heoeLe& keäÙee nesiee?
Ùeefo efkeâmeer Ûeeuekeâ kesâ DevegØemLe keâeš keâe #es$eHeâue (a) Insulator/DeJejesOekeâ
DeeOee keâj efoÙee peeS lees Gmekeâe ØeeflejesOe ____ neslee nw~ (b) Semiconductor/DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ
(a) Zero/MetvÙe (b) Half/DeeOee
(c) Metals/Oeeleg
(c) Two times/oesiegvee (d) Infinite/Deveble
(d) Resistor/ØeeflejesOekeâ
Ans.(c): Given,
Ans.(c): The materials are classified as conductors,
A
Area of the cross section of a conductor (A) = semiconductors and insulators depending on their
2 resistivities, in an increasing order of their values.
New resistance of conductor (R') = ? –8
Metals have low resistivities in the range of 10 Ωm to
ρl –6
AS, R = 10 Ωm. At the other end are insulastors like ceramic,
A 18
rubber and plastic having resistivities 10 times greater
ρl 2ρl
So R' = = than metals or more.
A A
2 66. The resistivity of a semiconductor _____.
R' = 2R DeOe&ÛeeuekeâeW keâer ØeeflejesOekeâlee _____~
If the area of the cross section of a conductor is halved (a) Decrease with increasing temperatures
then its resistance become two times. /yeÌ{les leeheceeve kesâ meeLe keâce nesieer
63. The SI unit of current density is- (b) Decrease with decreasing temperatures
Oeeje OevelJe keâe SI cee$ekeâ nw /Iešles leeheceeve kesâ meeLe keâce nesieer
m2 (c) Increase with decreasing temperatures
(a) Am2 (b)
A /Iešles leeheceeve kesâ meeLe Je=efæ nesieer
A A (d) Increase with increasing temperatures
(c) (d)
m m2 /yeÌ{les leeheceeve kesâ meeLe Je=efæ nesieer
DSSSB PGT 51 YCT

Ans.(a): The resistivity of a semiconductor decreases with limitation of ohm's law
increasing temperatures. This is because of increasing (i) The relation between voltage and current depends on
temperature the electrons in the valence band gain the sigs of voltage.
sufficient thermal energies to jump to the convection band. (ii) The relation between V and I is non unique
67. The internal resistance of a dry cell is ______ (iii) V depends on I non linearly.
the common electrolytic cell. 70. Suppose four particles of same mass, present at
Skeâ Meg<keâ mesue keâe Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe meeceevÙe efJeÅegleerÙe the vertices of a square of side "a", then the
potential energy of the system is- (G- gravity,
mesue ______ neslee nw~
m-mass)./ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ meceeve õJÙeceeve kesâ Ûeej
(a) Less than/keâer leguevee ceW keâce
keâCe, Meer<e& hej Skeâ Yegpee “a” kesâ Jeie& hej ceewpeto nQ lees
(b) Much less than/keâer leguevee ceW keâeHeâer keâce efmemšce keâer efmLeeflepe Tpee& nw- (G-ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce, m-
(c) Equal/meceeve õJÙeceeve).
(d) Much higher than/keâer leguevee ceW keâeHeâer pÙeeoe (a) (-4.2 Gm/a) J (b) (-5.41 Gm2/a) J
Ans.(d): Internal resistances of cells in the circuit may (c) (4.2 Gm/a) J (d) (5.41 Gm2/a) J
be neglected when the current (I) is such that ε >> Ir. Ans.(b): According to question:
The actual values of the internal resistances of cells
vary from cell to cell. The internal resistance of dry
cells, however, is much higher than the common
electrolytic cells.
68. Which instrument has the advantage that it
draws no current from the voltage source being
measured?/efkeâme GhekeâjCe keâe Ùen ueeYe nw efkeâ Ùen The system has four pair with distance (a) and two
ceehes pee jns Jeesušsue Œeesle mes keâesF& Oeeje veneR KeeRÛee nw? diagonal pairs with distance 2a.
(a) Wheatstone bridge/Jneršmšesve mesleg 4Gm 2 2Gm 2 2Gm 2  1 
(b) Meter bridge/ceeršj mesleg U=− − =− 2 + 
a 2a a  2
(c) Galvanometer/iewuJesveesceeršj (Oeejeceeheer)
 Gm 2 
(d) Potentiometer/efJeYeJeceeheer U =  −2 × 2.70721 J
 a 
Ans.(d): Potentiometer is a versatile instrument. It is a
 Gm 2 
basically a long piece of uniform wire, sometimes a few U =  −5.41 J
meters in length across which a standard cell is  a 
connected. Potentiometer instrument has the advantage 71.
that it draws no current from the voltage source being
When the magnetic force q V × B is not zero?( )
measured. We can also use a potentiometer to measure keâye ÛegbyekeâerÙe yeue q ( V × B ) MetvÙe veneR neslee nw?
internal resistance of cell.
69. Which is not the limitation of ohm's law?/FmeceW (a) When velocity and magnetic field are
parallel/peye Jesie Deewj ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e meceeveeblej nesles nQ
mes keäÙee Deesce kesâ efveÙece keâer meercee/®keâeJeš veneR nw?
(b) When velocity and magnetic field are anti
(a) V depends on I non linearly
parallel/peye Jesie Deewj ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e meceeveeblej efJejesOeer
/V DejwefKekeâ ™he mes I hej efveYe&j nw
nesles nQ
(b) The relation between V and I depends on the
(c) When velocity and magnetic field directions
sign of V for the same absolute value of V/V
are opposite/peye Jesie Deewj ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer efoMee
kesâ Gmeer hejce ceeve kesâ efueS V Deewj I ceW mebyeOe V kesâ
efJehejerle nesleer nw
efÛevn hej efveYe&j nw~
(d) When velocity and magnetic field are
(c) The relation between V and I is dependent on
perpendicular to each other/peye Jesie Deewj
R/V Deewj I kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe R hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw
ÛegcyekeâerÙe #es$e Skeâ otmejs kesâ uebyeJele nesles nQ
(d) The relation between V and I is non unique/V
Deewj I kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe DeefÉleerÙe veneR nw Ans.(d): The magnetic force q (V×B) includes a vector
product of velocity and magnetic field. The vector
Ans.(c): Ohm's law states that the electric current is product makes the force due to magnetic field (become
proportional to the voltage. zero) if velocity and magnetic field are parallel or anti-
V∝I
parallel. When the magnetic force q (V × B) is not zero
V = RI
Where the constant of proportionality R is called the when velocity and magnetic field are perpendicular to
resistance of the conductor. each other.
DSSSB PGT 52 YCT

72. 1 gauss = ______ tesla. Ans.(c): Given,
1 ieeGme = ______ šsmuee~ 7
Speed (v) = 3 × 10 m/s
–31
(a) 10-4 (b) 10-6 Mass (m) = 9 × 10 kg
-3 –19
(c) 10 (d) 10-2 Charge (q) = 1.6 × 10 c
Ans.(a): One gauss corresponds to 10–4 tesla (T). In the 26
international system unit, the gauss is equal to 1 Maxwell Radius (r) = 26cm = = 0.26 m
100
per square centimeter or 10–4 Weber per square meter.
mv 9×10−31 ×3×107
73. The earth's magnetic field is about- Magnetic field (B) = =
qr 1.6×10−19 × 0.26
he=LJeer keâe ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ueieYeie nw-
(a) 3.6 × 10–5T (b) 3.9 × 10–5T 9×3×107 ×1019
–6
B=
(c) 3.6 × 10 T (d) 3.9 × 10–6T 1.6×1031 × 0.26
–5
Ans.(a): The earth's magnetic field is about 3.6 × 10 T. 27
B= = 64.90×10−5
Physical Situation Magnitude of B (in Tesla) 1.6×105 × 0.26
–4
Surface of a neutron star 108 B = 6.49 × 10 T
–5 76. According to Biot-Savart Law, the magnitude
On the earth's surface 10
–10 of the magnetic field at a distance x from the
Human nerve fibre 10
–12
centre of current (I) carrying circular loop of
Interstellar space 10 radius R in vacuum of permeability µ0 is -
74. A wire of mass 0.4 kg and length 1.6 m carries yeeÙees- meeJeš& efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, efveJee&le keâer
a current of 3 A . Around the wire, a uniform ÛegbyekeâMeeruelee efveÙeleebkeâ µ0 ceW R ef$epÙee kesâ efJeÅegle
magnetic field is present .Find the magnitude of
magnetic field./õJÙeceeve 0.4 efkeâ«ee Deewj uebyeeF& 1.6 OeejeJeener (I) Je=òeekeâej heeMe kesâ keWâõ mes otjer x ceW
ceeršj kesâ Skeâ leej ceW 3 A keâer JewÅegle Oeeje ØeJeeefnle nesleer ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe heefjceeCe nesiee-
nw~ leej kesâ Ûeejes Deesj Skeâ meceeve ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceewpeto (a)
µ 0 IR
(b)
µ 0 IR 2
nw~ ÛegyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe heefjceeCe keäÙee nesiee? 2(x 2 + R 2 ) 2(x 2 + R 2 )
3
2
(a) 0.65 T (b) 0.82 T µ 0 IR µ 0 IR

(c) 0.74 T (d) 0.93 T (c) (d) 3
2(x 2 + R 2 ) 2 2(x + R 2 )
2 2
Ans.(b): Given,
Wire of mass (m) = 0.4 kg Ans.(b): According to Biot savart law, a segment of
Length of the wire (l) = 1.6m current carrying conductor produces a magnetic field
Current (i) = 3A That segment is referred to as the element of current and
The force acting on the current carrying wire in uniform is a vector quantity. According, the biot-Savart's law the
magnetic field. magnetic field at axis of circular coil is-
F = Bil sinθ µ o IR 2
F = Bil sin 90º (∵ θ = 90º) B= 3
2 (x 2 + R 2 ) 2
F = Bil (∵ sin 90º = 1)
Weight of the wire (W) = mg = 0.4 × 9.8 77. In Balmer Series, line with the longest
mg = Bil wavelength, 656.3 nm in the ______ is called
mg 0.4×9.8 Hα; the next line with wavelength 486.1 nm in
B= = = 0.81666T ≃ 0.82T the ______ is called Hβ.
il 3×1.6
B = 0.82T
yeecej ßesCeer ceW _______ jbie keâer meJee&efOekeâ lejbieowOÙe&,
656.3 vewvees ceeršj Jeeueer jsKee keâes Hα Deewj 486.1 vewvees
75. Find the magnitude of magnetic field when an
electron moves in a circular path of radius 26 ceeršj lejbieowOÙe& keâer _______ Deieueer jsKee keâe Hβ Éeje
cm with a speed of 3 × 107 m/s. Mass and JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw~
charge of electron is 9 × 10-31 kg and 1.6 × 10-9 (a) Red, blue-green/ueeue, veerueer -njer
C respectively./ÛebgyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe heefjceeCe %eele
(b) Red, violet/ueeue, yewieveer
keâerefpeS peye Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve 26 mesceer ef$epÙee kesâ Je=òeekeâj
(c) Violet, blue-green/yewieveer, veerueer-njer
heLe ceW 3 × 107 m/s. Ûeeue mes ieefle keâjlee nw~ Fueskeäšê@ve
(d) Blue-green, red/veerueer-njer,ueeue
keâe õJÙeceeve Deewj DeeJesMe ›eâceMe: 9 × 10-31 efkeâ«ee Deewj
Ans.(a): In Balmer Series, line with the longest
1.6 × 10-19 C nw-
wavelength, 656.3 nm in the red is called Hα; the next
(a) 6 × 10-6T (b) 6 × 10-8T line with wavelength 486.1 nm in the blue green is
-4
(c) 6 × 10 T (d) 6 × 10-2T called Hβ
DSSSB PGT 53 YCT
78. The relation between orbital radius and the it is related to the radius of the innermost orbit as:
2
electron velocity is?/keâ#eerÙe ef$epÙee Deewj Fueskeäšêve r2 = (n) r1
2 –12
Jesie kesâ yeerÛe mecyevOe efvecve keäÙee nw? r2 = (4) × 4.5 × 10
–12 –12
r2 = 16 × 4.5 × 10 = 72 × 10 m
1
(a) r ∝ v 2
(b) r ∝ 2 r2 = 7.2 × 10 m
–11
v
82. Which series lies in the ultraviolet region?
(c) r ∝ v (d) r ∝ v3
keâewve meer ëe=bKeuee hejeyeQieveer #es$e ceW Deeleer nw?
Ans.(b): Electron velocity in an orbit is inversely
(a) Lyman/ueerceve (b) Paschen/heemeÛesve
proportional to the orbital radius.
(c) Brackett/yeÇskeâš (d) Pfund/Hebgâ[
1
r∝ 2 Ans.(a): Ultraviolet rays covers wavelengths ranging
v –7 –10
from about 4 × 10 m (400 nm) to 6 × 10 m (0.6 nm).
Let r be the orbital radius of the electron, and (v) the Ultraviolet (UV) radiation is produced by special lamps
orbital speed then. and very hot bodies. Lyman series lies in the ultraviolet
2πr region.
T=
v 83. Find the mass of 12C atom?
12
C hejceeCeb keâe õJÙeceeve keäÙee nesiee?
79. Weber is a unit of _______.
Jesyej _______ cee$ekeâ nw~ (a) 1.99 × 10-26kg/1.99 × 10-26 efkeâ«ee
(a) Magnetic moment/ÛegyebkeâerÙe DeeIetCe& keâe (b) 199 × 10-25kg/199 × 10-25 efkeâ«ee
(b) Magnetic induction/ÛebyekeâerÛe ØesjCe keâe (c) 1.99 × 10-24kg/1.99 × 10-24 efkeâ«ee
(d) 1.99 × 10-23kg/1.99 × 10-23 efkeâ«ee
(c) Velocity/Jesie
(d) Magnetic flux/ÛegbyekeâerÙe Heäuekeäme keâe Ans.(a): As we know that,
1 mole of carbon atoms = 6.023 × 1023
Ans.(d): The number of magnetic field lines flowing Atoms of carbon = 12 g of carbon
through a closed surface is known as magnetic flux it is
12
denoted by or φB. The SI unit of magnetic flux is Weber Mass of one 12C atom =
2
(Wb) or tesla meter squared (Tm ). Magnetic flux is a 6.022×1023
–23
scalar quantity. = 1.99 × 10 g
–26
80. Which of the following called the Bohr radius? = 1.99 × 10 kg
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmes yeesnj ef$epÙee keâne peelee nw? 84. The element gold has ______ isotopes.
hε 0 hε 2 meesves kesâ lelJe ceW ______ mecemLeeefvekeâ nesles nQ~
(a) a 0 = (b) a 0
= (a) 30 (b) 32
πme 2 πme 2
(c) 34 (d) 36
h 2ε0 h 2ε0
(c) a 0 = (d) a 0
= Ans.(b): Nuclides with the same atomic number (z) but
πme 2 πme different neutron numbers (N) are called isotopes of one
Ans.(c): The Bohr radius is a physical constant that is another The element gold has 32 isotopes ranging from
173
equal o the distance between the nucleus and the Au to 204Au. Only one of them (197Au) is stable and
electron of a hydrogen atom in the ground state. the remaining 31 are radioactive
h εo
2 85. Which statement is false for nuclear force?
It represented by the symbol (a0). a o = hejceeCeg yeue kesâ efueS DemelÙe keâLeve keäÙee nw?
πme 2
(a) The nuclear force between two nucleons falls

81. For hydrogen atom the radius of innermost
-12 rapidly to zero as their distance is more than a
orbit of electron is 4.5 × 10 m .What is radius
few femtometers /oes veeefYekeâes keWâ yeerÛe veeefYekeâerÙe
of n= 4 orbital?/neF[êspeve hejceeCeg kesâ efueS Fueskeäšê@ve
yeue lespeer mes MetvÙe nes peelee nw~ keäÙeesefkebâ Gvekeâer otjer kegâÚ
keâer Deblejlece keâ#ee keâer ef$epÙee 4.5 × 10-12 ceeršj nw~ n
Heâercesšesceeršj mes DeefOekeâ nesleer nw~
= 4 keâ#eerÙe keâer ef$epÙee keäÙee nesieer?
(b) the nuclear force between neutron -neutron is
(a) 4.5 × 10-10m/4.5 × 10-10 ceeršj same/vÙetšê@ve-vÙetšê@ve kesâ yeerÛe hejceeCeg yeue meceeve nw
(b) 4.5 × 10-12m/4.5 × 10-12 ceeršj (c) the nuclear force is much less than the
(c) 1.72 × 10-10m /1.72 × 10-10 ceeršj coulomb force/hejceeCeg yeue ketâueecye yeue mes yengle
(d) 7.2 × 10-11m /7.2 × 10-11 ceeršj keâce nw
Ans.(d): The radius of the innermost orbital of a hydrogen (d) the nuclear force is independent on the
–12
atom (r1) = 4.5 × 10 m electric charge/hejceeCeg yeue efJeÅegle DeeJesMe hej mJeleb$e
Let (r2) be the radius of the orbit at (n = 4) neslee nw~
DSSSB PGT 54 YCT

Ans.(c): Correct statement for nuclear force :– Ans.(a): The effect of Heisenberg uncertainty principle
• The nuclear force is independent on the electric is significant only for motion of microscopic objects
charge. and is negligible for that of macroscopic objects. The
• The nuclear force between neutron-neutron is same. expression for zero point energy which is a consequence
• The nuclear force between two nucleons falls rapidly of the Heisenberg uncertainty principle is The
to zero as their distance is more than a few quantized energies for a particle in a 1-D infinite square
femtometers. well is given by:
86. The half life of radium is 1600 years. What ℏ 2 π2 2
fractions of a sample of radium that would En = n , where n = 1, 2, 3...
2ma 2
remain after 8000 years? at zero level n = 1
jsef[Ùece keâe DeeOee peerJeve 1600 Je<e& nw~ jsef[Ùece kesâ
ℏ2
meQheue kesâ efkeâleves DebMe 8000 Je<eeX kesâ yeeo jnWieb?
8ma 2
1 1
(a) (b) 89. No electron conduction is possible between the
5 8 Valence Band and Conduction band when
(c)
1
(d)
1 ______./ mebÙeespekeâlee yeQ[ Deewj Ûeeueve yeQ[ kesâ yeerÛe
32 64 keâesF& Fueskeäšê@ve Ûeeueve mebYeJe veneR nw, peye ______?
Ans.(c): As radioactive decay is first-order kinetic half (a) Eg< 3 e V (b) Eg< 2 e V
life given is 1600 years in 8000 no of half-life is (c) Eg > 3 e V (d) Eg > 3 e V
8000 Ans.(d): No electron conduction is possible between the
n= =5
1600 valence band and conduction band when Eg > 3 e V. In
Fraction of element remains after n half-life is given by an insulator, there exists a large band gap between the
1 conduction band and valence band.
= n
2 90. Which diode is used as voltage regulator?
Hence, efkeâme [Ùees[ keâe GheÙeesie Jeesušlee efveÙeb$ekeâ kesâ ™he ceW
1 efkeâÙee peelee nw?
Fraction of radium remains after 5 half life = 5
2 (a) Zener diode/]pesvej [eÙees[
=
1 (b) Photodiode/ØekeâeMe ÛeeuekeâerÙe [eÙees[
32 (c) Light emitting diode/ØekeâeMe Glmepe&keâ [eÙees[
87. What element will be formed if thorium -230 (d) Photovoltic devices/HeâesšesJeesefuškeâ GhekeâjCe
undergoes alpha decay?/LeesefjÙece-230 ceW DeuHeâe
Ans.(a): Zener diode is a special purpose semiconductor
#eÙe nesves hej keâewv mee lelJe yevesiee? diode, named after its inventor C. Zener it is designed to
(a) Radium-226/jsef[Ùece-226 operate under reverse bias in the breakdown region and
(b) Radium-234 /jsef[Ùece-234 used as a voltage regulator.
(c) Uranium-226 /ÙetjsefveÙece-226 91. Which statement is false for LED?
(d) Uranium-234 /ÙetjsefveÙece-234 Sue.F.[er. (LED) kesâ efueS keâewve mee keâLeve DemelÙe nw?
Ans.(a): Uranium 234 decays via alpha decay to thorium (a) High operational voltage and less power
230. /GÛÛe ØeÛeeueve Jeesušlee leLee Dehes#eeke=âle keâce Meefòeâ
92 U → 90 Th + 2 α
234 230 4 (b) Fast action and no warm up time required
Thorium 230 then decays via alpha decay to radium 226. /MeerIeÇ ef›eâÙee iejce nesves kesâ efueS keâesF& meceÙe veneR ÛeeefnS
So, (c) Long life and ruggedness /DeefOekeâ DeeÙeg leLee megÂ{
Equation- (d) Fast on-off switching capability.
90 Th → 88 Ra + 2 α
230 226 4
/leer›e ‘Dee@ve-Dee]Heâ’ nesves keâer #ecelee
So, Ra-226 will be formed of thorium 230 undergo alpha Ans.(a): Correct statement for LED.
decay.
• Low operational voltage and less power
88. The expression for zero point energy which is a • Fast action and no warm-up time required
consequence of the Heisenberg uncertainty • Long life and ruggedness
principle is?/MetvÙe efyeog Tpee& keâe meceerkeâjCe pees
• Fast on-off switching capability
neFpesveyeie& Deefveef§elelee efmeæeble keâe HeâuemJe™he nw? • The bandwidth of emitted light is 100Å to 500Å or in
(a) E0 = ђ2/8ma2 (b) E0 = ђ/8ma2 other words, it is nearly (but not exactly)
(c) E0 = ђ2/ma2 (d) E0 = ђ2/4ma2 monochromatic.
DSSSB PGT 55 YCT
92. What will be the angle of projection to find the (a) 22.63 km/22.63 efkeâceer
maximum horizontal range by a projectile? (b) 21.59 km/21.59 efkeâceer
DeefOekeâlece #eweflepe hejeme kesâ efueS Øe#eshÙe keâe Øe#esheCe (c) 23.45 km/23.45 efkeâceer
keâesCe keäÙee nesiee?
(d) 25.34 km/25.34 efkeâceer
(a) 30° (b) 60°
Ans.(a): Given,
(c) 45° (d) 90°
Radius of earth (R) = 6.4 × 106 m
Ans.(c): Height (H) = 40 m
u 2 sin2θ
Range of projectile = 2× 40× 6.4×106
g d = 2RH = = 22.63km
1000×1000
at θ = 45° the range is maximum horizontal range, Rmax
97. One of the types of normal galaxies is?
u2
= meeceevÙe ceboeefkeâefveÙeeB kesâ ØekeâejeW ceW mes Skeâ nw?
g
(a) Ventricular/efveÙeue (b) Lenticular/cemegjekeâej
93. The loss of strength of a signal while
(c) Septicular/mesefhškegâuej (d) Vavioler/JeeefJeÙeesuej
propagating through a medium is known as
_______./efkeâmeer ceeOÙece mes mebÛejCe kesâ meceÙe efmebieue Ans.(b): One of the types of normal galaxies is lenticular.
Lenticular galaxy is a type of galaxy intermediate
keâer Øeyeuelee ceW #eefle keâes ______ keânles nw~
between an elliptical and a spiral galaxy in galaxy
(a) Modulation/cee@[guesMeve morphological classification schemes.
(b) Attenuation/#eerCelee 98. The absolute magnitude (MB) of a giant galaxy
(c) Transducer/šêbm[Ùetmej as suggested by Hubble is-
(d) Repeater/hegvejeJele&keâ nyeue kesâ JeieeakeâjCe kesâ Devegmeej oeveJe ceboeefkeâefveÙeeW keâe
Ans.(b): The loss of strength of a signal while efvejhes#e keâebefle-ceeve (MB) nesiee-
propagating through a medium is known as attenuation. (a) MB<-20 (b) MB≥ –40
Attenuation is a general term that refers to any (c) MB≤-20 (d) MB≥ –20
reduction in the strength of a signal. Ans.(c): In the 1920's, Edwin p. Hubble discovered a
94. To transmit music an approximate bandwidth curious fact by measuring both the distance and the
of _______ is required. redshifts of distant galaxies, he found that all distant
mebieerle keâes Øemeeefjle keâjves kesâ efueS ______keâer galaxies were moving away from the milky way. The
Devegceeefvele yeQ[ ÛeewÌ[eF& keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ absolute magnitude (MB) of a giant galaxy as suggested
(a) 12 kHz (b) 18 kHz by hubble is (MB ≤ – 20)
(c) 20 kHz (d) 26 kHz 99. If L* ≃ 2 × 1010 L0 is a characteristic galaxy
luminocity, then the luminosities of a giant
Ans.(c): To transmit music an approximate bandwidth of
elliptical is-
20 kHz is required because of the high frequencies
produced by the musical. The audible range of frequencies Ùeef o L* ≃ 2 × 1010 L0 efJeMes<elee DeekeâeMeiebiee Ûecekeâ
extends from 20 Hz to 20 kHz. ceW nw lees lees Skeâ efJeMeeue oerIe&Je=òeekeâej keâer Ûecekeâ nesieer?
95. What is the range of frequency band for uplink (a) L > L* (b) L ≤ L*
in satellite communication?/Ghe«en mebÛeej ceW Thejer (c) L = L* (d) L ≥ L*
efuebkeâ kesâ efueS DeeJe=efòe yeQ[ keâer meercee keäÙee nesieer? Ans.(d): Given: L* = 2 × 10 L0 10
...(i)
(a) 3.7- 4.2 GHz (b) 4.2-5.6 GHz Where, L* = Characterstics galaxy luminosity
(c) 5.925-6.425 GHz (d) 6.5-7.642GHz L* = luminosity of sun.
Ans.(c): The range of frequency band for uplink in Generally,
satellite communication is 5.925-6.425 GHz. Uplink L* = 105 Lsun (For giant ellipticals) ...(ii)
frequencies are higher than the corresponding downlink From (i) and (ii)
frequencies in the case of satellite communication. Lsun ≥ L*
96. If an antenna radiates electromagnetic waves 100. The surface brightness of the disk at a distance
from a height 40 m then what is the range of r from the centre and the disk scale length rd,
transmission of the wave? Given radius of measured along the mid plane of the disk is
earth = 6.4× 106 m./Ùeefo Skeâ Sbšervee 40 ceeršj keâer given by- :
TbÛeeF& mes efJeÅegle ÛegbyekeâerÙe lejbieeW keâe efJeefkeâefjle keâjlee nw Ûekeâleer keâer he=ef‰ odÙeg keWâõ mes r ogjer hej nw Deewj mkesâue
lees lejbie kesâ mebÛejCe keâe heefjmej keäÙee nesiee? he=LJeer keâer uebyeeF& rd nw, efpemes ef[mkeâ kesâ ceOÙe leue kesâ meeLe ceehee
ef$epÙee 6.4× 106 ceeršj oer ieF& nw- ieÙee nw~ Jen nesiee-
DSSSB PGT 56 YCT
(a) Id(r) = Id (0) errd 104. When the value of spectral index, α ≤ 0.4, the
(b) Id(r) = Id (0) e-r/rd spectrum is called______.
(c) Id(r) = Id (0) e -r/rd
peye α ≤ 0.4, lees mheskeäš^ce keâe s_____keânles nw~
(d) Id(r) = Id (0) er/rd (a) Steep spectrum/KeÌ[er JeCe&›eâce
Ans.(c): The surface brightness of the disk at a distance (b) High spectrum/GÛÛe JeCe&›eâce
r from the centre and the disk scale length rd, measured (c) Low spectrum/keâce JeCe& ›eâce
along the mid plane of the disk is given by- :
-r/rd (d) Flat spectrum/meceleue JeCe&›eâce
Id(r) = Id (0) e
101. How many globuler cluster are associated Ans.(d): Spectral estimation is also used to predict sub-
surface geologic structure in gas and oil exploration.
within our galaxy?
When the value of spectral index, α ≤ 0.4, the spectrum
nceejs ceboeefkeâveer mes pegÌ[s efkeâleves ieesueekeâej leejiegÛÚ nw~ is called flat spectrum. The spectral flatness can also be
(a) About 100/ueieYeie 100 measured within a specified sub-band, rather than
(b) About 150/ueieYeie 150 across the whole band.
(c) About 400/ueieYeie 400 105. Which classification of active galaxy have no
prominent emission lines and the spectrum is
(d) About 1000/ueieYeie 1000 dominated by a continuum?
Ans.(b): Globular star clusters are associated with all me›eâerÙe ceboeefkeâefveÙeeW kesâ efkeâme JeieeakeâjCe kesâ mheskeäš^ce ceW
types of galaxies. The Milky Way holds about 150 ØecegKe Glmepe&ve jsKeeSb veneR nw Deewj mheskeäš^ce ceW cegKÙele:
known globular clusters, many of which are in meeblelÙekeâ nw?
retrograde orbits, meaning they are orbiting the center
of the galaxy in the opposite direction of most of the (a) BL Lacertae object/yeer Sue uew›eâšs Dee@ypeskeäš
objects in the Milky Way. (b) Optically violent variable/ØekeâeMele: ØeÛeb[ Ûekeâe&efvle
102. An active galaxy produces energy at the rate of efheC[
_______? (c) Star Burst Galaxies/leeje mHeâesš ceboeefkeâefveÙeeB
Skeâ meef›eâÙe ceboeefkeâveer keâer Tpee& GlheVe keâjves keâer oj (d) Seyferet Galaxies/mesHeâš& ceboeefkeâefveÙeeB
______ nesleer nQ~ Ans.(a): BL Lacertae object is one of the classification
(a) 1040 – 1042 ergs S-1 (b) 1042 – 1044 ergs S-1 of active galaxy. They have no prominent emission
44 47
(c) 10 – 10 ergs S -1 47 50
(d) 10 – 10 ergs S -1 lines and the spectrum is dominated by a continuum?
Ans.(c): Active galaxies are galaxies that have a small 106. The measured latent heat of water is 2256 J/g
.At atmospheric pressure, 1 g of water has a
core of emission embedded at the centre of an otherwise
volume 1cm3 in liquid phase and 1671 cm3 in
typical galaxy. Active galaxies are intensely studied at
vapour phase .Then the value of ∆U is:
all wavelengths. An active galaxy produces energy at
44 47 –1 heeveer keâer ceeheer ieF& ieghle T<cee 2256 petue/«eece nw~
the rate of 10 – 10 ergs S .
JeeÙegceC[ueerÙe oeye hej, 1 «eece heeveer keâe DeeÙeleve 1
103. Suppose we have a spherical system consisting
cm3 õJe hesâme ØeeJemLee ceW leLee Jee<he ØeeJemLee ceW 1671
of N particles that are interacting gravitionally.
If the position of the Ith particle be ri and its cm3 neslee nw~ ∆U keâe ceeve nesiee:
velocity Vi then total kinetic energy is: (a) 1069.2 J/1069.2 petue
ceeve ueerefpeS keâ Skeâ ieesueerÙe efveceeÙe N keâCeeW mes yevee nw (b) 2069.2 J/2069.2 petue
efpeveceW heejmheefjkeâ ieg™lJeerÙe ef›eâÙeeBS nes jner nw~ ceeve ues (c) 1086.8 J/1086.8 petue
keâer i Jes keâCe keâer efmLeefle ri Deewj Gmekeâe Jesie Vi~ leye (d) 2086.8 J/2086.8 petue
kegâue ieeflepe Tpee& nesieer? Ans.(d): Given,
(a) T = m ∑ i=1
N
Vi2 (b) T = m ∑ i=1
N
mi Vi2 Mass (m) = 1g
Latent heat of water = 2256 J/g
1 N 2
(c) T = m ∑ i=1 Vi
1
(d) T = m ∑ i=1N
Vi2 Pressure (P) = 1.01 × 105 Pa
3 3
2 2 Vvapour = 1671 cm , Vliquid = 1 cm
Ans.(d): Suppose we have a spherical system consisting ∆V = Vvapour – Vliquid
3 –6 3
of N particles that are interacting gravitationally. Let the ∆V = 1671 –1 = 1670 cm = 1670 × 10 m
th Heat (Q) = mL = 1 × 2256 = 2256J
position of the 1 particle be ri and its velocity vi. The
total kinetic energy then 1.01×105 ×1670
Work (W) = P.∆V = = 168.67J ≃ 169J
1 106
T = m∑ i =1 Vi2
N
2 Internal energy (∆U) = Q – W = 2256 – 169 = 2087J
DSSSB PGT 57 YCT

107. An isotherm is 109. In which process no work is done on or by the
Sce meceleeheer neslee nw~ gas?/efkeâme Øe›eâce ceW ve lees iewme hej keâeF& keâeÙe& neslee nw
(a) The pressure-volume curve for a fixed Deewj vee ner iewme Éeje keâesF& keâeÙe& mebheeefole neslee nw?
temperature/Skeâ efveef§ele leeheceeve kesâ efueS oeye- (a) Isochroic process/meceDeeÙeleefvekeâ Øeef›eâÙee
DeeÙeleve Je›eâ (b) Isothermal process/meceleeheer Øeef›eâÙee
(b) The pressure-temperature curve for a fixed (c) Isobaric process/meceoeye jsKeerÙe Øeef›eâÙee
volume/Skeâ efveef§ele DeeÙeleve kesâ efueS oeye-leeheceeve (d) Adiabatic process/®æes<ce Øeef›eâÙee
Je›eâ Ans.(a): In isochoric process no work is done on or by
(c) The volume-temperature curve for a fixed the gas.
pressure/Skeâ efveef§ele oeye kesâ efueS DeeÙeleve-leeheceeve For isochoric process, V = C (∴ V = Volume)
W = pdV = p (V1 – V1) = p × 0
Je›eâ W = 0J
(d) Specific heat-pressure curve for a fixed 110. In case of a refrigerator the working substance
volume/Skeâ efveef§ele DeeÙeleve kesâ efueS efJeefMe° T<cee- does not go through which of the following
oyeeJe Je›eâ steps?/ØeMeerlekeâ ceW keâeÙe&keâejer ØeoeLe& efvecveefueefKele ceW mes
Ans.(a): Isothermal refers to a process in which a efkeâme ÛejCe mes veneR iegpejlee nw?
system changes whether it be the pressure, volume and (a) Sudden expansion of the gas from high to low
contents, without the temperature changing. From the pressure which cools it and converts it into a
point of view of the first law of thermodynamics, this vapour -liquid mixture/GÛÛe mes efvecve oeye kesâ #es$e
means that the internal energy of the system is ceW iewme ceW DeÛeevekeâ Øemeej neslee nw efpemekesâ keâejCe Jen
unchanged, since temperature is a measure of the "b[er nes peeleer nw leLee Jee<he-õJe efceßeCe ceW ™heebleefjle nes
average kinetic energy of molecules within the system. peeleer nQ
An isotherm is the pressure-volume curve for a fixed (b) Heat is absorbed by the surrounding and
temperature. change liquid to vapour/T<cee Deemeheeme kesâ Éeje
108. Which one is false for extensive variable? DeJeMeesef<ele Éeje DeJeMeesef<ele nesleer nw Deewj lejue keâes Jee<he
efJemleerCe& Ûej (extensive variable) kesâ efueS keâewve mee ceW yeoue osleer nw
ieuele nw? (c) Heating up the vapour due to external work
(a) Extensive variable indicates the size of the done on the system./efvekeâeÙe hej efkeâS yee¢e keâeÙe&
system/efJemleerCe& Ûej efvekeâeÙe kesâ Deekeâej keâes Fbefiele keâjles Éeje Jee<he keâe iejce nesvee
nQ~ (d) Release of heat by the vapour to the
surroundings bringing it to the initial state and
(b) The variable whose values get halved in each completing the cycle./Jee<he Éeje heefjJesMe ceW T<cee
part are extensive/efpeve ÛejeW keâe ceeve nj Yeeie ceW
cegòeâ keâjkesâ keâeÙe&keâejer heoeLe& keâes Skeâ Ûe›eâ hetje keâj hegve:
DeeOee nes peelee nw, GvnW efJemleerCe& Ûej keânles nw~ Deheveer DeejbefYekeâ ces Jeeheme ueevee nw~
(c) The product of an intensive variable like P Ans.(b): According to the second law of thermodynamics,
and an extensive quantity ∆V is extensive heat will always from spontaneously from hot to cold, and
/efkeâmeer ienve Ûej pewmes P leLee efJemleerCe& jeefMe ∆V keâe never the other way around. A refrigerator causes heat to
iegCeveheHeâue efJemleerCe& jeefMe nw~ flow cold to hot by inputting work, which cools the space
inside the refrigerator. In case of a refrigerator the working
(d) Pressure, temperature ,and density are substance does not go through when heat is absorbed by
extensive variable /oeye, leeheceeve Deewj IevelJe the surrounding and change liquid to vapour.
efJemleerCe& Ûej nQ 111. Which statement is true for carnot engine?
keâeveeË Fbpeve (carnot engine) kesâ efueS keâewve mee keâLeve
Ans.(d): An extensive property is a physical quantity melÙe nw?
whose value is proportional to the size of the system is (a) A carnot engine is an irreversible engine/Skeâ
describes, or to the quantity of matter in the system. keâeveeX Fbpeve Skeâ Devegl›eâceCeerÙe Fbpeve nw
Intensive property–Pressure, temperature, specific (b) Working between hot and cold reservoirs,
volume, specific internal energy, specific enthalpy, other engine can have more efficiency than a
specific entropy, density etc carnot engine/iece& Deewj "[s peueeMeÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâece
Extensive property–Mass, volume, internal energy, keâjves Jeeues DevÙe Fbpeve ceW Skeâ Fbpeve keâer leguevee ceW
enthalpy, entropy etc DeefOekeâ o#elee nes mekeâleer nw~
DSSSB PGT 58 YCT
(c) The efficiency of carnot engine is one/keâeveeX 114. What will be the dispersive power for
Fbpeve keâer o#elee Skeâ nesleer nw wavelength 2λ, if dispersive power is 'D' for
(d) The efficiency of the carnot engine is wavelength λ?
independent of the nature of the working lejbie owOÙe& 2λ kesâ efueS efJe#esheCe #ecelee keäÙee nesieer, Ùeefo
substance/keâeveeX Fbpeve keâer o#elee keâeÙe&Meerue heoeLe& keâer lejbie owOÙe& λ kesâ efueS efJe#esheCe #ecelee ‘D’ nw?
Øeke=âefle mes mJeleb$e nesleer nw D D
(a) (b)
Ans.(d): Correct statement for carnot engine:– 8 4
• A caront cycle is defined as an ideal reversible closed D
thermodynamic cycle. (c) (d) D
2
• Working between hot and cold reservoirs, other
engine can have less efficiency then a Carnot engine. Ans.(a): We know, Cauchy's dispersion formula is
• The efficiency of Carnot engine is hundred µ=A 2
B
percentage. λ
• The efficiency of he Carnot engine is independent of and dispersion
the nature of the working substance. dµ
112. Which statement is false for a quasi-static D=
dλ
process?
D = – 2λ–3B
mLeweflekeâ keâuhe Øeef›eâÙee kesâ efueS keâewve mee keâLeve DemelÙe
2b
nw? D= − 3
λ
(a) It is an infinitely slow process/Ùen Skeâ Demeerce
1
™he mes Oeerceer Øeef›eâÙee nw D=∝ .
λ
(b) The system remains in thermal equilibrium 3 3
with surrounding/efvekeâeÙe heefjJesMe kesâ meeLe leeheerÙe D'  λ   λ 
=   D' =   D
meecÙe ceW jnlee nQ D  λ'   2λ 
(c) The pressure and temperature of the process D
D' =
are same with the environment/Øeef›eâÙee keâe oyeeJe 8
Deewj leeheceeve heÙee&JejCe kesâ meeLe meceeve neslee nw 115. Laplace integral is represented as______.
(d) The system remains in mechanical ueehueeme ™heevlej keâes _____ skesâ ™he ceW oMee&Ùee peelee
equilibrium with the surroundings/efvekeâeÙe
nw?
heefjJesMe kesâ meeLe Ùeebef$ekeâ meecÙe ces jnlee nw
2 p ∞ cos kx dx
Ans.(c): Correct statement for quasi-static process:– (a) e –px = ∫
π 0 p2 + k 2
, x ≥ 0, p > 0
• It is an infinitely slow process.
• The system remains in thermal equilibrium with p ∞ cos kx dx
surrounding.
(b) e –px = ∫
π 0 p2 + k 2
, x ≥ 0, p > 0
• The system remains in mechanical equilibrium with 2π ∞ cos kx dx

the surroundings. (c) e –px = ∫
p 0 p2 + k 2
, x ≥ 0, p > 0
113. In complex Fourier series, the value of
2 p ∞ cos kx dx
coefficients a0 is _________.
peefšue (complex) HeâesefjÙej ëe=bKeuee ceW iegCeebkeâ a0 keâe
(d) e –px = ∫
π 0 p2 + k 2
, x ≥ 0, p > 0
ceeve ______ nesiee~ Ans.(a): Laplace transform is named in honour of the

(a) ∫ –T/2 f (x)dx
T/2
(b) ∫ T/2 f (x)dx
–T/2 great french mathematician, pierre simon De laplace
(1749-1827). Like all transforms, the laplace transform
1 –T/2 1 T/2 changes one signal into another according to some fixed
(c) ∫ T/2 f (x)dx (d) ∫ –T/2 f (x)dx
T T set of rules or equations.
Ans.(d): A Fourier series is an expansion of a periodic Laplace integral is represented as:
function f(x) in terms of an infinite sum of sines and 2p ∞ cos kxdx
π ∫0 p 2 + k 2
e − px = , x ≥ 0, p > 0
cosines. To find a Fourier series, it is sufficient to calculate
the integrals that give the coefficients ao, an and bn and Laplace transform formula.
1 +∞
plug then into the pig series formula, a 0 = ∫ T/2 –T/2
f (x)dx . F(S) = ∫ f (t).e − s.t .dt
T 0
DSSSB PGT 59 YCT

116. If a function f(z) is analytic and its derivative is Ans. (b): The real and imaginary parts U (x, y) and V (x,
continuous at each point within a simply y) of an analytic function f(z) separately satisfy the two
connected region R, then for every closed path dimensional Laplace equation and are known as harmonic
C in R the line integral of f(z) around C is zero. functions.
This sentence describes: If U + iV is an analytic, then U and V are conjugate
Ùeefo keâesF& Heâueve f(z) efJeMues<eCeelcekeâ nw Deewj Gmekeâe harmonic function-
DeJekeâuepe Skeâ meeOeejCe mebÙeespekeâ #es$e R kesâ Yeerlej ∂2 U ∂2 U ∂2V ∂2V
ØelÙeskeâ efyebog hej meblele nw, lees R ceWW ØelÙeskeâ yebo heLe C kesâ + 2 = 0 and + =0
∂x 2
∂y ∂x 2 ∂y 2
efueS C kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj f(z) keâer jsKee meceekeâueve MetvÙe
119. The complete group of symmetry for diatomic
neslee nw Ùen ______ keânueeleer nw~ molecules do not contain the element of the
(a) Laplace's integral Theorem/ueehueeme keâe following?
meceekeâueve ØecesÙe efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee lelJe efÉhejceeCegkeâ DeCegDeeW
(b) Cauchy's integral Theorem/keâe@Ûeer keâer meceekeâueve (diatomic molecules) kesâ efueS mece™helee kesâ hetjs
ØecesÙe mecetn ceW veneR neslee nw?
(c) Contours Integral Theorem/meceesÛÛe meceekeâueve (a) Axial rotational symmetry about the line
ØecesÙe joining the atoms/ hejceeCegDees keâes efceueeves Jeeueer jsKee
(d) Fourier's Integral Theorem/HetâefjÙej keâe meceekeâueve kesâ yeejs cebs SefkeämeÙeue heefjcesÙe mece™helee~
ØecesÙe (b) The reflection symmetry in any plan other
Ans.(b): If a function f(z) is analytic and its derivative than vertical passing through the line of
is continuous at each point within a simply connected atoms/hejceeCegDeeW keâer jsKee mes iegpejves Jeeues uebyeJele kesâ
region R, then for every closed path C in R the line DeueeJee efkeâmeer Yeer Ùeespevee ceW Øeefleefyebye mece™helee~
integral of f(z) around C is zero. The sentence describes (c) Two fold rotational symmetry about any
Cauchy's integral theorem. horizontal axis passing the centre of the
Let us first summarize Cauchy's thereom and Cauchy's molecule/DeCeg kesâ keWâõ mes iegpejves Jeeueer efkeâmeer Yeer
integral formula. Let (c) be a simple closed curve
#eweflepe De#e kesâ yeejs ceW oes iegvee IetCe&ve mece™helee~
contained in a simply connected domain D and f is an
analytic function defined on D. Then (d) Reflection symmetry in a horizontal plane
passing through the centre of the
f (z)
∫ c (z − zo )n +1 dz molecule./DeCeg kesâ keWâõ mes iegpejves Jeeues #eweflepe leue ceW
hejeJele&ve mece™helee~
117. Euler identity is represented as ______.
Ans.(b): The complete group of symmetry for diatomic
DeeÙeuej meJe&meefcekeâ keâes _____kesâ ™he ceW oMee&Ùee peelee molecules do not contain the element of the reflection
nQ~ symmetry in a plan other than vertical passing through
(a) iθ = cosθ + i sinθ (b) eθ = sinθ + cosθ the line of atoms. Symmetry with respect to a bond axis
(c) eiθ = sinθ + icosθ (d) eiθ = cosθ + isinθ one of the most basic aspects of molecular symmetry
Ans.(d): Euler's identity represented as- applies to diatomic molecules, that element is
symmetrical about the bond axis.
eiθ = cosθ + isinθ 120. A group of elements can be split into subsets
118. The real and imaginary parts u(x, y) and v (x, y) such that all the elements are conjugate to each
of an analytic function f(z) separately satisfy the other, the similarity transformation being done
two dimensional Laplace equation and are by some element of the group itself, but no two
known as_______. elements belonging to two different subsets are
Skeâ JewMuesef<ekeâ Heâueve f(z) kesâ JeemleefJekeâ Deewj conjugate to each other. Such subsets are
called?
keâeuheefvekeâ Yeeie u(x, y) Deewj v (x, y), oes DeeÙeceer
DeJeÙeJeeW kesâ mecetn keâes GhemecegÛÛeÙe ceW Fme Øekeâej mes
uewheuesme meceerkeâjCe keâes Deueie-Deueie megleg° keâjles nQ
efJeYeeefpele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw efkeâ meYeer lelJe Skeâ otmejs
Deewj FvnW _______keânles nQ~
kesâ meeLe mebÙegeficele nesles nQ, mecetn kesâ kegâÚ DeJeÙeJeeW Éeje
(a) Logarithmic function/ueIegieCekeâerÙe Heâueve
ner meceevelee heefjJele&ve efkeâÙee pee jne nw, uesefkeâve oes
(b) Harmonic functions/iegCeeJe=efòe Heâueve
Deieue-Deueie GhemecegÛÛeÙe mes mebyebefOele keâesF& Yeer oes lelJe
(c) Differential function/efJeYesokeâ Heâueve
Skeâ otmejs kesâ meeLe mebÙegeficele veneR nesleW nQ, Ssmes
(d) Memorphic function/cescee@efHe&âkeâ Heâueve
GhemecegÛÛeÙeeW keâes keäÙee keâne peelee nw?
DSSSB PGT 60 YCT
(a) Cyclic group/Ûe›eâerÙe mecetn 123. The sum of the diagonal element of a matrix is
(b) Symmetric group/meceefcele mecetn called the_________of the matrix.
DeeJÙetkeâ kesâ efJekeâCe& lelJe kesâ Ùeesie keâes DeeJÙetn keâe
(c) Classes of the group/mecetn keâer keâ#eeSb
_________keâne peelee nw?
(d) Permutation gropup/›eâceheefjJele&ve mecetn
(a) Eigen value/DeefYeue#eefCekeâ ceeve (DeeFiesve ceeve)
Ans.(c): A group of elements can be split into subsets (b) Trace/DevegjsKe (š^sme)
such that all the elements are conjugate to each other,
the similarity transformation being done by some (c) Inverse/Øeefleueesce (FveJeme&)
element of the group itself, but no two elements (d) Transpose/heefjJele& (šêbmheespe)
belonging to two different subsets are conjugate to each Ans.(b): The sum of diagonal element of a matrix is
other. Such subsets are called classes of the group. called the trace of the matrix.
121. Which is not a basic property of similar The trace of a square matrix is defined as the sum of the
matrix? diagonal elements.
keâewve mee Skeâ meceeve DeeJÙetn keâe cetue iegCe veneR nw- a b c 
Let a square matrix (A) = d e f 
(a) A matrix is similar to itself /Skeâ DeeJÙetn mJeÙeb kesâ g h i 
meceeve nw~ So, the trace of the matrix (A) = a + e + i
(b) A is similar to B if and only if B is similar to 124. The alpha radiation is not used in radiotherapy
A/A, B kesâ meceeve nw, Ùeefo Deewj kesâJeue Ùeefo B, A kesâ because ?
meceeve nw jsef[ÙeesLesjsheer cebs DeuHeâe efJeefkeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie veneR efkeâÙee
(c) If A is similar to B and B is similar to C then,
peelee nw keäÙeeWefkeâ?
A may not be similar to C/Ùeefo A, B kesâ meceeve nw (a) It is unable to penetrate human skin /Ùen ceeveJe
Deewj B, C kesâ meceeve nw, lees A, C kesâ meceeve veneR nes lJeÛee ceW ØeJesMe keâjves ceW DemeceLe& nw~
mekeâlee nw~ (b) It is not easily available /Ùen Deemeeveer mes GheueyOe
(d) Similar matrices have the same characteristic
veneR nw~
polynomial and hence exactly the same eigen (c) It is toxic to human tissues /Ùen ceeveJe TlekeâeW kesâ
values including multiplicities/meceeve DeeJÙetneW ceW efueS efJe<eeòeâ nw~
meceeve DeefYeue#eefCekeâ yengheo nesles nQ Deewj FmeefueS iegCeve (d) It is extremely costly /Ùen yesno cenbiee nw~
meefnle efyeukegâue meceeve DeefYeue#eeefCekeâ ceeve nesles nQ~ Ans.(a): The alpha radiation is not used in radiotherapy
because is unable to penetrate human skin.
Ans.(c): Basic property of similar matrix:– Same uses of alpha particles:
• A matrix is similar to itself. • Some alpha emitters are being investigated for their
• A is similar to B if and only if B is similar to A. potential use in unsealed source radiotherapy to treat
• Similar matrix have the same characteristics cancer.
polynomial and hence exactly the same given value • Smoke detectors americium-241 is commonly used
including multiplicities. in ionising smoke detactors. Smoke that enters the
122. When the two operations of complex detector reduces the amount of alpha particles that
conjugation and transposition are carried out are detected and tiggers the alarm.
one after another on a matrix, the resulting 125. The temperature range covered by an iron -
matrix is called: constantan thermocouple is ______to______.
peye peefšue mebÙegiceve (keâechueskeäme keâeWpetiesMeve) Deewj DeeÙejve-keâe@vmšWš leeheÙegice kesâ Debleie&le leeheceeve___mes
heefjJele&ve (šebmeheespeerMeve) kesâ oes mebef›eâÙeeDeeW Skeâ kesâ _____neslee nw~
yeeo Skeâ DeeJÙetn hej efkeâS peeles nQ lees heefjCeeceer DeeJÙetn (a) –220° C to 1300° C/–220° C mes 1300° C
keânueelee nw? (b) 0° C to 1700° C/0° C mes 1700° C
(c) –220° C to 760° C/–220° C mes 760° C
(a) Transposition conjugate/heefjJele&ve mebÙegice
(d) 100° C to 500° C/100° C mes 500° C
(b) Hermitian conjugate/nefceËefšÙeve mebÙetice
Ans.(c): A thermocouple is a sensor used to measure
(c) Complex conjugate/peefšue mevÙegice
temperature, thermocouples consist of two wire legs
(d) Simple conjugate/mejue mebÙegice made from different metals. The wire legs are welded
Ans.(b): When the two operations of complex together at one end, creating a junction. This junction is
conjugation and transposition are carried out one after on where the temerapture is measured. When the junction
a matrix, the resulting matrix is called Hermitian experiences a change in temperature, a voltage is
conjugate. Other names for the conjugate transposes of a created. The temperature range covered by an iron-
matrix are hermitian conjugate. constantan thermocouple is – 200°C to 760°C.
DSSSB PGT 61 YCT

126. What is the normal frequency of L-C circuit? (c) The laws of physics are the same in all
L-C heefjheLe keâer mJeeYeeJeefkeâ DeeJe=efle keäÙee nesieer? inertial frames of reference/meYeer peÌ[lJeerÙe ]øesâce cebs
1 1 1 Yeeweflekeâer kesâ efveÙece meceeve nQ
(a) LC (b) (d) The laws of physics are different in all inertial
2π 2π LC
frames of reference/meYeer peÌ[lJeerÙe ]øesâceeW ceW Yeeweflekeâer
1 C 1 1
(c) (d) kesâ efveÙece efYeVe nQ~
2π L 2π C
Ans.(c): Postulates of special theory of relativity-
Ans.(b): LC circuit is a special type of electric circuit
(a) The laws of physics are the same in all inertial
that is made up of an inductor and a capacitor. The
system. No preferred inertial system exist (The principle
inductor is represented by using the symbol L whereas
the capacitor is represented using the symbol C. of relativity).
(b) The speed of light in free space has the same value
1 1 'c' in all inertial system. (The principle of the constancy
Normal frequency of L.C circuit =
2π LC of the speed of light).
127. According to the second law of 130. Which of the following is an example of a
thermodynamics the entropy of the universe: particle that travels at the speed of a light?
T<ceeieeflekeâer kesâ otmejs efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej yeÇÿeeb[ keâer ØekeâeMe keâer ieefle mes Ùee$ee keâjves Jeeues keâCeeW keâe Skeâ
Svšê@heer: Øeefmeæ GoenjCe nw?
(a) Can decrease/keâYeer Ieš mekeâleer nw (a) Electron/Fueskeäšê@ve (b) Positron/heespeeršêve
(b) Can never decrease/keâYeer Ieš veneR mekeâleer (c) Photon/Heâesšesve (d) Proton/Øeesšesve
(c) Can be zero/MetvÙe nes mekeâlee nw Ans.(c): A photon is an elementary particle that
(d) Can be infinity/Deveble nes mekeâlee nw represents a quantum of the electromagnetic field
Ans.(b): The second law states that there exists a useful including electromagnetic radiation such as light.
state variable called entropy. The change in entropy is Photons is an example of particle that travels with the
represented by- speed of light.
∆Q 131. The relativistic linear momentum of a particle
∆S = of rest mass mo moving with velocity v is
T
According to the second law of thermodynamics the defined by:
entropy of the universe always increases. Ùeefo Skeâ keâCe, efpemekeâe efJejece–õJÙeceeve (m0) nw, Jesie
128. Which is the frame of reference in which v mes ieefle keâj jne nw, lees Gmekesâ Deehesef#ekeâ jwefKekeâ mebJesie
Newton's first law holds true: (relativistic linear momentum) nesiee–
Ùen Skeâ efveoxMe øesâce nw efpemeceW vÙetšve keâe henuee efveÙece (a) P = – mov/(1 + v2/c2)1/2
melÙe nesiee: (b) P = mov/(1 + v2/c2)1/2
(a) Internal frame/Deebleefjkeâ øesâce (c) P = mov/(1 – v2/c2)
(b) Uniform frame/DeheefjJele&veMeerue øesâce (d) P = mov/(1 – v2/c2)1/2
(c) Intersticial frame/DeblejekeâeMeer øesâce Ans.(d): Classical theory of momentum is-
p = mv
(d) Inertial frame/peÌ[lJeerÙe øesâce
Relativistic momentum according to special relativity -
Ans.(d): An inertial frame of reference is a frame where mo v mo v
Newton's first law holds true. That means if no external (p v ) = = 1
2
force acting on a body it will stay at rest or remain in v  v2  2
1− 2
uniform motion. c 1 − 2 
 c 
Newton's second law is not valid in non inertial frame of
reference. Where, pv = relativistic momentum
mo = mass of the body
129. The principle of relativity is?
v = relative velocity
meehes#elee kesâ efmeæeble nw?
1
(a) The speed of light has same constant value in γ=
all inertial frames of reference/meYeer peÌ[lJeerÙe v2
1− 2
]øesâceeW ceW ØekeâeMe keâer ieefle keâe meceeve efmLej ceeve neslee nw~ c
(b) The speed of light should be the same in all 132. Quasars can be observed in many parts of the
uniformly moving systems/meYeer Skeâ™helee electromagnetic spectrum except
ieefleceeve ØeCeeefueÙeeW ceW ØekeâeMe kesâ ieefle meceeve nesveer keäJeemej keâes efJeÅegle ÛegcyekeâerÙe JeCe&›eâce kesâ keâF& efnmmeeW ceW
ÛeeefnS~ osKee pee mekeâlee nw, efmeJeeÙe:
DSSSB PGT 62 YCT
(a) Radio/jsef[Ùees The times independent Schrodinger equation is =
(b) Infrared/DeJejòeâ h2
− Ψ "(x) + V (x)Ψ (x) = EΨ (x)
(c) Visible ray/ØelÙe#e efkeâjCe 2m
(d) Gamma rays/ieecee efkeâjCe 135. Which one of the following is not the boundary
condition for the wave function Ѱ(x)?
Ans.(c): Quasars are the blazing centers of active
galaxies and are powered by a super massive black hole
leb jie Heâueve Ѱ(x) kesâ efueS efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve meer
feeding on humungous quantities of gas. It can be heef jmeercee ØeefleyebOe veneR nw?
observed in many parts of the electromagnetic spectrum (a) Ѱ(x) should be single valued everywhere/
except visible ray. Ѱ(x) nj peien Skeâue cetuÙeJeeve nesvee ÛeeefnS~
133. Which of the following is not a notable (b) Ѱ(x) should be infinite/Ѱ(x) Deveble nesvee ÛeeefnS~
consequence of the uncertainty principle? (c) Ѱ(x) should be square-integrable/ Ѱ(x) Jeiee&keâej
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve-mee Deefveef§ele efmeæeble meceekeâueveerÙe nesvee efÛeeefnS~
(uncertainty principle) keâe heefjceeCe veneR nwb? (d) Both Ѱ(x) and dѰ/dx should be continuous
(a) The path of particle is not defined in quantum everywhere/oesveeW Ѱ(x) Deewj dѰ/dx ØelÙeskeâ efyebog hej
physics/keäJeebšce Yeeweflekeâer ceW keâCe keâe heLe heefjYeeef<ele meblele nesvee ÛeeefnS~
veneR nw Ans.(b): Wave function represent the state of quantum
(b) Electrons do not exist inside the nucleus mechanical system & contain all the information
/veeefYekeâ kesâ Deboj Fueskeäšê@ve ceewpeto veneR nesles nQ~ regarding that system.
(c) Atomic oscillators pass a certain amount of Condition for acceptable wave function–
energy known as Zero point energy, even at • ψ Should be finite.
absolute zero temperature/hejceeCeg oesuekeâ • ψ Should be single valued.
(Sše@efcekeâ Deesmmeeruesšj) hejce MetvÙe leeheceeve hej Yeer Skeâ • ψ Should be continuous.
efveef§ele cee$ee ceW Tpee& ØeJeeefnle keâjlee nw efpemes MetvÙe efyebog • ψ must be square integrable.
Tpee& (peerjes hee@Fbš Svepeea) kesâ ™he ces peevee peelee nw
(d) The position of particle is defined in quantum
∫Allψspace
* ψ dτ = 1
physics/keâCe keâer efmLeefle keâes keäJeebšce Yeeweflekeâer ces 136. The operator is
heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ known as–
Ans.(d): The uncertainty principle states that it is mebÛeeuekeâ ______kesâ
impossible to simultaneously and accurately calculate ™he ceW peevee peelee nw–
the position and momentum. The uncertainty principle (a) Hermitian/nefce&efšÙeve
has a negligible impact on measurement of position of
particle because measuring the position of particle will (b) Hamiltonian/nwefceušesefveÙeve
increase the uncertainty in the value of its momentum. (c) Parity/meceleguÙelee (hewefjšer)
Hence, correct option is (d). (d) Orthonormal/ØemeeceevÙe ueebefyekeâ (DeesLeexueesce&ue)
134. The time independent Schrodinger equation is Ans.(a): Hermition operator is defined as-
meceÙe mJeleb$e ßeesef[biej meceerkeâjCe (schrodinger
equation nw: 137. Which statement is false for a spherically
h2 symmetric potential?
(a) – Ψ ''( x) + v( x)Ψ ( x) = E Ψ ( x)
2m ieesueekeâej meceefcele efJeYeJe kesâ efueS keâewve mee keâLeve
h2 ieuele nw?
(b) – Ψ ''( x) + v( x)Ψ ( x) = E Ψ ( x)
2m (a) It depends only upon the radial coordinate
h2 r/Ùen kesâJeue DejerÙe efveoxMeebkeâ r hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~
(c) – Ψ ''( x) + v( x)Ψ ''( x) = E Ψ ''( x) (b) It is independent of the polar coordinate ȹ/
2m
Ùen OeÇJeerÙe efveoxMeebkeâ ȹ mes mJeleb$e nw
h2
(d) – Ψ ( x) + v ( x)Ψ ( x) = E Ψ ''( x) (c) It depends on the polar coordinate/Ùen OeÇJeerÙe
2m
efveoxMeebkeâ hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw~
Ans.(b): The schrodinger equation is the equation of (d) It depends only upon the radial coordinate r
motion for non-relativistic quantum mechanics. This and It is independent of the polar coordinate
equation is a linear partial differential equation and in
ȹ/Ùen kesâJeue DeejerÙe efveoxMeebkeâ r hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw
simple situations can be solved using the technique of
separation of variables. Deewj Ùen OeÇgJeerÙe efveoxMeebkeâ ȹ mes mJeleb$e nw~
DSSSB PGT 63 YCT
Ans.(c): Condition for spherically symmetric potential- 1
• It depends only upon the radial coordinate r. Radius of nucleus (R) = R o A 3

• It is independent of the polar coordinate. 4
Thus volume of nucleus (VN) = πR 3 = π(R 0 )3 A
4
138. An electron of mass µ of the atom has an 3 3
angular momentum L .Since this electron has a Mass of nucleus
charge e and is moving inside the atom then the The nuclear density is ( ρN ) =
Nuclear volume
magnetic moment of the electron is:
1.67 ×10−27
Ùeefo hejceeCeg kesâ õJÙeeceeve µ kesâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâe keâesCeerÙe ( ρN ) = 4
mebJesie L nw~ ÛetBefkeâ Fme Fueskeäšê@ve keâe DeeJesMe e nw Deewj π(R o )3 A
3
Jen hejceeCeg kesâ Yeerlej ieefle keâj jne nw, lees Fueskeäšê@ve keâe
3×1.67 ×10−27
ÛegbyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& nw: ( ρN ) =
4× π × (1.2×10−15 )3
e e
(a) µ L = L (b) µ L = - L 5.01×1018
2µ 2µ ( ρN ) =
12.56×1.728
e e
(c) µ L = L (d) µ L = - L ( ρN ) = 0.230 × 1018 kg/m3
µ µ
( ρN ) = 2.3 × 1017 kg/m3
Ans.(b): The magnitude of the orbital magnetic dipole
moment for a current I in a loop of area A is- 140. Complete the following nuclear fission reaction
92 U + o n →56 Ba + _____ + 3 o n + 200 MeV
235 1 141 1
µL = IA
The effective current is- efvecveefueefKele hejceeCeg efJeKeb[ve Øeefleef›eâÙee keâes hetje keâjW
235
92 U +1o n →141 1
56 Ba + _____ + 3 o n + 200 MeV
(a) Xe (b) La
(c) Ge (d) Kr
Ans.(d): Nuclear fusion reaction:–
92 ∪ + o n →56 Ba + 36 Kr + 3o n + 200 MeV
235 1 141 92 1
141. What will be the ratio of acceleration of an

electron and a proton, if they are placed in a
uniform electric field?
e eν Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve Deewj Skeâ Øeesše@ve kesâ lJejCe keâe Devegheele
I= − =
T 2πr keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo Skeâ meceeve efJeÅegle #es$e ceW jKee peeS?
em e νr (a) zero/MetvÙe
I=
2πm e r 2 (b) One/Skeâ
So, that magnetic moment is- (c) In a ratio of proton and electron masses/Øeesše@ve
e Deewj Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ õJÙeceeveeW kesâ Devegheele ceW~
µL = IA = − L
2m e (d) In a ratio of electron and proton
masses/Fueskeäšê@ve SJeb vÙetše@ve kesâ õJÙeceeve kesâ Devegheele
e
µL = − L (In Ques me = µ) ceW~
2µ
Ans.(c): The ratio of acceleration of an electron to a
139. If the lightest nucleus of hydrogen whose mass proton in a uniform electric field depends on their
is 1.673 × 10-27 kg and radius is 1.2 × 10-15 m, masses and the magnitude of the electric field. Since the
then the density of nuclear matter is– force experienced by each particle is proportional to its
Ùeefo neF[êspeve keâe meyemes nukeâe veeefYekeâ efpemekeâe charge and the electric field, and acceleration is directly
õJÙeceeve 1.673 × 10-27 efkeâ«ee nw Deewj ef$epÙee 1.2 × 10- proportional to force and inversely proportional to mass,
the ratio of their accelerations will be:
15
ceeršj nw, pees hejceeCeg heoeLe& keâe IevelJe nw?
a e Fe /m e eE/me m p
(a) 23 × 1017 kg/m (b) 2.3 × 1016 kg/m3 = = =
(c) 2.3 × 1017 kg/m (d) 2.3 × 1017 kg/m3 a p FP /m e eE/m p m e
Ans.(d): Given, 142. The relative biological effectiveness (RBE) of
–27
Mass of the nucleus A = 1.67 × 10 kg fast neutron is________.
Where (A) is the mass number of nucleus les]pe vÙetšê@ve keâer Deehesef#ele pewefJekeâ ØeYeeJeMeeruelee
–15
Ro = 1.2 × 10 m (DeejyeerF&)______nw~
DSSSB PGT 64 YCT
(a) 10 (b) 8 145. The relative strength of electromagnetic force
(c) 5 (d) 4 is in the order of_________.
Ans.(a): In the case of fast neutrons, late reacting efJeÅegle ÛegckeâerÙe yeue keâer Deehesef#ekeâ Øeyeuelee_____
normal tissue systems and very slow growing tumours, keâesefš ceW nw~
which have the smallest values of the low LET α/β (a) (10–2) (b) (10–3)
ratio, are predicted to have the highest RBE values at (c) (10–4) (d) (10–5)
low fractional doses, but the lowest values of RBE at Ans.(a): The relative strength of electromagnetic force
higher closes, when they are compared with early is in the order is:–
reacting tissues and fast growing tumour systems that Force Approximate Range
have the largest low LET α/β ratios. Relative Strength
The relative biological effectiveness (RBE) of fast Gravity force 10–38 ∞
neutron is 10. –13 –18
Weak nuclear force 10 < 10 m
143. AVF cyclotrons produce energies beyond –2
Electromagnetic force 10 ∞
________for protons. –15
Strong nuclear force 1 < 10 m
S.Jeer.SHeâ. (AVF) meeFkeäueesšê@ve Øeesše@ve kesâ efueS
Relative strength is based on the strong force felt by a
_____mes DeefOekeâ Tpee& Glhevve keâjles nQ~
proton-proton pair.
(a) 400 MeV (b) 600 MeV 146. The relation between air drag and velocity of
(c) 800 MeV (d) 1000 MeV the object is?
Ans.(b): AVF cyclotrons produce energies beyond 600 Jemleg kesâ Jesie Deewj JeeÙeg keâ<e&Ce (SÙej [^wie) kesâ yeerÛe
MeV for protons. mebyebOe nw?
• An AVF (Azimuthally varying field) cyclotron is a (a) Air drag ∝ V/JeeÙeg keâ<e&Ce ∝ V
type of particle accelerator used in nuclear physics
(b) Air drag ∝ V /JeeÙeg keâ<e&Ce ∝ V
research and medical applications.
• It accelerates charged particles, such as protons or 1 1
(c) Air drag ∝ /JeeÙeg keâ<e&Ce ∝
ions, by subjecting them to a combination of electric V V
and magnetic fields that are arranged in a sprial path. (d) Air ∝ V2/JeeÙeg keâ<e&Ce ∝ V2
144. Which one is not a fundamental force in 1
Ans.(d): Air Resistance formula, FD = ×ρACD V 2
nature? 2
efvecveefueefKele cessW mes keâewve-mee Øekeâefle ceW cetueYetle yeue Where,
veneR nw? FD = Drag force or air resistance force, (N).
ρ = Density of the air, (kg/m3).
(a) Gravitational force/ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue 2
A = Cross sectional area of a falling object, (m ).
(b) Electroweak force/efJeÅegle ogye&ue yeue CD = Drag coefficient
(c) Strong force/ÂÌ{ yeue V = Velocity of a falling object, (m/s).
(d) Frictional force/Ie<e&Ce yeue
Ans.(d): Gravitational force–This is one of the four
fundamental forces in nature. It's responsible for the
attraction between objects with mass and is described
by Einstein's theory of general relativity.
The relation between air drag and velocity of the object
Electroweak force–This force unities two of the
is-
fundamental forces, electromagnetism and the weak 2
air drag ∝ v .
nuclear force, at high energies.
Strong force–Also known as the strong nuclear force. 147. The relation between centripetal force and
radius of the circle is?
It's one of the fundamental forces responsible for
holding atomic nuclei together.
DeefYekesâvõ yeue Deewj Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe nw?
Frictional force–Unlike the other options, frictional (a) Fc ∝ 1/r (b) Fc ∝ r2
force is not a fundamental force in nature. It's a (c) Fc ∝ 1/r2 (d) Fc ∝ r
macroscopic force arising from interactions between Ans.(a): The centripetal force (Fc) required to keep on
surfaces in contact, resulting in resistance to relative object moving in a circular path. Formula of centripetal
motions. force is given by-
DSSSB PGT 65 YCT

mv 2 Ans.(d): When a charged particle like a proton is
Fc = projected perpendicular to a magnetic field, it
r
experience a force perpendicular to both its velocity and
Fc ∝ 1/r
the magnetic field direction according to the right hand
This relationship is derived from Newton's second law
rule.
of motion, which states that the force acting on an
• This force causes the proton to undergo circular
object is equal to the mass of the object multiplied by its
motion. So, the proton will indeed turn in a
acceleration (F = ma).
semicircle.
148. Which one is not a feature of motion under • This phenomenon is known as magnetic deflection.
central conservative forces?
150. If the eccentricity is less than one, then the
keâewve meer Skeâ keWâõerÙe mebj#eer yeue kesâ lenle ieefle keâer conic section is
efJeMes<elee veneR nw? Ùeefo Glkesâvõlee Skeâ mes keâce nw, lees MebkegâOej (MeebkeâJe)
(a) The total kinetic energy is constant/kegâue ieeflepe Keb[ nesiee?
Tpee& efmLej nw (a) Parabola/hejJeueÙe
(b) The angular momentum about the centre of (b) Hyperbola/DeeflehejJeueÙe
force is constant both in magnitude and
direction/yeue kesâ keWâõ keâesCeerÙe ieefle heefjceeCe Deewj (c) Ellipse/oerIe&Je=òe
efoMee oesveeW ceW efmLej nw~ (d) Circle/Je=òe
(c) The total potential energy is not constant/kegâue Ans.(c): Eccentricity = e (a constant) = Distance to focus
efmLeeflepe Tpee& efmLej veneR nw~ Distance to directrix
(d) The particle always moves in a plane • e = 0, for circle.
perpendicular to the direction of the angular • 0 < e < 1, for ellipse
momentum/keâCe ncesMee keâesCeerÙe ieefle keâer efoMee kesâ • 1 = e, for parabola
uebyeJele meceleue ceW ieefle keâjlee nw~ • 1 < e, for hyperbola
151. Which of the following is an example of non-
Ans.(c): In motion under central conservative forces,
ohmic resistance?
such as gravity or electrostatic forces, the total
mechanical energy, which is the sum of kinetic and ef vecveefueefKele ceW mes keäÙee DeveDeesceerÙe ØeeflejesOe keâe
potential energy. This means that the total kinetic GoejnjCe nw?
energy remains constant throughout the motion. The (a) Copper wire/leeByes keâe leej
angular momentum about the center of force is also
(b) Carbon resistor/keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOe
conserved. The particle indeed moves in the plane
perpendicular to the direction of the angular (c) Diode/[eÙees[
momentum. However, option (c) is incorrect. In motion (d) Wire of tungsten/šbiemšve keâe leej
under central conservative forces, the total potential Ans.(c): Ohmic Resistors–Resistors that obey Ohm's
energy is constant because conservative forces depend Law. Any increase in voltage creates a linear increases
on the position of the particle and on its velocity. in the current.
149. What will happen, if proton is projected
perpendicular to magnetic field?
keäÙee nesiee Ùeefo Øeesše@ve keâes ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ uebyeJeled ceW
Øe#esefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw?
(a) No magnetic field effect on the motion of
proton/Øeesše@ve keâer ieefle hej ÛebgyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe ØeYeeJe Example–Copper wire, wire of tungsten, Carbon resistor.
Non-Ohmic Resistors–Resistors that do not obey
veneR nesiee Ohm's law. Any increase in voltage creates a non-linear
(b) Proton will move in same direction but will increases in the current. The resistance of the material
get momentum/Øeesše@ve Gmeer efoMee ceW ieefle peejer changes based on the current moving through it.
jKesiee efkebâleg mebJesie Øeehle keâjsiee
(c) Proton will continue to move in the same
direction but will never gain momentum/Øeesše@ve
Gmeer efoMee ceW ieefle peejer jKesiee efkebâleg keâYeer Yeer mebJesie
Øeehle veneR keâjsiee~
Exmples–Diode, semiconductors, inductor, etc.
(d) It will turn in semicircle/Ùen Je=òe kesâ Ûeehe ceW cegÌ[ Hence, diode is an exampole of non-ohmic resistance
peeÙesiee~ because diode does not follow Ohm's law.
DSSSB PGT 66 YCT

152. The dimension of the damping factor is? 154. Which type of crystal system is present in
DeJecebove keâejkeâ keâe DeeÙeece nw? potassium dichromate?
(a) [ M1L1T-1] heesšsefMeÙece [eF&›eâescesš cess efkeâme Øekeâej keâe ef›eâmšue
(b) [ M1L2T-1] ØeCeueer ceewpeto nesleer nw?
(c) [ M2L1T-1] (a) Triclinic/ef$evelee#e
(d) It’s a dimensionless quantity/DeeÙeece nerve cee$ee (b) Monoclinic/Skeâvelee#e
nw~ (c) Orthorhombic/efJe<eceuebyee#e
Ans.(d): The damping factor, typically denoted by the
(d) Trigonal/ef$ekeâesCeerÙe
symbol ‘‘ζ’’ (Zeta), is a dimensionless quantity used in
engineering and physics to quantity the rate at which a Ans.(a): Potassium dichromate belongs to triclinic crystal
systems oscillation decay after a disturbances. It is often system, which is the most asymmetric crystal system.
associated with systems undergoing demand harmonic For this systems
motion, such as mechanical systems with damping. Intercepts: a ≠ b ≠ c
The damping factor is defined as the ratio of the actual and crystal angles α ≠ β ≠ γ ≠ 90°.
damping coefficient to the critical damping coefficient. 155. The relation between crystal scattering factor
It can be expressed as: (fc), geometrical structure factor (F) and lattice
actual damping cofficient (c) structure factor (Sc) is:
ζ= ef ›eâmšue ØekeâerCe&ve keâejkeâ (fc), pÙeeefceleerÙe mebjÛevee
crtical damping cofficient (cc )
keâejkeâ (F) Deewj peeuekeâ mebjÛevee keâejkeâ (Sc) kesâ yeerÛe
153. When an object is inverted in space with
respect to a point (within it) and still remains
meb yebOe nw:
invariant is known as_____ symmetry. (a) F = fc × Sc (b) F = fc/Sc
peye keâesF& Jemleg Debleefj#e ceW Skeâ efyebog (Gmekesâ Yeerlej) kesâ (c) S c = F × fc (d) F = 2F/fc
mebyebOe ceW Guešer nesleer nw Deewj efHeâj Yeer DeheefjJele&veerÙe Ans.(b): F = f c /Sc
jnleer nw lees______meceefceefle kesâ ™he ces peevee peelee nw~ This equation suggests that the geometrical structure
(a) Inversion/IetCe&ve-JÙegl›eâceCe factor (F) is equal to the product of the crystal scattering
(b) Rotational/IetCe&veer factor (f) and the reciprocal of the lattice structure factor
(S).
(c) Translational/mLeeveeblejerÙe
156. Which method is particularly useful in
(d) Reflection/Øeefleefyecye
determining the orientation of a single crystal?
Ans.(a): When an object is inverted in space with Skeâue ef›eâmšue kesâ DeefYeefJevÙeeme kesâ efveOee&jCe ceW keâewve
respect to a point (within it) and still remains invariant,
it is said to have inversion symmetry. meer efJeefOe efJeMes<e ™he mes GheÙeesieer nw?
(a) Power method/heeJej heæefle
(b) Laue method/ueeGS heæefle
(c) Bragg method/yeÇwie efJeefOe
(d) Ewald method/SJeeu[ heæefle
Ans.(b): The Laue method, also known as Laue
diffraction or back-reflection. Laue method, is a
technique used to determine the orientation of a single
crystal by analyzing its diffraction pattern when
subjected to a monochromatic X-ray or neutron beam.
How it works:
1. Crystal Preparation
2. Beam Interaction
3. Diffraction Pattern
4. Analysis
5. Interpretation
It is widely used in materials science, mineralogy, solid-
state physics and crystallography research.
157. At high temperatures heat capacity is
independent of temperature and for all solid it
is equal to: [R- equal to universal gas constant]
DSSSB PGT 67 YCT
GÛÛe leeheceeve hej T<ceeOeeefjlee leeheceeve mes mJeleb$e nesleer • The interaction between free electrons themselves is
nw meYeer "esme kesâ efueS Fmekeâe ceeve nesiee: [R-> meeJe&ef$ekeâ too small and can be ignored.
• Free electrons behave as molecules of an ideal gas and
iewme efveÙeleebkeâ] obey kinetic theory of gases and the Maxwell Boltzman
(a) 3 R (b) 2 R distribution law.
(c) 5 R (d) 4 R Hence, from the assumption of Drude Lorentz Theory,
Ans.(a): At high temperatures, heat capacity is option (b) is incorrect.
independent of temperature and is equal to 3R for all 159. Lorentz number for sodium metal is:
solids, where R is the universal gas constant. Its value is meesef[Ùece Oeeleg kesâ efueS ueesjWpe mebKÙee nw~
–1
8.3 JK . This is known as Dulong-Petit law. (a) 2.17 × 10-8 W ΩK-2 (b) 2.25 × 10-8 W ΩK-2
• As temperature decreases, heat capacity decreases (c) 2.34 × 10-8 W ΩK-2 (d) 2.37 × 10-8 W ΩK-2
almost exponentially and approaches zero as T →0K Ans.(a): The Lorentz number, denoted as L, is a
constant used to relate the electrical conductivity (σ)
and the thermal conductivity (K) of a material.
K
Formula: (L) =
σT
Where T is the temperature in Kelvin. For sodium
metal, at room temperature (typically around 298K), the
–8 –2
Lorentz number is approximately 2.17 × 10 WΩK .
158. Which one of the following is not an This value can vary slightly depending on factor such as
assumption of Drude-Lorentz theory about temperature and purity of the material, but this is a
metals? commonly used value in sodium.
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve OeelegDeeW kesâ yeejs ceW [t[-ueesjsl]pe 160. The relation between number density of
electron (n) and the Fermi energy (EF) of metal
efmeæeble keâer OeejCee veneR nw? at T = 0 K is given by?
(a) Valance electrons behave as free electrons T = 0K hej Fueskeäšê@ve (n) kesâ mebKÙee IevelJe Deewj Oeeleg
and can move all around the volume of the keâer Heâceea Tpee& (EF) kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe nesiee?
metal/mebÙeespekeâlee Fuekeäšê@ve cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW kesâ ™he ceW (a) η = π/4 (8m/h2)3/2(E )3/2
F
JÙeJenej keâjles nQ Deewj Oeeleg kesâ DeeÙeleve kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj
(b) η = π/3 (4m/h2)3/2(EF)3/2
Ietce mekeâles nQ (c) η = 2π/3 (8m/h2)3/2(EF)3/2
(b) Negatively charged ions located at the lattice (d) η = π/3 (8m/h2)3/2(EF)3/2
sites offers a uniform potential and influence Ans.(d): At 0K the top of the electron energy distribution
the motion of free electrons/peeuekeâ mLeue hej is defined as EF so the integral becomes.
efmLele $e+CeeJesefMele DeeÙeve Skeâ meceeve efJeYeJe Øeoeve keâjles 3
8 2πm 2
EF
3
8 2πm 2  2 32 
nQ Deewj cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer ieefle keâes ØeYeeefJele keâjles nQ η=
h3 ∫
o
EdE =
h3
 EF 
3 
(c) The interaction between free electrons 3 3
themselves is too small and can be ignored ⇒ η = π/3(8m/h 2 ) 2 (E F ) 2
/cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@veeW kesâ yeerÛe hejmhej ef›eâÙee mJeÙeb yengle Úesšer 161. The Hall coefficient of copper at room
nw Deewj Fmes DeveosKee efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ temperature is:
(d) Free electrons behave as molecules of an keâcejs kesâ leeheceeve hej leebyes keâes ne@ue iegCeebkeâ nw:
ideal gas and obey kinetic theory of gases and (a) (–1.70 Vm3 A–1 Tesla–1)
the Maxwell Boltzman distribution law/cegòeâ (b) (–0.55 Vm3 A–1 Tesla–1)
Fueskeäšê@ve Skeâ DeeoMe& iewme kesâ DeCegDeesW kesâ ™he cess (c) (+0.33 Vm3 A–1 Tesla–1)
(d) (–0.30 Vm3 A–1 Tesla–1)
JÙeJenej keâjleW nQ Deewj iesmeeW kesâ ieeflepe efmeæeble Deewj
Ans.(b): The Hall coefficient (RH) is a material constant
cewkeämeJesue yeeušdpecewve efJelejCe keâevetve keâe heeueve keâjles nwb~ that relates the induced electric field (EH) perpendicular
Ans. (b) : The assumption of Drude Lorentz theory- to the electric current (I) and the magnetic field (B)
• A metal contains a large no of free e–. applied to a conductor. It's given by the formula:
• These electrons (-ve ions) are free to move throughout Ε
RH = H
the metals volume. J.B
DSSSB PGT 68 YCT
Where: Advantages of negative feedback are:
• RH is the Hall coefficient. (i) Reduction in distortion.
• EH is the induced electric field perpendicular to both (ii) Stability in gain.
(iii) Increased bandwidth.
the current and the magnetic field.
(iv) Improved Input and output impedance.
• J is the current density. It is due to these advantages that negative feedback is
• B is the magnetic flux density. frequently employed in amplifier.
• The negative sign indicates that the direction of the
164. The differentiator circuit is obtained by
induced electric field is opposite to that of the replacing RI (Input Resistance) of an inverting
magnetic field. amplifier by a ________.
• For copper at room temperature, the Hall coefficient Øeefleueesceer ØeJeOe&keâ (inverting amplifier) kesâ R1
3 –1 –1
is approximately – 0.55Vm A T .
(efveJesMe ØeeflejesOe) keâes _____ Éeje ØeeflemLeeefhele keâjkesâ
162. ______ is not a type of amplifier according to efJeYesokeâ heefjheLe (differentiator circuit) Øeehle efkeâÙee
circuit configuration.
peelee nw~
______ Skeâ Øekeâej keâe heefjheLe efJevÙeeme kesâ Devegmeej
(a) Transistor/šêbefpemšj (b) Diode/[eÙees[
ØeJeOe&keâ veneR nw~
(c) Rectifier/efo°keâejer (d) Capacitor/mebOeeefj$e
(a) Grounded base/Yetmebheefke&âle DeeOeej («eeGb[-yesme)
Ans.(d):
(b) Grounded emitter
/Yetmebheefke&âle Glmepe&keâ («eeGb[s[ Sefcešj)
(c) Ground collector/Yetmebheefke&âle meb«eener («eeGb[
keâueskeäšj)
(d) Base emitter/DeeOeej-Glmepe&keâ
Ans.(d): Base emitter is not a type of amplifier
according to circuit configuration.
• Grounded base and grounded emitter configuration
both are another type of transistor amplifier circuit An ideal op-amp differentiator is a circuit in which the
configuration. output voltage waveform is the differentiation of the
• A ground collector, also known as an emitter applied input signal.
follower, is a type of transistor amplifier circuit The differentiator circuit is obtained by using a basic
configuration commonly used to provide high input inverting amplifier configuration if input resistance is
independence and low output independence. replace by capacitor C1.
163. Which of the following is not an advantage of 165. Which one of the following is not a
negative feedback?/efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve-mee characteristic of IC LM 380?
$e+Ceelcekeâ hegveYe&jCe keâe ueeYe veneR nw? efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve DeeF&.meer.Sue.Sce. 380 (IC
LM380) keâer efJeMes<elee veneR nw?
(a) It decreases the band width/Ùen yeQ[ keâer Ûeew[ Ì F& keâes
(a) It has internally fixed gain of 50/Fmekeâe Deebleefjkeâ
keâce keâjlee nw~
™he mes efveef§ele ueefyOe 50 nw
(b) It improves the stability of amplifier gain/Ùen
(b) Total harmonic distrotion is higher than
ØeJeOe&keâ ueefyOe keâer efmLejlee ceW megOeej keâjlee nw~ 0.2%/kegâue mebveeoer efJe™heCe 0.2% mes DeefOekeâ nw~
(c) It reduces distrotion/Ùen efJe™heCe keâes keâce keâjlee nw (c) Output is also short circuit proof/Øe#esheCe ueIeg
(d) It increases the input impedance/Ùen efveJesMe heefjheOeve ØetHeâ (Meeš&-meefke&âš ØetHeâ) Yeer nw~
ØeefleyeeOee keâes yeÌ{elee nw~ (d) It can work on a wide range of supply voltage
Ans.(a): When the feedback energy (voltage or current) from 5 to 22V/Ùen 5 mes 22V lekeâ Deehetefle& Jeesušspe
is out of phase with the input signal and thus opposes it, keâer Skeâ efJemle=le ßeb=Keuee hej keâece keâj mekeâlee nw
it is called negative feedback. Ans.(b): Characteristics of ICLM 380 :–
• It has a wide supply voltage ranging from 8V - 22V
• Voltage gain is fixed at 50.
• Max watts output power of 5W.
• Low Quiescent Power Drain – 0.13W
• At voltage supply is 18 V.
• High peak current capability of 1.3A.
• Input impedance is high like 50kΩ.
Negative feedback reduces the gain of the amplifier. • Harmonic distortion is higher than 0.2%.
DSSSB PGT 69 YCT

166. Which is not a performance parameter (c) It protects the inner part of the eye/Ùen DeebKe kesâ
associated with voltage regulator? Debo™veer efnmmes keâer j#ee keâjlee nw~
keâewve Jeesušlee efveÙeb$ekeâ (efveÙeecekeâ) mes pegÌ[e Skeâ (d) It withstands the intraocular pressure in the
ØeoMe&ve ceeveob[ veneR nw? eye/Ùen DeebKe ceW Deblejeef#e oyeeJe keâe meecevee keâjlee nw~
(a) Input regulation/Deeiele efJeefveÙeceve Ans.(b): The sclera is the tough, fibrous tissue that
(b) Load stability/uees[ efmLejlee makes up the white outer coating of the eye. It extends
from the cornea to the optic nerve and provides the eye
(c) Temperature stability/leeheceeve efmLejlee
with structural integrity and protection. The sclera is
(d) Ripple rejection/lejbie DemJeerke=âefle made up of fibrils of collagen that are arranged in
Ans.(b): A voltage regulator is a system designed to irregular bundles. The random arrangement of these
automatically maintain a constant voltage. connective tissue fiber gives the eyeball its strength and
Parameters to consider while selecting a voltage flexibility.
regulator are as follows:– Hence, option (b) is correct.
• Input and output voltage 169. At the very centre of the retina is a small
• Dropout voltage yellowish depression, called fovea which
• Linear regulator contains _____.
• Device sensitivity Âef° hešue kesâ keWâõ ceW Skeâ Úesše heeruee iele& neslee nw,
• Response time efpemes HeâesefJeÙee keâne peelee nw, efpememeW _____ Meeefceue
• Power draw
neslee nw
• Temperature stability
• Ripple rejection (a) Rods and cones both/ Meueekeâe Deewj Mebkegâ oesveeW
Hence option (b) is correct. (b) Only rods/kesâJeue Meueekeâe
167. In metal, relaxation time of electron: (c) Only cones/kesâJeue Mebkegâ
OeelegDeeW ceW Fuekeäšê@veeW keâe efJeßeebeflekeâeue (efjuewkeämesMeve): (d) Neither rods nor cones/ve lees Meueekeâe ve ner Mebkegâ
(a) Increases with temperature/leeheceeve kesâ meeLe yeÌ{lee Ans.(c): The foveal centre or ‘foveola’ contains the
nw~ highest density of cone photoreceptors in the retina.
(b) Decreases with increase in temperature/yeÌ{les • Cone photoreceptors function in bright light and
leeheceeve kesâ meeLe keâce neslee nw~ support high acuity and color vision.
–2
• Foveolar cone densities average 200000 mm
(c) Does not depend upon temperature/leeheceeve hej
compared to peripheral cone densities < 20000
efveYe&j veneR keâjlee nw 2
mm– .
(d) Suddenly changes at 400 K/DeÛeevekeâ 400 K ceW
170. What is the refractive index of cornea?
yeoue peelee nw~ keâe@efve&Ùee Ùee mJeÛÚ ceb[ue keâe T<ceeerÙe metÛekeâebkeâ keäÙee
Ans.(b): With increase in temperature in metals, the neslee nw?
valence electrons in the outermost shell excites and
(a) 1.33 (b) 1.34
attain kinetic energy, become faster and collides each
other very fast. (c) 1.38 (d) 1.4
• Thus the average time gap between the successive Ans.(c): The refractive index of the human cornea is
collision of electron in a metal decreases with often quoted as 1.376 over the visible spectrum. The
increase in temperature. refractive index of the cornea and overlying tear film
are key factors affecting refraction and overall optical
168. Which statement is false for the sclera of the
properties of eye.
eyeball of human?
ceeveJe kesâ ves$eieesuekeâ kesâ Õeslehešue kesâ efueS keâewve mee 171. The intensity of the polarised light reaching the
detector is given by?
keâLeve DemelÙe nw? mebmetÛekeâ lekeâ hengBÛeves Jeeues OeÇgefJele ØekeâeMe keâer leer›elee
(a) It is an opaque, fibre-elastic capula/Ùen Skeâ efkeâmekesâ Éeje oer peeleer nw?
DeheejoMeea, jsMesoej ueesÛeoej kewâheguee nw~ (a) I (θ) = cos2θ (b) I (θ) = I0 (0) cos2θ
(b) It is soft/Ùen vejce nw~ (c) I (θ) = sin θ 2
(d) I (θ) = I0 (0) sin2θ
DSSSB PGT 70 YCT
Ans.(b): According to Malus law, the intensity of A bi-prism is an instrument that can be used to obtain
plane-polarized light passing through an analyzer tends fringes due to interference. It produces straight fringe
to vary as the square of the cosine of the angle between system which is appear on both sides of central fringe.
The shape of the fringes depends on the orientation of
plane and the analyzer's transmission axis.
2 the screen relative to the line joining the two point
i.e. I ∝ cos θ
sources. When the plane of the sere is placed parallel to
2
I = Io cos θ line joining the two sources the fringe are hyperbolic
and when placed perpendicular they are circular.
172. For a wave motion the relation between total 174. A Lloyd's mirror produces a/an?
energy (TE) and amplitude (a) of wave is: uee@Ùe[ ohe&Ce efkeâme keâe Glheeove keâjlee nw?
Skeâ lejbie ieefle kesâ efueS kegâue Tpee& (TE) Deewj lejbie
(a) Chromatic fringe/JeefCe&keâ eføebâpe
DeeÙeece (a) kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe nw: (b) Achromatic fringe/DeJeCe&keâ eføebâpe
(a) TE ∝ a (b) TE ∝ 1/a (c) Multichromatic fringe/yengJeefCe&keâ eføebâpe
(c) TE ∝ 1/a2 (d) TE ∝ a2 (d) Double chromatic fringe/ogiegveer JeefCe&keâ eføebâpe
Ans.(d): The total mechanical energy of the wave is the Ans.(b): Lloyd's mirror produces an achromatic fringe.
1 An achromatic fringe is an interference fringe of light
sum of its K.E. and P.E. The energy, K = (µa 2 ω2 λ)
4 that is independent of the wavelength of light used. The
Where, first fringe of a Lloyd's mirror system and the central
a = amplitude fringe of a Fresnel biprism system are examples of
achromatic fringes.
ω = angular frequency
λ = wavelength 175. The diameter of the nth bright ring of Newton’s
ring is?/vÙetšve JeueÙe kesâ n-Jes oerhle JeueÙe keâe JÙeeme
173. Which is not a suitable difference between
nw?
Biprism and Lloyd's mirror fringes?
FveceW keäÙee efÉefØepce Deewj uee@Ùe[ kesâ ohe&Ce eføebâpeeW kesâ yeerÛe (a) Dn ∝ n -1 (b) Dn ∝ n 2 -1
GheÙegòeâ Deblej veneR nw? (c) Dn ∝ n 2 +1 (d) Dn ∝ 2n -1
th
(a) In biprism, the complete pattern of fringes is Ans.(d): The diameter of n bright ring is proportional
obtained. In Lloyd's mirror ordinarily, only a to-
few fringes on one side of the central fringe λR
Dn= 2 ( 2n − 1)
are visible/efÉefØepce ceW eføebâpeeWs keâe hetCe& Øeefle™he Øeehle µ
neslee nw~ uee@Ùe[ kesâ ohe&Ce ceW Deeceleewj hej keWâõerÙe eføebâpe D n∝ ( 2n − 1)
kesâ lejHeâ kesâJeue kegâÚ eføebâpe efoKeeF& osles nQ
So, from the above formula we can say that the
(b) In biprism, the fringes are circular but in diameter of bright ring is proportional to square roots of
Lloyd's mirror fringes are oval in odd natural no.
shape./efÉefØepce ceW, eføebâpe ieesueekeâej nesles nw, uesefkeâve 176. The Michelson interferometer is used as
uee@Ùe[ kesâ ohe&Ce ceW eføebâpe Deekeâej ceW DeC[ekeâej nesles nQ~ ______./ceeFkeâuemeve JÙeeflekeâjCeceeheer keâe ØeÙeesie
(c) In biprism, the central fringe is bright, while efkeâmekesâ ™he ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw?
in Lloyd’s mirror it is dark./efÉefØepce ceW, kesâõerÙe (a) Light source/ØekeâeMe œeesle
eføebâpe oerhle neslee nw, peyeefkeâ uee@Ùe[ kesâ ohe&Ce ceW Deoerhle (b) Monochromatic source/Skeâ JeCeea Œeesle
neslee nw~ (c) Common light source/meeceevÙe ØekeâeMe Œeesle
(d) The central fringe in biprism is less sharp (d) Extended Monochromatic source
than that in Llyod's mirror./efÉefØepÙe ceW keWâõerhe /efJemleeefjle SkeâJeCeea Œeesle
eføebâpe uee@Ùe[ kesâ ohe&Ce keâer leguevee ceW keâce lespe neslee nw~ Ans.(d): Uses of Michelson Interferometer-
(i) Measuring the speed of light in defferent mediums.
Ans.(b): Lloyd's mirror is an experiment that produces
(ii) Used as extended monochromatic source.
interference fringes. The fringes are formed when a
(iii) Breaking light into spectrum.
light wave from a source interferes with a wave
(iv) Testing optical component.
reflected from mirror. In this experiment, fringes only
(v) Detecting gravitational waves.
appear on one side of central fringe.
DSSSB PGT 71 YCT
177. Resolving power of Fabry-Perot interferometer
is given by:
HeâeyeÇer leLee hesjes JÙeeflekeâjCeceeheer keâer efJeYesove Meefòeâ
efkeâmekesâ Éeje oer peeleer nw?
λ
(a) = πh cos r F/4.147λ
∆λ
λ
(b) = πh cos r F/4.147
∆λ
λ
(c) = 4πh cos r F/4.147λ fig.(c)
∆λ
OP = b, OM1 = r1, OM2 = r2, OM3 = r3, etc.
λ And
(d) = 4π cos r F/4.147λ
∆λ λ 2λ 3λ
M 1P = b + , M 2P = b + , M 3P = b + etc.
Ans. (c): RP (Resolving Power) of Fabry Perot 2 2 2
The area of the first half period zone is
Interferometer is given by λ = 4πh cos r F
∆λ 4.147λ  λ
2

π OM12 = π  M1P 2 − OP 2  = π  b +  − b 2 
178. The area of each Fresnel half-period zone is  2 
nearly equal to ______./ØelÙeskeâ øesâœesue Deæ& DeeJele&
 λ 
2
]peesve keâe #es$eHeâue ueieYeie ______ kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~ = π  bλ +  = πbλ
 4
(a) πb
(b) πλ As λ is small, λ2 term is neglected.
(c) bλ 179. The diffraction pattern of a circular aperture
consists of concentric rings with a central
(d) πbλ
bright disc. The first dark ring appears when:
Ans.(d): If spheres are constructed with P as centre and
Skeâ Je=òeekeâej Éejkeâ kesâ efJeJele&ve hewšve& ceW Skeâ keWâõerÙe
radii equal to b + λ/2, b + 3λ/2 etc., they will cut out
oerhle #es$e kesâ meeLe mebkesâefõle JeueÙeeW nesles nQ~ ØeLece
circular areas of radii OM1, OM2, OM3, etc., on the
wave front. These circular zones are called half period Deoerhle JeueÙe leye efoKeeF& osleer nw peye:
zones or half period elements. Each zone differs from (a) sinθ = 1.22 λ/D
its neighbour by a phase difference of π or path (b) sinθ = 2.12 λ/D
difference of λ/2. Thus the secondary waves starting (c) sinθ = 1.34 λ/D
from the point O and M1 and reaching P will have a (d) sinθ = 2.22 λ/D
phase difference of π or a path difference λ/2. Ans.(a): The first dark fringe for diffraction pattern of a
1.22λ
circular aperature is given by sinθ =
D
180. The central maximum in double slit pattern is
______ times brighter than that in single slit
pattern.
Skeâue efPejer& hewšve& keâer kesâvõerÙe GefÛÛe‰ kesâ leguevee ceW,
efÉefPejer& hewšve& keâer kesâvõerÙe GefÛÛe‰ ______ iegvee DeefOekeâ
Ûecekeâeruee neslee nw~
In Fig. (b) O is the pole of the wavefront XY with
(a) Double/oesiegvee (b) Thrice/leerve
reference to the external point P. OP is perpendicular to
(c) fourth/Ûeej (d) Fifth/heebÛe
XY. In Fig. (c) 1, 2, 3 etc are the half period zones
constructed on the primary wavefront XY. OM1 is the Ans.(c): Central Maxima Intensity
radius of the first zone. OM2 is the radius of the second Io = 4I
zone and so on. P is the point at which the resultant Thus Central Maxima in double slit pattern is 4 times
intensity has to be calculated. brighter than that in single slit pattern.
DSSSB PGT 72 YCT

Physics
Exam Date - 04.07.2018 (Shift-II)[Female]
1. The dimension of planck's constant is same as Ans. (c) : Given,
that of : • u represent velocity, which has dimensions of length
hueQkeâ efmLejebkeâ keâe DeeÙeece efkeâmekesâ meceeve neslee nw? divided by time (LT–1)
(a) Angular velocity/keâesCeerÙe ieefle • e is a dimensionless mathematical constant.
(b) Angular momentum/keâesCeerÙe mebJesie • The exponent – bu2 must be dimensionless for the
expression to be mathematically valid.
(c) Linear momentum/jsKeerÙe mebJesie Let's break down the unit of – bu2:
(d) Rotational kinetic energy/IetCe&ve ieeflepe Tpee& [bu2] = [b] [u2] = [b] [(LT–1)2] = [b] L2T–2
–bu2
Ans. (b) : The Unit of Planck's constant (h) is Joule For the expression e to be dimensionless, [bu2] must
second (Js) or Kgm2s–1. be dimensionless, which means:
So, the dimension of Planck's constant = [ML T ] 2 –1 [b]L2T–2 = dimensionless
The unit of angular momentum (L) is kgm2s–1 For this, we can deduce that the dimension of b must be
(p = mv), as L = p×r L–2T2.
So, the dimension of angular momentum = [ML2T–1] Therefore, the correct option is (c).
Hence, the dimension of Planck's constant is same as 4. kgm2s–3A–1 is equivalent to:
that of angular momentum. kgm2S–3A–1 efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesiee?
2. (farad × ohm) is equivalent to : (a) Henry/nsvejer (b) Watt/Jeeš
(hewâje[ × Deesce) efkeâmekesâ yejeyej neslee nw? (c) Ampere/SbefheÙej (d) Volt/Jeesuš
–1
(a) sec (b) sec Ans. (d) Let's check it from the options given above
2 –2
(c) sec (d) sec W
We know that, V =
Ans. (a) : (Farad×ohm) is equivalent to second(s). q
Coulomb Volt Where V is potential, W is the amount of workdone and
Farad × ohm = ×
Volt Ampere q is the charge
W F× d
 Coulomb Volt  ⇒ V= =
∵ Farad = and ohm =  q q
 Volt Ampere 
ma × d
Coulomb ⇒ V=
= q
Ampere
Ampere × Second kgms –2 × m
⇒
= [∵ Coulomb = Ampere × Second ] V =
It
Ampere
2 2
= second(s) kgm s
⇒ V=
3. In a mathematical treatment the expression of AS
-bu 2 ⇒ V = kgm2S–3A–1, equivalent to the required
a function of velocity, u, appears as e . The
unit.
dimension of b is:
ieefCeleerÙe ØeÙeesie ceW efkeâmeer Jesie kesâ heâueve keâe JÙebpekeâ, So, option (d) is the correct one.
2 5. In an experiment with a mirror and scale
u,e -bu kesâ ™he ceW Øeleerle neslee nw~ b keâe DeeÙeece keäÙee galvanometer, the scale used has its smallest
nesiee? division to 1 mm. for a current the direct and
(a) L2T–2 (b) ML2T–2 reverse readings were respectively 14.4 cm and
(c) L–2T2 (d) MLT–1 14.5 cm, the reading should be recorded as:
DSSSB PGT 73 YCT

Skeâ ohe&Ce Deewj mkesâue iewuJesveesceeršj kesâ ØeÙeesie ceW, 8. tº C is equivalent to (t + 273.15) kelvin, that is
GheÙeesie efkeâS peeves Jeeues mkesâue ceW Fmekeâe Úesše efJeYeepeve TK. Then in Fahrenheit scale TK. will be
equivalent to:
1 mm kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~ Oeeje kesâ efueS [eÙejskeäš Deewj
tºC (t + 273.15) kesâefuJeve kesâ yejeyej nw, pees TK nw~ lees
efjJeme& jeref[bie ›eâceMe: 14.4 cm Deewj 14.5 cm Les, jeref[bie
heâejsveneFš mkesâue TK ceW Ùen efkeâleves kesâ yejeyej nesiee?
efkeâme ™he ceW efjkeâe@[& efkeâÙee peevee ÛeeefnS?
5  32 
(a) 14.4 cm (b) 14.5 cm (a) 1.8(t + 273) (b) t + 
1 9 9 
(c) 14.45 cm (d) (14.4 × 14.5 ) cm 2
5
Ans.(b) The scale galvanometer reading would be
(c) 1.8(t + 290.93) ( t + 459.67 )
(d)
9
recorded as the mean of the direct and reverse readings.
Ans. (c) : Formula for coverting Fahrenheit Scale to
So the recorded reading would be (14.4+14.5)\ 2= 14.45
Celsius Scale:-
cm.
9
But smallest division is 1 mm so answer should be 14.5 F = C + 32
cm i.e. option (b). 5
9
6. The refractive index of glass with respect ot air = ( t + 273.15 ) + 32
was being determined using the paper, 5
rectangular glass slab and pin method by = 1.8 (t+290.93)K
applying the formula. 9. Two inertial frame of reference defined by
p space and time co-ordinates (x, y, z, t) ; (x', y',
µ = air , where the symbols have their usual z', t') are such that the primed system moves
p glass
with a uniform velocity with respect to the
meanings, For a particular reading the data unprimed system. The velocity of a body
were pair = 6 cm, pglass = 4 cm. These were measured by the two systems are u and u'
measured by a scale whose smallest division respectively. Given below are four sets of
was 1 mm. Find the maximum possible equation, linking the x, y, z components of u an
percentage proportional error for the above u' (v is directed along x, x' - axes)
measurement.
efkeâmeer meboYe& keâe peÌ[lJeerÙe {ebÛee mLeeve Deewj meceÙe
JeeÙeg kesâ mebyebOe ceW MeerMee keâe DeheJele&keâ metÛekeâebkeâ keâes
efveo&sMeebkeâ (x,y,z,t) ; (x',y'x', t') Éeje Fme lejn
Pair heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw efkeâ ØeeFc[ efmemšce DeveØeeFc[
met$e µ = kesâ peefjS heshej, DeeÙeleekeâej MeerMee
Pglass efmemšce kesâ mebyebOe ceW meceeve ieefle mes Deeies yeÌ{lee nw~ oes
heâuekeâ Deewj efheve efJeefOe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ efveOee&efjle ØeCeeefueÙeeW Éeje ceeheer ieF& efheb[ keâer ieefle ›eâceMe: u Deewj
efkeâÙee ieÙee, peneb ØeleerkeâeW keâe Gvekeâe meeceevÙe DeLe& nw~ u' nw~ veerÛes efoS ieS meceerkeâjCe kesâ Ûeej mesš, pees u Deewj
Skeâ efJeMes<e jeref[bie kesâ efueS [sše Pair = 6 cm, Pglass= u' (v,x,x'- axes kesâ meeLe efveoxefMele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw) kesâ
4 cm Lee~ Ùes Gme mkesâue mes ceehes ieS Les efpemekeâe meyemes Ieškeâ keâes peesÌ[les nQ
Úesše efJeYeepeve 1mm Lee~ GheÙeg&òeâ jeref[bie kesâ efueS (p) u'x = ux – v, u'y = uy – v, u'z = uz – v
DeefOekeâlece mebYeJe ØeefleMele Deevegheeeflekeâ $egefš efkeâlevee (q) u'x = ux – v, u'y = uy, u'z = uz
nesiee? (r) u'x = ux + v, u'y = uy + v, u'z = uz + v
(s) u'x = ux + v, u'y = uy u'z = uz
(a) 4.17 (b) 2.83
Choose the correct set of equations.
(c) 0.83 (d) 0.17
meceerkeâjCeeW keâe mener mesš Ûegvesb~
Ans. (a) (a) (p) (b) (q)
7. 1 watt expressed in cal/sec is equal to: (c) (r) (d) (s)
Cal/sec ceW DeefYeJÙeòeâ 1 watt efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesiee? Ans. (b) : Let, S (x,y,z,t) and S'(x',y',z', t') be the two
(a) 0.042 (b) 0.239 points in the space with their respective co-ordinates
(c) 14.34 (d) 860.42 belonging to the above two systems and given u and u'
Ans. (b) : We know that, are the velocities.
u'y = uy
1 Watt = 1 Joule/sec
u'z = uz
1  1 
= Cal / sec ∵1Joule = Calorie  u'x = ux–v
4.18  4.18  ⇒ ux = u'x+v
= 0.23923 Cal/sec 10. The displacement (x) vs. time (t) of a particle
= 0.239 Cal/sec follows the condition:
Watt is the SI unit of power. x 2 = pt 2 + 2qt + r
DSSSB PGT 74 YCT

Where p, q and r are constants. It is found that Also given that,
the acceleration of the particle varies at xn, then y = ax2
n is equal to? differentiating with time,
efkeâmeer keâCe keâe efJemLeeheve (x) yeveece meceÙe (t) veerÛes dy dx
meceerkeâjCe ceW oer ieF& efmLeefle keâe heeueve keâjlee nw: x2 = = 2ax = 2acx
dt dt
2
pt + 2qt +r differentiating again, we get-
peneb p, q Deewj r efmLejebkeâ nQ~ Ùen heeÙee peelee nw efkeâ keâCe d2 y dx
keâe lJejCe x hej yeouelee nw, leye n efkeâmekesâ yejeyej
n
2
= 2ac = 2ac 2 (From (i))
dt dt
nesiee? 12.
(a) –1 (b) –2
(c) –3 (d) –4
Ans. (c) : x2 pt + 2qt + r
Differentiating both side with respect to
dx
2x = 2pt + 2q
dt
dx
⇒ x = pt + 2q
dt
dx pt + 2q The velocity vs. time graph, PQ of a particle is
⇒ = shown in the figure for the time interval t = 0
dt x
Again differentiating sec to t = 20 sec. find the displacement of the
particle during this period in the length unit
2
d 2 x  dx  chosen for the above graph.
⇒ x 2 +  = P
dt  dt  efkeâmeer keâCe keâe Jesie yeveece meceÙe PQ «eeheâ ceW meceÙe
d2x
2 Deblejeue t = 0 sec mes t = 20 sec efoKeeÙee ieÙee nw~
 dx 
⇒ x 2 = P−  Ghejesòeâ «eeheâ kesâ efueS Ûegveer ieF& uebyeeF& FkeâeF& ceW Fme
dt  dt 
2
DeJeefOe kesâ oewjeve keâCe kesâ efJemLeeheve keâer ieCevee keâjW~
 dx 
P−  (a) 98 (b) 104
⇒ a=  dt  (c) 128 (d) 144
x Ans. (b) :
P−
( pt + 2q )2
⇒ a= x2
x
Px 2 − ( pt + 2q )
2
⇒ a=
x3
a ∝x –3
Hence, n = –3
11. A particle moves along a curved path, given by Area under v–t graph = Displacement
y = ax2 and the x component of its velocity is a
Displacement in time interval 0 sec to 8 sec
constant equal to 'c'. Its acceleration is equal
to: = Area (∆PMS)
Skeâ keâCe y = ax Éeje efoS ieS efkeâmeer IegceeJeeoej heLe
2 1
= ×8×8
kesâ meeLe Ûeuelee nw Deewj Fmekesâ Jesie keâe x Ieškeâ 'c' kesâ 2
efmLej yejeyej neslee nw~ Fmekeâe lJejCe efkeâmekesâ yejeyej = 32 m
nesiee? Displacement in time interval 8 sec to 20 sec
= Area (∆QNS)
1
(a) ac 2 (b) ac2 1
2 = × ( 20 – 8 ) × ( –12 )
(c) 2ac 2
(d) 4ac 2 2
1
Ans. (c) : Given, = × 12 ( –12 )
As x component of the velocity remains constant i.e. 2
1
ax = 0; = × 12 × ( –12 )
dx 2
i.e. v = =c ... (i) = –72 m
dt
DSSSB PGT 75 YCT

Now, displacement of the particle during above period t a
= 0 sec to t = 20 sec) in the length unit = Area (∆ PMS) v ⋅ aˆ = v ⋅
a
+ Area ( ∆QNS )
= 32+ –72 = v⋅
( î + ˆj + kˆ )
= 33+72 = 104 m 1+1+1
13. A particle moves in three dimensional space (
2iˆ – 3jˆ + 4kˆ ⋅ î + ˆj + kˆ )( )
such that its position vs. time equations (x, y, z =
in metres and t in seconds) are: 3
2 2
x = t + t + 2, y = t – t + 1, z = 2sinπt 2 –3+ 4
=
Find be expression of the acceleration vector at 3
t = 1 sec. 3
keâesF& keâCe leerve DeeÙeeceeW ceW Fme lejn Ûeuelee nw efkeâ =
3
Fmekeâer efmLeefle yeveece meceerkeâjCe (x, y, z ceeršj ceW Deewj t
meskebâ[ ceW) nQ: x = t2 + 2, y = t2 – t + 1, z = 2 sinπt = 3 × 3 = 3
lJejCe meefoMe keâe JÙebpekeâ %eele keâerefpeS t = 1 sec hej ~ 3× 3
(
(a) 4 ɵi − 9ɵj ms −2 ) (b) ( 2iɵ + 3jɵ + kɵ ) ms −2 15. A man rows a certain distance directly across a
river downstream in time a sec and b sec
(c) ( 2iɵ − ɵj + 2kɵ ) ms −2
(d) 2 ( ɵi + ɵj) ms −2 respectively. If the man can row in still water at
the rate of 10 ms–1 and the river flow at the rate
Ans. (d) : Let, ax = xy = az = acceleration of 4 ms–1. Find the ratio a : b.
Given equation, Skeâ Deeoceer veoer kesâ ØeJeen keâer efoMee ceW Deewj ØeJeen kesâ
x = t2+t+2, y = t2–t+1, z = 2sinπt efJehejerle efoMee ceW Skeâ efveefMÛele otjer ›eâceMe: a meskebâ[
On differentiating both side w.r.t 't' - Deewj b meskeWâ[ ceW yeesefšbie keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo Deeoceer efmLej
dx dy dz heeveer ceW 10 ms–1 keâer ieefle mes yeesefšbie keâj mekeâlee nw Deewj
= 2t + 1 , = 2t –1 , = 2π cos πt
dt dt dt veoer keâe ØeJeen 4 ms–1 nw~ lees a:b keâe Devegheele %eele
Again differentiating on both side,
keâjW~
d2x d2 y dz 2
2
= 2 , 2 = 2 , 2 = –2π2sin ( πt ) 7 1
dt dt dt (a) (b) 7
At t = 1, ax = 2, ay = 2, az = –2π2sin(π) = 0 3 2
In vector form ,a î + a ˆj + a kˆ
x y z
1
5 (d)
5
(c)
2 3
= 2iˆ + 2ˆj + 0
Ans. (a) : Given,
( )
= 2 î + ˆj A man rows a certain distance directly across a river
and downstream in time a sec and b sec respectively.
14. The velocity of a particle in ms–1 is
Velocity of man in still water is 10 ms–1 and velocity of
( ɵ ɵ ɵ
)
2i − 3j + 4k . What is the component of this water with respect to ground is 4 ms–1.
–1 –1
velocity along the direction of the vector So, v = 10ms and u = 4 ms .
( )
ɵi + ɵj + kɵ ? Velocity of man perpendicular to river flow with respect
to ground = v2 – u 2
efkeâmeer keâCe keâe Jesie ms ceW –1
( )
2iˆ - 3jˆ + 4kˆ nw~ meefoMe
= 102 – 42
( î + ˆj + kˆ ) keâer efoMee kesâ meeLe Fme Jesie keâe Ieškeâ keäÙee = 100 – 16
nesiee? = 84 ms –1
(a) 3 3ms −1 (b) 3 3ms −1 Velocity of man in downstream = v+4
= 10+4 = 14ms–1
3
(c) 3 ms–1 (d) As given,
3
v2 – u 2 × a = ( v + u ) × b
Ans. (c) : v = 2iˆ – 3jˆ + 4kˆ
84 × a = 14 × b
a = î + ˆj + kˆ
a 14
Component a is v.aˆ ( ) b
=
84
DSSSB PGT 76 YCT

a 49 Now,
= 540 = m×a'
b 21
540 = m×18
a 7
= ∴ m=
540
= 30 kg
b 3 18
16. A body is projected at an angle 30º to the So, the mass of the body is 30 kg.
horizontal, so as just to clear walls of equal
height 5m at a distance 10m from each other. 18. A projectile of mass 40 kg is shot vertically
The total range of the body in meters is? upwards with a velocity 80 m/s. After 5sec it
Skeâ efheb[ #eweflepe mes 30º keâesCe hej Øe#esefhele neslee nw, explodes into two equal parts and one of them
travels vertically up with a velocity 100m/s.
leeefkeâ Skeâ otmejs mes 10 m keâer otjer hej efmLele 5 m keâer
What is the velocity of the other fragment (in
yejeyej TÛeeF& Jeeueer oes oerJeejeW keâes heej keâj mekesâ~ efheb[ magnitude and direction) at this instant? (take
ceeršj ceW kegâue efkeâleveer otjer Ûeuelee nw ? g 10 = m/s2)
(a) 20 (b) 10 3 40 kg õJÙeceeve kesâ Skeâ Øe#esheCe keâes 80 m/s kesâ Jesie mes
(c) 10 cot15º (d) 20 cot15º Thej keâer Deesj Øe#esefhele efkeâÙee peelee nw 5 sec kesâ yeeo
Ans. (c) : Given, Ùen oes yejeyej YeeieeW ceW heâš peelee nw Deewj GveceW mes Skeâ
Angle, α = 30º
Height of wall, a = 5m
Keb[ 100 m/s kesâ Jesie mes uebyeJele Thej keâer Deesj peelee
1
nw~ Gme meceÙe ceW otmejs Keb[ (heefjceeCe Deewj efoMee ceW)
From formula, h = 2a cot   α keâer ieefle keäÙee nw? (ceeve ueerefpeS g = 10 m/s2)
2
Where, h = total range of the body. (a) 40 m/s upward/40 m/s Thej keâer Deesj
1 (b) 40 m/s downward/40 m/s veerÛes keâer Deesj
h = 2 × 5cot   × 30º
 
2 (c) 20 m/s upward/20 m/s Thej keâer Deesj
30º (d) 20 m/s downward/20 m/s veerÛes keâer Deesj
h = 10cot
2
Ans. (b) : Mass of projectile, M = 40 kg, g = 10 m/s2
h = 10cot15º
Initial velocity of projectile, u = 80 m/s
17. A glass plate can just support a weight of 54
kg. The plate with a body on it is raised with After 5 seconds, the velocity of projectile,
gradually increasing acceleration. It is found v = u–gt
that the plate breaks when the acceleration is 8 v = 80–10×5
ms . Find the mass of the body in kg (take g =
–2 v = 80–50 = 30 m/s2
10 ms–2) After 5 sec projectile explodes into two equal parts, so
mass of first fragment = mass of second fragment
MeerMes keâer Skeâ huesš efmehe&â 54 kg Jenve keâe Jenve keâj
40
keâmeleer nw~ huesš hej Skeâ efheb[ jKekeâj Gmes Oeerjs-Oeerjs = m = = 20kg
2
yeÌ{les lJejCe kesâ meeLe G"eÙee peelee nw~ Ùen heeÙee peelee nw Velocity of first fragment, V = 100 m/s (vertically up)
1
efkeâ lJejCe 8 ms–2 nesles ner huesš štš peeleer nw~ efheb[ keâe or V = +100 m/s
1
õJÙeceeve kg ceW %eele keâjW (ceeve ueW g = 10 ms–2) Let velocity of second fragment = V2 m/s
(a) 120 (b) 90 Now, according to the law of conservation of linear
(c) 60 (d) 30 momentum,
Ans. (d) : Let, mass of the body is 'm' kg. Initial momentum = Final momentum
A glass plate can support 54 kg mass. MV = MV1+MV2
So, force it can suffer = m×a'
40×30 = 20×100+20× V2
Considering, g = 10 m/s2
1200 = 2000+20 V2
The force it can bear = 54×10 = 540 N
It is found that the plate break when the acceleration is 20V2 = 1200–2000
8 ms–2. 20V2= –800
∴ a = 8 ms –2
∴ V2 =
–800
= –40 m/s or 40 m/s (downward)
Acceleration added with gravity = a' = g+a 20
a' = 10+8 [Negative sign signifies that other or second fragment is
= 18 ms–2 moving downward]
DSSSB PGT 77 YCT

19. 10 kg õJÙeceeve kesâ Skeâ eEheÛe keâes Skeâ Pegkesâ ngS efÛekeâves
meceleue hej jKee peelee nw~ Ùen #eweflepe ™he mes keâeÙe&jle
Skeâ yeue Deewj meceleue kesâ meceeveeblej ceW keâeÙe&jle Skeâ
yeue Éeje Deueie mes meceefLe&le nw~ Ùeefo Fve ceeceueeW ceW
meeceevÙe Øeefleef›eâÙee ›eâceMe: N1 Deewj N2 nes, lees (ceeve
ueerefpeS g = 10 m/s2):
With reference to the figure shown, the force (a) N1N2 = 104 N2 (b) N1N2 = 2×104 N2
required to pull out the block having mass 'm2' (c) N1N2 = 5×103 N2 (d) N1N2 = 4×103 N2
with an acceleration 'a' (coefficient of friction Ans. (a) : Given, Mass (m) = 10 kg
between the surfaces concerned = µ) is ? N1 = Normal Reaction of 1
efoKeeS ieS efÛe$e kesâ mebyebOe ceW 'm2' õJÙeceeve Jeeues N2 = Normal Reaction of 2
yuee@keâ keâes 'a' lJejCe (mebyebefOele meleneW kesâ yeerÛe Ie<e&Ce N1.N2 = (Mg) (Mg)
iegCeebkeâ = µ) keâes KeeRÛeves kesâ efueS efkeâleves yeue keâer = (10×10)×(10×10)
DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesieer? = 104 N2 (kg-m/s2)2
21. A particle of mass 10 gm on a smooth
(a) ( 2m2 + m1 ) µg + m2 a horizontal table is fastened to one end of a fine
(b) ( m2 + m1 ) µg + m 2 + m 2 a string which passes through a small hole in the
table. It supports at its other end a particle of
(c) ( 2m1 + m2 ) µg + m2 a mass 20gm. Find the velocity with which the
particle on the table be projected horizontally
(d) ( 2m1 + m2 ) µg + ( m1 + m2 ) a so as to describe a circle of radius 5cm. (take g
Ans. (c) : Given, = 10m/s2)
10 gm õJÙeceeve kesâ Skeâ keâCe Skeâ efÛekeâves #eweflepe šsyeue
hej Skeâ heleueer [esjer mes yebeOee ieÙee nw, pees [esjer šsyeue ceW
Skeâ Úesšs Úso mes ieg]pejleer nw~ Ùen Deheves otmejs Úesj hej
20gm õJÙeceeve Jeeues keâCe meceefLe&le nw~ Ùen Jesie keâer
ieCevee keâjW efpemekesâ meeLe šsyeue mes Jen keâCe #eweflepe ™he
mes Øe#esefhele efkeâÙee peeS leeefkeâ 5 cm ef$epÙee Jeeues Je=òe kesâ
oeÙejs ceW jKee pee mekesâ~ (ceeve efueefpeS g = 10 m/s2)
Mass of upper block = m1
(a) 0.5 m/s (b) 1 m/s
Mass of lower block = m2
(c) 1.25 m/s (d) 1.5 m/s
µ = coefficient of friction for all surfaces concerned
Ans. (b) :
The force required to pull out the block having mass
'm2' with an acceleration 'a' is F.
As blocks will move relatively, hence kinetic friction
will act
Friction between blcoks will be given by,
F1 = Nm1g
Friction between lower block and ground will be given
Given, m1 = 10 gm r = 5 cm
by.
m2 = 20 gm
F2 = µ(m1+m2)g
v=?
From force equation for lower block,
F = m1 ω2r, F' = m2g, v = rω
F–f1–f2 = m2a
v
F = m2a+µm1g+µ(m1+m2)g ω=
r
F = m2a+µm1g+µm1g+µm2g
F = m2g
F = m2a+2m1µg+µm2g 2
v
F = (2m1+m2)µg+m2a m1   r = m 2 g
r
20. A body of mass of 10 kg is placed on a smooth
inclined plane. It is supported separately by a v2
m1 = m 2g
force acting horizontally, and then by a force r
acting parallel to the plane. If the normal v2
reactions in these cases are N1 and N2 m1 = m 2g
r
respectively, then (g = 10m/s2)
DSSSB PGT 78 YCT
m2g ⋅ r 20 All the vertical forces are balanced due to equilibrium
v2 = = × 10 × 5 × 10 –2 in vertical direction.
m1 10
Along the radial direction -
v2 = 100×10–2 For the block having mass m2 :
v= 1 T = m2 ω2r2 ... (i)
v = 1 m/s For block m1 :
22. Two blocks of mass as m1 and m2 connected to F+T = m1 ω2r1 ... (ii)
each other by a massless inextensible string Subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii),
length l and these are placed along a diameter Subtracting equation (i) from equation (ii),
of a turn table. There is no friction between m2 F = m1r1 ω2 – m2r2 ω2
and the surface of the table whereas the friction
F = (m1r1–m2r2) ω2
between m1 and the surface of the table is µ.
The table is rotating with an angular velocity ω 23. Which among the following as/are a no-work
about a vertical axis passing through the centre force(s)?
of the turn table. The masses m1 and m2 are efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee keâeÙe&yeue kesâ ™he ceW veneR
lying at distances r1 and r2 respectively from nw?
the centre of the turn-table. If the masses are (p) Force experienced by a charged particle
observed to be at rest with respect to an moving in a uniform magnetic field./Skeâ
observer on the turn table.
Calculate the friction force on m1 .
meceeve ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW ieefleceeve DeeJesefMele keâCe
hej ueiee yeue ~
m1 Deewj m2 õJÙeceeve kesâ oes yuee@keâ Skeâ otmejs mes Skeâ
(p) Normal reaction when a man is walking on
uebyeeF& keâer õJÙeceeve jefnle DeefJeleevÙe [esjer mes yebOes nQ a smooth road./ meeceevÙe Øeefleef›eâÙee, peye keâesF&
Deewj Ùes šve& šsyeue kesâ JÙeeme kesâ meeLe jKes ieS nQ~ m2 Deeoceer efkeâmeer meceleue meÌ[keâ hej Ûeue jne nw~
Deewj šsyeue keâer melen kesâ yeerÛe keâesF& Ie<e&Ce veneR nw peyeefkeâ
(r) Tension in the string of a simple pendulum/
m1Deewj šsyeue keâer melen kesâ yeerÛe keâesF& Ie<e&Ce µ nw~ Skeâ meeOeejCe oesuekeâ keâer [esjer ceW leveeJe~
šsyeue šve& šsyeue kesâ keWâõ mes ieg]pejves Jeeueer uebyeJele De#e (s) Viscous drag on a body moving through a
mes keâesCeerÙe Jesie ω mes IetCe&ve keâj jner nw~ õJÙeceeve m1 fluid medium/ Skeâ lejue ceeOÙece mes iegpejves Jeeues
Deewj m2 šve& šsyeue kesâ ceOÙe mes ›eâceMe: r1Deewj r2 keâer efheb[ hej efÛeheefÛehee leuekeâ<e&Ce~
otjer hej efmLele nQ~ Deiej šve& šsyeue hej efkeâmeer heÙe&Jes#ekeâ (a) Only (q)/ kesâJeue (q)
kesâ mebyebOe ceW õJÙeceeve efJejece DeJemLee ceW osKes peeles nQ~ (b) Only (p) and (r)/kesâJeue (p) Deewj (r)
m1 hej ueie jns Ie<e&Ce yeue keâer ieCevee keâjW~ (c) (p), (q) and (r)/(q) Deewj (r)
(a) m1(r1 – r2)ω2 (b) m2(r1 – r2)ω2 (d) Only (s)/kesâJeue (s)
(c) (m1r1 – m2r2) ω2
(d) (m1r1 + m2r2) ω2
Ans. (c) : The magnetic force on a charged particle is
Ans. (c) : Given, given by -
( )
Mass of first block = m1
Mass of second block = m2 F = q V × B = qvBsinθ
Angular velocity of turn table = ω So, charge particle does not experience any force when
The coefficient of friction between m1 and the surface it is moving parallel to the uniform magnetic field as
of the table = µ V and B will be in same direction.
Tension T and friction force f will be directed towards If the man is standing on a smooth road, he cannot
centre of circular path to provide necessary centripetal initiate walking since there will be no horizontal force
force. to support the motion. In absence of friction, man will
From the free body diagram (FBD) of m1 and m2 continue to slip on the surface.
Normal force or normal reaction is perpendicular to
displacement so work done by it is zero.
No work is done by the tension in the string of a simple
pedulum since tension is always at right angles to the
motion of bob.
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
24. A particle of mass 10 gm moves under the
(
influence of a force field. F = 2 sint î + cost ˆj )
in Newton's. If the particle is initially at rest at
the origin of co-ordinates, then the work on the
: particles upto t = π sec is?
DSSSB PGT 79 YCT

10 gm õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ keâCe efkeâmeer yeue #es$e kesâ 26. If a bucket weighing 1 kg is lowered at a
constant acceleration 2.5m/s2 by a string
ØeYeeJe ceW Ûeuelee nw~ F = 2 ( sint î + cost ˆj) vÙetšve ceW (assumed to be massless) by a distance of 4m,
nw~ Ùeefo keâCe ØeejbYe ceW efveoxMeebkeâ keâer Glheefòe hej efJejece the work done by the string will be (take g =
10m/s2).
ceW jne nes, pees keâCe hej t = πsec lekeâ keâeÙe& efkeâlevee Ùeefo 1 kg õJÙeceeve keâer Skeâ yeeušer 4 m keâer otjer mes
nesiee? Skeâ [esjer (ceeve ueerefpeS [esjer õJÙeceevejefnle nw) mes
(a) 800 joules/800 petue efmLej lJejCe 2.5 m/s2 hej ÚesÌ[er peeleer nw, lees [esjer Éeje
(b) 1000 joules/1000 petue efkeâÙee ieÙee keâeÙe& efkeâlevee nesiee? (ceeve ueerefpeS g = 10
(c) 1200 joules/1200 petue m/s2)
(a) 10 J (b) –30 J
(d) 1600 joules/1600 petue
160 160
Ans. (a) : (c) − J (d) J
3 3
25. A particle of mass m is moving under the
Ans. (b) :
influence of a consecutive force field given by
F = -kr 3 rɵ . Then, pick up the correct
alternative from the following:
m õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ keâCe F = –kr 3 rɵ Éeje efoS ieS
ueieeleej yeue #es$e kesâ ØeYeeJe ceW Ûeue jne nw~ lees,
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes mener efJekeâuhe keâe ÛeÙeve keâjW~
2
1  dr  1 2 Let tension in string be T.
(a) m   + kr = a constant/
2  dt  3 bucket weighing m = 1 kg
1  dr  1 2
2 acceleration, a = 2.5 m/s2
m   + kr efmLej acceleration due to gravity, g = 10 m/s2
2  dt  3 Distance, d = 4m
(b) Applying newton's second law on the bucket,
2
1  dr  1 4 mg–T = ma
m   + kr = a constant / 1×10–T = 1×2.5
2  dt  4
2 10–T = 2.5
1  dr  1 4 ∴ T = 10–2.5 = 7.5 N
m   + kr efmLej
2  dt  4 Now, work done by the string, W = –T×d
1  dr  1 5
2 = –7.5×4
(c) m   + kr = a constant = –30 J
2  dt  5
2
27. A car of mass m accelerates on a smooth
1  dr  1 horizontal road under the action of a driving
/ m   + kr 5 efmLej force. In the process its speed increases from v1
2  dt  5
1
2
1  dr  1  dr 
2
 6x 3
(d) m   = a constant / m   efmLej to  + v13  within a distance x and the
2  dt  2  dt  m 
engine develops a constant power output P. If
Ans. (b) : Given F = –kr 3 ⋅ rˆ all the quantities are in SI units, the value of P
–dV in watt is equal to?
F=
dr m õJÙeceeve keâer Skeâ keâej SkeâÛeeefueleie yeue kesâ lenle
dv = –F.dr Skeâ meceleue #eweflepe meÌ[keâ hej lespeer mes yeÌ{ jner nw~ Fme
v = – ∫ F ⋅ dr Øeef›eâÙee ceW x otjer kesâ oewjeve keâej keâer ieefle v1 mes
1
V = – ∫ –kr 3 ⋅ dr  6x 3
3
 + v1  yeÌ{ peeleer nw Deewj Fbpeve ueieeleej P efmLej
m 
kr 4 DeeGšhegš hewoe keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo meYeer cee$ee jeefMeÙeeb SI
V=
4 FkeâeFÙeeW ceW neW lees P keâe ceeve Jeeš ceW efkeâmekesâ yejeyej
T.E is constant. nesiee?
2
1  dr  1 4 (a) 2 (b) 2.5
∴ m   + kr = constant
2  dt  4 (c) 3 (d) 4
DSSSB PGT 80 YCT
Ans. (a): P = F × V 4m1u1
m1u1 + = 4m1 × v 2
dv 3
P = mv .v
dx 7m1u1
= 4m1 × v2
dv 3
⇒ P = mv2 7u
dx ∴ V2 = 1
Integrating, 12
v 2 P x Now, we know that,
∫u v dv = m ∫0 dx Coefficient of restitation, e =
v2 – v1
3P u1 – u 2
V3–u3 = x
m 7u1
1
–0
 6x  3 e = 12
Now, put V =  + v13  and u = v1 u
u1 – 1
 m  3
3
 1
 7u1 3
e= ×
 6x + v3  3  – v3 = 3Px 12 2u1
 m 1 
 
1
m
  7
e=
6x 3Px 8
+ v13 – v13 =
m m 29. A block of mass 2kg sliding on a smooth
6x 3Px horizontal surface with a uniform speed of 1 m
= s–1 is brought to rest by a spring in its path,
m m
which gets compressed by 2m in the process.
6
∴ P = = 2W What is the spring constant in Newton per
3 meter?
So, the engine develops a constant power output (P) 2 kg õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ yuee@keâ 1ms–1 keâer Skeâ meceeve
which is 2W. ieefle Skeâ meceleue #eweflepe melen hej efheâmeuelee nw Deewj
28. A ball strikes another ball, having four times Skeâ keâceeveer efmØebie Éeje yeerÛe ceW efJejece DeJemLee ceW
its mass, which is moving with one-third of its
velocity in the same direction. If the impact ueeÙee peelee nw, pees Øeef›eâÙee ceW 2 m mes mebheerefÌ[le nes
reduces the first ball to rest, the coefficient of peelee nw~ Øeefle ceeršj vÙetšve keâceeveer efmLejebkeâ keäÙee nesiee?
restitution is: 1
Skeâ ieWo Gmemes Ûeej iegveer õJÙeceeve Jeeueer otmejer ieWo mes (a) (b) 1
2
škeâjeleer nw Deewj pees Gmeer efoMee ceW Gmemes Skeâ efleneF& Jesie 3
kesâ meeLe Deeies yeÌ{ jner nw~ Ùeefo Ùen mebIeele henueer ieWo (c) 2 (d)
2
keâes efJejece DeJemLee ceW uee osleer nw, lees hegveefJe&lejCe Ans. (a) : The initial kinetic energy of the block is equal
iegCeebkeâ efkeâlevee nesiee? to the elastic potential energy stored in the compressed
3 3 spring when the block come to rest.
(a) (b)
4 8 1 1
KEi = mv 2 = × 2 × (1)2 = 1J.
5 7 2 2
(c) (d)
8 8 1 2
PEelastic = x
Ans. (d) : Let mass of the first ball = m1 2
So, mass of the second ball, m2 = 4m1 KEi = PE
Initial velocity of the first ball = u1 1
⇒ 1 = x2 × K
u1 2
Initial velocity of the second ball = u2 =
3 1
Final velocity of the first ball = v1 ⇒1 = × 2 × 2 × K
2
Final velocity of the second ball = v2 1
By the law of conservation of linear momentum. ⇒K = N/m
2
m1u1+m2u2 = m1v1+m2v2
u 30. Two bodies move under their mutual action
m1u1+ 4m1 × 1 = m1 × 0 + 4m1 × v 2 and reaction only. No external force is acting
3 on the system Based on the above examine the
(V1 = 0, since the ball is reduced to rest after the statements given below:
impact)
DSSSB PGT 81 YCT
oes efvekeâeÙe kesâJeue heejmheefjkeâ ef›eâÙee Deewj Øeefleef›eâÙee kesâ 1 1
(a) ML2 (b) ML2
lenle Ûeue jn nQ~ Gme efmemšce hej keâesF& yeenjer yeue keâece 3 6
veneR keâj jne nw~ 1 1
(c) ML2 (d) ML2
GheÙeg&òeâ kesâ DeeOeej hej veerÛes efoS ieS keâLeveeW keâer peebÛe 12 24
keâjW: Ans. (c) : L = Length of rod
(p) The centre of mass of the system moves M = Mass of rod
with an increasing velocity./ØeCeeueer kesâ Moment of Inertia of rod when the axis is perpendicular
õJÙeceeve keâe keWâõ yeÌ{les Jesie kesâ meeLe Ûeuelee nw~ to it and passes through its centre is given by-
2
(q) The centre of mass of the system moves M.O.I (I ) = ML
C
with a decreasing velocity./ØeCeeueer kesâ 12
õJÙeceeve keâe keWâõ Iešles Jesie kesâ meeLe Ûeuelee nw~ 33. A rod AB of length 6 m slides xy-plane with its
(r) The centre of mass moves with a uniform end A on the y-axis which is vertical. When the
velocity./ õJÙeceeve keâe keWâõ Skeâ meceeve Jesie kesâ rod malkes an angle 45º with the vertical, the
linear acceleration of A is 1 ms–2 down the y-
meeLe Ûeuelee nw~
axis. What is its angular acceleration at this
(s) It is possible to detect a frame of reference instant in radians sec–2?
in which the centre of mass is at rest./ meboYe&
6 m uebyee Skeâ ÚÌ[ AB xy-meceleue ceW Deheves A efmejs mes
kesâ Gme øesâce keâes Keespevee mebYeJe nw efpemeceW õJÙeceeve y-De#e kesâ veerÛes keâer Deesj nw~ Gme meceÙe ef$epÙee sec–2 hej
keâe keWâõ efJejece ceWW nes~ Gmekeâe keâesCeerÙe lJejCe keäÙee nesiee?
(a) Only (p) is true/kesâJeue (p) mener nw
 2  2  
(b) Only (q) is true/kesâJeue (q) mener nw (a)  1 −   in clockwise sense /
 6  6  
(c) Only (r) is true/kesâJeue (r) mener nw
(d) Both (r) and (s) are true/oesvees (r) Deewj (s) mener  2  2  
  1 −   keäuee@keâJeeFpe efoMee ceW
nQ~  6  6  
Ans. (d) : At any system, no external force is acting
[Fext = 0],  2  2  
(b)  1 −   in anticlockwise sense /
So, centre of mass moves with a uniform velocity and is  6  6  
at rest.
 2  2  
31. Seven particles of equal mass are placed at the   1 −   Sbšer-keäuee@keâJeeFpe efoMee ceW
angular points of a regular octagon. The C.M.  6  6  
of the system is found to be at a distance n OA
from O, the centre of the octagon, where A is  2  2  
(c)  1 −   in clockwise sense /
the unoccupied angular point. Then 'n' is equal  3  6  
to?
yejeyej õJÙeceeve kesâ meele keâCe mece De°Yegpe kesâ keâesCeerÙe  2  2  
 1 −  keäuee@keâJeeFpe efoMee ceW
efyebogDeeW hej jKes peeles nQ~ ØeCeeueer keâe meer.Sce De°Yegpe kesâ  3  6  
keWâõ O mes n OA otjer hej heeÙee peelee nw, peneb A Keeueer  2  2  
keâesCeerÙe efyebog nw~ lees 'n' efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesiee? (d)  1 −   in anticlockwise sense /
 3  6  
1 1
(a) (b)  2 
6 7 2  
  1 –   Sbšer-keäuee@keâJeeFpe efoMee ceW
1 1  3  6  
(c) (d)
8 14 Ans. (b) :
Ans. (b) : 34. A dice of mass 'm', which has a radius 'a' can
32. Determine the moment of inertia of a uniform rotate freely about a horizontal axis through 0.
rod of length L and mass M about an axis The distance of 0 from the centre of the dice is
passing through its C.M. and perpendicular to r (r < a). If the dice is released in this position it
the rod. acquires an angular acceleration arising out of
L uebyeeF& Deewj M õJÙeceeve Jeeues Skeâ meceeve ÚÌ[ keâe the torque due to the weight of the dice. Find
peÌ[lJe DeeIetCe& %eele keâjW efpemekeâe De#e Gmekesâ meer] Sce] mes the value of 'r' for which this angular
iegpejlee nw Deewj ÚÌ[ kesâ uebyeJele nw~ acceleration is maximum.
DSSSB PGT 82 YCT

'm' õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ ef[mkeâ, efpemekeâer ef$epÙee 'a' nw, (a) 9 : 1 (b) 3 :1
keâes #eweflepe De#e hej 0 mes cegòeâ ™he mes IegceeÙee pee (c) 9 : 2 (d) 3 : 1
mekeâlee nw~ ef[mkeâ kesâ keWâõ mes 0 keâer otjer r (r<a) nw~ Ùeefo Ans. (d) : Given that,
ef[mkeâ keâes Fme efmLeefle ceW ÚesÌ[ efoÙee peelee nw lees Ùen ω1 = 1 rev/sec
ef[mkeâ kesâ Jepeve kesâ keâejCe DeeIetCe& mes keâesCeerÙe lJejCe ω2 = 3 rev/sec
Øeehle keâjlee nw~ 'r' keâe Jen ceeve %eele keâjW efpemekesâ efueS I1
=?
keâesCeerÙe lJejCe DeefOekeâlece nw~ I2
a a So, Angular Momentum (L)
(a) (b) L = Iω = Constant
2 4
a a I1ω1 = I2 ω2
(c) (d) I1 ω2
2 2 2 =
I2 ω1
Ans. (c) : Considering dice as disc
τ = F.r I1 3
=
τ = mg.r I2 1
⇒ Iα = mgr 36. Two particles of masses 2 m and 3 m move
⇒ α = mgr/I under the influence of their mutual action and
Where, I is the moment of inertia. reaction only, no external force is acting on the
system. They execute uniform circular motion
For the maximum angular acceleration, about their common centre of mass, the
mgr mgr distance between them being 'R'. If the total
α= =
ma 2  a 2
 angular momentum of the system is L, then
+ mr 2 m  + r2  their angular velocities are:
2  2  2 m Deewj 3 m õJÙeceeve kesâ oes keâCe Deheves heejmheefjkeâ
dα  a 2 2  ef›eâÙee Deewj Øeefleef›eâÙee kesâ ØeYeeJe ceW ieefleceeve nQ~ keâesF&
=  + r  g – ( gr )( 2r ) = 0
dr  2  yeenjer yeue efmemšce hej keâeÙe& veneR keâj jne nw~ Jes
ga 2 2 õJÙeceeve kesâ Deheves meeceevÙe keWâõ keâer Deesj Skeâ meceeve
+ r g – 2gr 2 = 0
2 IeCe&ve ieefle efve<heeefole keâjles nQ, Gvekesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 'R'
ga 2 nw~ Ùeefo efmemšce keâe kegâue keâesCeerÙe mebJesie L nw, lees Gmekesâ
– gr 2 = 0
2 keâesCeerÙe Jesie keäÙee nesiee?
ga 2 L L
= gr 2 (a) 2
(b)
2 2mR 6mR 2
a2 5L L
⇒ r2 = (c) (d)
2 6mR 2 3mR 2
a Ans. (c) :
So, r=
2
35. A gymnast stands on a freely rotating platform
holding heavy weights in his hands. With his
arms stretched parallel to the platform, his
2m(R–x) = 3mx
rotational speed is 1 rev per sec, whereas when
2R
he draws them down along his body, his 2R–2x = 3x ⇒ 2R = 5x ⇒ x =
rotational speed increases to 3 rev per sec. The 5
ratio of his moment of inertial in the two cases 2R 3R
R–x = R – =
is: 5 5
Skeâ efpeceveemš Deheves neLeeW ceW Yeejer Jepeve ueskeâj Skeâ Total moment of inertia of the system is given by,
cegòeâ ™he mes Ietceles huesšheâe@ce& hej KeÌ[e neslee nw~ Deheveer  3R 
2
 2R 
2
I = m1r1 + m 2 r2 = 2m 
2 2
 + 3m  
yeeneW keâes huesšheâe@ce& kesâ meceeveeblej keâj Gmekeâer IetCe&ve ieefle sys  5   5 
1 rev per sec (Ûe›eâ Øeefle meskebâ[) nw, peyeefkeâ peye Jen 9R 2 4R 2
GvnW Deheves Mejerj kesâ meeLe KeeRÛelee nw, lees Gmekeâer IetCe&ve I sys = 2m × + 3m ×
25 25
ieefle 3 rev per sec (Ûe›eâ Øeefle meskebâ[) lekeâ yeÌ{ peeleer 18mR 2 + 12mR 2 30mR 2 6mR 2
nw~ oes efmLeefleÙeeW ceW peÌ[lJe DeeIegCe& keâe Devegheele keäÙee I sys = = =
25 25 5
nesiee? L = I.ω
DSSSB PGT 83 YCT
L L (c) Proportional to cot α/ cot α kesâ
meceevegheeleer
ω= =
I 6
mR 2 (d) Proportional to cot α / cot α kesâ meceevegheeleer
5 Ans. (b) :
5L
ω= Force on the particle along the chord = mg cosα
6mR 2
d
37. A ball is projected vertically upwards from a distance travelled by the particle =
point A to reach its greatest height B. It again cos α
returns to the point B. In course of the above where, d = diameter
journey is passes through two points P and Q at 2
twice (Q is above P). Now, which among the Verticle circle height, h =
2
following options is true?
2h
Skeâ ieWo keâes efyebog A mes TOJee&Oej ™he mes Thej keâer Deesj t2 =
heWâkeâe peelee nw leeefkeâ Ùen DeefOekeâlece TbÛeeF& B lekeâ a
hengbÛe mekesâ~ Ùen efheâj mes efyebog B hej Jeeheme Dee peeleer nw~ t=
2h
Ghejesòeâ Ùee$ee kesâ oewjeve Ùen ieWo oes efyebog P Deewj Q mes a
iegpejleer nw~ (Q P mes Thej nw)~ Deye, efvecveefueefKele Where, h = height, a = acceleration, t = time
efJekeâuheeW ceW mes keâewve mee efJekeäuehe meÛe nw? Hence, t is independent of α.
(a) Time of rise from P to Q is greater than Time 39. Which among the Kepler's laws of planetary
of fall from Q to P/ P mes Q lekeâ Thej peeves keâe motion would still remains valid had the
meceÙe Q mes P lekeâ efiejves kesâ meceÙe mes DeefOekeâ nw~ gravitational force not followed the inverse
(b) Time of rise from P to Q is equal to the Time square variation?
of fall from Q to P/ P mes Q lekeâ Thej peeves keâe «en ieefle kesâ kesâhuej kesâ keâevetveeW ceW mes keâewve mee leye Yeer
meceÙe Q mes P lekeâ efiejves kesâ meceÙe kesâ yejeyej nw~ JewOe jnsiee peye ie™leJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue efJehejerle Jeie& efYevvelee
(c) Time of rise from P to Q is less than Time of keâe heeueve veneR keâjlee?
fall from Q to P/P mes Q lekeâ Thej peeves keâe meceÙe
(a) Only First law/kesâJeue henuee efveÙece
Q mes P lekeâ efiejves kesâ meceÙe mes keâce nw~
(b) Only Third law/kesâJeue leermeje efveÙece
(d) (Time of rise from P to Q) plus (Time of fall
from Q to P) is equal to Half of the total time (c) First and Third law/henuee Deewj leermeje efveÙece
of flight./P mes Q lekeâ Thej peeves kesâ meceÙe Deewj Q mes (d) Only second law/kesâJeue otmeje efveÙece
P lekeâ efiejves kesâ meceÙe keâe Ùeesie kegâue GÌ[eve meceÙe kesâ Ans. (d) : Kepler's Second Law :-The area sweeped
DeeOes kesâ yejeyej nw~ out by radius vector sp in time dt is equal to the area of
Ans. (a) : Time of rise from P to Q is greater than time ∆SPQ
of fall from Q to P because when it goes in the upward
direction it is in opposite direction to the gravity due to
earth or we can say that when a body releases from
height it goes under the effect of gravity (i.e. attained
acceleration) so it takes lesser time than going upward
for the same PQ.
area traced out for the angular displacement dθ,

1
dA = SP × PQ
38. A chord is drawn from one end of the vertical 2
diameter to any point of a vertical circle. The 1 1
inclination of the chord to the vertical is 'α'. = r × rdθ = r 2 dθ
The time taken by a particle to slide down the 2 2
chord is: dA 1 2 dθ
Area velocity of radius, = r
TOJee&Oej JÙeeme kesâ Skeâ Úesj mes uebyeJele meke&âue kesâ dt 2 dt
efkeâmeer efyebog hej Skeâ leej KeeRÛee peelee nw~ TOJee&Oej mes  2 dθ 
leej keâer PegkeâeJe 'α' nw~ leej mes efheâmeueves Jeeues Skeâ keâCe r = constant = h 
 dt 
Éeje efueÙee ieÙee meceÙe kewâmee nesiee? dA 1 2 dθ h
(a) Proportional to cos α/cos α kesâ meceevegheeleer area velocity = = r = = constant
dt 2 dt 2
(b) Independent of α/α mes mJeleb$e This is Kepler's Second Law.
DSSSB PGT 84 YCT

40. A spherical shell (i.e. hollow sphere) is made in GM  1 
a steel sphere of radius 'R' such that the shell = 2 1 – 2
 8  1 – R  
x
passes through the centre of the original steel
sphere. The mass of the steel sphere was 'M'. It   2x  
is found that the force of attraction exerted by Force on particle m,
this partly hollow sphere on a particle of mass GMm  1 
'm' which lies at a distance 'x' from the centre F= m Enet = 2  1– 2
... (i)
 8 1 – R  
x
of the steel sphere on the straight line joining
the centers of the sphere and the hollow sphere   2x  
Given expression,
GMm  1 
is  1 -  . Then y is equal to: GMm  1 
x 2  8y 2  F' = 2 1 – 2  ... (ii)
x  8y 
Skeâ ieesueekeâej Keesue (Ùeeveer KeesKeuee ieesuee) 'R'
Compare equation (i) and (ii) we get
ef$epÙee kesâ Skeâ Fmheele ieesues ceW Ssmes yeveeÙee peelee nw efkeâ
 R 
Keesue cetue Fmheele ieesues kesâ keWâõ mes ieg]pejlee nw~ Fmheele y = 1 – 
 2x 
#es$e keâe õJÙeceeve 'M' Lee~ Ùen heeÙee peelee nw efkeâ Fme
41. The polar equation of the orbit of a particle
DeebefMekeâ KeesKeues ieesues Éeje õJÙeceeve 'm' kesâ keâCe hej moving under a central force is given by
Deekeâ<e&Ce yeue pees ieesues kesâ keWâõeW mes pegÌ[ves Jeeueer meerOeer r = e– θ. The force is:
jsKee hej Fmheele ieesues kesâ keWâõ mes otjer 'x' hej efmLele nw Skeâ keWâõ yeue kesâ lenle Skeâ keâCe keâer keâ#ee kesâ OeÇgJeerÙe
GMm  1  meceerkeâjCe r = e–θθ Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw~ Jen yeue keäÙee
Deewj Jen KeesKeuee ieesue 2  1 - 2  nw~ lees y nw?
x  8y 
yejeyej efkeâmekesâ nw? (a) Repulsive and varies as r–4/Øeeflekeâ<e&keâ Deewj r–4 keâer
lejn yeouelee nw~
 R   R 
(a) 1 −  (b) 1 +  (b) Attractive and varies as r–4/Deekeâ<e&keâ Deewj r–3 keâer
 2x   2x  lejn yeouelee nw~
 R  R (c) Repulsive and varies as r–3/Øeeflekeâ<e&keâ Deewj r–3 keâer
(c) 1 −  (d) 1 + 
 x  x lejn yeouelee nw~
Ans. (a) : (d) Attractive and varies as r–3/Deekeâ<e&keâ Deewj r–3 keâer
Density of Solid Sphere, lejn yeouelee nw~
ρ=
M
=
M Ans. (d) : Given Central Force r = e–θ
V 4 d2u
πR 3 1
u = = eθ , = eθ
3 r dθ2
3
M 4 R Equation of orbit
M' = × π
4 3 3  2  d2u m 1
πR +u = – 2 2 f 
3 dθ 2
ℓ u u
M –m  1 
M' = eθ + eθ = f 
8 ℓ2 u 2  u 
Where, M = Mass of solid sphere 2
 1  –2ℓ
R = Radius of Solid Sphere f = u ⋅ u2
R  u  m
Radius of spherical cavity = 1
2 f(r)∝ 3
M' = Mass of spherical cavity r
Hence, force attractive and varies as r–3.
Gravitation field at the point P of the sphere is E1 .
42. Find the force of attraction between a thin
Now the Gravitational Field due to this spherical cavity uniform rod of length 20 cm and on a mass 1
at P is E 2 kg located outside the rod on the same line as
The Net Gravitational Field at P is the rod and at a distance 10 cm from an end.
E net = E 2 – E1 The mass of the rod is 2 kg.
efkeâmeer ÚÌ[ keâer lejn Gmeer jsKee kesâ yeenj efmLele 1 kg
GM GM ' õJÙeceeve hej Skeâ 20 cm uebyeer heleueer Skeâ meceeve ÚÌ[
= 2 – 2
x  R Deewj Skeâ efmejs mes 10 cm otjer kesâ yeerÛe Deekeâ<e&Ce yeue
x – 
 2 keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~ Gme ÚÌ[ keâe õJÙeceeve 2 kg nw~
DSSSB PGT 85 YCT
G 2G (a) 81 F (b) 144 F
(a) × 10 2 N (b) × 102 N
2 2 64
(c) 972 F (d) F
G 3G 3
(c) × 102 N (d) × 102 N
3 2 Ans. (c) : Given that,
Ans. (b) : Given that, radius,
r1 = 6 cm = 0.06 cm,
r2 = 72 cm = 0.72 cm
Area,
π π
A1 = r12 = ( 0.06 ) = 36×104 cm2
2
ℓ = 20cm = 0.2m 4 4
π π
a = 10 cm = 0.1m A2 = r22 = ( 0.72 ) = 72 × 72 × 104 cm 2
2
M = 2 kg 4 4
m = 1 kg We know that,
G = Gravitational constant F1ℓ1 = F2 ℓ 2
Force of attraction between thin uniform rod F1 ℓ 2 27
GMm = =
F= F2 ℓ 1 4
a (ℓ + a )
A 2 72 × 72
G × 2 ×1 = = 144
= A1 36
0.1( 0.2 + 0.1) F
Pressure, P =
2G A
=
0.03 F1 F
= 2
2G A1 A 2
F= × 102 N
3 F × A2 27
43. There is small hole on one side of a cartoon (25 ⇒ F2 = 1 = × 144
A1 4
cm × 10 cm × 4 cm) at a point 1 cm below the
top. Juice of density 2 gcm–3 is leaking out F2 = 972 F
through the hole at a constant rate of 10 g/min. 45. The elastic limit of a typical rock is 'E' in
What will be the pressure of the juice at the newtons/metre2, the Bulk Modulus and mean
bottom of the cartoon 5 min after the juice density of the rock are B and ρ respectively in
started leaking through the hole? (g = 10 ms–2) newton/metre2 and kg/m3. Estimate the
Meer<e& mes 1 cm veerÛes Skeâ efyebog hej Skeâ keâeš&ve (25 maximum height of a mountain in earth.
cm×10 cm × 4 cm) kesâ Skeâ lejheâ Skeâ Úesše Úso Skeâ efJeefMe° Ûeóeve keâer ØelÙeemLee meercee newtons/
neslee nw~ 2 gcm–3 IevelJe Jeeuee jme Úso mes 10 g/min meter2 ceWs 'E' nw~ DeeÙeleve iegCeebkeâ Deewj Ûeóeve keâe
keâer efmLej oj mes efjme jne nw~ Úso mes jme keâe efjmeeJe Meg™ Deewmele IevelJe newton/meter2 Deewj kg/m3 ceW ›eâceMe:
nesves kesâ 5 min yeeo keâeš&ve kesâ veerÛes jme keâe oyeeJe B Deewj P nQ~ he=LJeer ceW Gme heneÌ[ keâer DeefOekeâlece TbÛeeF&
keäÙee nesiee? (ceeve ueerefpeS g = 10 ms–2) keâe Devegceeve ueieeSb~
(a) 780 N/m 2
(b) 390 N/m 2
E ( E − B)
(a) (b)
(c) 260 N/m2 (d) 650 N/m2 ρg ρg
Ans. (a) : j B 3E
(c) (d)
44. The radil of the small and large piston of a ρg 2ρg
hydraulics press are respectively 6 cm and 72
cm. It is worked by a hand lever whose arms Ans. (a) : Let the maximum height of Mountain be =
ratio is 4 : 27. If a force F newton is applied on hmax
the handle of the lever, what is the force ∴Pressure at the bottom
developed by the large piston in newton? P = hρg ... (i)
neF[êsefuekeâ Øesme kesâ Úesšs Deewj yeÌ[s efhemšve keâer ef$epÙee For the mountain to be stable
›eâceMe: 6 cm Deewj 72 cm nw~ Ùen Skeâ nmle ueerJej Éeje hρg = breaking stress
keâece keâjlee nw efpemekeâer YegpeeSb keâe Devegheele 4 : 27 nw~ hρg = Elastic limit
Ùeefo ueerJej kesâ nQ[ue hej Skeâ yeue F vÙetšve ueeiet efkeâÙee ⇒ hρg = E
peelee nw, lees yeÌ[s efhemšve Éeje hewoe efkeâÙee ieÙee yeue ⇒ E
hmax =
vÙetšve ceW keäÙee nesiee? ρg
DSSSB PGT 86 YCT

46. Two spherical drops of water of the same size Consider both the area of slab,
attain terminal velocities of magnitude 0.1 ms–1. 2×area = Length × Thickness
In the process of falling they collapse to form a ⇒ 2A = L×t
single drop. What will be the new terminal 2A 2 × 0.02 103
velocity?/Skeâ ner Deekeâej keâer heeveer keâer oes ieesueekeâej ⇒ L= = =
t 8 × 10 –5 2
yetboW 0.1 ms heefjceeCe keâe Ûejce Jesie Øeehle keâjleer nQ~
–1
F
efiejves keâer Øeef›eâÙee ceW Jes Skeâ yetbo yeveeves kesâ efueS Jes efceue σ=
L
peeleer nQ~ veÙee Ûejce Jesie efkeâlevee nesiee? Force (F) = σ.L
1 1/ 3 –1 1 2/ 3 103
(a) 2 ms (b) 2 ms–1 = 0.07 × =
70
= 35N
10 10 2 2
1 1 1/ 3 –1 48. The base of a steel saucepan has a diameter of
(c) 22/ 3 ms–1 (d) 2 ms
5 20 24 cm at 20ºC. What will be the increase in
Ans. (b) : Given, Terminal Velocity (VT) = 0.1 m/s area of the base of the saucepan when it is filled
We know that Vr ∝ r 2 with boiling water? It is given that coefficient
of linear expansion of steel = 1.2×10–5 ºC–1.
Where,
R = Large Radius of drop mšerue mee@mehewve kesâ DeeOeej keâe JÙeeme 20 ºC hej 24 cm
r = Small radius of drop nw~ Gyeueles heeveer mes Yejves kesâ yeeo mee@mehewve kesâ DeeOeej kesâ
Vr = Velocity #es$eheâue ceW Je=efæ keäÙee nesieer? Ùen efoÙee ieÙee nw efkeâ
VT = Terminal Velocity Fmheele kesâ jwefKekeâ efJemleej keâe iegCeebkeâ = 1.2 × 10–5 ºC–
Equating of volume, we have 1
nw
VL = V S (a) 123× 8π× 10–6 cm2 (b) 123×16π×10–6 cm2
4 3 4 3 (c) 123×8π×10–5 cm2 (d) 123×16π×10–5 cm2
πR = πr (Two sperical drop = 2)
3 3 Ans. (d) : Given, diameter = 2r = 24 cm
VL = VS = Volume ⇒ r = 12 cm
4 3 4 3 Temperature = 20ºC
⇒ πR = 2  πr 
3 3  Linear Expansion Coefficient (α) = 1.2×10–5 ºC–1
1
R 1 Area Expansion Coefficient, β = 2α = 2×1.2×10–5 =
R = 2 ⋅r ⇒3
= ( 2) 3 2.4×10–5/ºC
r
Area of Saucepan, A = πr2 = π(12)2 = 144π
1 2
VT  R   3 
' 2
Temperature of boiling water is 100ºC
=   =  2 
VT  r    ∆T = T1–T2 = 100–20 = 80ºC
∆A
VT' = β∆T
= 22 / 3 ⋅ VT = 22 / 3 ⋅ 0.1 A
V
⇒ ∆A = Aβ∆T = 144π×80×2.4×10–5
2/3 1
VT = 2 ⋅ m/s
'
= 123×16π×10–5
10 49. A thermodynamic process undergone by a
47. Calculate the force required to separate two perfect gas is depicted in the P–V diagram as
glass plates of area 0.02 sq metre with a film of ∠MNL. It is given that V2 = 2V1, P2 = 2P1.
water 8×10–5 metre thick between them. Obtain TM, TN in terms of TL (symbols have
Surface tension of water = 0.07 Nm–1.
their meanings)/Skeâ hetCe& iewme Éeje T<ceeieeflekeâer
#es$eheâue keâer oes MeerMee huesšdme efpevekesâ yeerÛe 8 × 10–5 Øeef›eâÙee P-V DeejsKe ceW TM , TN keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~
ceesšer peue efheâuce nw keâes Deueie keâjves kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ (ØeleerkeâeW keâe Gvekeâe meeceevÙe DeLe& nw)
yeue keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~ peue keâe melen leveeJe = 0.07
Nm–1|
(a) 28 N (b) 30 N
(c) 35 N (d) 40 N
Ans. (c) : Given,
Area, A = 0.02 m2
Thickness, t = 8×10–5 m
Surface Tension, σ = 0.07 N/m
Force (a) 2TL, T1 (b) 4TL, 2T1
Surface tension, σ = (c) 3TL, (1.5) T1 (d) TL, 2T1
Length
DSSSB PGT 87 YCT
Ans. (b): Given, V2 = 2V1, P2 = 2P1 the cylinder is V, its cross-section area α.
Thermodynamic process in MN Assume that 'x' is very small, so that the terms
P∝T ... (i) involving x2 and higher powers can be
PV = mRT neglected. The original pressure applied by the
P = Pressure, V = Volume, T = Temperature piston is 'P'.
P1 P2 Skeâ 2l uebyes efmebueW[j, efpecemeW 1L iewme Yejer nw, keâes 'm'
=
T1 T2 õJÙeceeve Jeeuee efhemšve oes yejeyej YeeieeW ceW efJeYeeefpele
P1 2P1 keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo efhemšve keâes 'x' otjer kesâ peefjS yeeFË Deesj
=
T1 T2 jKee peelee nw Deewj Gmes Ûeueves efoÙee peelee nw, lees efhemšve
T2 = 2T1 kesâ DeeJesMe keâer DeeJe=efòe keâes %eele keâjW Ùeefo Øeef›eâÙee
In term of M, TM = 2TN meceleeheerÙe (DeeFmeesLejsdceueer) nesleer nw~ efmeueW[j keâe
Thermodynamic process in LN (Isobaric process) - DeeÙeleve V, Fmekeâe heej DevegYeeieerÙe (›eâe@me meskeäMeve)
V∝T ... (ii)
#es$e α nw~ ceeve ueerefpeS 'x' Flevee Úesše nw, efkeâ x2 Deewj
V1 V2
= GÛÛe Meefòeâ keâes Meeefceue keâejkeâ vepejDeboepe efkeâÙee pee
T1 T2
mekeâles nQ~ efhemšve Éeje ueeiet cetue oyeeJe 'P' nw~
V1 2V1
=
T1 T2 1 2Pα 1 PV
(a) (b)
⇒ T2 = 2T1 2π ml 2π ml
In term of N, 1 PV 1 PV
TN = 2TL (c) (d)
2π mα 2π mα
TM = 2TN
TM Ans. (*) : Given,
= 2TL
2
TM = 4TL
50. Which among the following processes can
never be reversible?
efvecveefueefKele Øeef›eâÙeeDeeW ceW mes keâewve mee Gl›eâceCeerÙe veneR
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw?
(a) Electrolysis/efJeÅegle DeheIešve
(b) Isothermal compression/meceleeheerÙe mebheerÌ[ve Mass of Piston = m
(c) Free expansion/cegòeâ efJemleej Gas contained = 1L
(d) Extension of a spring load/ Area of cross section = α
under a
uees[ kesâ lenle keâceeveer keâe efJemleej Pressure = P
Ans. (c) : • A system that undergoes an irreversible Given, the process done under constant temperature i.e.
process may still be capable of returning to its initial isothermally. So, according to the Boyle's law,
state. P1 ( 2ℓ – x ) = P2 ( qℓ + x ) α = P.2ℓ.α
• An irreversible process increases the entropy of the
universe. 2px [ α ( 2ℓ )]
⇒ F = (P1–P2)×α =
Example of irreversible processes - ( 2ℓ )2 – ( x ) 2
• Free Expansion. 2pVx
• Transfer of electricity through a resistor. ⇒ F=
( 2ℓ )2 – ( x ) 2
• Mixing of the matter of different states.
For small deflection of piston, x<< 2ℓ , x2 can be
• Energy Transfer as heat with finite temperature
difference. neglected.
• Motion against friction. Then, in such case, force will be quasi-elastic and
• Mixture of non-identical gases. oscillations will be harmonic, then,
51. A cylinder of length 2l contains a gas 1L is 2pVx
F=
divided into two equal parts by a piston of mass ( 2ℓ ) 2
'm'. If the piston is displaced to the left through Since, F = kx
a distance 'x' and let go, then find the 2pVx PV
frequency of the oscillation of the piston if the ⇒ k = =
( 2ℓ )2 x 2ℓ 2
process takes place isothermally. The volume of
DSSSB PGT 88 YCT
In SHM, 5R
CP = CV+R = +R
1 k 2
frequency, f = 7R
2π m CP =
2
1 PV
= CP 7
2π 2mℓ 2 γ1 = =
CV 5
Note : Official answer given by commission is option
(b). f 3
For mono- atomic gases, CV = R = R
52. A thermodynamic system undergoes a change 2 2
from a state '1' to state '2' described by the co- 3R 5R
CP = CV+R = +R =
ordinates (P1V1T1) and (P2V2T2) respectively, 2 2
where the symbols have their usual meanings. CP 5
The equation of state of the system is known. γ2 = =
Now, on the basis of above examine which one CV 3
of the following can be calculated? γ1 7 3 21
= × =
Skeâ T<ceeieeflekeâer ØeCeeueer DeJemLee '1' mes DeJemLee '2' ceW γ 2 5 5 25
heefjJele&ve mes iegpejleer nw, lees ›eâceMe: efveoxMeebkeâ (P1V1T1) 54. Argon gas at atmospheric pressure and at 27º
Deewj (P2V2T2) mes JeefCe&le nw, peneb ØeleerkeâeW keâe C is kept confined in a vessel of volume 1 m3.
mJeeYeeefJekeâ DeLe& neslee nw~ ØeCeeueer DeJemLee keâe The effective diameter of argon atom is 3 A.U.
meceerkeâjCe %eele nw~ Deye, Ghejesòeâ hejer#eCe kesâ DeeOeej hej Determine the mean free path (apx).
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmekeâer ieCevee keâer pee mekeâleer nw? (1 atom pressure = 105 N/m2, KB
(p) the amount of heat added to the system/ ≅ 2 ×10-23 J/K )
ØeCeeueer ceW pees[er ieF& ieceea keâer Ùee$ee JeeÙegceb[ueerÙe oyeeJe Deewj 27 ºC hej Deeie&ve iewme 1 m3
(q) the change in the internal energy of the DeeÙeleve Jeeues penepe (Jesmesue) ceW meerefcele keâer peeleer nw~
system/ ØeCeeueer keâer Deebleefjkeâ Tpee& ceW heefjJele&ve Deeie&ve hejceeCeg keâe ØeYeeJeer JÙeeme 3 A.U. nw~ ceeOce cegòeâ
(r) the total heat content of the system/ ØeCeeueer heLe (ueieYeie) %eele keâjW~
keâe kegâue ieceea lelJe (1 hejceeCeg oyeeJe = 105 N/m2 , kB ≅ 2 ×10-23 J/K )
(s) the work done on the system/efmemšce hej 10-6 10−6
efkeâÙee ieÙee keâece (a) m (b) m
π 2π
(a) (q) (b) (p)
(c) (r) (d) (s) 10−6 10−6
(c) m (d) m
Ans. (b) : The state of a system is defined by ascribing 4π 3π
values to a sufficient number of variable. Ans. (d) : Given, T = 27ºC = 27+273 = 300K
• In thermodynamic system, the state of a system can be 1Å = 1×10–10 m
represented by specifying its pressure P, volume V and d = 3 Å = 3×10–10 m
5 2
temperature T provided the system is in equilibrium, Pressure, P = 10 N/m
where P, V and T are represented in the form of KB ≅ 2 × 10 –23 J / K
coordinates. V = 1 m3
53. The ratio of specific heats at constant pressure K BT
and constant volume of a diatomic gas is γ1 Mean free path, λ =
2πd 2 PV
and that for a mono atomic gas is γ 2 . Then γ1 :
2 × 10–23 × 300
γ 2 is: =
2 × π × ( 3 × 10−10 ) × 105 × 1
2
efkeâmeer [eÙecewefcekeâ iewme kesâ efmLej oyeeJe Deewj efmLej

3 × 10−21 10−6
DeeÙeleve hej efJeefMe° T<cee keâe Devegheele γ1 nw Deewj Ùen = −
=
π × 9 × 10 15 3π
ceesvees hejceCeg iewme kesâ efueS γ1: γ2 efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesiee?
55. The efficiency of a reversible engine is 20% on
(a) 4 : 5 (b) 5 : 3 reducing the temperature of the sink by 20ºC,
(c) 21 : 25 (d) 24 : 25 the efficiency increases by 25%. Find the
Ans. (c) : CP–CV = R ... (i) original temperature of the source in degree
C f centigrade./efkeâmeer efjJeefme&yeue Fbpeve keâer o#elee efmebkeâ
γ = P , CV = R kesâ leeheceeve keâes 20ºC lekeâ keâce keâjves hej 20% nw,
CV 2
5
o#elee 25% yeÌ{ peeleer nw~ œeesle keâe cetue leeheceeve
For dia -atomic gases, CV = R ef[«eer meWšer«es[ ceW #eele keâjW~
2
DSSSB PGT 89 YCT
(a) 77 (b) 107 A2(sin2φ+cos2φ) = 169
(c) 127 (d) 147 A2 = 169
Ans. (c) : Given, A = 169
Efficiency, η1 = 20% = 0.20 A = 13 cm
and η2 = 25% = 0.25 57. A particle of mass 'm' is subject to two forces,
T Fx = -mω 2 x;Fy = -mω 2 y in two mutually
ηcarnot = ηrev = 1 – 2
T1
perpendicular directions. It obeys the initial
T1 = Source temperature dy
T2 = Sink temperature, (T2) New = T2 – 20 condition: x = = 0 . Had the forces acted
dt
T individually, each would have led to SHMs of
η1 = 1 – 2
T1 unequal amplitudes. (The symbols have their
T2 usual meanings). What would be trajectory of
⇒ 0.20 = 1 – = 0.80 the resultant motion of the particle?
T1
'm' õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ keâCe oes yeueeW kesâ DeOeerve nw, Fx =
⇒ T2 = 0.80 T1 ... (i)
– mωω2 x ; Fy = – mω ω2 y oes hejmhej uebyeJele efoMeebS nw~
( T2 ) New T2 – 20 dy
η2 = 1 – ⇒ 0.25 = 1– ⇒ Ùen ØeejbefYekeâ efmLeefle: x = = 0 keâe heeueve keâjlee nw~
T1 T1 dt
T2 – 20
= 0.75 Deiej yeueeW ves Dekesâues keâeÙe& ner efkeâÙee neslee, lees ØelÙeskeâ
T1 keâe Demeceeve DeeÙeece keâe Sme.SÛe.Sce. neslee~ (ØeleerkeâeW
0.80T1 – 20 keâe Gvekeâe mJeeYeeefJekeâ DeLe& nw)~ keâCe keâer heefjCeeceer
⇒ = 0.75
T1 ieefle keâe Øe#esheJekeâ keäÙee nesiee?
⇒ 0.80T1–20 = 0.75T1 (a) Ellipse/oerIe&Je=òe
⇒ 0.05T1 = 20 (b) Circle/Je=òe
20 (c) Hyperbola/DeeflehejJeueÙe
T1 =
0.05 (d) Parabola/hejJeueÙe
T1 = 400 Ans. (a) : Given,
So, T1 = 400–273 = 127ºC The force in the x-direction is,
56. The displacement vs. time equation of an Fx = –mω2x and
  πt   πt   Fy = –mω2y, is in the y direction
S.H.M. is x = 5cos   + 12sin    , where Both of the particles have the same angular frequency ω
  8  8 
and are proportional to position of the particle in their
'x' is in cm, and 't' is in sec, find its amplitude. respective direction.
Sme. SÛe] Sce] kesâ efJemLeeheve yeveece meceÙe keâe meceerkeâjCe • In S.H.M, the trajectory of the particle depends on the
  πt   πt   ratio of amplitudes of the motion in the x and y
x = 5 cos   + 12sin    , nw, peneb 'x' cm ceW direction.
  8  8 
If the ratio of the amplitudes is not equal to 1, the
nw, Deewj 't' meskebâ[ ceW nw~ Fmekeâe DeeÙeece %eele keâjW~ trajectory will be an ellipse.
π If the ratio of the amplitudes is equal to 1. The
(a) 17 cos cm (b) 8.5 cm trajectory will be a circle.
8
(c) 17 cm (d) 13 cm • Since the force in this case would have led to S.H.M.
of unequal amplitude, the ratio of the amplitude is not
Ans. (d) : Given, S.H.M. Equation- equal to 1 (especially less than 1).
  πt   πt   • Therefore, the trajectory of the resultant motion of the
x = 5cos   + 12sin    ... (i)
  8   8  particle will be an ellipse. So option (a) is right.
We know that, 58. A particle of mass 10 g is executing S.H.M. of
y = A sin(ωt+φ) amplitude 2 cm. When the particle passes
through its mean position, its energy is 2×10–4
y = A{sin ωt.cosφ + sinφ.cosωt }
J. Obtain the equation of motion of the particle
y = Asinωt.cosφ + Asinφ.cosωt ... (ii) if its epoch is 30º. It is given that at the initial
Comparing the equation (i) and (ii), we get instant, its position is increasing with time.
A cosφ= 5, A sinφ = 12 Express position (x) in metres and time (t)
A2cos2φ + A2sin2φ = 25+144 in sec.
DSSSB PGT 90 YCT

10 g õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ keâCe 2 cm DeeÙeece keâe ØeCeeueer Skeâ veS DeeJeefOekeâ yeue, F = 10 cost kesâ
Sme.SÛe.Sce. efve<heeefole keâj jne nw~ peye keâCe Deheveer DeOeerve nw, lees DeefveJeeÙe& heefjmebÛejCe Deewj cetue kebâheve kesâ
Deewmele efmLeefle mes iegpejlee nw, lees Fmekeâer Tpee& 2×10–4 J yeerÛe ÛejCe Deblej keäÙee nesiee?
nesleer nw~ Ùeefo Fmekeâe 30º nes lees keâCe kesâ ieefle keâe 3
meceerkeâjCe %eele keâjW~ Ùen ØeejbefYekeâ meceÙe ceW efoÙee ieÙee (a) tan–1 4
nw, Fmekeâer efmLeefle meceÙe kesâ meeLe yeÌ{ jner nw~ efmLeefle (x) 2
ceeršj ceW Deewj meceÙe (t) meskebâ[ ceW JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ (b) tan–1 3
 π 1
(a) x= (0.01) sin 10t +  (c) tan −1
 3 2
 π 4
(b) x = (0.02) sin 10t +  (d) tan–1 3
 6
 π Ans. (a) :
(c) x = (0.02)sin  20t + 
 3 60. When the temperature of air increases from
 π 30ºC to tº C, the velocity of sound in air
(d) x = (0.01)sin  20t +  (assumed to behave like a perfect gas) increases
 6
by 1.64% (apx). Find 't' (nearest to whole
Ans. (b) : Given that, number)
Mass, m = 10 g = 0.01 kg peye nJee keâe leeheceeve 30 ºC t mes ºC lekeâ yeÌ{ peelee
Energy (K.E) = 2×10–4 J nw, lees nJee ceW OJeefve keâer ieefle (ceeve ueerefpeS Ùen Skeâ
Amplitude, A = 2 cm = 0.02 m,
hetCe& iewme keâer lejn JÙeJenej keâjleer nw) 1.64%(ueieYeie
π
φ = 30º = yeÌ{ peeleer nw~ 't' (mebhetCe& mebKÙee kesâ keâjerye) keâe ceeve
3
Kinetic Energy of particle
%eele keâjW~
1 (a) 35 (b) 40
K.E = mv2 ... (i) (c) 45 (d) 48
2
In S.H.M. at velocity mean position Ans. (b) : Speed of sound in air is given by,
(V=ωA) γRT
V=
1 M
K.E = Mv 2
2 ⇒ V∝ T
1
2×10–4 = × ( 0.01) × ( ωA )
2
V1 T
2 ⇒ = 1 ... (i)
V2 T2
1
2×10–4 = × ( 0.01) × ω2 × ( 0.02 )
2
2 Given, V2 = V1+1.64% of V1
ω2 = 100 Let, V1 = V
ω = 10 1.64
⇒ V2 = V+ V
The Equation of S.H.M. y = A sin (ωt +φ) 100
 π  101.64 
y = 0.02 sin 10t +  =  V
 3  100 
59. A body of mass 0.2 kg is suspended from a V 273 + 30
Now, = [From (i)]
spring of force constant 1 Nm–1. A damping  101.64  273 + t
 V
force acts on the system such that the resistive  100 
force is 6 N corresponding to an instantaneous
velocity of 10 ms–1. If the system is now subject 100 303
⇒ =
to a periodic force, F = 10 cos t, then what 101.64 t + 273
would be the phase difference between the t + 273 101.64
⇒ = = 1.0164
force oscillation and the original vibration? 303 100
0.2 kg õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ efheb[ 1 Nm–1 yeue mes efkeâmeer ⇒ t+273 = 303×1.0164
keâceeveer (efmØebie) mes ueškeâeÙee ieÙee nw~ ØeCeeueer hej Skeâ ⇒ t+273 = 313.019
DeJecebove yeue Fme lejn keâeÙe& keâjlee nw efkeâ ØeeflejesOeer ⇒ t = 313.019–273 = 40
yeue 6 N leelkeâeefuekeâ Jesie 10 ms–1 kesâ Deveg™he nw~ Ùeefo So, required temperature is 40ºC
DSSSB PGT 91 YCT
61. A train is approaching a massive hill with a
1 T 1 T
speed of 55 km/hr. It sounds whistle of = =
frequency 570 Hz when it is at some distance 2ℓ πr 2ρ 2ℓr πρ
from the hill. A wind with a speed of 45 km/hr n1 ℓ 2 r2 T1 ρ2
is blowing in the direction of motion of the = ⋅ ⋅
train. Find the frequency of the whistle as n 2 ℓ1 r1 T2 ρ1
heard by an observer on the hill. (velocity of n1 25 1
sound in air = 1150 km/hr) = × × 2×3
240 48 3
Skeâ š^sve 55 km/hr keâer jheäleej mes Skeâ efJeMeeue heneÌ[er n1 25
keâer Deesj pee jner nw~ Ùen heneÌ[er mes kegâÚ otjer hej nesves hej ⇒ =
240 24
DeeJe=efòe 570 Hz keâer meeršer yepeeleer nw~ š^sve keâer ieefle keâer ⇒ n1 = 250 Hz
efoMee ceW 45 km/hr keâer ieefle mes nJee yen jner nw~ heneÌ[er Thus,beat frequency, n = n1–n2 = 250–240 = 10 Hz
hej Skeâ heÙe&Jes#ekeâ Éeje megveer ieF& meeršer keâer DeeJe=efòe %eele ohm
keâjW~ (nJee ceW OJeefve keâer Jesie = 1150 km/hr) 63. =?
henry
(a) 595 Hz (b) 597.5 Hz
(a) S (b) S–1
(c) 585 Hz (d) 580.5 Hz –2
(c) S (d) S2
Ans. (b) : Vt = 55 km/h
ohm R
fs = 570 Hz Ans. (b) : =
Vw = 45 km/hr henry L
Vs = 1150 km/hr L
⇒ = Second
Frequency of Whiste R
 Vs + Vw  R Ohm Ω
f ' = fs   Unit of = = = sec –1
 Vs + Vw – Vt  L Henry H
Where,
 1150 + 45 
f ' = 570 ×  R = Resistance
1150 + 45 – 55 
' L = inductance
f = 597.5 Hz
64. Given below is the equation of radioactive
62. Two wires are fixed on a sonometer. The length decay and the expression for centrifugal force
of the wires are in the ratio 48 : 25, their on a particle of mass 'm' moving with the
diameters are in the ratio 3 :1. The densities of uniform angular velocity ω, N = No–λλt, F = mω ω2r
the material of the wires are in the ratio 1 : 9. If
(symbols have their usual meanings)
the tensions in the wire are in the ratio 4 : 1,
Then find the frequency of beats produced if λ in the first equation has the same dimension
the note of the lower pitch is 240 Hz. as that of what on the right hand side of the
Skeâ meesveesceeršj hej oes leej yeebOes ieS nQ~ leejeW keâer uebyeeF& second equation?
48 : 25 Devegheele ceW nw, Gvekeâe JÙeeme 3 : 1 Devegheele ceW
veerÛes jsef[ÙeesOeceea #eÙe keâe meceerkeâjCe Deewj 'r' ef$epÙee kesâ
nQ~ leejeW keâer Oeeleg keâe IevelJe 1 : 9 ceW Devegheele nw~ Ùeefo Skeâ Je=òe ceW Skeâ meceeve keâesCeerÙe Jesie 'ω ω' kesâ meeLe
leej ceW leveeJe 4 : 1 Devegheele ceW nes lees efveÛeues efheÛe kesâ ieefleceeve 'm' õJÙeceeve kesâ keâCe hej keWâõehemeejkeâ yeue keâe
veesš 240 Hz nesves hej hewoe ngF& Pebkeâej keâer DeeJe=efòe %eele JÙebpekeâ efoÙee ieÙee nw~
keâjW~ N = N0 e–λλt, F = mω
ω2r (ØeleerkeâeW keâe Gvekeâe mJeeYeeefJekeâ
(a) 10 Hz (b) 12 Hz DeLe& nw)
(c) 15 Hz (d) 5 Hz keäÙee henues meceerkeâjCe ceW λkeâe meceeve DeeÙeece nw pewmee
Ans. (a) : Given, efkeâ otmejs meceerkeâjCe kesâ oeFË Deesj neslee nw?
ℓ 1 48 d 3 (a) m (b) ω2
Length of wire ratio = = , diameter ratio 1 =
ℓ 2 25 d2 1 (c) ω (d) r
ρ1 1 Ans. (c) : Equation of radioactive decay
density ratio, =
ρ2 9 N = N 0 e – λt
T1 4 Equation of certifugal force is
Tension ratio, =
T2 1 F = mrω2
Lower frequency, n 2 = 240 Hz dimension/unit of λ is second–1 i.e s–1.
In second equation ω i.e angular velocity have
Frequency, n =
1 T unit/dimension as s–1. So, λ and ω have same
2ℓ m dimension.
DSSSB PGT 92 YCT

65. A2S4kg–1m–2 is equivalent to: (r) Using the observed value a graph of u vs v
A2 S4 kg–1 m–2 efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nw? was drawn and f was calculated by choosing u
(a) (farad)–1 (b) ohm –v values from a point on the graph./ u Deewj v kesâ
(c) mho (d) farad/hewâje[ osKes ieS ceeve keâe GheeÙeesie keâjkesâ «eeheâ KeeRÛee ieÙee Deewj
C Columb f kesâ ceeve keâer ieCevee «eeheâ hej Skeâ efyebog mes u - v keâe
Ans. (d) : Farad (F) = = ceeve Ûegvekeâj efkeâÙee ieÙee~
V Volt
A 2S4 (s) After completing the process of drawing u
= vs v graph as in case (r), the graph was made to
kgm 2
intersect with the line, u = v. The point of
Unit of Farad is equal to A2S4 kg–1m2. intersection is u = v = 2f, from which f was
66. 1 KWh expressed in eV is: obtained./ keâer lejn u yeveece v «eeheâ keâer [êFbie keâer
1 KWh keâes eV ceW JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee ieÙee nw: Øeef›eâÙee hetjer keâjves kesâ yeeo u = v jsKee keâes ØeefleÛÚsefole
(a) 2.247×1025 (b) 1.124×1025 keâjves kesâ efueS Jen «eeheâ yeveeÙee ieÙee~ ØeefleÛÚsove eEyeog
23
(c) 2.247×10 (d) 1.124×1024
is u = v jsKee keâes ØeefleÛÚsefole keâjves kesâ efueS Jen «eeheâ
Ans. (a) : 1KWh = power × hour
= 1000×3600
yeveeÙee ieÙee~ ØeefleÛÚsove efyebog is u = v = 2 f nw, peneb mes
= 3.6×106 J f keâer ieCevee keâer ieF&~
1 KWh in electron volt (ev) = 3.6×106 Which of the above methods wound you
{1J = 6.242×1018 ev) prescribe as the best?
= 3.6×106×6.242×1018 GheÙe&gòeâ lejerkeâeW ceW mes keâewve mee meyemes DeÛÚe lejerkeâe nw?
= 22.47×1024 (a) (p) (b) (q)
= 2.247×1025ev (c) (r) (d) (s)
67. In an experiment for the determination of focal Ans. (b) : Focal of convex lens using u–v method,
length of a convex lens using u – v method, that 1 1 1
1 1 1 formula + =
is applying the formula + = , the four v u f
v u f Using the observed values u and v a graph of
methods stated below were applied for 1 1 1
calculating the final value of 'f' from ten vs was drawn and the value of was read from the
observations. u v f
intercepts on the two axes, and thus f was calculated.
u – v efJeefOe keâe ØeÙeesie keâjles ngS Skeâ Gòeue ueWme keâer
Hence, option (b) is right.
heâeskeâue uecyeeF& kesâ %eele keâjves kesâ efueS Skeâ ØeÙeesie ceW 68. The value of 'g' is being obtained using a
1 1 1 simple pendulum by applying the formula, T =
met$e + = ueeiet efkeâÙee pee jne nw, ome
v u f l
DeJeueeskeâueeW mes 'f ' keâe Debeflece ceeve %eele keâjves kesâ efueS 2π 'l' is measured using a metre scale
g
veerÛes JeefCe&le Ûeej efJeefOeÙeeW keâes ueeiet efkeâÙee peelee nw~ having smallest division 1 mm, and 'T' is
(P) Corresponding to each observation 'f' was measured using a stop watch whose smallest
calculated numerically and their average was division is 0.001 sec. For a particular
taken./ØelÙeskeâ DeJeueeskeâve ‘Sheâ’ kesâ Deveg™he measurement l = 1 m and T = 2 sec, obtained
mebKÙeelcekeâ ™he mes ieCevee keâer ieF& Deewj Gvekeâe Deewmele by way of measuring the time for 10 oscillations
as 20 sec. What is the maximum possible
efueÙee ieÙee~ percentage error"?
(q) Using the observed values of u and v a l
1 1 met$e T = 2π ueeiet keâjles ngS Skeâ mejue heW[guece keâe
graph of vs was draw and the value of g
u v
GheÙeesie keâjkesâ 'g' keâe cetuÙe Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw, 'l' keâes
1
was read from the intercepts on the two axes, ceeršj kesâ hewceeves keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ ceehee peelee nw efpemeceW
f
and thus 'f' was calculated./u Deewj v kesâ osKes ieS
meyemes Úesše efJeYeepeve 1 mm nw, Deewj 'T' keâes mše@he
Jee@Ûe keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ ceehee peelee nw efpemekeâe meyemes
1 1
ceeve keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ «eeheâ yeveece KeeRÛee ieÙee Úesše efJeYeepeve 0.001 sec nw~ Skeâ efJeMes<e ceehe kesâ efueS
u v
l = 1 m Deewj T = 2 sec ieCevee Fme lejn keâer peeleer nw
l
efpemekeâe ceeve 2π oes De#eeW kesâ Deble: ef›eâÙeeDeeW mes efpeme lejerkesâ mes 10 heefjmebÛejCe kesâ efueS meceÙe keâer ieCevee
g
20 sec kesâ ™he ceW keâer peeleer nw~ DeefOekeâlece mebYeJe
efueÙee ieÙee Lee, Deewj Fme Øekeâej 'f' keâer ieCevee keâer ieF&~ ØeefleMele $egefš keäÙee nesieer?
DSSSB PGT 93 YCT
(a) 0.11 (b) 0.22 Ans. (b) : Displacement vs time equation (x, y) (x', y')
(c) 0.01 (d) 0.20 with time (t, t')
Ans. (a) : Given that, Given, v = 20 m/s
∆ ℓ = 1mm = 1×10–3 m v0 = 10 m/s
ℓ=1m g = 10 m/s2
T = 2 sec • displacement in x' as a function of time,
∆T = 0.001
x'(t') = v0x t ' = 0
ℓ ∆x
T = 2π {% error = × 100 } • displacement in x as a function of time,
g x
x(t) = x'(t') + vct' = 0+20t
Squaring both side x(t) = 20t
∆ g ∆L 2 ∆T
= + • displacement in y' as a function of time,
g L T 1 1
∆g y'(t') = v0 t '– gt '2 = 10t ' – × 10t '2 = 10t ' – 5t '2
 ∆L 2 ∆T  2 2
×100 =  +  ×100
g  L T  • displacement in y as a function of time,
 1× 10 –3 2 × 0.001  y(t) = y'(t') = 10t –5t2
=  +  ×100
 1 2  70. A particle moving in a straight line follows the
 1 0.001  equation:
=  +  ×100 v2 = 4x–x2
 1000 1 
What is the range of motion?
 2 
=   × 100 = 0.2 Skeâ keâCe meceerkeâjCe v2 = 4x – x2keâe heeueve keâjles ngS
 1000 
∆g meerOeer jsKee ceW Ûeuelee nw~ ieefle keâer meercee keäÙee nesieer?
So, = 0.11 (a) 0 < x < 4 (b) x ≤ 0
g
(c) x ≥ 4 (d) 0 ≤ x ≤ 4
69. An open carriage is travelling at 20 m/s. A boy
standing on the carriage throws a ball Ans. (d) : Given,
vertically upward a velocity 10 m/s. The v2 = 4x–x2
direction of motion of the carriage is along the
x –axis, and the vertical dissection is along the y v = 4x – x 2
– axis. The frame of reference attached with a ⇒ 4x–x2 ≥ 0
stationary observer is defined by (x, y, t) and ⇒ x2–4x ≤ 0
that with the carriage is (x', y', t'), where the
⇒ x(x–4) ≤ 0
symbols have their meanings. Write the
displacement vs. time equations correcting (x, ⇒ x(x–4) ≤ 0
y) : (x', y') with (t, t'). Take g = 10 m/s 2
⇒ x∈ (0, 4)
Skeâ Kegueer ieÌ[er 20 m/s keâer ieefle mes Ûeue jner nw~ ieeÌ[er Hence, 0 ≤ x ≤4
hej KeÌ[e Skeâ ueÌ[keâe Skeâ ieWo keâes TOJee&Oej Thej keâer 71. A particle starts from rest and accelerates,
Deesj 10 m/s keâer ieefle mes heWâkeâlee nw~ ieeÌ[er keâer ieefle keâer where its acceleration vs. time equation is:
efoMee x- De#e keâer Deesj nw, Deewj TOJee&Oej efJeÛÚsove Y- f = p – qt ,
De#e keâer Deesj nw~ Skeâ efmLej heÙe&Jes#ekeâ mes pegÌ[e meboYe& where p and q are positive constants. Find the
øeâce (x, y, t) Deewj ieeÌ[er kesâ meeLe (x', y', t') Éeje distance travelled by the particle till the time it
heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ peneb ØeleerkeâeW keâe mJeeYeeefJekeâ reaches its maximum velocity.
DeLe& nw~ (t, t'). kesâ meeLe (x, y):(x', y') keâes mener keâjles Skeâ keâCe efJejece mes Meg™ neskeâj lespe nes peelee nw, peneb
ngS efJemLeeheve yeveece meceÙe meceerkeâjCe efueKeW~ ceeve Fmekeâe lJejCe yeveece meceÙe meceerkeâjCe f = p – qt nw:
ueerefpeS g = 10 m/s2~ peneb p Deewj q mekeâejelcekeâ efmLejebkeâ nQ~ Gme keâCe Éeje
(a) x = 0, y = 10t – 5t2, DeefOekeâlece ieefle keâes Øeehle keâjves lekeâ leÙe keâer otjer keâer
x ' = 20t, y' = 10t' – 5t'2
(b) x = 20t, y = 10t – 5t2,
ieCevee keâerefpeS~
x ' = 0, y' = 10t' – 5t'2 p3 p3
(a) (b)
(c) x = 0, y = 10t q2 3q 2
x ' = 0, y' = 10t'
(d) x = 20t, y = 10t, p3 3p3
(c) 2
(d)
x ' = 0, y' = 10t' 2q 2q 2
DSSSB PGT 94 YCT
Ans. (c): Given equation, Ans. (c) : 1st Equation of Motion, v = v0+at
f = p–qt Where,
dv v = Final velocity,
= p – qt ... (i) v0 = Initial velocity
dt
and s = displacement
p –qt = 0
1
p IInd Equation of Motion, s = s = u 0 t + at 2
t= 2
q
IIIrd Equation of Motion, v = v0 + 2as
2 2
Equation (i) integrating, we get
Hence, given that square of the velocity is a linear
∫ dv = ∫ ( p – qt ) dt function of displacement, v2 = u2+as
qt 2 • We can say that the average velocity i.e. displacement
v = pt– ... (ii) during a period of time in any time interval is the
2
arithmetic mean of the initial and final velocity.
Putting value of t equation (ii) we have
V + Vi
2 Vaverage = f
p 2
q 
p2 p2
V = p× –   =
p q Note : Official answer given by commission is option
–
q 2 q 2q (b).
73. A steamer is going due East with a velocity 10
p2
V= ms–1, and wind is blowing from North. The
2q smoke the chimney points 30º West of south.
Now, Find the magnitude of the velocity of wind.
s=V×t Skeâ mšercej hetJe& ceW 10 ms–1 Jesie kesâ meeLe pee jne nw
p2 p3 Deewj nJee Gòej keâer Deesj yen jner nw~ efÛeceveer keâe OegDeeb
= × p/q = 30º oef#eCe-heef§ece keâer Deesj Fbefiele keâjlee nw~ nJee kesâ
2q 2q 2
Jesie keâe heefjceeCe yeleeSb~
72. Given below are four statements related to
uniformly accelerated motion. (a) 10 3 ms–1 (b) 30 ms–1
veerÛes meceeve ™he mes lJeefjle ieefle mes mebyebefOele Ûeej yeÙeeve 10 3 –1
(c) 30 3 ms–1
ms (d)
efoS ieS nQ~ 3
(p) The velocity vs. time graph is always a Ans. (a) : Given that velocity (v) = 10 m/s
straight line passing through the origin/ Jesie
yeveece meceÙe «eeheâ ncesMee cetue mes iegpejves Jeeueer Skeâ
meerOeer jsKee nesleer nw~
(q) The square of the velocity has a linear
relations with the displacement./Jesie kesâ Jeie&
keâe efJemLeeheve kesâ meeLe jwefKekeâ mebyebOe neslee nw~
(r) The velocity has a linear relation with the
square of the displacement./ Jesie keâe
efJemLeeheve kesâ Jeie& kesâ meeLe jwefKekeâ mebyebOe neslee nw~
v
(s) The displacement during a period of time tanθ = s
is the arithmetic mean between the initial vw
and final velocities./meceÙeeJeefOe kesâ oewjeve tan30º = 10
efJemLeeheve Meg™ Deeleer Deewj Debeflece JesieeW kesâ yeerÛe Vw
DebkeâieefCeleerÙe ceeOÙe neslee nw~ 1
=
10
Which among the above statement (s) is 3 Vw
/are true? Vw = 10 3 m/s
GheÙeg&òeâ keâLeve ceW mes keâewve mee meÛe nw? 74. A particle is executing an uniform angular
(a) (p) and (q)/p Deewj q motion with an angular velocity
(b) (r) and (s)/(r) Deewj (s)  
ω =  2iɵ - ɵj + 5k  radians sec–1 and (–1, 2, 3) is a
(c) (q) and (s)/(q) Deewj (s)  
(d) only (r)/kesâJeue (r) position of the particle in its path (co-ordinates
DSSSB PGT 95 YCT

are in metres). Find the linear velocity of the ⇒ L = m×r×ω×r = mr2 ω
particle in ms–1. L
⇒ω=
Skeâ keâCe Skeâ keâesCeerÙe Jesie ω = 2iˆ - ˆj + 5kˆ ( )1
mr 2
radians sec–1 kesâ meeLe Skeâmeceeve keâesCeerÙe ieefle ⇒ ω∝ 2

r
efve<heeefole keâj jne nw Deewj heLe (mecevJeÙe ceeršj ceW nw~) 77. Given below are four sets of numbers which
ceW keâCe keâer efmLeefle (–1, 2, 3) nQ, ms–1 ceW keâCe keâer are proportional to the magnitudes of three
jwefKekeâ Jesie %eele keâjW~ forces acting simultaneously at a point.
veerÛes mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ Ûeej mesš efoS ieS nQ pees Skeâ efyebog hej
(a) 12iɵ + 10ɵj + 3kɵ (b) −13iɵ + 11jɵ + 3kɵ
Skeâ meeLe keâeÙe&jle leerve yeueeW kesâ heefjceeCe kesâ meceevegheeleer nwb~
(c) −11iɵ + 13jɵ − 4kɵ (d) −12iɵ + 4ɵj − 9kɵ (p) 2, 8, 9
(q) 3, 7, 9
Ans. (b) : Angular velocity, ω = ( 2iˆ – ˆj + 5kˆ ) rad/sec (r) 3, 7, 10
r = ( –1,2,3) = –iˆ + 2ˆj + 3kˆ (s) 3, 7, 11
In which case equilibrium is not possible?
Linear velocity, v = r × w efkeâme efmLeefle ceW meblegueve mebYeJe veneR nw?
î ˆj kˆ (a) (p) (b) (q)
= –1 2 3 (c) (r) (d) (s)
2 –1 5 Ans. (d) : For equilibrium the third force in the set
should not be greater than the same of other two forces.
= (10 + 3) î – ( –5 – 6 ) ˆj + (1 – 4 ) kˆ In option (d) i.e. 3, 7, 11 the third force 11 is greater
than sum of other two force so in this case equilibrium
= 13iˆ + 11jˆ – 3kˆ is not possible.
= –13iˆ – 11jˆ + 3kˆ 78. A flexible heavy chain of length 10 m, is moving
over a smooth fixed pulley. The two unequal
75. P and Q are the two points, such that they are portions of the chain are hanging vertically.
respectively 8 m and 12 m above the ground The instant when the middle point of the chain
level which is horizontal, PQ = 5 m. What is the is at a distance 3 m below the pulley. The
minimum velocity with which a particle must acceleration with which it is moving is: (g = 10
be projected from the horizontal plane as it m/s2)
passes through the points P and Q, (g = 10ms– uebyeeF& 10 m keâer ueÛeerueer Yeejer Ûesve, Skeâ efÛekeâveer
2
) efheâkeäm[ efIejveer hej Ûeue jner nw~ Ûesve kesâ oes Demeceeve
P Deewj Q oes efyebog peceerve kesâ #eweflepe melen mes ›eâceMe:
Yeeie uebyeJele ueškeâ jns nQ~ Gme meceÙe peye Ûesve keâe ceOÙe
8m Deewj 12 m Thej nQ PQ = 5 ml vÙetvelece Jesie keäÙee efyebog efIejveer mes 3 m keâer otjer veerÛes nw~ Jen lJejCe efpemekesâ
nesiee efpememes Skeâ keâCe #eweflepe melen mes Fme lejn meeLe Ùen Ûeue jner efkeâlevee nesiee? (g = 10 m/s2)
Øe#esefhele efkeâÙee peeS efkeâ Ùen P Deewj Q mes iegpejs?
(a) 6 m/s2 (b) 3 m/s2
–2
(g = 10 ms ) (c) 2 m/s2 (d) 4 m/s2
–1 –1
(a) 4 10 ms (b) 4 5 ms Ans. (a) :
–1 –1 79. A heavy uniform rod is in equilibrium with one
(c) 5 10 ms (d) 5 5 ms
and resting against a smooth vertical wall, and
Ans. (c)
the other against a smooth plane included to
76. A point moves uniformly along a straight line. the wall at 45º. If 'α' is the inclination of the rod
Its angular velocity about any point at a to the horizon, then tan α is equal to:
distance 'r' from it varies as:
Skeâ Yeejer Skeâmeceeve ÚÌ[ meblegueve ceW nw Deewj Gmekeâer Skeâ
keâesF& efyebog Skeâ meerOeer jsKee kesâ meeLe meceeve ™he mes
efmeje Skeâ meceleue TOJee&Oej oerJeej hej efškeâe nw, Deewj
ieefleceeve nw~ 'r' otjer hej efkeâmeer efyebog mes Fmekeâe keâesCeerÙe
otmeje efmeje Gme oerJeej mes 45ºhej efmLele meceleue hej
Jesie efkeâme Øekeâej yeouesiee?
efškeâe nw~ Ùeefo 'α' ef#eeflepe mes ÚÌ[ kesâ PegkeâeJe nes, lees
1 1
(a) (b) 2 tan α efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesiee?
r r
1 1
(c) r (d) r2 (a) (b)
3 4
Ans. (b) : Whan a particle is moving in a straight line it
has zero angular momentum. 1 1
(c) (d)
So, L = mvr = 0 2 6
DSSSB PGT 96 YCT

Ans. (c) : Given θ = 45º
In the equilibrium condition of rod-
(a) tan −1 2 − 3( ) (b) 45º
1
Torque due to weight = Torque due to normal force on (c) tan −1 (d) 60º
inclination 2
L Ans. (*) :
W ⋅ ⋅ sin α = W.L.cos α
2
sin α 1
=
cos α 2
1
tanα =
2
80. A particle of mass 10 g moves with a velocity of
10 m/s along a straight line and collides with
another particle of mass 20 g which is moving Case I :
with a velocity 5 m/s along the same line. If When only P1 is acting
after the collision, the first particle is brought P1 + f = mgsinθ
to rest, the velocity of the other particle after P1+µN = mgsinθ
impact is:
P1+µmgcosθ = mgsinθ
10 g õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ efheb[ 10 m/s kesâ Jesie mes Skeâ
⇒ P1 = mgsinθ – µmgcosθ ... (i)
jsKee kesâ meeLe Ûeue jne nw~ Ùen efheb[ Gmeer jsKee hej 5
Case II :
m/s Jesie mes Ûeueves Jeeues 20 g õJÙeceeve kesâ otmejs mes When P2 is also acting (direction of friction gets
škeâjelee nw~ Ùeefo škeäkeâj kesâ yeeo, henuee efheb[ efJejece ceW reversed)
Dee peeS lees škeäkeâj kesâ yeeo otmejs efheb[ keâe Jesie efkeâlevee P2 = mgsinθ + µmgcosθ – P1
nesiee? P2 = mgsinθ+µmgcosθ–mgsinθ+µmgcosθ
(a) 2.5 m/s (b) 4 m/s P2 = 2µmgcosθ ... (ii)
(c) 5 m/s (d) 10 m/s P2 2 2µmg cos θ
= =
Ans. (d) : Given, m1 = 10g, m2 = 20g P1 1 mg cos θ ( tan θ – µ )
u1 = 10 m/s, u2 = 5m/s
2 2 ×1
=
1 3 ( tan θ – µ )
1
tanθ – µ =
According to the law of conservation of momentum, 3
m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1+m2v2 1 1 1
tanθ = + µ = +
10×10+20×5 = 10×0+20×v2 3 3 3
200 = 20v2  2 
θ = tan–1  3 
v2 = 10 m/s
81. A body is kept on a rough inclined plane 82. A body of mass 'm' bounces on hard ground
(coefficient of friction between the body and from a height 'h1' and after rebound rises to a
1 height 'h2'. Find the impulse.
the plane = ) and it is just prevented from
3 'm' õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ efheb[ meKle peceerve hej 'h1' TbÛeeF&
sliding down by the application of a force, P1,
up the plane. It is also just made to move up the lekeâ GÚeuelee nw Deewj peceerve hej efiejves kesâ yeeo efheâj
plane by the application of a force P2 up the 'h2' TbÛeeF& lekeâ GÚuelee nw~ Fmekeâer DeeJesie keâer ieCevee
plane. It is found that P2 : P1 = 2 : 1. The keâjW~
inclination of the plane to the horizontal is:
(a)
Skeâ efheb[ keâes efkeâmeer ™Kes Pegkesâ meceleue (efheb[ Deewj {
2gm h1 + h 2 in the vertically upward( )}
meceleue kesâ yeerÛe Ie<e&Ce iegCeebkeâ =
1
3
) hej jKee peelee nw direction/ { 2g m ( h1 + h 2 )} uebyeJele Thej
Deewj Fmes kesâJeue meceleue hej veerÛes efheâmeueves mes jeskeâves kesâ keâer efoMee ceW
efueS P1 yeue ueieeÙee peelee nw~ Fme efheb[ keâes Gme meceleue (b) { 2gm ( )} in vertically downward
h1 − h 2
hej Thej efKemekeâeves kesâ efueS P2 ueieeÙee peelee nw~ Ùen
direction/ { 2gm ( h − h )} uebyeJele veerÛes keâer
heeÙee ieÙee efkeâ P2 : P1 = 2 : 1 leye meceleue keâe #eweflepe 1 2
mes PegkeâeJe efkeâlevee nesiee? efoMee ceW

DSSSB PGT 97 YCT
(c) { 2gm ( h1 + h 2 )} in the vertically • Workdone due to conservative force only depend on
the initial and final point and it does not depend on the
downward direction/ { (
2g m h1 + h 2 )}
path taken.
• Example Gravity Force, Spring Force, Electrostatic,
uebyeJele veerÛes keâer efoMee ceW Magnetic Force.
(d) { 2gm ( h1 − h 2 )} in the vertically 84. A labourer throws bricks to another labourer
vertically above him by 4m, so that each brick
upward direction/ { (
2g m h1 − h 2 )} reaches him at a speed of 4 ms–1. What
proportion of his energy would he be able to
uebyeJele Thej keâer efoMee ceW save if he throws the bricks, so that each of
Ans. (a) : u = 0 them just reaches him? (g = 10ms–2)
Skeâ ßeefcekeâ Deheves Thej TOJee&Oej 4 m hej GheefmLele
Skeâ otmejs ßeefcekeâ keâer Deesj FËšW Fme Øekeâej GÚeuelee nw,
efkeâ ØelÙeskeâ FËš Gmekesâ heeme 4 ms–1 keâer ieefle mes hengBÛeleer
nw~ Ùeefo Jen FËšs Fme Øekeâej heWâkesâ efkeâ ØelÙeskeâ FËš Gmekesâ
heeme Skeâ kesâ yeeo Skeâ legjble hengbÛes, lees Jen Deheveer Tpee&
kesâ efkeâme Devegheele keâes yeÛeeves ceW me#ece nes heeSiee?( g =
10 ms–2)
v2 = u2+2gh (a)
1
(b)
1
v1 = 0 + 2gh1
2 6 8
1 1
v1 = 2gh1 (c) (d)
10 12
Similarly v2 = 2gh 2 Ans. (a) : Given, h = 4m, v = 4m/s
Impulse of the force = Change in momentum (of ball Case (1) - When v = 4 m/s, g = 10 m/s2
due to impact) According to the law of conservation of energy
Impulse = m(v1–v2) 1
= m{(v1–(–v2))} T.E1 = mgh + mv2
2
{
= m 2gh1 + 2gh 2 } 1
= m×10×4 + × m × 4 × 4 = 48 m
= (
2gm h1 + h 2 )in the vertically upward
2
Case (ii) : When final velocity, v = 0
direction. 1
83. Which among the following is a (are) T.E2 = mgh + mv = mgh + 0 = m × 10 × 4
2
conservative forces(s)? T.E2 = 40 m
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee DeheefjJele&veerÙe yeue/yeueeW T.E1 – T.E 2 48m – 40m
nw~/nQ? Proportion of Energy =
T.E1
=
48m
(p) Gravitational force between two masses/oes
8m
õJÙeceeveeW kesâ yeerÛe ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue =
48m
(q) Force between two static charges/oes efmLej 8 1
DeeJesMeeW kesâ yeerÛe yeue Energy saved = =
48 6
(r) Force between two current carrying 85. A two - dimensional conservative potential is
conductors/oes Oeeje ØeJeeefnle kebâ[keäšme& kesâ yeerÛe given by,
yeue V(x, y) = x2–xy + y2 (in joules)
(s) Frictional force on a rough surface/™Kes What is the work done in taking a particle in
melen hej Ie<e&Ce yeue this field from (2, 1) to (3, 2)?
(a) Only (p)/kesâJeue (p) Skeâ odefJe-DeeÙeeceer DeheefjJele&veerÙe efJeYeJe keâes efvecve ™he
(b) Only (p) and (q)/kesâJeue (p) Deewj (q)
mes oMee&Ùee peelee nw~ V (x, y) = x2 – x2 – xy + y2 (petue
(c) (p), (q) and (r)/(p), (q) Deewj (r) ceW)
(d) Only (s)/keâJesue (s) Fme #es$e ceW Skeâ keâCe keâes (2, 1) mes (3, 2) lekeâ ues peeves
Ans. (b) : Conservative Force :-
ceW keäÙee keâeÙe& efkeâÙee peeSiee?
• Workdone due to conservative force in a loop is (a) 2 J (b) 3 J
always zero. (c) 4 J (d) 5 J
DSSSB PGT 98 YCT

Ans. (c): Given, 87. A 50 g bullet is fired through a stack of fibre
Conservative potential board sheets 10 cm thick. The velocity of the
V(x, y) = x2–xy+y2 ... (i) bullet at the point of approaching the stack is
For the point (2, 1) and (3, 2)- 500 ms–1. What will be its velocity in ms–1 at
Work done, W = ∆V = Change in Potential Energy the exit point form the stack if the average
W = V1–V2 resistance offered by the stack to the bullet 4 ×
104N
From the equation 1st,
For point (2, 1) in equation (i) we get
Skeâ 50 g keâer ieesueer 10 cm ceesšs heâeFyej yees[& Meeršdme mes
V(2, 1) = 4–2+1 = 3 yeves mšwkeâ hej oeieer peeleer nw~ mšwkeâ kesâ efyebog lekeâ hengbÛeves
For point (3, 2) V(3, 2) = 9–6+4 = 7 kesâ meceÙe ieesueer keâe Jesie 500 ms–1 Lee~ mšwkeâ mes yeenj
Work done, W = V(3, 2) – V(3, 1) efvekeâueves ieesueer keâe Jesie ms–1 ceW keäÙee nesiee, Ùeefo ieesueer
= 7–3 kesâ Iegmeles meceÙe mšwkeâ keâe Deewmele ØeeflejesOe 4 × 104N nw~
W = 4 Joule (a) 200 (b) 300
86. A body of mass 2 kg is moving along a path, (c) 400 (d) 500
such that its position vector expressed as a Ans. (b) : Given,
function of time is given by, m = 50g, S= 10 cm = 10×10–2 m
2ɵ
( 4ɵ 3ɵ
r = 3t i + t j - t h ) m = 50×10–3 kg, V2 = 500 m/s
F = 4×104 N
Where 'r' is in metres and 't; is in seconds.
Applying the work energy equation -
Find the work done on the body during t = 0 t =
Change in K.E. = Workdone
1 sec.
2 kg õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ efheb[ Skeâ heLe hej Fme lejn Deeies 1 2 1
mv1 – mv 22 = –F ⋅ S
yeÌ{ jne nw, efkeâ Gmekeâer efmLeefle meefoMe meceÙe keâe heâueve 2 2
1
veerÛes efoS ieS meceerkeâjCe kesâ ™he ceW JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee ieÙee m  v12 – v 22  = –F.S
2
(
nw~ r = 3t 2 î + t 4 ˆj - t 3 hˆ ) 1
× 50 × 10 –3  v12 – ( 500 )  = –4×104×10×10–2
2
peneb 'r' ceeršj ceW Deewj 't' meskebâ[ ceW nw~ efheb[ hej t = 0 mes 2
v12 – ( 500 ) = –16 × 104
2
t = 1 sec kesâ oewjeve ngS keâeÙe& keâer ieCevee keâjW~
(a) 41 J (b) 52 J v12 – 250000 = –160000
(c) 61 J (d) 72 J
v12 = 90000
Ans. (c) : Given Vector
r = ( 3t 2 î + t 4 ˆj – t 2 h ) v1 = 90000
differentiating both side we get v1 = 300 m/s
dr 88. A ball directly strikes another ball at rest and
⇒ = 6tiˆ + 4t 3ˆj – 3t 2 h is itself reduced to rest by the impact. If two-
dt third of its initial kinetic energy is lost due to
dr collision, find the coefficient of restitution.
= 6tiˆ + 4t 3ˆj – 3t 2 h
dt Skeâ ieWo meerOes efJejece DeJemLee keâer otmejer ieWo mes škeâjeleer
differentiating again, nw Deewj mebIeele kesâ yeeo efJejece DeJemLee ceW Dee peeleer nw~
d2r Ùeefo škeâjeJe kesâ keâejCe Fmekeâer oes efleneF& ØeejbefYekeâ
acceleration (a) = = 6iˆ + 12t 2 ˆj – 6t 2 h
dt 2 ieeflepe Tpee& ueghle nes peelee nw, lees hegvemLee&heve iegCeebkeâ
From t = 0 to t = 1 iegCeebkeâ keâer ieCevee keâjW~
1 1
W = ∫ F ⋅ dr = ∫ ma ⋅ dr 1 2
0 0 (a) (b)
3 3
∫ 2 × ( 36t + 48t + 18t 3 )
1 5
=
0 1 1
(c) (d)
= 2 ∫ ( 36t + 48t 5 + 18t 3 )
1
2 4
0
Ans. (a) : Using law of conservation of momentum
1
 9  m1u1+m2×0 = m2×0 = m2×0+m2V2
= 2 ⋅ 18t 2 + 18t 6 + t 4 
 2 0 m1u1 = m2V2 ... (i)
also coefficient of restitution of
61
= 2× V – V1 V2 M1
2 e= 2 = = ... (ii)
= 61 Joule u1 – u 2 u1 M 2
DSSSB PGT 99 YCT

Loss of KE =
1
2
1
m1u12 – m 2 V22
2
m 2
(a)
4
(
r1 + r2 2 ) (b)
m 2
2
(
r1 + r2 2 )
Given that loss of K.E is equal to
2
3
rd of initial K.E (c)
m 2
4
(
r1 + r2 2 + r1r2 ) (d)
m 2
6
(
r1 + r2 2 + r1r2 )
2 1 1 1 Ans. (b) :
× m1u12 = m1u12 – m 2 V22
3 2 2 2
1 1 1
m 2 V22 = m1u12 – m1u12
2 2 3
1 1
m 2 V22 = m1u12
2 6
Now from equation (ii)
V
m1 = 2 × m 2 Mass per unit area is given by
u1
m kg
1  V2 σ= 2
1  2 πr – π r 2
m 2
m 2 V2 = ×  × m 2  × u1
2
2 1
2 6  u1  Moment of inertia of angular cylinder given by
V2 1 I = I1–I2
=e=
u1 3 1 m 1 m
⇒I= × 2 × πr22 × r22 – × 2 × πr12 × r12
89. A bomb explodes in mid-air. What will be the 2 π r2 – π r1
2
2 πr2 – πr1
2
path described by each splinter? 1 m  4 4

Skeâ yece keâe ceOÙe nJee ceW efJemheâesš neslee~ ØelÙeskeâ Úesšs ⇒ I = 2  r 2 – r 2   r2 – r1 
 2 1 
šgkeâÌ[s keâe JeefCe&le heLe keäÙee nesiee?
m
(a) Straight line/meerOeer jsKee ⇒I= × ( r22 – r12 )( r22 + r12 ) 
2 ( r – r12 )
2
(b) Rectangular hyperbola/DeeÙeleekeâej DeeflehejJeueÙe 2
m 2 2
(c) Ellipse/oerIe&Je=òe ⇒I= ( r1 + r2 )
2
(d) Parabola/hejJeueÙe
92. A two dimensional co-ordinate system is so
Ans. (d) : When a bomb travelling in a parabolic path chosen that the x-axis is horizontal and y-axis
under the effect of gravity explodes in mid air, the points vertically downward. A particle of mass
centre of mass of the fragment will move along the 10 g is released to have a free fall from the
original parabolic path. point (4, 0) (the figure are in metres). Its torque
90. A uniform wire 60 cm. long is bent into the at any time 't' about the origin of co-ordinates
shape of a triangle ABC, such that sides BC, is:
CA, AB are in the ratio 4 : 5 : 6. Three particles Skeâ oes DeeÙeeceer efveoxMeebkeâ heæefle Fme lejn Ûegveer ieF& nw
of masses x, y, z (in grams) are placed at A, B,
C and it is found that the centre of gravity
efkeâ x-De#e #eweflepe Deewj y -De#e efyebog uebyeJele veerÛes nw~
remains unchanged Then, x : y : z is equal to: 10 g õJÙeceeve ekeâ Skeâ efheb[ efyebog (4, 0) (DeebkeâÌ[s ceeršj
60 cm uebyee Skeâmeceeve leej ef$eYegpe ABC Deekeâej ceW ceW nw~) mes cegòeâ ™he mes efiejves kesâ efueS ÚesÌ[e peelee nw~
Fme lejn Pegkeâe nw, efkeâ YegpeeSb BC, CA, AB Devegheele efveoxMeebkeâ kesâ cetue mes efkeâmeer Yeer 't' meceÙe Fmekeâe DeeIetCe&
4 : 5 : 6 ceW nQ~ x, y, z õJÙeceeve («eece ceW) kesâ leerve keâCe efkeâlevee nesiee?
A,B,C hej jKes peeles nQ Deewj Ùen heeÙee peelee nw efkeâ (a) 0.4 kɵ Nm
ieg™lJeekeâ<e&Ce keâe keWâõ DeheefjJeefle&le yeveer ngF& nw~ lees x: y:
(b) –0.4 kɵ Nm
z efkeâmekesâ yejeyej neWies?
(c) Not independent of t/ t mes cegòeâ veneR
(a) 3 : 2 : 1 (b) 6 : 5 : 4
(c) 11 : 10 : 9 (d) 9 : 8 : 7 (d) Nil/kegâÚ veneR
Ans. (c) : Ans. (a) :
91. Find the moment of inertia of an annular Torque at any time (t) be given by
cylinder of mass 'm' and having inner and Torque, τ = r × F
outer radii 'r1' and 'r2' respectively about the
axis of the cylinder.
Gme Sveguej efmeueW[j kesâ peÌ[lJe DeeIetCe& keâer ieCevee keâjW
efpemekeâe õJÙeeceve 'm' nw Deewj efmeueW[j kesâ De#e mes
Gmekeâer Deebleefjkeâ ef$epÙeeSb ›eâceMe: 'r1' Deewj 'r2' nw~
DSSSB PGT 100 YCT
Thus, F = –10gjˆ , acting in the downward direction Ans. (a) : φ ∝ I
φ = LI and e = IR
and position vector of the particle r ,when it is in free
fall at time t, di
e= L
dt
1 
= 4iˆ –  gt 2  ˆj Henry is SI unit of inductance, derived unit of electrical
2  inductance.
î ˆj kˆ Reduced to base SI unit,
= 0 –10g 0 L = 1H = kgm2A–2s–2
96. With the objective of minimizing personal
1
4 – gt 2 0 error in measurement of diameter of a wire by
2 a screw gauge of least count 0.001 cm, the
= i ( 0 ) – j( 0 ) + kˆ ( 0 + 40g )
ˆ ˆ measurement was taken thrice and the
readings were 0.313 cm, 0.313 cm and 0.314
= 40gkˆ cm. what should be recorded as the average?
400 0.001 cm Deuhelece ceehe Jeeues Skeâ m›etâiespe mes Skeâ leej
= 400kˆ = = 0.4kˆ Nm
1000 kesâ JÙeeme keâes ceeheves ceW JÙeefòeâiele $egefš keâes keâce keâjves kesâ
Thus, torque at any time 't' about the origin of the co- GösMÙe mes ieCevee keâer peeleer nw, ceehe leerve yeej efueÙee ieÙee
ordinates is .4 N-m in the Z-direction. Deewj ceeheebkeâ 0.313 cm, 0.313 cm Deewj 0.314 cm Le~
93. For which among the following is the SI unit Fmekeâe Deewmele keäÙee nesiee?
Nsm–2?
(a) 0.31333 cm (b) 0.313333
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee Nsm SI FkeâeF& nw?
–2
(c) 0.3133 (d) 0.313
(a) Surface tension/mejhesâme šWMeve
0.313 + 0.313 + 0.314 0.940
(b) Coefficient of viscosity/keâesDeefheâMevš Dee@]heâ Ans. (d) : Average = =
3 3
efJemkeâeefmešer (MÙeevelee) Average = 0.313 cm
(c) Viscous drag/efJemkeâeme [îe
97. 1 MeV expressed in HP-hr is equal to:
(d) Tensile stress/šsvmeue mš^sme HP-hr ceW JÙeòeâ 1 Mev efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesieer?
N ⋅ s MLT [ –2
] [ T ] (a) 2.984 × 10–20 (b) 2.984×10–10
Ans. (b) : SI Unit = = –20
(d) 5.967×10–10
m2 [ L2 ] (c) 5.967×10
= [ML–1T–1] Ans. (c) : 1MeV = 5.967×10–20 Hp-hr
= Coefficient of viscosity 98. The formula used for the measurement of
Hence, SI unit of coefficient of viscosity. Young's Modulus (y) of the material of a beam
94. It the differential equation mix + kx = 0, where by the method of flexure is obtained using the
the symbols have their usual meanings, the formula,
k mgl 3
dimension of is : y=
m 4bd 3 δ
DeJekeâueve meceerkeâjCe mix + kx = 0, peneb ØeleerkeâeW keâe Where m = the load applied to the beam whose
k value is supplied
mJeeYeeefJekeâ DeLe& nw~ , keâe DeeÙeece keäÙee nesiee? l = length of the beam, measured by a metre
m
scale having smallest division, 1 mm
(a) LT–2 (b) L–1T
2 –2 b = breath of the beam measured by a slide
(c) T (d) T callipers having Vernier Constant, 0.01 cm.
Ans. (d) : Equation, ma + kx = 0 d = the depth of the beam measured by a screw
⇒ k = – ma/x gauge having least count equal to 0.01 mm.
⇒ k/m = –a/x δ = the depression of the beam measured with
Where, k = Spring constant the help of a travelling microscope, heaving
m = mass Vernier constant equal to 0.01 mm.
k MT –2 Find the maximum possible percentage error
dimension of = = [ T –2 ] for the measurement, when it is given that the
m M corresponding data are l = 1m, b = 2 cm, d = 0.5
95. Kg m2s–2A–2 is equivalent to : cm and δ = 2 mm
Kg m2 s–2 A–2 efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesiee? mgl 3
(a) Henry/nsvejer (b) Farday/heâej[es (hewâje[) met $e y = keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ heäuesÛej keâer efJeefOe mes
4bd 3 δ
(c) Ohm/Deesce (d) Watt/Jeeš yeerce keâer meece«eer kesâ Ùebie iegCeebkeâ (y) ceehee peelee nw~
DSSSB PGT 101 YCT
peneb m = uees[ yeerce hej ueeiet uees[ nw efpemekeâe ceeve dv
⇒ = 2a ( –x sin x )
Øeoeve efkeâÙee peelee nw dt
l = 1 mm Deuhelece ceehe Jeeues ceeršj hewceeves Éeje ceeheer dv
Acceleration = = –2ax sin x
ieF& yeerce keâer uebyeeF&, dt
b = 0.01 cm Jeefce&Ùej (Jeefve&Ùej) efmLejebkeâ Jeeues mueeF[ 100. A train moving with a velocity 40 km/hr passes
kewâefuehej mes ceeheer ieF& yeerce keâe Ûeew[
Ì eF& through a station at 9 AM. After 1.5 min a
lightning bolt strikes the railway tracks 2 km
d = Deuhelece ceehe 0.01 mm kesâ yejeyej Jeeues m›etâiespe ceW
from the station in the same direction as that of
keâeheer ieF& yeerce keâer ienjeF& the motion of the train. Find the co-ordinates of
δ = yeerce keâe DeJeveceve pees Jeefve&Ùej efmLejebkeâ 0.01 mm the lightning flash as measured by an observer
kesâ yejeyej Jeeues š^sJeWefuebie ceeF›eâesmkeâeshe keâer ceoo mes at the station.
ceehee ieÙee nw~ Skeâ š^sve 40 km/hr kesâ Jesie mes megye 9 yepes Skeâ mšsMeve
ceehe kesâ efueS DeefOekeâlece mebYeJe ØeefleMele $egefš keâer ieCevee mes iegmepejleer nw~ 1.5 min kesâ yeeo ueeFefšbie yeesuš š^sve
keâjW, peye Ùen efoÙee ieÙee nw efkeâ mebyebefOele [sše keâer ner efoMee ceW mšsMeve mes 2 km otjer hej jsueJes š^wkeâ mes
l = 1 m, b = 2 cm, d = 0.5, δ = 2 mm nQ~ mšêFkeâ keâjlee nw~ mšsMeve hej heÙe&Jes#ekeâ Éeje ceehes ieS
(a) 1.8% (b) 1.9% ueeFefšbie ]heäuewMe kesâ efveoxMeebkeâ keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS~
(c) 2.0% (d) 2.1% (a) x = 2 km, t = 9 h 1m 30s
mgℓ 3 (b) x = 2 km, t = 9 h 30s
Ans. (b) : Given, y = , ∆ℓ = 1mm (c) x = 2 km, t = 9 h/m
4bd 3S
(d) x = 1 km, t = 9 h
∆y  ∆m ∆g 3∆ℓ ∆b 3∆d ∆S 
× 100 =  + + + + + × 100 Ans. (a) : Given, Train moving velocity = 40 km/hr
y  m g ℓ b d S 
∆y  3∆ℓ 4b 3∆d ∆S  Lighting Timing = 9:00 AM + 1 min 30 sec
× 100 =  + + +  × 100
y  ℓ b d S  = 9:01:30
0.01 3 × 0.01 0.01 distance = 2km
= 3×1×10–3+ + + distance = velocity × time
2 5 2
= 1.9% 1.5
Track time = = 0.025 hr
99. In the case of one-dimensional motion, the 60
relation between the velocity (v) and position x = 40×0.025 = 1 km
(x) is given by. x = 1 km
v = 2 a ( xcosx - sinx ) , Therefore, the train has travelled 1 km from station
when the lighting strikes the tracks,
Where 'a' is a constant. Find its acceleration = 1+1 = 2 km
Skeâ-DeeÙeeceer ieefle keâjer efmLeefle ceW, Jesie (v) Deewj efmLeefle x = 2 km, t = 9 hr 1 min 30 sec
(x) kesâ yeerÛe mebyebOe 2 a ( x cos x - sinx ) kesâ Éeje efoÙee 101. A particle is moving along a straight line. It
ieÙee nw~ peneb 'a' Skeâ efmLejebkeâ nw~ Fmekesâ lJejCe keâer starts from and moves with a uniform
ieCevee keâjW~ acceleration 'a', fill if attains a vel 'v' and then
travels with uniform retardation 'b' till it again
(a) 2axsin x (b) 2axcos x comes to rest. The total time of travel is 't'.
(c) –2axsin x (d) –2axcos x then,
Ans. (c) : Given, keâesF& keâCe Skeâ meerOeer jsKee ceW ieefle keâj jne nw~ Ùen MetvÙe
v = 2 a ( x cos x – sin x ) mes Met™ keâjlee nw Deewj Skeâ meceeve lJejCe 'a' mes ieefle
where, a = constant keâjlee ngDee 'v' Jesie Øeehle keâjlee nw~ Deewj hegve: MetvÙe
v 2
= a ( x cos x – sin x )
DeJemLee ceW Deeves lekeâ Skeâ meceeve ieeflejesOe mes 'b' ieefle
4 hej Deelee nw~ Ùeefo kegâue Ùee$ee keâe meceÙe 't' nw, lees:
Now, differentiating both side with respect to 't', we get- 1 1 2t 1 1 t
dv 1  dx dx dx  (a) + = (b) + =
2v ⋅ = a  –x sin x + cos x – cos x  a b v a b v
dt 4  dt dt dt  1 1 v 1 1 t
(c) + = (d) − =
 dx  a b 2t a b v
∵
 dt = v  Ans. (b) : t1 = time taken to attain velocity with
1 dv acceleration a.
⇒ = a ( –x sin x ) t2 = time taken to decelerate to rest with retardation b.
2 dt
DSSSB PGT 102 YCT
From the Ist equation of motion, y = 0 and t = 0
v = u+at Hence, c = 0,
u = 0 (at rest) 3
y = sin 2πt ... (iii)
⇒ v = 0+at 2
v Now,
t1 =
a x = –3cosπt+9
Again from Ist equation of motion, x–9 = –3cos2πt
v = u+bt2 on squaring the both side,
v = bt2 (x–9)2 = 9cos2πt ... (i)
v on squaring the both side,
t2 =
b 4y2 = 9sin22πt ... (ii)
Total time of travel, Adding equation (i) and (ii), we get
v v (x–9)2+4y2 = 9cos2πt+9sin22πt
t = t1+t2 = +
a b (x–9)2+4y2 = 9
t 1 1 103. Two boats cross a river 400 m wide. The speed
⇒ = +
v a b of each boat in still water is 2.5 ms–1 and the
102. For a two dimensional motion, the x and y speed of the stream is 1.5 ms–1. One boat
component of velocities of the particle are given crosses the river along the shortest path and
dx dy the time taken is p sec, whereas the other
by = 6πsin2πt, = 3πcos2πt crosses in shortest time and the time taken is q
dt dt
It is also given that x = 6, y = 0 at t = 0. The sec then (p – q) is equal to:
equation of the path of the particle is: oes veeJeW Skeâ 400 m ÛeewÌ[er veoer keâes heej keâjleer nQ~ Meeble
keâCe keâer oes efoMeerÙe ieefle kesâ efueS x Deewj y IeškeâeW keâes peue ceW ØelÙeskeâ veeJe keâer ieefle 2.5 ms–1 Deewj Oeeje keâer
efvecve ™he ceW oMee&Ùee peelee nw~ ieefle 1.5 ms–1 nw~ Skeâ veeJe Éeje meyemes Úesšs jmles mes
dx dy veoer heej keâjves ceW ueiee meceÙe P sec nw peyeefkeâ otmejer
= 6π sin2πt, = 3π cos2πt
dt dt veeJe Éeje DevÙe Úesšs jmles mes veoer heej keâjves ceW ueiee
peneB t = 0 meceÙe hej x = 6, y = 0 efoÙee ngDee nw~ lees meceÙe q sec nw~ (p – q) keâe ceeve nesiee:
keâCe kesâ heLe keâe meceerkeâjCe nesiee: (a) Zero/MetvÙe (b) 10
(a) x2+4y2 = 9 (c) 20 (d) 40
(b) x2+4(y – 3)2 = 36 Ans. (a) : Zero
(c) (x – 9)2 + 4y2 = 9
(d) (x – 9)2 + 6y2 = 36
Ans. (c) : Given,
dx dy
= 6π sin 2πt , = 3π cos 2πt
dt dt
Speed of each boat (u) = 2.5 m/s
x = 6, y = 0 (at t = 0)
Speed of stream (v) = 1.5 m/s
Integrating both side, we get
Speed of upstream = 2.5–1.5 = 1 m/s
∫ dx = ∫ 6π sin 2π + dt Speed of downstream = 2.5+1.5 = 4 m/s
6π When the boat crosses through the shortest path, it goes
x= – cos 2πt + c = –3cos 2πt + c ...(i) perpendicular to the current. In this case,
2π
x = 6, t = 0 Vresultant = u 2 + v2
Hence, 6 = –3×1+c ⇒ c = 9
= ( 2.5 )2 + (1.5 )2
x = –3 cos2πt+9 [From (i)]
dy = 6.25 + 2.25
= 3π cos 2πt
dt = 8.5 = 2.92m / s
Integrating both side we get 400
Time taken (p) for the boat to cross the river =
dy 2.92
∫ dt = ∫ 3π cos 2πt = 136.99 ≈ 137 sec
3π Case II : When boat crosses the river in the shortest
y= ⋅ sin 2πt + c ... (ii)
2π time.
DSSSB PGT 103 YCT

Let 'θ' be the angle between the direction of the boat's DeefOekeâlece TbÛeeF& ›eâceMe: 12 m Deewj 27m nw, lees jWpe
motion and the direction of current, keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee?
v 1.5 3 (a) 36 m (b) 72 m
tan θ = = =
u 2.5 5 (c) 54 2 m (d) 48 2
3
⇒ θ = tan –   = 30.96º ≈ 30º (taken) Ans. (b) : Given,
5 h1 = 12 m
Boat crosses to aim 30.96º upstream from the direction h2 = 27 m
of the shortest path.
For the same velocity-
Vresultant = Vbcosθ + Vssinθ
= 2.5cos30º+1.5sin(30º) u 2 sin 2 θ
height, h1 = ... (i)
V 1 2g
= 2.5 × + 1.5 ×
2 2 u 2 sin 2 ( 90 – θ ) u 2 cos 2 θ
h2 = = ... (ii)
Vresultant = 2.165+.75 2g 2g
= 2.915
u 2 sin 2 θ ⋅ cos 2 θ
400 ⇒ h1.h2 = [From (i) and (ii)]
Now, (q) shortest time = = 137.04 sec 4g 2
2.915
2
≈ 137 sec.  u 2 sin 2θ 
Hence, 16h1h2 =  
So, p–q = 137–137 = 0  g 
Note : Official answer is given by commission is option 2
Range, R = 16h1h2
(d).
R = 4 h 1h 2
104. On a rainy day when a boy is running at a
speed of 4 ms–1, rain strikes him vertically at a R = 4 12 × 27
speed of 4 ms–1. For what speed of the boy will
R = 4 324
rain strike him at an angle of 45º?
R = 4×18
yejmeele kesâ efkeâmeer efove peye keâesF& ueÌ[keâe 4 ms–1 keâer
R = 72 m
ieefle mes uecyeJele efiejleer nQ~ yejmeele keâer yetBoW Gmehej 45º
106. ABCD is a quadrilateral. Forces represented in
keâe keâesCe yeveeles ngS efkeâme ieefle mes efiejWieer?
magnitude and direction by AB, AD, BC, DC
(a) 2 m/s (b) 6 m/s
acting simultaneously. The direction of the
(c) 8 m/s (d) 8 2m / s resultant force is:
Ans. (*) : ABCD Skeâ meceÛelegYeg&pe nw~ Fmekesâ heefjceeCe Deewj efoMee
keâes ›eâceMe: AB , AD , BC, DC kesâ ™he ceW ØeoefMe&le
efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ heefjCeeceer yeue keâer efoMee nesieer:
(a) is along AC/AC keâer efoMee ceW
(b) is along BD/BD keâer efoMee ceW
(c) bisects AC/AC keâes odefJeefJeYeeefpele keâjleer ngF&
(d) bisects BD/ BD keâes odefJeefJeYeeefpele keâjleer ngF&
Vmr = Vr – Vm = –4ˆj – 4iˆ Ans. (d) : As AB, AD,BC,DC form a cyclic

quadrilateral ABCD, such that -
( –4 ) + ( 4 ) – 2 × ( –4 ) × 4 × cos 90º
2 2
Vmr = AB + AD + BC + DC = 0
⇒ Vmr = 4 2 m / s and AB = –BA
Note :- Official answer given by commission is (c) So, BA = BC + CD + DA
Regulant Force = F2 = BA+BC+CD+DA
105. For the same velocity of projection a projectile
has got equal ranges for two angles of Fr = BA+BA
projection corresponding to which greatest Fr = 2BA
height attained are 12 m and 27 m. what is the Similarly
value of range? Fr = 2BD
oes meceeve Øe#eshe JesieeW Deewj meceeve Øe#eshe keâesCeeW Éeje Hence the direction of the resultant force is bisecting
Øe#esefhele efkeâÙes peeves hej oes efheb[es Éeje leÙe keâer peevesJeeueer the BD.
DSSSB PGT 104 YCT

107. A picture frame of rectangular shape weighing 'm' õJÙeceeve keâe keâesF& efheb[ MetvÙe Jesie mes Meg™ keâj
5 kg is hung from a wall by a cord 5 cm long, ieg®lJe kesâ Debleie&le t meceÙe kesâ efueS efiejlee nw~ Deieueer 'a'
fastened to two rings 3 cm apart on the top
edge of the frame. Find the tension in the cord.
otjer ceW Fmes hegve: MetvÙe efmLeefle ceW ueeves kesâ efueS
(g = 10 ms–2 DeeJeMÙekeâ uecyeJele yeue nesiee ('m' efkeâuees«eece ceW Deewj
5 kg Jeeuee Skeâ DeeÙeleekeâej efhekeäÛej øesâce 5 cm uebyes 'a' keâe ceeve ceeršj ceW nw):
leej mes ueškeâe ngDee nw~ Fmekesâ meeceves kesâ efnmmes ceW 3 cm t2 t2
keâer otjer hej oes Úuues Fmekesâ Thejer efmejs hej ueies ngS nQ~ (a) mg 2 (b) mg 2
2a 4a
leej hej Deejesefhele DeeIetCe& yeue %eele keâjW~ (g = 10 ms–2)
 gt 2   gt 2 
1 1 (c) Mg 1 +  (d) Mg 1 + 
(a) 6 N (b) 24 N  4a   2a 
8 8  
Ans. (d) :
1 1
(c) 34 N (d) 37 N 110. A load W is raised by a rope, from rest to rest,
4 8 through a height 10m. The least time in which
Ans. (c) :
5
108. A body of mass 'm' rests on an inclined plane of the ascent can be made is sec. It is known
inclination 'α-' in limiting equilibrium by way 2
that the greatest tension which the rope safely
of application of a force P at an angle θ with
bear is nW. 'n' is equal to:
the inclined plane. The coefficient of friction
between the body and the plane is µ. Then P is W Yeej keâes 10 m keâer TbÛeeF& lekeâ Skeâ jmmeer Éeje MetvÙe
equal to : efmLeefle mes G"ekeâj MetvÙe efmLeefle ceW ues peeÙee peelee nw~
'm' õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ efheb[ 'α' leue hej efmLele nw~ Ùeefo 5
Fmekesâ DeejesnCe ceW ueiee vÙetvelece meceÙe sec nw~ Fme
Fmehej yeue P meceleue mes θ keâesCe mes Deejesefhele efkeâÙee 2
peelee nw~ Ùeefo Gme efheb[ Deewj meceleue kesâ yeerÛe Ie<e&Ce DeJemLee ceW jmmeer Éeje men mekeâves Jeeuee leveeJe nW
iegCeebkeâ µ nw, lees P keâe ceeve nesiee: neslee nw~ 'n' keâe ceeve nesiee:
µ cos ∝ + sin ∝ (a) 2 (b) 3
(a) mg. (c) 5 (d) 10
cos θ + µ sin θ
µ cos ∝ + sin ∝ Ans. (c) : The time of ascent formula is given as-
(b) mg.
sin θ + µ cos θ t=
2nh
cos ∝ +µ sin ∝ ( n – 1) g
(c) mg.
µ cos θ + sin θ 5 2n ×10
=
(d) mg.
µ cos ∝ + sin ∝ 2 ( – 1) × 10
n
µ cos θ + sin θ
5 2n
Ans. (*) : =
2 n –1
n –1 4
=
n 5
1
⇒ n= =5
0.2
111. A bomb explodes in air into three parts. Two of
N + P sin θ = mg cos α ........ (i) them having masses 100 g. each move at an
mg sin α = P cos θ + µ (mg cos α – P sinθ) angle 120º with each other having equal
mg sin α = P cos θ – µ P sin θ + µ mg cos α velocities of 100 m/s each. The third part moves
mg sin α − µmg cos α in a direction opposite to the bisector of the
=P angle between the directions of motion of the
cos θ − µ sin θ first two parts with a velocity of magnitude 25
 sin α − µ cos α  m/s. What is the mass of the third part in gms.
⇒ P = mg   yece efJemheâesš kesâ meceÙe Jen nJee ceW leerve šgkeâÌ[eW ceW
 cos θ − µ sin θ 
Note- Official answer given by commission is (a). ef J eYeeef pele nes peelee nw~ efpemeces mes oes kesâ Yeej 100 g nQ~
109. A body of mass 'm' has been falling from rest
ØelÙes k eâ 120º kesâ keâesCe hej Øe#esefhele nesles nw~ Deewj ØelÙeskeâ
under the action of gravity for t seconds. Find kesâ Jesie 100 m/s nQ~ leermeje Yeeie henues oesveeW YeeieeW kesâ
the vertical force required to be applied in Øe#eshe keâesCe keâes oes YeeieeW ceW yeeBšles ngS 25 m/s keâer ieefle
order to bring it to rest within another distance mes ieefle keâjlee nw~ leermesj Yeeie keâe õJÙeceeve «eece ceW
'a'. ('m' is in kg and 'a' is in metres) efkeâlevee nesiee?
DSSSB PGT 105 YCT
(a) 200 g (b) 400 g (r) The total mechanical energy is a constant
(c) 250 g (d) 500 g of time./šeFve (tine) keâer kegâue Ùeebef$ekeâ Tpee&
Ans. (b) : Total momentum before explosion is equal to efveÙele jnleer nw~
total momentum after the explosion. (s) For the motion of a particle in the field, the
Net momentum of the parts is zero. gain in kinetic energy is equal to the loss in
potential energy./ heâeru[ ceW mebYeJe ieefleS ieeflepe
Tpee& ceW yeÌ{esòejer Deewj efJeYeJe Tpee& ceW keâceer kesâ
yejeyej nesleer nw~
(a) Only (p)/kesâJeue (p) mener nw
(b) Only (p) and (q)/kesâJeue (p) Deewj (q) mener nQ
(c) Only (p), (q) and (r)/ kesâJeue (p), (q) Deewj (r) mener
nQ
(d) (p), (q), (r) and (s)/(p), (q), (r) Deewj (s)
Vertical component of momentum of 1st and 2nd part Ans. (d) : (p), (q), (r) and (s)
cancels out and horizontal components are Conservative force :- Workdone by a conservative
m1v1cos120º + m2v2cos120º force is independent of the path taken by the particle.
Thus change in potential energy between two points is
Since, Net momentum = 0
also independent of the path. Workdone to move an
⇒ m1v1cos120º+m2v2cos120º+m3v3 = 0 object from one point to another point is equal to the
 1  1 negative change in potential energy, by which force is
⇒ 100 ×100º  –  + 100 × 100 ×  –  + 25m related to negative gradient of potential energy.
 2  2
f
1 ∆U = –W = – ∫ F.dr
⇒ –2 × × 100 ×100 + 25m = 0
2 i
= 25 m = 100×100 du = –Fxdx
m = 400g du
= –Fx
112. A string OPQR is such that OP = PQ = QR. dx
Masses equal to 10 g are fastened at P, Q, R du
and these are made to rotate on a smooth Fx = –
dx
horizontal table. If the string always remains
straight and taut, them the tension in the
portions OP, PQ, PR are as:
Skeâ ueÌ[er OPQR ceW OP = PQ = QR nQ~ P,Q Deewj R
ØelÙeskeâ mes 10 g kesâ Yeej ueškesâ ngS nQ efpememes Ùes Skeâ Since, workdone by a force in moving a particle from
#eweflepe cespe mes ueškeâves hej meceeJemLee ceW jnles nQ~ Ùeefo point A to B is an integral of force with displacement,
which is given by,
ueÌ[er meowJe leveer ngÙeer Deewj meerOeer jnleer nw lees OP, PQ, f
PR kesâ šJexvees Deewj heesš&svees kesâ Devegheele ›eâce<e: neWies– dW = – ∫ F.dr
(a) 1 : 2 : 3 (b) 3 : 2 : 1 i
(c) 6 : 5 : 3 (d) 3 : 5 : 6 here, initial point = final point

W=0
Ans. (c) :
Total mechanical energy is the sum of kinetic and
113. Which among the following is/are the potential energy, which can neither be created nor be
characteristics of a conservative force field? destroyed but can be transferred from one form to
efkeâmeer meIeve yeue Jeeues #es$e keâer efJeMes<elee efvecveefueefKele another form.
ceW mes keäÙee nesleer nw? Thus it depends upon time and a particle in motion, gain
in kinetic energy is equal to loss in potential energy,
(P) The force can be derived from a potential
which is based on the law of conservation of energy.
by taking its negative space gradient./Fmekesâ Thus, it is also conservative.
vesiesefšJe «esef[Sbškesâ#es$e kesâ efJeYeJe Éeje yeue keâes 114. A particle of mass 10 g moves under the
%eele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ influence of a force field, F = 2(sint î + cost ˆj) in
(q) The work done by the force round a closed newtons. If the particle is initially at rest at the
path is zero./ efkeâmeer yebo heefjheLe ceW efkeâÙee ieÙee origin of co-ordinates, then the instantaneous
keâeÙe& MetvÙe neslee nw~ power in watts applied to the particle is :
DSSSB PGT 106 YCT

10 «eece õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ keâCe, F = 2(sint î + cost ˆj) Ans. (a) : Given,
vÙetšve Jeeues ]heâesme& heâeru[ kesâ Debleie&le ieefle keâj jne nw~ Conservation force field
Ùeefo keâesF& keâCe ÛelegLeeËMe mes Glmeefpe&le nesvee Ûeenlee nw, F = ( x + 2y + 4 ) î + ( 2x – 3y – z ) ˆj + ( 4x – y + 2z ) kˆ
lees Fme efmLeefle ceW lelkeâeue Gmehej ueieves Jeeueer Meefòeâ keâe The Gradient of the Scalar Potential φ is
ceeve Jeeš ceW efkeâlevee nesiee? ∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
∇φ = î + ˆj + kˆ
(a) 100 sin t (b) 400 sin t ∂x ∂y ∂z
(c) 200 cos t (d) 0 A = ( x + 2y + 4z ) î + ( 2x – 3y – z ) ˆj + ( 4x – y + 2z ) kˆ
10
Ans. (b) : Given, m = 10g = = 0.01kg As, A = ∇φ
1000
∂φ ∂φ
Force Field, F = 2 ( sin t î + cos tjˆ ) = x + 2y + 4z , = 2x – 3y – z
∂x ∂y
F = ma ∂φ
= 4x – y + 2z ............ (1)
∂z
a=
F
=
2
(sin tiˆ + cos tjˆ ) The value of φ can be found by integrating the above
m 0.01
dv equations.
a= ⇒ dv = adt ∂φ = (x+2y+4z)dx
dt
Integrating both side, we get φ = ∫ dφ = ∫ ( x + 2y + 4z ) dx = ∫ xdx + ∫ 2ydx + ∫ 4zdx
∫ dv = ∫ a ⋅ dt x2
φ= + 2yx + 4zx + C ( y, z ) ........... (2)
v= ∫
2
( sin tiˆ + cos t ˆj) dt 2
on differentiating the above equation w.r.t to y,
0.01
= 200 ∫ ( sin tiˆ + cos tjˆ ) dt ∂φ
= 2x – 3y – z ........... (3)
∂y
V = 200 ( – cos tiˆ + sin tjˆ ) On comparing the two above equation,
V = 200 ( – cos tiˆ + sin tjˆ ) + c C (y, z)) = –3y – z
at the origin, V = 0, t = 0 we get ∂ ( y,z )
C (y,z)) =
C = 200 ⇒ V = 200 ( − cos tiˆ + sin tjˆ ) + 200 ∂y
Power, P = Force × Velocity C (y, z) = ∫ cydy
P = F⋅V C (y, z) = ∫ –3ydy – ∫ zdy
= 2 ( sin tiˆ + cos tjˆ ) ⋅ 200{− cos tiˆ + sin tjˆ + 1}
3y 2
P = 400 sint C(y, z) = – – zy + c .......... (4)
2
115. A conservative force field is given by, Thus, equation for the scalar potential is –
F = ( x + 2y + 4y ) i + ( 2x - 3y - z ) ɵj + ( 4x - y + 2z ) kɵ
x2 3y 2
obtain the scalar potential function from which φ = φ = + 2yx + 4zx – – yz + c ( z ) .........(5)
2 2
it has been derived. On differentiating the above equation w.r.t to z,
Skeâ kebâ]peJexefšJe ]heâesme& heâeru[ keâes ∂φ
( )
F = ( x + 2y + 4z ) î + ( 2x – 3y – z ) ˆj + ( 4x - y + 2z ) kˆ ∂z = 0 + 0 + 4x – 0 – y + c' z
kesâ ™he ceW ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Fmekesâ Éeje DeefoMe ∂φ
= 4x – y + c' ( z ) .........(6)
efJeYeJe keâes efkeâme Øekeâej %eele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw? ∂z
x2 3 2 2 ∂φ
(a) − + y − z − 2xy + yz − 4zx Comparing it with = 4x – y + 2z [from (1)]
2 2 ∂z
c'(z) = 2z
z2
(b) − x 2 + 3y2 − − 2xy + yz − 4zx c(z) = ∫ 2zdz
2
x2 z2 z2
(c) − + 3y2 − − xy + yz − 2zx c(z) = 2 + c
2 2 2
2
z 2 c(z) = z +c
(d) − x 2 − 3y 2 − + xy − yz + 2zx here c is final constant of integration,
2
DSSSB PGT 107 YCT
∂φ (a) 205 (b) 410
= 0 + 0 + 4x – 0
∂z (c) 410 2 (d) 820
∂φ Ans. (b) :
= 4x – y + c' ( z ) [from 6]
∂z
∂φ
Comparing it with = 4x – y + 2z
∂z
⇒ c'(z) = 2z,
Initially the block is at rest i.e. u = 0
∫ 2zdz = z
2
c(z) = .................. (7) MV+0 = (M+M)V
Now, putting c(z) in equation (5), we get – MV
⇒ V= ... (i)
x 2
3y 2 m +M
φ= + 2xy – yz + 4zx – +z 2
∆K.E = Ki – Kf
2 2
1 1
x 2
3y 2
= MV 2 – ( m + M ) V 2
=– + – z 2 – 2xy + yz – 4zx 2 2
2 2
1  Mm  2
116. A particle is under the influence of a central ⇒ ∆KE =  V [From (i)]
-2r 2 M +m 
R
potential, given by V = o uo e R o , where the ⇒ 4100 = 1 ×  0.05 × 2  V 2
r  
2  2.05 
symbols have usual meanings. Find the
4100 × 205
equilibrium position of the particle. ⇒
5
kesâvõerÙe efJeYeJe kesâ Debleie&le efkeâmeer keâCe keâes
-2r
⇒ V = 41×41×102
2
R
V = 0 u 0 e Ro kesâ ™he ceW ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ peneB ⇒ V = 41× 41× 102
r
hej ØeleerkeâeW kesâ DeLe& Gvekesâ meeceevÙe DeLe& nQ~ keâCe keâer V = 410 m/s
meceeJemLee nesieer: 118. Two balls of equal mass are moving in the same
direction along the same straight time with
(a) R0 (b) 2R 0 velocities of magnitude in the ratio 2:1. They
Ro Ro collide and in the process lose x% of their
(c) (d) kinetic energy. If the coefficient of restitution is
2 4
2
R0 –2r / R 0
, find x:
Ans. (c) : Given central potential V = u 0e 3
r
meceeve Yeej keâer oes ieWoW Skeâ ner efoMee ceW ieefle keâj jner nQ~
dv
For equilibrium =0 Gvekeâer ieefleÙeeW keâe Devegheele 2 : 1 nw~ peye Ùes Deeheme ceW
dr
škeâjeleer nQ lees Fvekeâer ieeflepe Tpee& ceW x% keâer #eefle nes
1 –2r / R 0  2 
= – 2 ( R 0 u 0e ) +  R 0 u 0 e . –   = 0
dv 1 –2r / R 0
2
dr r r  R0   peeleer nw~ Ùeefo #eeflehetefle& iegCeebkeâ nw lees x keâe ceeve
3
1 1 2 %eele keâerefpeS~
⇒ – 2= ⋅
r r R0 1 2
(a) 5 (b) 5
R 4 9
⇒ r= – 0
2 5 1
(c) 5 (d) 6
Negative sign represents direction. 9 4
117. A bullet of mass 50g moving with a velocity 'v' Ans. (c) : Let the initial velocities of the given balls be
strike a block of mass 2kg. The block is free to 24 and 4 and final velocity after collision be V1 and V2.
move in the direction of the block. In the Applying, Law of conservation of momentum here,
process there is a loss of kinetic energy of
4100J. find u in metres per sec.
50 g keâer Skeâ ieesueer v Jesie mes ieefle keâjleer ngÙeer 2 kg kesâ
Skeâ yueekeâ mes škeâjeleer nw~ yuee@keâ,yuee@keâ keâerefoMee ceW here, m1 = m2 = m
ieefle keâjves kesâ efueS cegòeâ nw~ Fme Øeef›eâÙee kesâ oewjeve 4100 ⇒ m(24) + mu = mv1+mv2
J keâer ieeflepe Tpee& keâe Üeme neslee nw~ u keâe ceeve m/sec ⇒ 3mu = mv1+mv2
ceW %eele keâerefpeS~ ⇒ v1+v2 = 3u ... (i)
DSSSB PGT 108 YCT

and after collision, 119. A ball moving an a smooth horizontal plane in
Net Initial kinetic energy = a straight with a velocity 100 cms–1 hito an
1 ( )2 1 identical ball which is at rest. The collision is
m 24 + m ( u )
2
perfectly elastic and the two balls move along
2 2 two straight paths after the collision. The
and net final kinetic energy = velocity of the first ball gets reduced to 60 cms–1
1
m ( v12 + v 22 ) find the angle between the direction of the ball
2 after the collision.
APQ, Skeâ ieWo #eweflepe leue hej meerOeer jsKee ceW 100 cms–1 keâer
1 ( 2 1 x  5u 2  ieefle mes ieefle keâj jner nw~ Ùen Skeâ otmejer ieWo mes škeâjeleer
⇒ m 4u + u 2 ) = m ( v12 + v 22 ) +  
2 2 100  2  nw pees efmLej DeJemLee ceW nw~ škeäkeâj kesâyeeo oesveeW ieWos
Coefficient of restitution meerOeer jsKee ceW ieefle keâjves ueieleer nQ~ henueer ieWo keâe Jesie
 v – v1  škeäkeâj kesâ yeeo Ieškeâj 60 cms–1 nw~ škeäkeâj kesâ yeeo
e, = –  2  yee@ue keâer efoMee keâe keâesCe %eele keâerefpeS~
 u 2 – u1 
(a) 30º (b) 45º
u 2 – v1
e= – (c) 60º (d) 90º
2u – u
Ans. (d) : Since the collision is elastic the linear
⇒ =–
2 ( v 2 – v1 ) momentum and kinetic energy remains conserved.
3 u Balls are identical so mass of balls are also same.
⇒ 3(v1–v2) = 2u So, for the kinetic energy and momentum to be same
2 velocity of second ball must be equal to velocity of
⇒ v1–v2 = u ... (iii) striking ball and this happens in the case when balls are
3
Adding (i) and (iii), equ, we get at 90º after collision.
2 11 120. Find the centre of mass of three equal rods
2v1 = 3u + u = u each of length '2a' forming the consecutive
3 3
sides of a square.
11
⇒ v1 = u leerve meceeve ÚÌ[ efpevekeâer uecyeeF& ØelÙeskeâ '2a' nw, Skeâ
6
So, v2 = 3u–v1 [From (i)]
Jeie& kesâ ueieeleej a Úesj yeveeles nQ~ Fvekeâe õJÙeceeve keWâõ
11 nesiee:
= 3u – u (a) It is at the centre of the middle rod/ yeerÛe Jeeueer
6
7 je@[ keâe keWâõ
= u
6 a
(b) It is at a distance from the centre of the
So, from (ii), we get 6
1 2 x  11   7  
2 2 square on the line through the centre
5u =  u  +    perpendicular to the middle rod./ yeerÛe Jeeueer je@[
2 100  6   6  
a
x  121 2 49 2  kesâ keWâõ kesâ uecyeJele iegpejves Jeeueer jsKee kesâ Jeie& mes
⇒ 5u 2 =  u + u  6
100  36 36  keâer otjer hej
x 170
⇒ 5u 2 = × u2 a
100 36 (c) It is at a distance of from the centre of the
2
36 × 10 × 5
⇒x= square on the line through the centre
17 perpendicular to the middle rod./ yeerÛe Jeeueer je@[
From (II), we get
a
1 ( 2 ) 1  11   7   2
2 2
x 5u 2 kesâ keWâõ kesâ uecyeJele iegpejves Jeeueer jsKee kesâ Jeie& mes keâer
m 5u –   +    u = × ×m 2
2 2  6   6   100 2 otjer hej
170 2 x a
⇒ 5u 2 – u = × mu 2 (d) It is at a distance of from the centre of the
36 20 3
10 2 x square on the line through the centre
⇒ u = mu 2
36 20 perpendicular to the middle rod./ yeerÛe Jeeueer je@[

20 × 10 50 a
⇒x= = kesâ keWâõ kesâ uecyeJele iegpejves Jeeueer jsKee kesâ Jeie& mes
36 9 3
5 keâer otjer hej
∴x= 5
9 Ans. (b)
DSSSB PGT 109 YCT

121. An electric motor starts from rest and on Now,
application of a torque on the shaft, that is ∆θ = 2πn
about the axis rotation of the motor, it acquires (θ2–θ1) = 2πn
an angular acceleration, α = 2t − t 2 during the 8
4 – = 2πn
first 2 seconds of its start, after which it 3
becomes zero. What will be the total angular 4
displacement (in terms of number of n=
3 × 2π
revolution) of the shaft in 5 sec?
2
Skeâ Meeheäš hej yeue DeeIetCe& (še@ke&â) ueieeves hej Skeâ n=
3π
efJeÅegle ieefle efJeßeece mes Meg™ nesleer nw, pees efkeâ ceesšj kesâ
IetCe&ve keâer Oegjer hej nesleer nw, Fmekesâ Meg™Deele kesâ henues 2 (a).
mewkeWâG kesâ Deboj Ùen α = 2t − t 2 keâe keâesCeerÙe lJejCe Øeehle 122. A particle of mass m is at the point (b,0) say B.
keâjleer nw~ Fmekesâ yeeo Ùen MetvÙe nes peelee nw~ Fmekeâe kegâue The y-axis is chosen vertically downward and
keâesCeerÙe efJemLeeheve (IetCe&ve Øeefle efceveš kesâ meboYe& ceW) 5 the particle is let fall from B parallel to the y-
axis, find the angular momentum of the
mewkeWâ[ ceW efkeâlevee nesiee? particle about the origin 2 sec after the ball.
(a)
8
(b)
16 m õJÙeceeve Jeeuee Skeâ keâCe efyebot B, (b, o) hej nw~ y-
3π 3π De#e keâes Thej mes veerÛes keâer Deesj Ûegvekeâj keâCe keâes efyebot
(c)
4
(d)
4 B mes y-De#e kesâ meceeveeblej efiejeÙee peelee nw, keâCe kesâ
3π π efiejeS peeves kesâ 2 meskebâ[ kesâ yeeo Fmekeâer keâesCeerÙe ieefle
Ans. (*) : Angular acceleration, α = 2t–t2 %eele keâerefpeS~
We know that
(a) 2 mg b kɵ (b) –2 mg b kɵ
dω
α= 1 1
dt (c) mg b kɵ (d) – mg b kɵ
2 2
αdt = dω
Ans. (b) : After t = 2 sec, particle's velocity will be
(2t–t2)dt = dω
given by-
On integrating both sides we get -
t3
ω = t2 –
3
8
at t = 2, ω = 4 –
3
4
ω = rad / sec v = u+at
3
dθ ⇒ v = 0+g×2
We know that, ω = ⇒ v = 2g
dt
dθ1 = ωdt Now, angular momentum, L = m ( v × r ) = mvrsinθ
On integrating both sides we get - So, L = m2g.b [θ = 90º]
4 2
θ1 = [ t ]0 = 2mgb, along the direction perpendicular to v
3 and r i.e. in the direction of Z'.
4
θ1 = × 2 ∴ L = –2mgb k̂
3 Note : Official answer given by commission is option
8 (a).
θ1 = rad
3 123. Two similar conducting balls of mass 'm' and
dθ2 = ωdt charge 'q' hang from silk threads each of
4 5 length 'l'. Their angle of inclination with the
θ2 = [ t ]2
3 vertical is each equal to θ, where θ is very
4 small. In this situation the distance between the
= ×3 balls is 'a' then one of the ball is discharged.
3
Thereafter the distance between balls become
θ2 = 4 rad 'b'. Then 'b' in term of 'a' will be given by:
DSSSB PGT 110 YCT

oes meceeve DeeJesMe Jeeues ieWo efpevekeâe õJÙeceeve 'm' Deewj Since, inclination as θ,
'q' nw, FvnW jsMece kesâ Oeeies mes ueškeâeÙee peelee nw efpemeceW tanθ ≈ sinθ (For small angle)
ØelÙeskeâ Oeeies keâer uebyeeF& 'I' nw~ FveceW ØelÙeskeâ keâe GOJee&Oej =
a
mes PegkeâeJe keâes keâesCe θ kesâ yejeyej nw, peneB θ yengle ner 2l
Úesše nw~ Fme efmLeefle ceW iesoeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 'a' nw, 2 l = b cot θ −−−−(4)
efheâj FveceW mes Skeâ ieWo keâes DeveDeeJesef<ele (discharged) Putting the value of b in eqaution (3) we get-
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ leye Fve ieWoeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 'b' nes k. ( 2l ) q 2
a3 =
peeleer nw~ lees efheâj 'a' mes meboYe& ceW 'b' keâer otjer oer mg
peeSieer: 3 k. ( b cot θ ) q 2
a =
a a mg
(a) (b)
2 4
 k. ( b cot θ ) 
1/ 3
 −1   −2 
2/3
a= q  
(c)  2 3  a (d)  2 3  a  mg 
   
    Note : Official answer given by commission is option
Ans. (*) : (d).
124. An electric dipole of moment P is placed in a
uniform electric field of E , such that P , makes
an angle of 30º with E . If the dipole has to be
rotated through an angle 90º about an axis
perpendicular P , what will be the work done?
P mebJesie Jeeues Skeâ efJeÅegle odefJeOeÇgJe keâes E mebJesie Jeeues
Skeâ meceeve efJeÅegle #es$e ceW Fme lejn jKee peelee nw efkeâ
1 q2
Fe = P , E kesâ meeLe 30 ef[«eer keâe keâesCe yeveelee nw~ Ùeefo Fme
4πε 0 a 2
Tcosθ = mg −−−−−(1) odefJeOeÇgJe keâes 90 ef[«eer hej Iegceevee nes, pees P kesâ
kq 2 uebyeJele nes, lees efkeâÙee peevesJeeuee keâeÙe& keäÙee nesiee?
T sinθ = ––––(2)
a2 3 −1 3 +1
(a) pE (b) pE
On divideing Equation (2) by (1) - 2 2
kq 2 3 1
2 (c) pE (d) pE
tanθ = a 2 2
mg Ans. (b) : Given, θ1 = 30º
kq 2 θ2 = 120º
tanθ =
a × mg
2 We know that the work done due to a dipole in presence
of a uniform electric field is -
kq 2 W = ∆U = pE(cosθ1–cosθ2)
a2 =
mg tan θ = pE (cos30º – cos120º)
a  3 1
here tanθ ≈ sinθ = θ = = pE  + 
2l  2 2
2klq 2  3 +1 
a3 = –––––––(3) W = pE  
mg  2 
Now, when one ball is discharged, 125. A uniformly charged sphere of radius 25 cm
has a total charge Q coulomb. Find the electric
field intensity at the centre of sphere in
newtons/ coulomb?
25 mesceer keâer ef$epÙee Jeeues Skeâ ieesues keâes meceeve ™he mes
DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee peelee nw efpemekeâe kegâue DeeJesMe Q
coulombs nw~ ieesues kesâ keWâõ ceW efJeÅegleerÙe #es$e keâer
leer›elee newtons/coulomb ceW %eele keâerefpeS~
FBD for the charged mass,
DSSSB PGT 111 YCT
Q 127.
(a) Zero/MetvÙe (b)
125 ∈0
2Q 2Q
(c) (d)
50 ∈0 5 ∈0
Ans. (a) : The electric field, of insde a uniformly
charged sphere is -
Qr
E= A capacitor of capacitance C1 is charged to a
4πε0 R 3
potential V1. The charging battery is then
at the centre, r = 0 disconnected and C1 is connected to a capacitor
Therefore, electric field intensity at center of sphere is X of unknown capacitance. The potential
equal to zero - difference across the combination is now V2.
E=0 Find the energy stored in the system after the
switch S is closed.
126.
C1 Oeeefjlee Jeeues Skeâ mebOeeefj$e keâes efJeYeJeeblej
(potential difference) V1 lekeâ DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee peelee
nw~ Fmekesâ yeeo DeeJesefMele keâjves Jeeueer yewšjer keâes efvekeâeue
efoÙee peelee nw Deewj C1 keâe De%eele OeeefjleeJeeues X
mebOeeefj$e mes peesÌ[ efoÙee peelee nw~ Deye Fve mebÙeespeve kesâ
All the capacitors shown in the above network yeerÛe keâe efJeYeJeeblej V2 nes peelee nw~ efmJeÛe S yebo keâjves
have the same value of capacitance. The kesâ yeeo Fme ØeCeeueer ceW mebefÛele Tpee& %eele keâjW~
equivalent capacitance between A and B turns 1 1
21 (a) C1 ( V1 + V2 ) V2 (b) C1V1V2
out to be 1 µF. Find the capacitance of each 2 2
144
1 1 V2
capacitor. (c) C1 ( V1 − V2 ) V1 (d) C1 ( V1 − V2 ) 2
2 2 V1
GheÙeg&òeâ vesšJeke&â ceW meYeer mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve
Skeâ meceeve nw~ A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe mecekeâ#e Oeeefjlee Ans. (b) : Initially when capacitor C1 is charged to a
potential difference V1 then charge Q is written as -
21
1 µF nes peeleer nw~ ØelÙeskeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee %eele Q1 = C1V1
144 After the removal of the battery, both capacitors are
keâerefpeS~ parallel then-
(a) 1 µF (b) 1.5 µF C = C1+X
(c) 3 µF (d) 11 µF Now, charge, Q' = (C1+X)V2
Q = Q' (C1+X)V2 Charge is
165
Ans. (c) : Given Ceq = conserved)
144 C1V1 = (C1+X)V2
The energy stored in the system after the switch s is
closed is given by -
1
U = ( C1 + X ) V22
2
1
U = ( C1 + X ) V2 ⋅ V2
2
On solving the figure, the equivalent capacitance is - 1
29C U = C1V1V2
Ceq = (let say each capacitance is equal 2
76 128. An insulating disc of radius R, has a uniform
to C) surface charge density, σ. It rotates with an
165 29C angular velocity ω. Find the total circulating
=
144 76 current.
C = 3µF R ef$epÙee Jeeueer jesOekeâ ef[mkeâ keâer melen meceeve IevelJe σ
Hence, The value of capacitance of each capacitor is mes DeeJesefMele nw~ Ùen keâesCeerÙe Jesie ω mes Oetce jner nw~ kegâue
3µF. mebÛeeueve efJeÅegle ØeJeen %eele keâjW~
DSSSB PGT 112 YCT
1 mebOeeefj$e (ØelÙeskeâ 2 mho kesâ yejeyej) keâes peesÌ[keâj Skeâ
(a) σωR 2 (b) σωR 2
2 vesšJeke&â yeveeÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo efJeÅegle ØeJeen A kesâ
1 ceeOÙece mes ØeJesMe keâjlee nw Deewj B kesâ ceeOÙece mes
(c) σωR 2 (d) 2σωR 2
4 efvekeâuelee nw, lees vesšJeke&â keâer leguÙeebkeâ Oeeefjlee (mho
Ans. (a) : The total circulating current of insulating disc ceW) %eele keâjW~
of radius R, has a uniform surface charge density σ, (a) 1 (b) 4
rotates with an angular velocity ω is given by - (c) 2 (d) 8
1
I = σωR 2 Ans. (b) :
2 131.
129. A conduction is in the form of a rod of length 'l'
and cross-sectional area 'A'. Its temperature
coefficient of resistance is αR, the temperature
coefficient of resistance of its material is αp and
its coefficient of linear thermal expansion is α.
Find the approximate relation between αR, αp
and α.
Skeâ mebÛejCe Skeâ ÚÌ[ kesâ ™he ceW nw efpemekeâer uebyeeF& l
Deewj DevegØemLe keâeš #es$e 'A' nw~ Fmekeâer jesOekeâlee keâe In the circuit shown in the figure all the
resistance are in ohms. Find the power
leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ αR nw Deewj Fmekeâer meece«eer keâer
dissipation through the 8 ohm resistance.
ØeeflejesOekeâlee keâe leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ αp nw Deewj Fmekesâ Deeke=âefle ceW efoKeeS ieS heefjheLe ceW meYeer ØeeflejesOe ohms
jwefKekeâ leehe efJemleej keâe iegCeebkeâ α nw~ αR, αp Deewj α kesâ ceW nQ~ 8 ohms Jeeues ØeeflejesOe kesâ Éeje nesves Jeeues efJeÅegle
yeerÛe keâe Devegceeefvele mebyebOe %eele keâjW~ DeheJÙeÙe (dissipation) %eele keâjW~
(a) αp = αR – α (b) αp = αR – 2α
64 32
(c) αR = αP – α (d) αR = αP – 2α (a) watt (b) watt
25 125
Ans. (c) : The relation between temperature coefficient
of resistance (αR), temperature coefficient of resistivity 32 64
(c) watt (d) watt
of material αp and coefficient of linear thermal 25 125
expansion is α given by - Ans. (c) :
αR = αp–α
130.
Solution : - Here resistances 6Ω, 8Ω, and 12Ω are in

parallel, So net resistance in this combination is given
by-
1 1 1 1
= + +
R ' 6 8 12
1 4+ 3+ 2 9
⇒ = =
R' 24 24
A network of conductors is made in the shape 24
of a regular octahedron by joining 12 equal ⇒ R' = Ω
9
conductor of same conductance (each equal to
2 mho) as shown in the figure. If the current Now, Resistance R', 4Ω and 10Ω are in series
enters through A and exits through B, then find combination, So net resistance is given by -
the equivalent conductance of the network in 24 24 + 126
Rnet = + 4 + 10 =
mho. 9 9
Thej efoKeeS ieS efÛe$e kesâ Devegmeej Skeâ efveÙeefcele 150 50
= = Ω
Dee@keäšens[ê@ve kesâ Deekeâej ceW meceeve Oeeefjlee Jeeues 12 9 3
DSSSB PGT 113 YCT

V 20 6 (d) By connecting a resistance 14.58 Ω in series
So, I = = = A with the galvanometer and combining the
R net 50 5
available shunt with the said series
3
combination./14.58 Ω Jeeues ØeeflejesOe keâes iewuJeesceeršj
Apply current division rule-
Equivalent resistance of oppositebranch
kesâ meeLe ßeCeer ceW peesÌ[keâj Deewj Fme keâe@efcyevesMeve keâes
I2= TotalCurrent GheueyOe Mebš kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW pees[Ì ves kesâ Éeje~
R 2 + Equivalent resistance of oppositebranch
Ans. (d) :
( R 1R 3 / R 1 + R 3 )
I2 = I × 133. Calculate the kinetic energy attained by a
R 1R 3
R2 + charged particle of mass 'm' and charge 'q'
R1 + R 3 after moving through a distance 'b' along an
6 4 electric field E .
×
=
5 8+4 'm' õJÙeceeve leLee 'q' DeeJesMe Jeeues DeeJesefMele keâCe keâes
I2 =
2 efJeÅegleerÙe #es$e E ceW mes 'b' otjer lekeâ iegpejves kesâ yeeo,
5 Fme keâCe kesâ ieeflepe Tpee& keâer ieCevee keâjW~
Thus, power dissipated through 8Ω resistance, 1
P = VI2 = I 22 R (a) qEb (b) 2 qEb
2
2
2 4 32 (c) qEb (d) 2qEb
=   ×8 = ×8 = Watt
5 25 25 Ans. (c) :
132. A galvanometer of resistance 15 Ω gives full Force on the charged particle 'q' in the electric field E ,
scale deflection when a current 0.02 amp passes
through it. It is to be converted into an F = ma = qE
ammeter of reading 15A in its full scale
deflection. For this purpose you have been qE
a=
provided with an only shunt resistance, 0.04 m
ohm. How will the conversion desired be Now, by the equation of motion,
achieved? v2 = u2+2aS
15 Ω ØeeflejesOe Jeeues iewuJeesceeršj kesâ ØeeflejesOekeâ mes peye Eq
⇒ v2 = 0 + 2 × ⋅b [S=b, given]
0.02 amp keâer efJeÅegle ØeJeeefnle keâer peeleer nw, lees Ùen m
hetCe& hewceeves hej efJe#esheCe (deflection) oslee nw~ Fme hetCe& 2Eqb
⇒ v2 = ... (i)
hewceeves hej 15 A Jeeues Deceeršj keâer jeref[bie ceW heefjJeefle&le m
efkeâÙee peevee nw~ Fme GösMÙe kesâ efueS Deehekeâes kesâJeue 0.04 1
Now, kinetic energy = mv2
ohm keâe Mebš ØeeflejesOe efoÙee ieÙee nw~ JeebefÚle heefjJele&ve 2
kewâmes Øeehle efkeâÙee peeSiee? 1
= ×m×
2Eqb
(a) By connecting a resistance 0.01 Ω in parallel 2 m
to the shunt and connecting the combination K.E = qEb Joule
in parallel with the galvanometer./0.01 Ω Jeeues q
ØeeflejesOe keâes iewuJeesceeršj kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[keâj Deewj 134. A charge − 2 is placed at the origin of co-
GheueyOe Mebš keâes keâe@efcyevesMeve kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[ves q
kesâ Éeje~ ordinates and another charge + is placed at
3
(b) By connecting a resistance 14.96 Ω in series (a, 0). How far from the origin is the resultant
with the galvanometer and combining the intensity due to the two charges is zero?
available shunt with the said series
q
combination./14.96 Ω Jeeues ØeeflejesOe keâes iewuJeesceeršj efkeâmeer efveo&sMeebkeâ (Co-ordinates) kesâ cetue efyebot hej -
2
kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW peesÌ[keâj Deewj GheueyOe Mebš keâes
DeeJesMe jKee peelee nw Deewj (a, 0) hej otmeje DeeJesMe
keâe@efcyevesMeves kesâ meeLe ßesCeer ceW pees[Ì ves kesâ Éeje~
q
(c) By connecting a resistance 0.02 Ω in parallel + jKee peelee nw~ oes DeeJesMeeW kesâ keâejCe heefjCeeceer
to the shunt and connecting the combination 3
in parallel with the galvanometer./0.02 Ω Jeeues leer›elee MetvÙe mes efkeâleveer otj nw?
ØeeflejesOe keâes Mebš kesâ meceeveeblej ceW peesÌ[keâj Deewj Fme
keâe@efcyevesMeve keâes iewuJeesceeršj kesâ meeLe meceeveeblej ceW peesÌ[ves
(a) (3 + 6 ) a (b) (3 − 6 ) a
kesâ Éeje~ (c) (3 + 2 6 ) a (d) (3 − 2 2 ) a
DSSSB PGT 114 YCT
Ans. (a): Let denote the charge at origin as Q1 = –
q
 q 2   b − 4a
(c)  
2
(2
1
− 2
 )
2 
and charge at positon (a, 0) as Q2 =
q  4π ∈0   b + 4a
2
(2
b 
 )
3
 (b ) − 1 
2
 q2 + 4a 2
Q
E1 = K 21 (d)   
  ( b ) b 
... (i)
 4π ∈0
2 2
x − 4a 2
Q2
E2 = K ... (ii) Ans. (*) :
( x – a )2
Q1 Q2
⇒ K = K
x 2
( x – a )2
q/2 q/3
⇒ =
x 2
( x – a )2
Let the separation between the dipoles, be (r) on the X-
1 1
⇒ = axis.
2x 2 3 ( x – a )2 Force due to dipole '2' on dipole '1'
⇒ 3(x2+a2–2ax) = 2x2 kq 2 kq 2 kq 2 kq 2
⇒ 3x2+3a2–6ax = 2x2 Fnet = + + +
r 2 ( r + 2a ) 2 ( r + 2a ) 2 ( r + 4a ) 2
⇒ x2–6ax+3a2 = 0
here 2a+r = b
6a ± 36a 2 – 4 ×1× 3a 2
⇒ x= r = b–2a ––––(i)
2
1 1 1 1 
6a ± 24a 2 Fnet = kq 2  2 + + + 
⇒ r 
x=
( ) ( ) ( 4a )
2 2 2
2  r + 2a r + 2a r + 
6a ± 2a 6  1 1 1 1 
⇒ x= = kq 2  + 2+ 2+ 
2  ( b − 2a ) 
( 2a + b )
2 2
 b b 
⇒ x = 3a± 6a
Taking positive sign-  2 ( 4a 2 + b 2 ) 2 
= kq 2  + 
⇒ x = (3 + 6 ) a  ( 2a + b )( 2a − b ) 2 b 2 
 
 
 4a + b + 1 
2 2
135. Two dipoles having charges (–q, +q) and each
net = kq × 2
2
F
of length 2a are placed on the x-axis that the  ( 4a 2 − b 2 ) 2 b 2 
distance between their centres 'b' and the co-  
ordinates of the charges of the left dipoles are
 
as follow: –q (0, 0) and +q(2a, 0). Find the force q 2 × 2  b 2 + 4a 2 1
= +
of attraction extended on the left dipole by the 4πε 0  ( b 2 − 4a 2 ) 2 b 2 
right dipole.  
(– q, + q) DeeJes M e Jeeues oes od e f J eOeÇ g J e nQ Deew j ØelÙes k eâ keâes  
q 2  b 2 + 4a 2 1
x-De#e hej 2a keâer otjer hej Fme lejn mes jKee peelee nw = +
2πε 0  ( b 2 − 4a 2 ) 2 b 2 
efkeâ, Gvekesâ kesâõeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer 'b' Deewj x-De#e hej  
Gvekesâ efveoxMeebkeâ Fme Øekeâej nwb: –q ( 0, 0 ) Deewj Note : Official answer given by commission is option
+q ( 2a, 0 ) ~ yeeSb odefJeOeÇgJe mes oeSb odefJeOeÇJe hej (b).
ueievesJeeuee Deekeâ<e&Ce yeue %eele keâjW~ 136. A uniformly charged sphere of radius 25 cm
has a total of a Q coulombs. Find the electric
 q 2   b − 4a ( 2 2
) 1
 field intensity at a point 5 cm from the centre of
(a)    2 − 2
 2π ∈0   b + 4a( 2
) b 

the sphere.
meceeve ™he mes DeeJesefMele efkeâÙes ieS 25 cm keâer ef$epÙee
 q  b + 4a
2  ( 2 2
) 1
 Jeeues ieesues keâe kegâue DeeJesMe Q coulombs nw~ ieesues kesâ
(b)    2 − 2
 2π ∈0   b − 4a( 2
) b 
 keâjW~
kesâvõ mes 5 cm keâer otjer hej efJeÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee %eele
DSSSB PGT 115 YCT

2Q Ans. (c) :
(a) newtons/coulomb
5π ∈0
4Q
(b) newtons/coulomb
5π ∈0
2Q
(c) newtons/coulomb
125π ∈0
Q
(d) newtons/coulomb
125π ∈0 According to the fig. 6µF and 12µF capacitance are in
series then the equivalent capacitance is -
Ans. (*) :
1 1 1
= +
C1' 6 12
C1' = 4µF
Now, 4µF and 6µF capacitance are in parallel
combination then equivalent capacitance is-
C'2 = 4 + 6
Consider a point a which is at 5 cm from the centre of C'2 = 10µF

the sphere and the dotted circle is called Guassian Now, 10µF and 1µF are in series combination then-
surface. 10
The Guassian surface contains no charge inside it, i.e C3' = µF
11
q=0 Now, 4µF and 4µF are in parallel combination then
E=0 equivalent capacitance is 8µF.
Note : Official answer given by commission is option 8µF and 6µF are in series combination then-
(b).
24
137. In the circuit shown what should be the value C'4 =
7
of the capacitance of the capacitor 'C', So that
the equivalent capacitance between the points Now, C3' and C'4 capacitors are in parallel combination
A and B is 1 µF. All the capacitance values then equivalent capacitance is -
indicated are in µF ? C5' = C3' + C'4
veerÛes efoS ieS heefjheLe ceW mebOeeefj$e 'C' keâer Oeeefjlee
10 24
efkeâleveer nesveer ÛeeefnÙes, efpememes A Deewj B efyebogDeeW kesâ = +
11 7
yeerÛe leguÙeebkeâ Oeeefjlee 1 µF jns, oMee&S ieS meYeer
334
Oeeefjlee keâe ceeve µF ceW nQ? =
77
Now, capacitor C and C5' are in series combination then
1 1 1
= +
C' C C5'
334
C' = µF
257
24 138. Three charges are located at the three corners
(a) µF
17 of square (each side = a) as shown in the figure.
How much energy is required to bring another
167
(b) µF charge +q, from far away to place it at the
105 vacant corner?
(c)
334
µF pewmee efkeâ efÛe$e ceW oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw, Jeie& kesâ leerveeW keâesveeW
257 hej DeeJesMe efmLele nQ (ØelÙeskeâ Yegpee = a )~ otj mes Skeâ
(d)
156
µF
Deewj DeeJesMe + q keâes ueekeâj Keeueer keâesves hej jKeves kesâ
125 efueS efkeâleveer Tpee& keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nesieer?
DSSSB PGT 116 YCT
1 1
(c)
(
δ R 2 2 − R12 ) 2
(d)
(
δ R 2 2 − R12 ) 2
4πR1R 2 2πR1R 2
Ans. (b) : The formula of resistance of a spherical shell
formed of two concentric metallic spheres of raddii R1
and R2 (R2 > R1) and the internal space being filled with
 1 q2  a material of resistivity δ is given by-
(a) 
 4π ∈ 2a  ( R 2 – R1 ) δ
 0  R=
4πR1R 2
 1 3q 2 
(b) 
 4π ∈ 2a  140. A carbon resistor has the colour code as per the
 0  sequence : BROWN –ORANGE –BLUE –
 1 3q 2  RED-GREEN. Its resistance is:
(c) 
 4π ∈ a  efoÙes ieS ›eâce kesâ Devegmeej keâeye&ve ØeeflejesOe keâe jbie keâes[
 0 
 1 q2  Fme Øekeâej nw: Yetje - veejbieer - veeruee - ueeue - nje~
(d) 
 π ∈ a  Fmekeâe ØeeflejesOe nw:
 0 
(a) 2.58×103 Ohm with a tolerance of ±0.5%/±
Ans. (a) :
0.5% menÙelee kesâ meeLe 2.58 ×103 ohm
(b) 36.8 Ohm with a tolerance of ±5%/± 0.5%
menÙelee kesâ meeLe 36.8 ohm
(c) 1.36×104 Ohm with a tolerance of ±0.5%/±
0.5% menÙelee kesâ meeLe 1.36×104 ohm
Solution :- (d) 4.52×105 Ohm with a tolerance of ±10%/±

10% menÙelee kesâ meeLe 4.52 ×105 ohm
1 q q q
V= + – 
4πε0  a 2a a  Ans. (c) :
1 q
V=
4πε0 2a Tolrance of green colour is ± 0.5 %.
W = qV Resistance is -
1 q 136×102
= q×
4πε0 2a 1.36×104 Ohm
1 q2 141. In the circuit shown, all the resistances are in
W= ohms. Find the power dissipation through the 6
4πε0 2a
ohm resistance.
Hence, the energy is required to bring another charge
+q is -
heefjheLe ceW efoKeeS ieS meYeer ØeeflejesOe ohms ceW nQ~ 6
ohm ØeeflejesOe kesâ Éeje nesvesJeeuee efJeÅegle #eÙe %eele keâjW~
1 q2
4πε0 2a
139. A resistance has been provided in the form of a
spherical shell, formed of two concentric
metallic spheres of raddii R1 and R2 (R2 > R1)
and the internal space being filled with a
material of resistivity δ. Find its resistance.
Skeâ ieesueekeâej {eBÛes kesâ ™he ceW ØeeflejesOekeâ efoÙes ieS nQ,
pees oes R1 Deewj R2 jw[er (radi) Jeeues mekebâvõerle Oeeleg kesâ 256 324
ieesueeW mes ieF& nw~ ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjW~ (a) watt (b) watt
225 125
( R 2 − R1 ) δ ( R 2 − R1 ) δ 192 384
(a) (b) (c) watt (d) watt
2πR1R 2 4πR1R 2 125 225
DSSSB PGT 117 YCT

Ans. (d) : 142. A resistance network is prepared in the shape
of a regular tetrahedron, the sides being four
conductors each of conductance 2 mho. If
current enters into the system from one of the
four vertices and comes out from the opposite
corner, find the effective conductance of the
network.
efveÙeefcele Ûeleg<heâuekeâ (tetrahedron) kesâ Deekeâej ceW Skeâ
Here, 6Ω, 8Ω and 12Ω are in parallel. ØeeflejesOe vesšJeke&â lewÙeej efkeâÙee ieÙee nw, ÛeejeW lejheâ Ûeej
So, Net resistance through 6Ω, 8Ω and 12Ω given by Ûeeuekeâ ueies ngS nw, Deewj ØelÙeskeâ Ûeeuekeâ 2ohm kesâ nQ~
1 1 1 1 Ùeefo Ûeej ceW mes efkeâmeer Skeâ keâesves mes efJeÅegle ØeJeen Fme
= + +
R ' 6 8 12 ØeCeeueer ceW ØeJesMe keâjkesâ efJehejerle keâesves mes yeenj
4+3+ 2
= efvekeâuelee nw, lees vesšJeke&â keâe ØeYeeJeer ÛeeuekeâlJe
24
(conductance) %eele keâjW~
1 9
⇒ = Ω (a) 4 mho (b) 8 mho
R ' 24
(c) 2 mho (d) 1 mho
24
⇒ R' = Ω Ans. (c) :
9
Solution :-
24
Now, Rnet = 4 + + 10
9
126 + 24 150
= =
9 9 1
Since, G =
150 R
= Ω
3 So, For series (ACB and ADB)
20 6 2× 2
i= = A G' = =1
50 5 2+2
3 2× 2
G' = =1
Apply current division rule- 2+2
Equivalent resistance of oppositebranch Now 1 mho and 1 mho are in parallel
I2= TotalCurrent
R 2 + Equivalent resistance of oppositebranch So, Gnet = 1+1
(R 2R3 / R 2 + R3 ) = 2 mho
I2 = I ×
R 2R3 Note : Official answer given by commission is option
R1 + (a).
R2 + R3
143. Four statements have been given below about
6 24 / 5
= × Peltier Effect, Examine them:
3 6 + 24
hesefušÙej ØeYeeJe kesâ yeejs ceW Ûeej keâLeve efoS ieS nQ, FvnW
5
peeBÛeW:
8
I1 = A hešsefueÙej ØeYeeJe kesâ yeejs ceW Ûeej yeÙeeve veerÛes efoS ieS
15
Thus (P) power dissipation through the 6Ω resistance = nQ, GvnW peebÛeW:
VI1 (p) As a result of this effect heat is absorbed
= I12 R and evolved at the same time./Fme ØeYeeJe kesâ
2 heefjCeece mJe™he G<cee DeJeMeesef<ele nesleer nw Deewj
8 64
=   ×6 = ×6 Fmekesâ meeLe-meeLe yeÌ{leer nw~
 15  225
384 (q) The effect occurs throughout the wrait./ hetjs
= Watt
225 jsš ceW ØeYeeJe neslee jnlee nw~
DSSSB PGT 118 YCT
(r) If the direction of current is reversed, the 145. Four charges q1, q1, –q1, –q1, are placed at the
hot junction becomes cold and the cold four corners A, B, C, D of a square, whose each
junction becomes hot./ Ùeefo efJeÅegle ØeJeen keâer side is 'a'. L is the midpoint of BC. Find the
efoMee efJehejerle keâj oer peeS, lees iece& pebkeäMeve "b[s work done in carrying a charge q2 from the
nes peeles nQ Deewj "b[s pebkeäMeve iece& nes peeles nQ~ centre of the square to L./Ûeej DeeJesMe q1, q1, –q1,
(s) The heat evolved and absorbed depends –q 1 Skeâ Jeie& kesâ Ûeej keâesveeW A, B, C, D, hej jKes ieS
linearly on the resistance of the nQ, efpemekeâer ØelÙeskeâ Yegpee 'a' nw~ L, BC keâe ceOÙe efyebot
conductors./Ûeeuekeâ kesâ jwefKekeâ ØeeflejesOe kesâ nw~ kesâ keWâõ mes L lekeâ DeeJesMe q2 keâes ues peeves kesâ efueS
Devegmeej ieceea yeÌ{leer nw Deewj DeJeMeesef<ele nesleer nw~ efkeâÙee ieÙee keâeÙe& %eele keâjW~
(a) (p) and (q) are true; (r) and (s) are false/(p)
Deewj (q) mener nw; (r) Deewj (s) ieuele nw (a)
1 q1q 2
π ∈0 a 5
( )
5 −1
(b) (p) and (r) are true; (q) and (s) are false /(p)
Deewj (r) mener nw; (q) Deewj (s) ieuele nw (b)
1 q1q 2
4π ∈0 a 5
( 5 −1 )
(c) (p) and (s) are true (q) and (r) are false /(p)
Deewj (s) mener nw; (q) Deewj (r) ieuele nw 1 q1q1
(c)
(d) (q) and (r) are true (p) and (s) are false /(q) 4π ∈0 a
Deewj (r) mener nw; (p) Deewj (s) ieuele nw (d) 0
Ans. (b) : (p) and (r) are true, (q) and (s) are false. Ans. (d) :
Peltier effect is a type of thermoelectric effect that is
observed in an electric circuit.
Peltier discovered that when current is made to flow
through a circuit consisting of two different types of
conductors, a heating or cooling effect is observed at the
junctions between the two materials this change in
temperature at the junction is called the Peltier effect.
When electric current is passed through a circuit
consisting of two different conductors, a cooling effect
is observed in one junction wheareas another junction
experience a rise in temperature. W
This effect is reversible in nature and heating or cooling V=
q0
effect observed at a junction can be reversed by
changing the direction of the current flow. Peltier effect kq1q 2
W=
is used for cooling computes and other electronic r
equipment. Electric potential due to q1, q1, –q1 and –q1 placed on
144. A series circuit consists of a copper voltmeter the points A, B, C and D respectively be given by
(internal resistance = 4 ohm), a battery of a2 a2
negligible internal resistance and a resistance r= +
box. By adjusting the resistance box for 4 ohm, 4 4
the mass of copper deposited at the cathode in a2 a
10 minutes is 30 gm. To what value should the = = Unit
2 2
resistance box be adjusted to have a deposit of
40 gms of copper in 20 minutes? Vnet at the centre point =
Skeâ ßesCeer heefjheLe leebyes kesâ Jeesušceeršj (efpemekeâe Kq1 Kq1 Kq1 Kq1
+ – – =0
Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe = 4 ohm nw), veieCÙe Deebleefjkeâ r r r r
ØeeflejesOe Jeeueer yewšjer Deewj Skeâ ØeeflejesOe yee@keäme mes Since, there is not net potential at the centre of the
square.
efceuekeâj yevee nw~ 4 ohm Jeeues ØeeflejesOe yee@keäme keâes
So, Workdone in carrying a charge q2 from the centre of
S[pmeš keâjves kesâ Éeje kewâLees[ hej ome efceveš ceW pecee the square to L is W = V×q2
ngS leebyes keâe õJÙeceeve 30 gm nw~ 20 efceveš ceW 40gm = 0 Joule
leeyeW keâes pecee nesves kesâ efueS ØeeflejesOe yee@keäme keâes efkeâme 146. A particle of charge –q1 and maas 'm' moves in
JewuÙet hej S[pemš keâjvee ÛeeefnS~ a circular orbit of radius 'a' about a fixed
(a) 5 ohm (b) 6 ohm charge +q2. Express the frequency(n)
(c) 8 ohm (d) 10 ohm revolution as a function of the radius and the
Ans. (c) : charges and mass.
DSSSB PGT 119 YCT

õJÙeceeve 'm' Deewj DeeJesMe –q1 keâe Skeâ keâCe 'a' ef$epÙee peesÌ[ves kesâ yeeo Gvekesâ yeerÛe leguÙeebkeâ Oeeefjlee keâe Deblej
Jeeues Skeâ ieesueekeâej keâ#e ceW Ietce jne nw~ ef$epÙee Deewj 35 πF nw~ G keâe ceeve %eele keâjW
efmLej DeeJesMe + q2 Deewj 'm' kesâ ™he ceW DeeJe=efòe (n) 13 39
heefj›eâceCe keâes JÙeòeâ keâjW~ (a) πF (b) πF
3 8
1 1
3 3 26 52
 πm ∈0  2  πm ∈0  2 (c) πF (d) πF
(a) a2   (b) 2 a2   3 9
 2q1q1   q1q1 
Ans. (*) : Let their capacitances are in the ratio 2K, 3K
1 1
3 3 and 4K.
 πm ∈0  2  πm ∈0  2
(c) 2 2a 2   (d) 2a 2   Parallel :
 q1q1   q1q1 
Ans. (*) :
Series :
1 1 1 1
k q1q 2 Cnet = = + +
F= C 2K 3K 4K
a2
1 6+4+3
mv 2 ⇒ =
and Centripetal force, C 12K
r 1 13
mv2 k q1q 2 ⇒ =
⇒ = C 12K
a a2 12K
k q1q 2 ⇒ C net =
⇒ v2 = 13
am and equivalent capacitance when they are connected in
k q1q 2 parallel
⇒ v= Cnet = C1+C2+C3
am
= 2K+3K+4K
2πa
Since, v = = 9K
T
Now, given ( C net )series – ( C net )parallel = 35
2πa q1q 2
= 12K
T 4πε0 am – 9K = 35πF
13
4π2 a 2 qq 105K
⇒ = 1 2 ⇒ – = 35πF
T2 4πε0 am 13
q1q 2 T 2 13
⇒ a3 = ⇒ K= πF
16π ε0 m
3 3
16π3a 3ε0 m (c).
⇒ 2
T =
q1q 2 148. A uniformly charged sphere of radius 25 cm
has a total charge of a Columbs. Find the
εm
⇒ T = 4π3/ 2 a 3/ 2 0 electric field intercity an a point 75 cm. from
q1q 2 centre of the sphere in newtons/coulomb.
Note : Official answer given by commission is option 25 cm keâer ef$epÙee Jeeues Skeâ ieesues keâes meceeve ™he mes
(d). DeeJesefMele efkeâÙee peelee nw efpemekeâe kegâue DeeJesMe Q
147. Three capacitors having capacitances C1, C2, coulombs nw ieesues kesâ keWâõ mes 75 cm otjer hej efJeÅegleerÙe
C3 are such that C1:C2:C3 = 2 : 3 : 4. The #es$e keâer leer›elee newtons/coulomb ceW %eele keâerefpeÙes?
difference between their equivalent
4Q 4Q
capacitances when connected in series and in (a) (b)
parallel is 35 πF. Find the value of C. 9π ∈ 0 108π ∈0
C1, C2, C3 Oeeefjlee Jeeues leerve mebOeeefj$e Fme Øekeâej nQ efkeâ 27Q 25Q
(c) (d)
C1 : C2 : C3 = 2 : 3 : 4 nw~ ßesCeer Deewj meceeveeblej ceW 16π ∈0 4π ∈0
DSSSB PGT 120 YCT

Ans. (a) : The potential at the centre is therefore :-
0
V = – ∫ E.dl
∞
R2 1 R
Q Q
= ∫
∞
4πε0 r 2
dr – ∫
R2
4πε0 r 2
R R
 1 Q  1 1
2
Q
= – –
 r  – –
4πε 0 ∞ 4πε  r  R 2
1 Q
E= Q  1  Q  1 1 
4πε0 ( 75cm )2 = –  – R  – 4πε  – R + R 
4πε0  2  1 2
1 Q
= Q 1 1 1 
4πε0 ( 75 × 10 –2 )2 = + –
4π  ε0 R 2 εR1 εR 2 
Q
= 150. A point charge +q is placed at a distance 'a'2
4πε0 × 5625 ×10 –4
from an earthed circular metal disc of radius
10000 Q 'a'1. Find the induced charge.
=
4πε0 × 5625
'a'1 ef$epÙee Jeeueer Yetmebheefke&âle (earthed) ieesueekeâej
4Q Ûeef›eâkeâe mes 'a'2 keâer otjer hej Skeâ +q DeeJesefMele efyebot
=
9πε0 jKee ieÙee nw~ Øesefjle DeeJesMe %eele keâjW~
149. A metal sphere of radius R1 carries a charge Q.  2q  a 
it is surrounded by a sphenical shall of (a)   tan −1  1 
π
   a2 
thickness (R2 – R1) of a linear dielectric
material of permittively ∈ . Find the potential 2q  −1  a1 
at the centre of the sphere (relative to infinity) (b) –   tan  
 π   a2 
R1 ef$epÙee Jeeues Oeeleg keâe Skeâ ieesuee Q mes DeeJesefMele nw~
Ùen (R2 – R1) keâer ceesšeF& kesâ ∈ efJeÅegÙele Meeruelee Jeeues q a 
(c)   tan −1  1 
jwefKekeâ heejoÙegeflekeâ (linear dielectric) Oeeleg kesâ Skeâ π
   a2 
ieesueekeâej mes {bkeâe ngDee nw~ ieesues kesâ kesâvõ ceW efJeYeJe keâes a 
–   tan −1  1 
q
%eele keâjW (Deveble kesâ meehes#e ceW)~ (d)
π  a2 
Q 1 1 1 
(a)  + −  Ans. (b) :
4π  ∈0 R1 ∈ R1 ∈ R 2  151. A current of 5 amp flows through a wire of
Q 1 1 1  diameter 1 mm. if the concentration of charge
(b)  + −  carriers is 2×1027 m–3. Find the average drift
4π  ∈0 R 2 ∈ R 2 ∈ R 2 
velocity of the electrons in cm/s (e = 1.6×10–19C)
Q 1 1 1  amp keâer Skeâ efJeÅegled Oeeje 1 mm JÙeeme kesâ leej ceW mes
(c)  + − 
4π  ∈0 R 2 ∈ R1 ∈ R 2  ØeJeeefnle nes jner nw~ Ùeefo DeeJesMe keâeveea]pe keâer meIevelee
2×1027 m–3 nw, lees Fueskeäšê@vme keâe Deewmele DeheJeen Jesie
Q 1 1 1 
(d)  − +  (cm/sec ceW %eele keâjW~ (e = 1.6 × 10–19C)
4π  ∈0 R 2 ∈ R1 ∈ R 2 
(a) 2 (b) 3
Ans. (c) : (c) 4 (d) 6
Ans. (a) : Given, I = 5A
diameter, d = 1 mm
d 1× 10 –3
radius, r = = m
2 2
Concentration of charge carriers, n = 2×1027 m–3.
A metal sphere of radius 'r' carries a charge Q has WWe know that,
electric field, I = neAVd
1 Q Where, Vd is drift velocity
E= r̂ , r > 0
4πε0 r 2 ⇒ 5 = 2×1027×1.6×10–19×πr2×Vd
DSSSB PGT 121 YCT

2 153. Given three resistance 2 Ω, 4Ω and 6Ω,
 10 –3 
⇒ 5 = 3.2×108×3.14×   × Vd suitable combinations of three cars produce all
 2  the resistances (in ohms) of which option given
⇒ Vd = 2 cm/s below?
152. In the circuit shown all the resistance are in efoÙes ieS leerve ØeeflejesOe 2 Ω Deewj 6 Ω leerve keâejeW kesâ
ohms. Find the values of i1, i2, i3 in amperes.
oMee&Ùes ieS heefjheLe ceW meYeer ØeeflejesOe Ω ceW nQ~ i1, i2, i3 GheÙegòeâ mebÙeespeve efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâme efJekeâuhe kesâ
keâe ceeve amp ceW %eele keâjW~ meYeer ØeeflejesOe ( Ω ceW) Glhevve keâjles nQ?
12 8 5 22 11 22
(a) 12, , 3, , , , ,
11 5 4 3 4 5
12 4 5 22 11 22
(b) 12, , 3, , , , ,
11 3 3 3 6 5
12 8 5 11 11 22
(c) 12, , 3, , , , ,
11 3 4 4 6 5
11 14 7 11 3 8 12 8 5 22 11 22
(a) , , (b) , , (d) 12, , 3, , , , ,
15 15 15 13 13 13 11 3 4 3 4 5
13 5 1 10 3 7 Ans. (*) : In the question, given data is insufficient.
(c) , , (d) , ,
16 16 2 13 13 13 Note : Official answer given by commission is option
Ans. (*) : (c).
154. A potentiometer wire has a total length of 1000
cm. it is driven by a cell of E.M.F 4V having a
resistance 460 Ω in series. A source of potential
difference, 10 mv gets balanced by a length of
60 cm. of the potential wire. Find the value of
the resistance of the potentiometer wire.
At point A, i1 = (i2+i3) ... (i)
Skeâ efJeYeJeceeheer leej keâer kegâue uebyeeF& 1000 cm nw~ Fmes
Where, i3 = (i1-i2) 4V kesâ efJeÅegled Jeenkeâ yeue (Fueskeäšês ceesefšJe ]heâesme&/F&.
In looop ADCB, Sce. Sheâ.) keâer Skeâ yewšjer Éeje efpemeceW 640 Ω keâe
5 = 3i1+4(i1-i2) Skeâ ØeeflejesOe ßesCeer ›eâce ceW ueiee nw, ØeÛeeefuele efkeâÙee
5 = 7i1– 4i2 ----(i)
In loop ADEFA, ieÙee nw~ 10 mV keâe Skeâ efJeYeJeeblej œeesle 60 cm kesâ
3= –2i2 + 4(i1-i2) Skeâ leej Éeje meblegefuele neslee nw~ efJeYeJeceeheer leej kesâ
3= 4i1 – 6i2 ------(ii) ØeeflejesOeve keâe ceeve %eele keâjW~
On Solving equation (i ) and equation (ii) we get -
(a) 10 Ω (b) 15 Ω
9
i1 = (c) 20 Ω (d) 30 Ω
13
Ans. (d) : Total L = 1000 cm
−1
i2 = E.m.f = 4V
26
Rc = 460Ω
at point A, i1 = i2 + i3
Length of wire balancing ( ℓ ) = 60 cm
9 −1
= + i3 Potential difference (V) = 10mV = 0.01V
13 26
The Potential difference ∝ ( ℓ )
9 1
i3 = + V ℓ
13 26 =
E L
19
i3 = ℓ
26 Rwire = Rc×
magnitude of current are - L–ℓ
60
i1 =
9
, i2 =
1
, i3 =
19 Rwire = 460× = 29.36Ω ≈ 30Ω
13 26 26 1000 – 60
Note : Official answer given by commission is option Note : Official answer given by commission is option
(b). (c).
DSSSB PGT 122 YCT

155. A resistance R is connected in parallel with a ßesCeer ›eâce Jeeues Skeâ heefjheLe ceW leebyes keâe Skeâ
bulb (0.2W, 1V) and the combination is Jeesušceeršj, jsefueefpeSyeue yekeämee nw~ ØeeflejesOe yekeämes keâes
connected in series with a 2 Ohm resistor and 2
V battery of internal resistance 0.5 Ohm. If the 4 Ω meceeÙeesefpele keâjves hej, ]$e+Cee«e hej 10 efceveš ceW
bulb is to operate at the designed voltage, what leebyes keâer 30 «eece cee$ee efve#esefhele nesleer nw, Deewj Fmes 8 Ω
must be the value of R? meceeÙeesefpele keâjves hej 20 efceveš ceW leebyes keâer 40«eece
Skeâ ØeeflejesOe R Skeâ yeuye (0.2W, 1V) kesâ meeLe cee$ee efve#esefhele nesleer nw~ Jeesušceeršj keâe Deebleefjkeâ
meceeblej ›eâce ceW mebÙeesefpele nw Deewj mebÙeespeve 2 Ω kesâ Skeâ ØeeflejesOe %eele keâjW~
ØeeflejesOekeâ Deewj 0.5Ω kesâ Deebleefjkeâ ØeeflejesOe Jeeueer 2V (a) 1 ohm (b) 2 ohm
keâer Skeâ yewšjer mes ßesCeer ›eâce ceW mebÙeesefpele nw~ Ùeefo yeuye (c) 3 ohm (d) 4 ohm
keâes DeefYekeâeefuhele Jeesušspe hej ØeÛeeefuele keâjvee nes, lees Ans. (d) :
R keâe ceeve keäÙee nesiee? 157. Two identically charged spheres are suspended
(a) 4 Ohm (b) 5 Ohm of equal length. At the equilibrium position, the
(c) 6 Ohm (d) 10 Ohm strings make an angle θ with each other. Now,
Ans. (b) : the metal spheres are suspended in a liquid of
density 0.6 gm/cc and dielectric constant 2.
Find the density of the material of the spheres
if the angle between the strings remain
unchanged. /meceeve ™he mes DeeJesefMele oes ieesues meceeve
uebyeeF& Jeeueer [esefjÙeeW mes ueškesâ nQ~ meecÙe DeJemLee ceW
[esefjÙeeB Skeâ otmejs kesâ meeLe θ keâesCe yeveeleer nw~ Deye,
Oeeleg kesâ ieesues 0.6 gm/cc IevelJe Deewj hejeJewÅegle efmLejebkeâ
2 Jeeues õJe kesâ Deboj ueškeâeS peeles nQ~ Ùeefo [esefjÙeeW kesâ
P = VI
yeerÛe keâesCe DeheefjJeefle&le jnlee nw lees ieesues kesâ heoeLe& keâe
.2 = 1×I
I = .2A IevelJe %eele keâjW~
V2 (a) 0.8 gm/cc (b) 1.2 gm/cc
Also, =P (c) 0.9 gm/cc (d) 1.6 gm/cc
R
qE
V2 ( I )
2
1 Ans. (b) : tanθ =
R= = = = 5Ω mg
P 2 .2
Now, 5Ω and R are connected in parallel kq 2
=
5R d 2 mg
Net resistance through AB =
5+R kq 2
5R 7R + 10 =
+2= ρ× v × d 2 g
5+R 5+R
kq 2
E tanθ = ... (i)
∴ I= ρvgd 2
R+r
Where 'ρ' is the density of material of the sphere.
2
= Now when system is suspended in liquid,
7R + 10
+ 0.5 kq 2
5+R tanθ = [K = 2]
2 2 K ( mg – ρVg ) d 2
=
10 7R + 10 + 1 kq 2
= ... (ii)
5+R 2 2 ( ρ – 0.6 ) Vgd 2
R = 5Ω Since 'θ' remains unchaged,
156. A series circuit consists of a copper voltmeter, a So, from (i) and (2nd)
battery of religiable box. By adjusting the
kq 2 kq 2
resistance box for 4 ohm, the mass of copper =
deposited on the cathode is 30 gm in 10 ρVgd 2
2 ( ρ – 0.6 ) Vgd 2
minutes, and on adjusting if for 8 ohm, the ⇒ 2 ( ρ – 0.6 ) = ρ
mass of copper deposited is 40 gm in 20
minutes. Find the internal resistance of the ⇒ 2ρ–1.2 = ρ
voltmeter. ρ = 1.2 gm/cm3
DSSSB PGT 123 YCT

158. Given below are four statements based on the 159. A uniformly charged sphere of radius 25 cm
concept of equipotentials. has a total charge of Q coulombs. Find the
veerÛes efoÙes ieS Ûeej keâLeve meceefJeYeJeeW keâer DeJeOeejCee electric field intensity at a point on the surface
hej DeeOeeefjle nQ~ of the sphere in newtons/ coulomb.
25 cm ef$epÙee Jeeues meceeve ™he mes DeeJesefMele Skeâ ieesues
(p) The equipotential surface for an finitely
long linear charge are cylindrical, the axes ceW Q ketâuee@ce keâe kegâue DeeJesMe nw~ ieesues keâer melen hej
of the cylinders being co-axial with the line Skeâ efyebog hej N/C (vÙetšvme/ketâuee@ce) ceW JewÅegle #es$e keâer
charge/Skeâ Demeerefcele uebyeeF& Jeeues jsKeerÙe DeeJesMe leer›elee %eele keâjW~
kesâ efueS meceefJeYeeJeer melenW yesueveekeâej nQ, yesueveeW Q 1 Q 1
(a) . (b) .
kesâ De#e jsKeerÙe DeeJesMe kesâ meeLe men-De#eerÙe nQ~ 4πE 0 625 πE 0 625
(q) Electric field lines intersect the 4Q 4Q
equipotentials normally./ JewÅegle #es$e keâer (c) (d)
25πE 0 125πE 0
jsKeeSB meceefJeYeJeeW keâes hejmhej meeceevÙe Ùehe mes
Ans. (a) :
keâešleer nQ~
(r) Two equipotential surface may
intersect./ oes meceefJeYeJeer melenW hejmhej Skeâ otmejs
keâes keâeš mekeâleer nQ~
(s) For an electric dipole the equipotential
surface is a plane that perpendicularly
bisects the line joining the charges./Skeâ
JewÅegle odefJeOeÇgJe kesâ efueS meceefJeYeJe melen meceleue
nesleer nw pees DeeJesMeeW keâes Ùeesefpele keâjves Jeeueer jsKee Electric field due to uniformly charged sphere 'Q' of
keâes uebyeJeled ™he mes odefJeYeeefpele keâjleer nw~ radius 'r' at its boundary is given by
Which among the above is/are true? 1 Q
E=
Ghejesòeâ ceW mes keâewve mee/mes keâLeve melÙe nw/nQ? 4πε0 r 2
(a) Only (p)/ kesâJeue (p) here r = 25 cm
(b) (p) & (q)/ (p) Deewj (q) oesveeW ∴ E=
Q 1
(c) Only (r)/kesâJeue (r) 4πε0 ( 25 )2
(d) (p), (q) & (s)/ (p), (q) Deewj (s) E=
Q
⋅
1
N/C
Ans. (d) : 4πε0 625
If the points in an electric field are all at the same 160. Four arrangements of circuit with capacitors
electric potential, they are known as the equipotential are shown below. Each capacitors has
points, on a surface collectively called as equipotential capacitance equal to 1 µF.
surface. veerÛes mebOeeefj$eeW meefnle heefjheLeeW kesâ Ûeej efJevÙeeme oMee&Ùes
• Electric field is always perpendicular to equipotential ieS nQ~ ØelÙeskeâ mebOeeefj$e keâer Oeeefjlee 1µ F kesâ yejeyej nw~
surface.
• Two-equipotential surfaces can never intersect each (p)
other.
• For a point charge, the equipotential surfaces are
concentric spherical shells. (q)
• For a uniform electric field, the equipotential surfaces
are planes normal to the X-axis. (r)
• For an electric dipole, equipotential surface is the
plane perpendicularly bisecting the line joining the
(s)
charges.
• In a uniform electric field, any plane normal to the Which among the above arrangements will
field directions an equipotential surface. produce an equivalent capacitance 0.1 µF
•E∝
1
or E = –
dV Ghejes òeâ efJevÙeemeeW ceW mes keâewve mee efJevÙeeme 0.1 µF kesâ yejeyej
dr dr Oeeefjlee Glhevve keâjiee?
• For an infinitely long linear charge, equipotential (a) (p) (b) (q)
surface are cylindrical. (c) (r) (d) (s)
DSSSB PGT 124 YCT
Ans. (*) : All the arrangements of the capacitance Skeâ meceeblej huesš mebOeeefj$e ceW 'A' #es$e keâer huesšW Deewj
shown above do not have equivalent capacitance of Skeâ efJeÛÚso 'D' nw~ huesšW 'V' efJeYeJeeblej Éeje DeeJesefMele
exactly 0.1 µF. keâer peeleer nQ efpemekesâ yeeo DeeJesMekeâ nše efoÙee peelee nw~
Taking option 'r' firstly,
Fmekesâ yeeo huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe ceesšeF& 't' Deewj hejeJewÅegle
efmLejebkeâ 'E' keâe Skeâ hejeJewÅegle Keb[ meblegefuele ™he mes
jKee peelee nw~ Fme efmLeefle ceW, huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe efJeYeJeeblej
keäÙee nesiee?
  1 
(a) V0 1 − d 1 −  
  E 
V0   1 
1×1 1
(b) d − t 1 − E  
=
d   
1+1 2 
V0  1 
1 1 (c)  t − d 1 − E  
×1 d   
2 1
=2=
1 3 3 V0  t
+1 (d) d − E 
2 2 d  
1 1 Ans. (b) :
×1
3 1
=3=
1 4 4
+1
3 3
1 1
×1
4 = 4 =1
1 5 5
+1
4 4
1
and equivalent capacitance in series =
5
and equivalent capacitance in series down
1×1 1 Given, a parallel plate capacitor of :-
= = A = Area of each plates
1+1 2
d = Plate's separation
1 1
Now and are in parallel. t = thickness of slab inserted between the plates
5 2
q
1 1 1 2+5 7 Capacitance, C =
⇒ = + = = V
C 5 2 10 10
q
⇒ C = 0.7µF As σ=
A
1 1 7
(p) C net = × = = .5 ⇒ q = σA
4 3 12
σA
1 1 1+ 3 4 ∴ C=
(q) C net = + = = = .66 V
6 2 6 6
Let,
1 1 2+7 9
(s) C net = + = = = .64 V1 = Potential due to dielectric slab
7 2 14 14
V2 = Potential due to air gap
161. A parallel plate capacitor has plates of area 'A' Now, potential between the plates
and a separation 'd'. The plates are charged to
V = V1+V2 ... (i)
a potential difference 'V' after which the
–dV
charger is removed. A dielectric slab of ∵ E=
thickness 't' and dielectric constant E is then dr
placed symmetrically between the plates. In –V
⇒ E=
this situation, What is the potential difference r
across the plates? ⇒ Er = V
DSSSB PGT 125 YCT

So, V1 = Emt
σ
(c)
1
V2
(E 2 − E 22 − E1E 2 )
Also, Em =
∈m
 ∈m 
(d)
V
1
2 (E 2 + E 22 − 4E1E 2 )
⇒ Em =
σ ∵k = ∈  Ans. (d) : We have,
k ∈0  0

1 C C 
∴E m = k ∈0  E1 =  1 2  V 2 ... (i)
2  C1 + C2 
σ
So, V1 = t ... (ii) 1
k ∈0 E2 = ( C1 + C2 ) V 2 ... (ii)
2
Now, V2 = E0(d–t)
2E 2
 σ = C1 + C2
∵ E 0 = ∈  V2
 0 2E
C2 = 22 – C1
σ V
⇒ V2 = (d – t ) ... (iii)
∈0 1  2E 2 
C1  2 – C1  V 2
So, put value of V1 and V2 in 1st equn. E1 = 2  V 
V = V1+V2  2E 2 
 C1 + 2 – C1 
σ σ  V 
= t + (d – t )
K ∈0 ∈0 4E1E 2  2E 2 
=  2 C1 – C12  V 2
Here, K = E V2 V 
σ t 4E1E 2
= 2E 2 C1 – V 2 C12
⇒ V=  (d – t ) +  V2
∈0  E
4E E
 σ   1    1  C12 V 2 – 2E 2 C1 + 12 2 = 0
=    d – t  1 –   = E 0 d – t  1 –   —— (iv V
∈
 0   E    E 
4E1E 2
V 2E 2 ± 4E 22 – 4 × × V2
Here, E 0 = 0 C1 = V2
d 2V 2
⇒ V=
V0   1 
d – t  1 – E   V2
1
E 2 + E 22 – 4E1E 2
C1 = ( )
d   
163. The current density in a conductor of circular
162. Two capacitors C1 and C2 (C1 > C2) are
cross -section of radius R varies with radius in
connected in series with a supply of voltage V.
accordance with the relation j = kr (π – r).
The total electrical energy of the capacitors in
Where the symbols have their usual meanings,
this situation is E1. Then they are connected in Find the total current.
parallel to the same supply voltage, and then ef$epÙee R Jeeues Skeâ Je=òeerÙe DevegØemLe-Keb[ Jeeues Skeâ
the electrical energy of the capacitors is E2. mebJeenkeâ ceW efJeÅegled Oeeje keâe IevelJe ef$epÙee kesâ meeLe
Find C1 in terms of V, E1, E2. mebyebOe j = kr (π – r) kesâ Deveg™he heefjJeefle&le neslee nw~
oes mebOeeefj$e C1 Deewj C2 (C1 > C2) ßesCeer ›eâce ceW ÙeneB mebkesâle Deheves meeceevÙe DeLeeX ceW nQ~ kegâue efJeÅegled Oeeje
Jeesušspe V keâer Deehetefle& kesâ meeLe Ùeesefpele nQ~ Fme efmLeefle ceW %eele keâjW~
mebOeeefj$eeW keâer kegâue JewÅegle Tpee& E1 nw~ efheâj Gvekeâes Gmeer π a  π 1
Jeesušspe keâer Deehetefle& kesâ meeLe meceeblej ›eâce ceW Ùeesefpele (a) 2πK  −  a 3 (b) 2πK  −  a 3
3 4  4 3
efkeâÙee peelee nw, Deewj leye mebOeeefj$eeW keâer JewÅegle Tpee& E2
π2 K 3 π2 K 3
nes peeleer nw~ C1 keâes V, E1, E2 keâer MeyoeJeueer ceW %eele (c) a (d) a
6 12
keâjW~
Ans. (a) : Given, J = Kr(π–r)
(a)
1
V2
(E +
1 E 22 − 4E1E 2 ) di = J.dA
On integrating both side, we get total current through
(E + )
1 the cross-section,
(b) E 22 − E1E 2
V2
2
∫ di = ∫ Kr ( π – r )dA
DSSSB PGT 126 YCT
di = Kr(π–r)2πrdr
a a
i = ∫ di = ∫ Kr ( π – r ) 2πrdr = 2πK ∫ ( π – r )r 2 dr
0 0
π a 
i = 2πK  –  a 3
3 4
164. In the circuit shown in the figure, the internal
resistance of the battery is 0.5 ohm. All the (a) 1.44 W (b) 2.88 W
resistances shown are in ohms. Find the
current in the battery. (c) 5.76 W (d) 7.2 W
efÛe$e ceW oMee&Ùes ieS heefjheLe ceW yewšjer keâe Deebleefjkeâ Ans. (c) : 1 = 1 + 1 + 1
ØeeflejesOe 0.5 Ω nw~ oMee&Ùes ieS meYeer ØeeflejesOe Deesncme R 6 8 12
(Ω) ceW nQ~ yewšjer ceW efJeÅegle Oeeje %eele keâjW~ 4+3+ 2 9 3
= = =
24 24 8
8
R=
3
8
R' = 4+10+
3
8
R' = 14 +
3
50
(a) 1 amp (b) 2 amp R' =
(c) 2.5 amp (d) 3 amp 3
Now, V = IR
1 1 1 1
Ans. (b) : = + + V 20
R 3 6 9 I= =
6 + 3 + 2 11 R 50
= = 3
18 18
18 6
R= I=
11 5
18 P = I 2R
R' = 2
11 6
=   ×4
R' =
18 4
+ =
22
= 2Ω 5
11 11 11 36 144
Now, = ×4 = = 5.76 Watt
25 25
166. A potentiometer wire has a total length of 1000
cm. It is driven by a cell of E.M.F 4V having a
resistance R in series with it. A source of
potential difference 10 mV gets balanced by a
length of 60 cm of the potentiometer wire. Find
the value of R if the resistance of the
2× 2 4
R" = = =1 potentiometer wire is 20 Ohm.
2+2 4
Skeâ efJeYeJeceeheer leej keâer kegâue uebyeeF& 1000 cm nw~ Fme
Total registance R"' = 1+3.5 = 4.5
V 10 100
keâes 4 V kesâ efJeÅegled Jeenkeâ yeue (Fueskeäšês ceesefšJe ]heâesme&/
I= = = = 2.2A F&] Sce] S]] heâ) keâer yewšjer Éeje, efpemeceW ØeeflejesOe R ßesCeer
R '" 4.5 45
i.e, 2 amp ›eâce ceW ueiee nw, ØeÛeeefuele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ efJeYeJeeblej 10
165. In the circuit shown all the resistances are in mV keâe Skeâ œeesle 60 cm uebyes efJeYeJeceeheer leej Éeje
Ohms. Find the power dissipation through the meblegefuele neslee nw~ Ùeefo efJeYeJeceeheer leej keâe ØeeflejesOe 20
4 ohm resistance.
oMee&Ùes ieS heefjheLe ceW meYeer ØeeflejesOe Deesncme (Ω) ceW nQ~ Ω nes, lees R keâe ceeve %eele keâjW~
4 Ω Jeeues ØeeflejesOe ceW mes nesves Jeeueer efJeÅegled #eÙe %eele (a) 440 ohm (b) 460 ohm
keâjW~ (c) 620 ohm (d) 640 ohm
DSSSB PGT 127 YCT

Ans. (b) : Current in the potentiometer wire, Skeâ yewšjer ceW huesšdme kesâ mJe™he ceW 0.75 m2 kesâ #es$eheâue
I=
E Jeeues leebyes kesâ oes meceelej efJeÅeglee«e (Fueskeäšês[dme) Skeâ
R +R' otmejs mes 4.5 cm keâer otjer hej efmLele nQ~ Jen efJeYeJeeblej
Now, Resistance of 60 cm wire, (oMeceueJe kesâ Skeâ mLeeve lekeâ Megæ) %eele keâjW pees Skeâ
20
R= × 60 = 1.2Ω Iebšs ceW $e+Cee«e (kewâLees[) hej 440 g leebyee efve#esefhele
1000
E.m.f of the cell balanced by wire of 60 cm. keâjves kesâ efueS Skeâ efmLej efJeÅegled Oeeje GheueyOe keâjeves kesâ
Since, V = IR efueS huesšeW kesâ yeerÛe mLeeefhele neslee nw (leeyes keâe F&] meer] F&]
 4  3×10–7 kg C–1 keâ yejeyej ceeveW)~
10 × 10 –3 =   × 1.2
 20 + R '  (a) 0. 3 V (b) 0.4 V
4.8 (c) 0.5 V (d) 0.6 V
10 × 10 –3 =
20 + R ' Ans. (*) : Given,
20+R' = 4.8×102 Z = 3×10–7 kg/c
R' = 480–20 a = 0.75
= 460Ω θ = 4.5 cm = 4.5×10–2 m
167. Three statements are given below regarding ρ = 12×10–2Ωm
joule heating effect- m = 440g = 0.44 kg
veerÛes petue leeheerÙe ØeYeeJe mes mebyebefOele leerve keâLeve efoÙes t = 1 hours
ieS nw~ We have,
(p) Heat is evolved as well as absorbed/ leehe m = zit
efJekeâefmele nesves kesâ meeLe meeLe DeJeMeesef<ele neslee nw~ V
as i =
(q) The effect takes place throughout the R
circuit/ ØeYeeJe mebhetCe& heefjheLe ceW neslee nw~
V
(r) On reversing the direction of current, m = zit = z   t
R
cooling takes place instead of heating./ efJeÅegled
Oeeje keâer efoMee efJehejerle keâj osves hej, leehe kesâ mLeeve hej Now, mρℓ 0.44 ×12 × 10 –2 × 4.5 × 10 –2
V= = = 2.9 V
"b[keâ Glhevve nesleer nw~ z at 3 ×10 –7 × 0.75 × 60 × 60
Which one(s) among is/are true? Note : Official answer given by commission is option
Ghejesòeâ ceW mes keâewve mee/ mes keâLeve melÙe nw/nQ? (a).
169. A square loop of side a is placed in a uniform
(a) Only (p)/kesâJeue (p)
magnetic field of induction B such that plane of
(b) (q) & (r)/(q) Deewj (r) the loop is perpendicular to the magnetic field.
(c) (p) & (r)/(p) Deewj (r) The loop is suddenly pulled out of the field.
(d) Only (q)/kesâJeue (q) Find the charge that flows through the loop.
Resistance of the loop is R.
Ans. (d) : Only (q)
Joule heating is caused by interactions between charge Heâuekeâ a keâe Skeâ Ûeewkeâesj heeMe ØesjCe B kesâ Skeâ mece™he
carriers and the body of the conductor. A potential Ûeg b y ekeâer Ùe #es$e ceW Fme Øekeâej efmLele nw efkeâ heeMe keâer melen
difference between two points of a conductor creates an ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ uebyeJeled jnleer nw~ heeMe keâes Dekeâmceele
electric field that accelerates charge carriers in the #es$e mes yeenj KeeRÛe efueÙee peelee nw~ heeMe ceW mes ØeJeeefnle
direction of the electric field, giving them kinetic
energy.
nesves Jeeuee DeeJesMe %eele keâjW~ heeMe keâe ØeeflejesOe R nw~
Joule heating is the physical effect by which the passes Ba B.πa 2
of current through an electrical conductor produces (a) (b)
R R
thermal energy. 2
Therefore, The effect takes place throughout the circuit. Ba Ba
(c) (d)
168. A cell consists of two parallel copper electrodes R R2
in the form of plates 4.5 cm apart and area 0.75 Ans. (c) :
sq m. Find the potential difference (correct up
to one place of decimal) which gets established
between the plates to provide a constant
current to deposit 440 g of copper on the
cathode in 1 hour (Take E.C.E of copper equal
to 3×10–7 kg C–1) Uniform Magnetic Field
DSSSB PGT 128 YCT

Given, ef$epÙee R Jeeues Skeâ Je=òeekeâej heeMe kesâ keWâõ ceW heâuekeâ a
Plane of the square loop is perpendicular to the [ a < < R] keâe Skeâ Ûeewkeâesj heeMe efmLele nw pewmee efkeâ
magnetic field. oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~ Ùeefo Je=òeekeâej heeMe ceW mes efJeÅegled Oeeje
R – resistance of the square loop.
ØeJeeefnle keâer peeleer nw lees Gvekesâ heejmheefjkeâ ØesjCe keâe
Charge induced in the magnetic field = ?
iegCeebkeâ %eele keâjW~
E.m.f (e) induced in a loop due to magnetic field (B) in
area A is given by
dφ d ( BA ) dB
e=– = = A
dt dt dt
BA
⇒ e=
t
µ0 a 2 µ a2
Since, I = =
e BA (a) (b) 0
R tR 2πR 2R
q BA µ a µ a
⇒ = (c) 0 (d) 0
t tR R 2R
BA Ba 2 Ans. (b) : Flux linked to small square loop φ = B. A
⇒ q= = µi
R R = 0 ×a2
170. A rod of length l is placed in a uniform 2R
magnetic field of induction B. The rod is moved µ ia 2
with velocity V as shown. Find the e.m.f
φ= 0 ----------(i)
2R
induced across the rod. we know that φ = Mi -----------(ii)
uebyeeF& l keâer Skeâ ÚÌ[ ØesjCe B kesâ Skeâ mece™he ÛegyekeâerÙe On Comparing (i) and (ii) we get -
#es$e ceW efmLele nw~ ÚÌ[ Jesie V mes De«emej nesleer nw pewmee µ a2
efkeâ efvecveebefkeâle efÛe$e ceW oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw~ mebhetCe& ÚÌ[ ceW ∴ Mutual inductance M = 0
2R
Øesefjle efJeÅegled Jeenkeâ yeue (F&] Sce] S]heâ) %eele keâjW~ 172. The self inductances of two coils are 2 mH and
8 mH and assume that their coefficient of
coupling is 1 then find their coefficient of
mutual inductance./oes kegbâ[efueÙeeW kesâ mJe ØesjCe 2mH
Deewj 8mH nwb~ ceeve ueW efkeâ Gvekesâ keâe@he&efuebie keâe iegCeebkeâ
1 nw lees Gvekesâ hejmhej ØesjCe keâe iegCeebkeâ %eele keâjW~
(a) 16 mH (b) 6 mH
(c) 4 mH (d) 32 mH
Ans. (c) : Given,
(a) BlV (b) BlV cos θ L1 = 2mH
(c) BlV sin θ (d) zero/MetvÙe L2 = 8mH
Ans. (c) : When a rod is moving in a magnetic field The mutual inductance between coil is
then an e.m.f is generated across its ends. The e.m.f is M = k L1L 2 where k = 1
given by
M = 2×8 = 16mH
e.m.f generated = BlVsinθ.
M = 4mH
• When a metal rod of length 'l' is placed normal to a
uniform magnetic field 'B' and moved with velocity 'V' 173. In a transformer the number of turns in
perpendicular to the field. The induced e.m.f is equal to primary and secondary coils are 1000 and 200
the rate of change of magnetic flux, which is equal to respectively. A signal of 500V is applied to the
the cross product of magnetic field and velocity vector primary coil. Find the voltage across the
and proportional to the length of the rod and depends on secondary coil.
the sin of the angle between the B and V. Skeâ heefjJele&keâ ceW ØeeLeefcekeâ Deewj odefJeleerÙekeâ kegbâ[efueÙeeW ceW
Thus, e = BlV sinθ. hesâjeW keâer mebKÙee ›eâceMe: 1000 Deewj 200 nw~ ØeeLeefcekeâ
171. At the centre of a circular loop of radius R and kegbâ[ueer ceW 500 V keâe Skeâ mebkesâle DevegØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee
a square loop of side a [a << R] is placed as peelee nw~ odefJeleerÙekeâ kegbâ[ueer ceW Jeesušspe %eele keâjW~
shown. If current is passed through circular (a) 100V (b) 2500V
loop find their coefficient of mutual induction. (c) 1000V (d) 200V
DSSSB PGT 129 YCT
Ans. (a) : In usual rotation we have,
( 40 ) + ( 30 )
2 2
=
S = Secondary
P = Primary = 1600 + 900
Vs N s = 2500
⇒ =
Vp N p = 50
Ns Now,
∴ Vs = Vp × R
Np Power factor of the circuit = cosφ =
Z
200
= 500× 40
1000 = = 0.8
50
Vs = 100 V
176. The self inductance of a coil is 20mH. In one
174. In a L–C–R series circuit, the voltage across milli second the current passing through it
the inductor, capacitor and resistor are 80V, decreases from 2A to zero. Find the e.m.f.
40V, and 30V respectively. Find the voltage induced in the coil.
applied across the L–C–R series combination.
Skeâ kegbâ[ueer keâe mJe ØesjCe 20 mH nw~ Skeâ efceueer meskebâ[
Skeâ L - C - R ßesCeer ›eâce Jeeues heefjheLe ceW Øesjkeâ,
ceW FmeceW mes ØeJeeefnle efJeÅegle Oeeje 2 A (amp) mes Ieš keâj
mebOeeefj$e Deewj ØeeflejesOekeâ ceW Jeesušspe ›eâceMe: 80V, 40 MetvÙe nes peeleer nw~ kegbâ[ueer ceW Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue
V Deewj 30 V nw~ L - C - R ßesCeer mebÙeespeve ceW DevegØeÙegòeâ
(F&] Sce] S]heâ] ) %eele keâjW~
Jeesušspe %eele keâjW~
(a) 40V (b) 40mV
(a) 150V (b) 70V (c) 4V (d) 4mV
(c) 50V (d) zero/MetvÙe Ans. (a) : Given,
Ans. (c) : Given, L = 20mH = 20 × 10–3H
VR = 30V Initial value of electric current = 2A
VC = 80V Final value of electric current = 0A
VL = 40V Change in electric current = 2A – 0A = 2A
Voltage across the LCR circuit, Time (t) = one milli second = 1 × 10–3sec
we know that, the induced e.m.f in a coil of self-
Vrms = ( VR ) + ( VC – VL )
2 2
di
inductance L is given by = L
= ( 30 ) + ( 80 – 40 )
2 2
dt
2A
= 900 +1600 = 20×10 –3 H ×
1×10 –3 sec
= 2500 = 40V
= 50 V 177. An inductor of inductance 2mH and a
175. In a L – C – R series circuit, induction and capacitor of capacitance 2mF and a capacitor
capacitive reactance are 50Ω and 20Ω of capacitance 8mF are connected in parallel.
Find the frequency of L-C oscillations
respectively and resistance is 40Ω. Find the
produced.
power factor of the circuit.
2 mH ØesjkeâlJe Jeeuee Skeâ Øesjkeâ Deewj 2 mF Oeeefjlee
Skeâ L – C – R ßesCeer ›eâce Jeeues heefjheLe ceW ØesjCe, Deewj
Jeeuee Skeâ mebOeeefj$e Deewj 8 mF Oeeefjlee Jeeuee mebOeeefj$e
mebOeeefj$eerÙe ØeefleIeele ›eâceMe: 50 Ω Deewj 20 Ω Deewj
meceeblej ›eâce ceW mebÙeesefpele nQ~ Glhevve L - C oesueve keâer
ØeeflejesOe 40 Ω nw~ heefjheLe keâe efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâejkeâ %eele yeejyeejlee %eele keâjW~
keâjW~
250 125
(a) 0.6 (b) 0.5 (a) HZ (b) HZ
π π
(c) 0.8 (d) 1
500
Ans. (c) : Given, XL = 50 (c) 500πHZ (d) HZ
2
XC = 20
Ans. (b) : Given,
R = 40
inductor of inductance, (L)1 = 2mH = 2 × 10–3H
Impedance of the circuit
capacitor of capacitance (C)1 = 2mH
= R 2 + ( XC – XL )
2
capacitor of capacitance (C)2= 8mH
DSSSB PGT 130 YCT

Frequency of L – C Oscillations – Ans. (c) : Given,
1 4
f= Refractive index of water =
2π LC 2 3
Real depth = 12 cm
1
= Apparent depth = ?
2π 2×8×10 –6 we know that,
1000 125 Real depth
= = Refractive index =
8π π Apparent depth
178. A cycle wheel has N spokes and the radius of 4 12
=
the cycle wheel is r. it is rotating with an 3 Apparent depth
angular frequency w. Magnetic field of 12× 3
induction B is acting perpendicular to the plane Apparent depth = = 9 cm
4
of the wheel. Find the e.m.f induced between
the axis and a point on rim. 180. A point source is placed at the bottom of a
beaker and filled with liquid of refractive index
Skeâ meeFefkeâue kesâ heefnÙes ceW N leerefueÙeeB nw Deewj meeFefkeâue µ to a height h. Find the minimum radius of the
kesâ heefnÙes keâer ef$epÙee r nw~ Ùen keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe W kesâ disc to be placed on the surface of the liquid to
meeLe Ietce jne nw~ ØesjCe B keâe ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e heefnÙes keâer stop the light emerging out of the liquid.
melen kesâ uebyeJeled keâeÙe& keâj jne nw De#e Deewj heefnÙes kesâ Skeâ ØekeâeMe œeesle Skeâ yeerkeâj kesâ leue hej efmLele nw Deewj
efjce hej Skeâ efyebog kesâ yeerÛe Øesefjle efJeÅegle Jeenkeâ yeue (F&] yeerkeâj ceW DeheJele&keâ metÛekeâebkeâ µ Jeeuee õJe TBÛeeF& h
Sce] S]heâ] ) %eele keâjW~ lekeâ Yeje nw~ õJe ceW mes yeenj Dee jns ØekeâeMe keâes jeskeâves
kesâ efueS õJe keâer melen hej jKeer peeves Jeeueer Ûeef›eâkeâe keâer
(a) NBωr (b) NBωr 2
vÙetvlece ef$epÙee %eele keâjW~
NBωr 2 Bωr 2 h h
(c) (d) (a) (b)
2 2 µ µ2 − 1
Ans. (d) : E.m.f induced in this case is independent of
number of spokes it is same in any case whether it is one h
(c) µh (d)
spoke or infinite spoke (i.e, a disc). µ2
This is because emf generated in each spoke are Ans. (b) :
connected in parallel between the axis and a point on
rim is -
1
e= Bωr 2
2
179. A coin is placed at the bottom of a beaker and
the beaker is filled with water to a height of 12
cm and observed from the surface of water.
Find the apparent depth of coin. Refractive
∴ ∠ OSA = C
4
index of water is . OA r 1
3 In ∆ OSA, sin C = = =
SA 2
r +h 2 µ
Skeâ efmekeäkeâe Skeâ yeerkeâj kesâ leue hej jKee nw Deewj yeerkeâj 2
1 r
12 cm keâer TBÛeeF& lekeâ peue mes Yeje nw Deewj Gmekeâe = 2
µ r + h2
(efmekeäkesâ keâe) DeJeueeskeâve peue keâer melen hej mes efkeâÙee
r2 + h2 = µ2 r2
peelee nw~ efmekeäkesâ keâer DeeYeemeer ienjeF& %eele keâjW~ peue keâe h2 = µ2 r2 – r2
4 h2 = r2 (µ2 – 1)
DeheJele&keâ metÛekeâebkeâ nw~
3 h2
(a) 16 cm r2 =
µ2 – 1
(b) 12 cm
(c) 9 cm h
r=
(d) 4.8 cm µ2 – 1
DSSSB PGT 131 YCT

Physics
Exam Date - 03.07.2018 (Male)
1. If L and R denote inductance and resistance, (c) In n it is higher than p/n #es$e ceW, Ùen p #es$e keâer
respectively, then the dimension of L/R is given leguevee ceW DeefOekeâ nesiee
by:
(d) In both it is in the valence band/oesveeW #es$eeW ceW,
Ùeefo L Deewj R ›eâceMe: Fb[keäšWme Deewj ØeeflejesOe keâes
oMee&les nw lees efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmekesâ Éeje L/R keâe Ùen JewueWme yeQ[ ceW nesiee
DeeÙeece efoÙee peeSiee? Ans. (a) : Before combining p-type and n-type
0 0 0
(a) M L T (b) M L T 0 0 semiconductor
(c) MLT0 (d) ML0T Ec
Ans. (b) : The S.I unit of inductance = Henry
Dimension of inductance (L) = [M1 L2 T–2 A–2]
The S.I unit of Resistance = Ohm
Dimension of resistance = [M1 L2 T–3 A–2]
−2 −2
L  M L T A 
1 2
The dimension of = = [M 0 L0 T] when they are brought together bands bend. So, the
R  M1 L2 T −3 A −2  fermi- energy levels
2. In an intrinsic semiconductor relation between
number of free electrons (ne) in conduction
band and holes (nh) in valence band is given by.
efkeâmeer Deebleefjkeâ DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ ceW, kebâ[keäMeve yeQ[ ceW cegòeâ
Fueskeäšê@veeW (ne) keâer mebKÙee Deewj JewueWme yeQ[ ceW ÚsoeW keâer
mebKÙee (nh) kesâ yeerÛe keâe mebyebOe efkeâmekesâ Éeje efoÙee peelee
nw?
(a) ne = nh (b) ne > nh
(c) ne < nh (d) ne = 2nh
Ans. (a) : In intrinsic semiconductor, no. of electron is (a) under no biasing
equal to no. of holes because the charge carriers are • Minority holes moves up by itself. And minority e-s
produced only due to thermal agitation and for each
moves down by itself.
electron promotated from the valance band to
Under Biasing
conduction band, one hole is created in the valance band
i.e.
ne = nh
• In extrinsic semiconductor,
For p – type = ne < nh
For n – type = ne > nh
3. In an unbiased p-n junction diode, the location
of Fermi level in p and n region: Forward bias Reverse bias
efkeâmeer DeveyeeÙem[ p-n pebkeäMeve [eÙees[ ceW, p Deewj n (Barrier Reduces) (Barrier reduces)
#es$eeW ceW heâceeaw mlej keâe mLeeve keäÙee nesiee?
(a) Is at the same height/meceeve TBÛeeF& hej nesiee So, from the fig (a) we conclude that the in an unbiased
(b) In p it is higher than n/p #es$e ceW, Ùen n #es$e keâer p-n junction diode, the location of Fermi level in p and
leguevee ceW DeefOekeâ nesiee n region, is at the same height.
DSSSB PGT 132 YCT

4. Following is the truth table for a certain θc = sin-1 (0.927)
GATE. Indentify the gate. θc = 67.97º
Skeâ efveefMÛele iesš kesâ efueS, veerÛes melÙeceeve meejCeer oer
Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in
ieF& nw~ iesš keâer henÛeeve keâjW~ question answer.
Input/Fvehegš Output/DeeGšhegš So, this question is ignored for all candidates
A B C 7. The light gathering power in optical fiber is
0 0 0 represented by :
1 0 0 Dee@efhškeâue heâeFyej ceW ØekeâeMe Skeâ$eerkeâjCe Meefòeâ keâes
0 1 1 ............Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw~
1 1 0 (a) Acceptance angle/mJeerke=âefle keâesCe
(a) AND (b) OR
(c) NAND (d) Exclusive OR (b) Core/keâesj
Ans. (d) : For exclusive OR gate- (c) Cladding/keäuewef[bie
(d) Sheath/MeerLe
Ans. (a) : Numerical aperture (NA) in optical fibre is a
A B dimensionless parameter that defines the light gathering
AB + AB (output) ability and light gathering capacity of the fibre. It is
0 0 0 determined by the refractive indices of the core and
1 0 1 cladding materials and is calculated by formula
0 1 1 NA = n 2core − n 2 cladding
1 1 0
5. In an optical fiber, the refractive index of core A higher numerical aperture allows for better light
collection and increased ability to capture light from
remains constant for :
Dee@efhškeâue heâeFyej ceW, keâesj keâe DeheJele&keâ metÛekeâebkeâ wider angles, NA is also known as acceptance angle.
8. The refractive index values of core and
.............kesâ efueS efmLej yevee jnlee nw~ cladding for a step index fiber are 1.52 and 1.41
(a) Step index fiber/mšshe Fb[skeäme heâeFyej respectively. Its numerical aperture is:
(b) GRIN fiber/ef«eve heâeFyej mšshe Fb[skeäme heâeFyej kesâ efueS keâesj Deewj keäuewef[bie kesâ
(c) Single mode/efmebieue cees[ DeheJele&keâ metÛekeâebkeâ keâece ceeve ›eâceMe: 1.52 Deewj 1.41
(d) Multi-mode fiber/ceušer-cees[ heâeFyej nw~ Fmekeâe mebKÙeelcekeâ Úso keäÙee nesiee?
Ans. (a) : Optical fibre is based on the principle of total (a) 0.468 (b) 0.568
internal reflection. A step index fibre is an optical fibre (c) 0.668 (d) 0.348
where the core has a uniform refractive index. That Ans. (b) : Numerical aperture is determined by the
means it doesn't change abruptly within the core. It refractive index of core and cladding materials and is
remains the same from the centre to the edge of the calculating by formula-
core.
NA = n 2core − n 2 cladding
6. The refractive index of core and cladding for a
= (1.52 ) − (1.41)
step index fiber is 1.52 and 1.41 respectively. Its 2 2
critical angle at core cladding boundary is:

Skeâ keâesj kesâ DeheJele&keâ metÛekeâebkeâ Deewj mšshe Fb[skeäme = 2.3014 − 1.9881
heâeÙeyej kesâ efueS keäuewef[bie ›eâceMe: 1.52 Deewj 1.41 nw~ = 0.3133
keâesj keäuewef[bie meercee hej Fmekeâe ›eâebeflekeâ keâesCe........nesiee~ = 0.559
(a) 66.06 º
(b) 68.06 º NA ≃ 0.568
º º
(c) 67.06 (d) 65.06 9. Diffraction pattern differs from interference
Ans. (*) : The formula for calculating the critical angel pattern at:
is given by Snell's law- ef[øewâkeäMeve hewšve&...............hej JÙeeflekeâjCe hewšve& mes Deueie
n  neslee nw~
θc = sin  2 
 n1  (a) Intensity of first order maximum/ØeLece ›eâceeiele
θc = critical angle keâer DeefOekeâlece leer›elee
n1 = refractive index of the core (b) Number of minima/efceefvecee keâer mebKÙee
n2 = refractive index of the cladding (c) Spacing between consecutive maxima/›eâceeiele
1.41 cewefkeämecee kesâ yeerÛe keâe Deblej
θc = sin-1
1.52 (d) Number of maxima/cewefkeämecee keâer mebKÙee
DSSSB PGT 133 YCT
Ans. (*): Diffraction and interference are related (c) 0.41 × (path difference)/ 0.41 (heLeeblej)
phenomena, but they occur at different condition. 2π 2
Diffraction patterns arise when waves encounter an (d) (path difference)/ (heLeeblej)
λ
obstacles or aperture, causing them to spread out.
Interference patterns, on the other hand, result from the Ans. (d) : The relation between the path difference and
superposition of multiple coherent waves. phase difference is -
In diffraction patterns, the intensity of the first order Phase difference = 2π × path difference
maxima occurs when light waves from adjacent part of λ
a diffracted wave front interfere constructively. The 13. Anti-reflecting coating makes use of :
interference pattern at the intensity of the first order hejeJele&ve-jesOeer keâesefšbie........... keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw~
maxima in double slit experiment is characterized by
constructive interferences. (a) Polarization/OegÇJeerkeâjCe
Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in (b) Diffraction/efJeJele&ve
question answer. (c) Interference in thin films/heleueer efheâuceeW ceW
So, this question is ignored for all candidates Fbšjheâjbme
10. The resolving power of a diffraction grating is: (d) Newton's law/vÙetšve keâe efveÙece
ef[øewâkeäMeve «esefšbie keâer efjpeesefuJebie hee@Jej keäÙee nw? Ans. (c) : Anti-reflecting coating use Interference in
(a) Directly proportional to the order of the thin film to minimize reflection by canceling out light
spectrum/mheskeäš^ce kesâ ›eâce kesâ meeLe meerOes Deevegheeeflekeâ waves reflected from the front and back surfaces of the
(b) Inversely proportional to the order of the coating.
spectrum/mheskeäš^ce kesâ ›eâce kesâ JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer 14. In Newton's ring experiment, the diameter of
(c) Twice the order of the spectrum/mheskeäš^ce kesâ ›eâce dark ring is proportional to :
keâe oesiegvee vÙetšve kesâ efjbie ØeÙeesie ceW, [eke&â efjbie keâe JÙeeme
(d) Half of the order of the spectrum/mheskeäš^ce kesâ efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmekesâ Deevegheeeflekeâ nw?
›eâce keâe DeeOee (a) Natural numbers/Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeSb
Ans. (a) : The resolving power of a diffraction grating (b) Odd natural numbers/efJe<ece Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeSb
is determined by its ability to separate closely spaced (c) Even natural numbers/mece Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeSb
spectral lines. It is given by the formula (d) Square roots of natural numbers/Øeeke=âeflekeâ
R = mN mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Jeie&cetue
where, R = resolving power Ans. (d) : Newton's ring arrangement is used for
m = order of the spectrum. determining the wavelength of monochromatic light.
N = the total no of lines in the grating. For this the diameter of nth dark ring (Dn) is equal to-
From, the formula we conclude that resolving power of D 2n = 4nλR
diffraction grating is directly proportional to the order
of the spectrum. Dn ∝ n
11. The phenomena of total internal reflection is For the formula we can see that, the diameter of dark
used in: ring is proportional to square root of natural no.
kegâue Deebleefjkeâ ØeefleJele&ve keâer Iešvee keâe GheÙeesie........... 15. In Newton's rings experiment, the diameter of
ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ bright ring is proportional to:
vÙetšve kesâ eEjie ØeÙeesie ceW, yeÇeF&š efjbie keâe JÙeeme
(a) Diffraction grating/ef[øewâkeäMeve «esefšbie
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmekesâ Deevegheeeflekeâ nw?
(b) Optical resonator/ØekeâeMeerÙee Devegveeokeâ
(a) Natural numbers/Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeSb
(c) Laser/uespej
(b) Odd natural numbers/efJe<ece Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeSb
(d) Optical fiber/Dee@efhškeâue heâeFyej
(c) Even natural numbers/mece Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeSb
Ans. (d) : The optical fibre is based on the principle of (d) Square roots of odd natural numbers/efJe<ece
total internal reflection. It is a thin, flexible and
transparent fibre made of glass or plastic used for
Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Jeie&cetue
th
transmitting light signals over long distances with Ans. (d) : The diameter of n bright ring is proportional
minimal loss of signal quality. In optical fibre light to-
wave are trapped and guided within the core of fibre. It λR
Dn = 2 ( 2n − 1)
is widely used in internet and telecommunication. µ
12. In terms of path difference, phase difference is
given by : D n ∝ ( 2n − 1)
heLeeblej kesâ ™he ceW...........Éeje keâueeblej efoÙee peelee nw~ So, from the formula we can say that the diameter of
(a) 2 × (path difference)/ 2 (heLeeblej) bright ring is proportional to square roots of odd natural
(b) 1.41 × (path difference)/ 1.41 (heLeeblej) no.
DSSSB PGT 134 YCT
16. The ratio of intensities of two waves that Division of wave front Division of amplitude
produce interference pattern is 16 : 1. Deduce The wave front emitted In this arrangement light
the ratio of maximum intensities in fringe by a narrow source is wave is partly reflected
system. divided in two parts by (50%) and partly
JÙeeflekeâjCe hewšve& GlheVe keâjves Jeeueer oes lejbieeW keâer reflection, refraction or transmitted (50%) to
leer›elee keâe Devegheele 16:1 nw~ eføebâpe efmemšce ceW diffraction. produce two light rays.
DeefOekeâlece leer›elee Devegheele keâe Devegceeve ueieeSb~ The coherent sources so The amplitude of wave
(a) 16 : 1 (b) 25 : 9 obtained are imaginary emitted by an extended
(c) 16 : 9 (d) 25 : 1 they are produced in source of light is divided
Ans. (b) : The formula for the ratio of maximum to Fresnel's bi-prism and in two parts by partial
minimum intensities is- young's double slit reflection and partial
2 experiment etc. refraction.
I max  I1 + I 2  19. In an optical microscope, the objective lens
= 
Imin  I1 − I2  produces:
2 Dee@efhškeâue ceeF›eâesmkeâeshe ceW, Dee@ypesefkeäšJe ueWme.............
 16 + 1 
=   efoKelee nw~
 16 − 1  (a) An enlarged real image/Demeueer DeefYeJeefOe&le ÚefJe
2
5 (b) An enlarged virtual image/Demeueer DeeYeemeer ÚefJe
=  
3 (c) A diminished virtual image/mebkeâesefÛele DeeYeemeer
25 ÚefJe
=
9 (d) A diminished real image/mebkeâesefÛele JeemleefJekeâ ÚefJe
Hence, the ratio of max to min intensities is 25:9. Ans. (a) : It is used for observing magnified image of
17. Fraunhofer and Fresnel Diffraction differ in: objects. It consist of a converging lens of small focal
Ùebie kesâ [yeue efmueš ØeÙeesie kesâ efueS, nce efkeâme lekeâveerkeâ length. In this microscope both eyepiece and objective
keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nQ? lenses ore convex in nature. The objective lens produces
(a) Distance between slit and source/lejbiee«e keâe an enlarged real images.
efJeYeepeve 20. If the square of the diameter of the 5th dark
ring in Newton's rings is 5 mm, then for the
(b) Distance between two sources/DeeÙeece keâe
10th dark ring, it will be:
efJeYeepeve Ùeefo vÙetšve keâer eEjie ceW 5JeeR [eke&â eEjie kesâ JÙeeme keâe Jeie&
(c) Phase difference between incident and 5 efceueerceeršj nw lees 10JeeR [eke&â eEjie keâe JÙeeme
diffracted rays/Deeheeflele efkeâjCe keâe efJeYeepeve
(d) Path difference between incident and
.............nesiee~
diffracted rays/SkeâeefOekeâ hejeJele&ve (a) 5 mm/5 efceueerceeršj
Ans. (a) : Fresnel diffraction:- If either source or screen (b) 10 mm/10 efceueerceeršj
or both are at finite distance from the diffracting device (c) 1.41 mm/1.41 efceueerceeršj
(obstacle) the diffraction is called Fresnel diffraction (d) 0.707 mm/0.707 efceueerceeršj
• Fraunhofer diffraction: In this case both source and Ans. (b) : Given:
screen are effectively at finite distance from the n1 = 5 D10 2
=?
diffracting device.
Hence, Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffractions differ in D5 = 5mm
2
n2 = 10
th
distance between slit and souce. For n dark ring-
18. For Young's double slit experiment, we make Dn = 2 n λ R
use of the technique called: D 2n ∝ n
Ùebie kesâ [yeue efmueš ØeÙeesie kesâ efueS, nce efkeâme lekeâveerkeâ
keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nQ?
( D52 )1 n1
⇒ =
( )
2
D n2
(a) Division of wave front/lejbiee«e keâe efJeYeepeve 10 2
(b) Division of amplitude/DeeÙeece keâe efJeYeepeve ⇒

5
=
5
(c) Division of incident ray/Deeheeflele efkeâjCe keâe ( D10 )
2
10
efJeYeepeve
⇒ D10 2
= 10mm
(d) Multiple reflection/SkeâeefOekeâ hejeJele&ve
Ans. (a) : Young's double slit experiment helped in 21. In Newton's ring experiment, if an oil is
understanding the wave nature of light. Division of inserted between Plano convex lens and plane
wave front and division of amplitude are two glass plate, the diameter of the nth dark ring
methods used in physics to produce coherent waves. will :
DSSSB PGT 135 YCT

vÙetšve kesâ efjbie ØeÙeesie ceW, Ùeefo huewvees keâe@vJeskeäme ueWme Deewj (a) sin i/sin r = n1/n2
meceleue iueeme huesš kesâ yeerÛe ceW lesue [euee peelee nw, lees (b) sin i/sin r = n2/n1
(c) sin r = n1/n2
n [eke&â efjbie keâe JÙeeme keäÙee nesiee?
th
(d) Sin i = n2/n1
(a) Reduce/keâce nesiee Ans. (b) : Snell's law is a formula used to describe the
(b) Remain same/Glevee ner jnsiee relationship between the angles of incidence and
(c) Change unpredictably/DeefveefMÛele ™he mes yeouesiee refraction. Formula for the Snell's law is-
(d) Increase/ye{siee n1 sin θ2 n 2 sin i
= or =
Ans. (a) : In Newton's ring experiment- n 2 sin θ1 n1 sin r
For nth Bright ring diameter is- Where, n1 = incident refractive index
n2 = refracted index
 1  λR
Dn = 4 n +  θ1 = incident angle
 2 µ θ2 = refracted angle.
For nth dark ring diameter is- 24. Circularly polarized light is represented by:
nλ R Je=òeekeâej OeÇgJeerke=âle ØekeâeMe..........Éeje ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee
Dn = 2
µ peelee nw~
If the oil is inserted between Plano convex lens and (a) x2 + y2 = z2 (b) x2 + y2 = y2
2 2 2
plane glass plate, the diameter of the nth dark ring will (c) x + y = A (d) x2 + y2 = z2 + B
reduce because refractive index for air (µ = 1) is smaller Ans. (c) : Circularly polarized light consist of two
than refractive index of oil and from the above formula perpendicular electromagnetic plane waves of equal
we can see that diameter is inversely proportional to amplitude and 90º difference in phase. The tip of the
vector traces a circle, and the light is said to be
refractive index.
circularly polarized.
22. In Newton's rings experiment, if the plano
convex lens is lifted up by λ/4 distance, where λ
= wavelength of incident light, the effect on
ring structure will be as follows:
vÙetšve kesâ eEjie ØeÙeesie ceW, Ùeefo hueWvees keâe@vJeskeäme ueWme λ/4
otjer mes G"eÙee peelee nw peneb λ= Deeheeflele ØekeâeMe keâer
lejbieowOÙe&, efjbie mebjÛevee hej keäÙee ØeYeeJe nesiee?
(a) The rings will disappear/eEjie ieeÙeye nes peeSieer~
(b) The central dark spot will increase in size/ keWâõ
kesâ [eke&â mhee@š kesâ Deekeâej ceW Je=efæ nesieer~ Circularly polarized light is represented by
(c) The central spot will become bright/keWâõ keâe x 2 + y2 = A2
mhee@š Ûecekeâeruee nes peeSiee~
(d) The pattern will remain unchanged/hewšve& ceW kegâÚ 25. According to Malu's Law, the intensity of
polarized light emerging through the analyser
Yeer yeoueeJe veneR nesiee~
varies with the angle θ as:
Ans. (c) : Optical path difference between ray is given cewume kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, efJeMues<ekeâ kesâ ceeOÙece mes
by-
λ efvekeâueves Jeeues OeÇgJeerke=âle ØekeâeMe keâer leer›elee keâesCe θ kesâ
∆ = 2t ± meeLe............ ™he ceW yeoueleer nw~
2
at the point of contact of the lens and the glass plate, the (a) I0 cos 2 θ (b) I0 sin 2 θ
thickness of the film is effectively zero i.e. t = 0
(c) I0 cos θ (d) (I0 cos 2 θ)/2
λ
∆ = + …(i) Ans. (a) : Malu's law: This law states that the intensity
2
Hence, centre of Newton's ring generally dark. of the polarized light transmitted through the analyser
According to the question, if the Plano convex lens is varies as the square of the cosine of the angle between
lifted up by λ / 4 distance. then- the plane of transmission of the analyser and the plane
2λ λ of the polarizer, i.e.
∆= −
4 2 I = I0 cos 2 θ
∆=0 26. Brewster's law in terms of refractive index µ
Hence, the central spot will become bright. and ip, the angle of incidence at which
23. The correct form of Snell's law is: maximum polarization is observed, is expressed
mvesue kesâ efveÙece keâe ÙeesiÙe ™he keäÙee nw? as :
DSSSB PGT 136 YCT
DeheJele&keâ metÛekeâebkeâ µ Deewj DeheJele&ve keâesCe ip pene@ 29. For Fraunhoffer type of diffraction, the wave
front required is:
DeefOekeâlece OeÇgJeerkeâjCe heeÙee peelee nw Gmekesâ ™he ceW heâewvenesheâj Øekeâej kesâ efJeJele&ve kesâ efueS, DeeJeMÙekeâ
yeÇtmšj kesâ efveÙece keâes efkeâme Øekeâej JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw? lejbiee«e................nw~
(a) Cylindrical/yesueveekeâej
(a) µ = sin i p (b) µ = cos i p (b) Plane/meceleue
(c) µ = tan i p (d) µ = cot i p (c) Triangular/ef$ekeâesCeerÙe
Ans. (c) : Brewester's Law- (d) Square/Jeiee&keâej
Ans. (b) : Fraunhoffer type of diffraction occurs when
the distance between light source and slit is infinite. In
this diffraction, the wavefront required is plane.
30. If mobility of electron and holes is depicted by
µe and µh respectively, then which of the
following is true?
Ùeefo Fueskeäšê@ve Deewj Úso keâer ieefleMeeruelee ›eâceMe:
e Deewj h Éeje JeCe&ve keâer ieF& nw, lees efvecveefueefKele ceW
when unpolarised light is incident at an angel of mes keâewve mee melÙe nw?
polarization (ip) on the interface separating air from a (a) µe = µh (b) µe < µh
medium of refractive index µ then reflected light (c) µe > µh (d) µe = 2µh
becomes fully polarized. Ans. (c) : The mobility of electron is greater than the
The relation between the angle of polarization (ip) and mobility of holes due to their effective mass.
refractive index (µ) of the medium is given as- The effective mass of electron is less than the effective
µ = tan i p mass of holes.
31. Current gain in CE configuration of a
27. How much phase change is introduced by a transistor is:
quarter wave plate between ordinary and extra šêbefpemšj ceW CE keâe@efvheâiejsMeve ceW Oeeje ueefyOe.............
ordinary rays?/meeOeejCe Deewj Deefleefjòeâ meeOeejCe nesleer nw~
efkeâjCeeW kesâ yeerÛe Skeâ ÛeewLeeF& lejbie huesš Éeje efkeâlevee (a) Less than one/1 mes keâce
DeJemLee heefjJele&ve Meg™ efkeâÙee peelee nw? (b) Between 0 and 1/0 Deewj 1 kesâ yeerÛe
(a) π (b) π/2 (c) Around 100/100 kesâ Deemeheeme
(c) 2π (d) π/4 (d) Negative/$e+Ceelcekeâ
Ans. (b) : Quarter wave plate is a plate of doubly Ans. (c) : In common emitter connection, the ratio of
refracting crystal cut parallel to optical axis of the change in collector current to the change in base current
λ is known as base current amplification factor or current
crystal to introduce a path difference of or a phase gain.
4
∆ Ic
π β=
difference of between extra ordinary and ordinary ∆ IB
2
components of the polarized light. Usually its value range from 20 to 500.
Therefore, its value can be around 100.
λ
Path difference = ( µ o − µ e ) t = 32. The best assumption of Current gain in CB
4 configuration of a transistor is:
Where, µo = Refractive index of ordinary ray šêbefpemšj keâer CB keâe@efvheâiejsMeve ceW Oeeje ueefyOe keâer
µe = refractive index of extra ordinary ray. meyemes DeÛÚer ceevÙelee keâewvemeer nw?
28. For Fresnel type of diffraction, the wave front (a) 0.01 (b) 0.98
required is:/øesâmvesue Øekeâej kesâ efJeJele&ve kesâ efueS, (c) 1.98 (d) 2
DeeJeMÙekeâ lejbiee«e ....................nw~ Ans. (b) : The ratio of change in collector current to the
(a) Cylindrical/yesueveekeâej change in emitter current at constant collector base
(b) Plane/meceleue voltage VCB is known as current amplification factor i.e.
(c) Triangular/ef$ekeâesCeerÙe ∆ IC
α= at constant VCB
(d) Square/Jeiee&keâej ∆ IE
Ans. (a) : Fresnel type of diffraction occurs when the • Practical values of α in commercial transistors range
light source lies at a finite distance from the slit. from 0.9 to 0.99
For this type of diffraction the wave front required is Therefore, the best assumption of current gain in CB
cylindrical. configuration of a transistor is 0.98.
DSSSB PGT 137 YCT

33. When used as a voltage regulator, a Zener Ans. (b) : Transistor work as an amplifier for
diode should be: amplification. In this process, amplitude of weak signal
Jeesušspe jsieguesšj kesâ ™he ceW pesvej [eÙees[ kesâ GheÙeesie kesâ amplify without change in its frequency and shape. To
efueS, Jen...............nesvee ÛeeefnS~ make transistor work as an amplifier, input circuit
(a) Forward biased/heâe@jJe[& yeeÙem[ (emitter) of the transistor remains forward biased and
(b) Reverse biased/efjJeme& yeeÙem[ output circuit (collector) remains to reverse biased.
(c) Either forward or reverse biased/Ùee lees heâe@jJe[& 37. With reference to a collector, an emitter is:
yeeÙem[ Ùee efheâj efjJeme& yeeÙem[ keâueskeäšj kesâ meboYe& ceW, Sefcešj keäÙee nw?
(d) Unbiased/DeveyeeÙem[ (a) Equally doped/meceeve ™he mes [eshe efkeâÙee ieÙee
Ans. (b) : A zener diode is like an ordinary diode (b) Lightly doped/nukesâ mes [eshe efkeâÙee ngDee
except that it is properly doped so as to have a sharp (c) Heavily doped/Yeejer mes [eshe efkeâÙee ngDee
breakdown voltage. (d) Half doped/DeeOee [eshe efkeâÙee ngDee
• A zener diode is always reverse connected i.e is
Ans. (c) : The collector region of a transistor is
always reverse biased. In reverse biasing it is used as
voltage regulator. moderately doped. The size of the collector region is
• The zener diode is not immediately burnt just because larger than the other two region.
it has entered the breakdown region. • The based region is thin and lightly doped.
34. In a transistor, the base current has its value of • The emitter region is heavily doped.
the order of: 38. A zener diode is popular as a/an:
šêbefpemšj ceW, DeeOeej Oeeje keâe ceeve...............›eâce ceW pesvej [eÙees[................kesâ ™he ceW ueeskeâefØeÙe nw~
neslee nw~ (a) Rectifier/jsefkeäšheâeÙej
(a) Milliamperes/efceueerSefcheÙej (b) Regulator/jsieguesšj
(b) Microamperes/ceeF›eâesSefcheÙej (c) Amplifier/SkeäheueerheâeÙej (ØeJeOe&keâ)
(c) Kiloamperes/efkeâueesSefcheÙej (d) Detector/ef[šskeäšj
(d) Amperes/SefcheÙej
Ans. (b) : A zener diode can be used as a voltage
Ans. (b) : In transistor, the base current has its value of regulator to provide a constant voltage from a source
the order of microampere because base is much whose voltage may vary over sufficient range. The
narrower and thinner than collectors and emitter and the
circuit arrangement is shown in figure. The zener diode
base current is 1% of the collector current.
of zener voltage Vz is reverse connected across the load
35. For transistor as an amplifier, we make use of
RL across which constant output is desired. The series
_____ region on its characteristics.
resistance R absorbs the output voltage fluctuations so
šêbefpemšj keâes ØeJeOe&keâ kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie keâjves kesâ efueS, as to maintain constant voltage across the load.
nce Fmekeâer efJeMes<eleeDeeW kesâ.....................#es$e keâe GheÙeesie
keâjles nQ~
(a) active/meef›eâÙe
(b) cut off/keâš-Dee@heâ
(c) saturation/meble=efhle
(d) break down/yeÇskeâ-[eGve
Ans. (a) : For transistor as an amplifier, we make use of
active region on its characteristics. 39. In saturation region on transistor
• In the active region, the transistor operates as a linear characteristics, collector offers:
amplifier where small change in input current (∆IB) šêbefpemšj efJeMes<eleeDeeW kesâ meble=efhle #es$e ceW, keâueskeäšj
cause relatively large changes in output current. ..............oslee nw~
• The transistor in the saturation and cut off states (a) High resistance/GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
behaves as a switch- saturation state corresponds to the
closure of switch and cut off state corresponding to (b) Low resistance/efvecve ØeeflejesOe
opening of switch. (c) Medium resistance/ceOÙece ØeeflejesOe
36. To make a transistor work as an amplifier, we (d) Zero resistance/MetvÙe ØeeflejesOe
connect it as: Ans. (b) : When the input voltage is made so much is
efkeâmeer šêbefpemšj keâe ØeJeOe&keâ kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie keâjves positive that saturation collector current flows, the
kesâ efueS, nce Fmes................lejn mes keâveskeäš keâjles nQ~ transistor is said to be in the ON condition. In this
(a) Collector forward bias/keâueskeäšj heâe@jJe[& yeeÙeme condition, the saturation collector current is given by-
(b) Collector reverse bias/keâueskeäšj efjJeme& yeeÙeme V − Vknee
Ic(sat) = cc
(c) Emitter reverse bias/Sefcešj efjJeme& yeeÙeme Rc
(d) Base grounded/yesme «eeGb[s[ Power loss = output voltage x output current
DSSSB PGT 138 YCT
The efficiency of transistor as a switch in the ON 43. With increase in temperature, for n type
condition is high. It is because the power loss in this semiconductor, what is true with the Fermi
condition is quite low due small value of Vknee level?
Hence, collector region offers low resistance. n Øekeâej kesâ DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueS leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ nesves
40. Reverse bias for a p-n junction is preferred in:
efjJeme& yeeÙeme keâes p-n pebkeäMeve kesâ efueS efkeâme ceW hej heâceea mlej kesâ yeejs ceW keäÙee melÙe nw?
ØeeLeefcekeâlee oer peeleer nw? (a) It reaches the conduction band/Ùen kebâ[keäMeve yeQ[
(a) Rectifier/jsefkeäšheâeÙej lekeâ henbgÛelee nw~
(b) Transistor/šêbefpemšj (b) It reaches the valence band/Ùen JewueWme yeQ[ lekeâ
(c) Photodiode/heâesšes[eÙees[ hengbÛelee nw~
(d) Amplifier/ScheueerheâeÙej (ØeJeOe&keâ) (c) It reaches the centre of the forbidden energy
Ans. (c) : A photo-diode is reverse biased silicon or band gap/Ùen ØeefleyebefOele Tpee& yeQ[ Deblejeue kesâ keWâõ
germanium p-n junction in which reverse current lekeâ hengbÛelee nw~
increase when the junction is exposed to light. The
reverse current photo-diode is directly proportional to (d) It disappears/Ùen ieeÙeye nes peelee nw~
the intensity of light falling on its p-n junction. Ans. (c) : For n-type semiconductor -
Hence, Reverse bias for a p-n junction is preferred in
photodiode.
41. The Fermi level for an extrinsic 'n' type

semiconductor:
efkeâmeer yeeùÙe 'n' Øekeâej kesâ DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueS heâceea
mlej...................neslee nw~
(a) Lies mid-way between the valence band and
at = T = 0K at T > 0K
conduction band/ JewueWme yeQ[ Deewj kebâ[keäMeve yeQ[ kesâ
yeerÛe ceOÙe ceeie& ceW Hence, with the increases in temperature, for n-type
(b) Lies towards the conduction band/ kebâ[keäMeve semiconductor, the Fermi level reaches the centre of the
yeQ[ keâer Deesj forbidden energy gap.
(c) Lies towards the valence band/ JewueWme yeQ[ keâer 44. With increase in temperature, for p type
Deesj semiconductor, what is true regard to the
(d) Does not exist/DeefmlelJe ceW veneR Fermi level?
Ans. (b) : Fermi level for n-type and p-type p Øekeâej kesâ DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueS leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ nesves
semiconductor is-
hej heâceea mlej kesâ yeejs ceW keäÙee melÙe nw?
(a) It reaches the conduction band/ Ùen kebâ[keäMeve
yeQ[ lekeâ hengbÛelee nw~
(b) It reaches the valence band/Ùen Jewuesme yeQ[ lekeâ
hengbÛelee nw~
(c) It reaches the centre of the forbidden energy
band gap/Ùen ØeefleyebefOele Tpee& yeQ[ Deblejeue kesâ keWâõ
lekeâ hengbÛelee nw~
Where, EF = fermi energy level (d) It disappears/Ùen ieeÙeye nes peelee nw~
Hence, from the figure fermi level for n-type
semiconductor lies towards the conduction band. Ans. (c) : For p-type semiconductor
42. A solar cell requires:
Skeâ meewj mesue kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw?
(a) Forward external bias/heâe@jJe[& yeendÙe yeeÙeme
(b) Reverse external bias/efjJeme& yeendÙe yeeÙeme
(c) Zero bias/MetvÙe yeeÙeme
(d) Coupled bias/keâheu[ yeeÙeme
Ans. (c) : A solar cell is a p-n junction device that
at T = 0K at T > 0K
generates electromotive force (emf) when solar
radiation hits the junction. Solar cell works on the Hence, with increase in temperature, for p-type
principal of photodiode. And do not use an external bias semiconductor, the fermi level reaches the centre of the
or solar cell requires zero bias. forbidden energy gap.
DSSSB PGT 139 YCT
45. In a bridge rectifier, the rectification efficiency 48. Output characteristics of transistor in CE
is around: mode represent that is of the value:
efkeâmeer efyeÇpe jsefkeäšheâeÙej ceW, megOeej #ecelee ueieYeie........ CE cees[ ceW šêbefpemšj keâer DeeGšhegš efJeMes<eleeSb
nesleer nw~ efvecveefueefKele ceW mes ceeve keâe ØeeflejesOe oMee&leer nw?
(a) 60% (b) 70% (a) High/GÛÛe
(c) 80% (d) 90% (b) Medium/ceOÙece
Ans. (c) : The full wave bridge rectifier contains four (c) Low/efvecve
diodes D1, D2, D3 and D4 connected to form bridge as (d) Zero/MetvÙe
shown in fig. The ac supply to be rectified is applied to
Ans. (a) : Output characteristics:- It is the curve
the diagonally opposite ends of the bridge through the
between collector current IC and collector emitter
transformer. Between other two ends of the bridge the
voltage VCE at constant base current IB.
load resistance RL is connected.
• Output resistance is the ratio of change in collector

emitter voltage (∆VCE) to the change collector current
In a bridge rectifier, the rectification efficiency is
(∆IC) at constant IB i.e.
around 80%.
∆VCE
46. To explain the operation of BJT, we need to Output (ro ) = at constant IB.
consider: resistance ∆I C
BJT keâe mebÛeeueve mhe° keâjves kesâ efueS, nceW efkeâme hej Its value is of the order of 50kΩ i.e. high.
efJeÛeej keâjves keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw? 49. Input characteristics of transistor in CE mode
(a) Majority carriers/yengmebKÙekeâ Jeenkeâ represents resistance that is of value:
CE cees[ ceW šêbefpemšj keâer Fvehegš efJeMes<eleeSb
(b) Minority carriers/DeuhemebKÙekeâ Jeenkeâ
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâme ceeve keâe ØeeflejesOe oMee&leer nw?
(c) Both majority and minority carriers/ yengmebKÙekeâ
(a) High/GÛÛe
Deewj DeuhemebKÙekeâ Jeenkeâ oesveeW (b) Medium/ceOÙece
(d) Neither majority nor minority carriers/ve lees (c) Low/efvecve
yengmebKÙekeâ ve ner DeuhemebKÙekeâ Jeenkeâ (d) Zero/MetvÙe
Ans. (c) : To explain the operation of BJT, we need to Ans. (c) : Input characteristics:- It is the curve
consider both majority and minority charge carrier. between base current IB and base emitter voltage VBE at
There are two types of transistor. constant collector emitter voltage VCE.
(i) n-p-n transistor (i) p-n-p transistor
• In n-p-n and p-n-p transistor majority charge carrier in
n-region is electron and in p-region is hole.
47. To represent the symbol of BJT, we use arrow
head on:
BJT keâe efÛevn oMee&ves kesâ efueS, nce..............hej Sjes ns[
keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nQ~
(a) Emitter/Sefcešj
(b) Collector/keâueskeäšj
(c) Base/yesme
(d) Both collector and base/keâueskeäšj Deewj yesme oesveeW
Ans. (a) :
• It is the ratio of change in base emitter voltage (∆VBE)
to the change in base current (∆IB) at constant VCE i.e-
∆VBE
Input resistance, ri = at constant VCE
∆I B
The value of input resistance for a CE circuit is of the
n-p-n-transistor p-n-p transistor order of a few hundred ohms i.e. low.
DSSSB PGT 140 YCT

50. When transistor is used as a switch, we make Ùeefo 2RΩ Ω ØeeflejesOe, meceeve ›eâe@me meskeäMeve Jeeueer Skeâ
use of the following regions' operation : leej keâes, oes efnmmeeW ceW keâeše peelee nw Deewj Fvekesâ efmejeW
peye šêbefpemšj keâes efmJeÛe kesâ ™he ceW GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee keâes Skeâ meeLe peesÌ[e peelee nQ lees Fve oes efmejeW kesâ yeerÛe
nw lees nce........... #es$eeW kesâ mebÛeeueve keâe GheÙeesie keâjles nQ~
Øeehle mecekeâ#e ØeeflejesOe efkeâlevee nesiee?
(a) Active and saturation/meef›eâÙe Deewj meble=efhle
(a) R Ω (b) 2 RΩ
(b) Saturation and cutoff/meble=efhle Deewj keâš-Dee@heâ (c) R/2Ω (d) R/4Ω
(c) Cut off and active/keâš-Dee@heâ Deewj meef›eâÙe Ans. (c) : R1 = 2R Ω A = constant
(d) Cut off and break down/keâš-Dee@heâ Deewj yeÇskeâ-[eGve According to the question, wire with uniform cross-
Ans. (b) : The switching action of transistor can section is cut into two halves then resistances are-
explained with the help of output characteristics. R1 = R2 = R
(a) In the active region, the transistor operates as a If this resistances connected in parallel connection then
linear amplifier where small changes in input (∆IB) equivalent resistance are-
cause relatively large changes in output current (∆IC). 1 1 1
= +
R' R 1 R 2
R
R' = Ω
2
54. When resistances are connected in series
combination:
peye ØeeflejesOe ëe=bKeuee mebÙeespeve ceW pegÌ[s nesles nQ lees keäÙee
neslee nw?
(b) In the saturation state, the transistor behaves like a (a) Current remains same and voltage remains
virtual short (collector-emitter shorted) where VCE is same/Oeeje Deewj Jeesušspe oesveeW Gleves ner jnles nQ~
approximately zero and IC is maximum, limited only by (b) Current is divided and voltage remains same/
the resistance RC in the collector. In cut off state, the Oeeje efJeYeeefpele nes peeleer nw Deewj Jeesušspe Glevee ner jnlee
transistor behaves like an open circuit (collector emitter nw
open) where IC is practically zero and VCE is equal to
(c) Current remains same and voltage is divided/
supply voltage VCC. Thus, transistor in the saturation
and cut off states behaves as a switch-saturation state Oeeje Gleveer ner jnleer nw Deewj Jeesušspe efJeYeeefpele nes peelee
corresponds to the closure of switch and cut off state nw
corresponding to opening of switch. (d) Both current and voltage are divided/Oeeje Deewj
51. Mho is associated with a unit of: Jeesušspe oesveeW efJeYeeefpele nes peeles nQ~
Mho efkeâme mes pegÌ[e ngDee nw? Ans. (c) : When resistance are in series combination
(a) Resistance/ØeeflejesOe then current remains same and voltage is divided.
(b) Conductance/ÛeeuekeâlJe Let, R1, R2, R3 ……… are connected in series
(c) Specific resistance/efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe combination then-
(d) emf/F&SceSheâ
Ans. (b) : Conductance is inversely proportional to the Let total potential difference across the 3 resistors
resistance and it is the ability of an element to conduct should be equal to the voltage of the battery i.e.-
electric current. The unit is Ω-1 or Mho. V = V1 + V2 + V3
52. When the temperature of a copper wire is IR = IR1 + IR2 + IR3
increased, its resistance will: R = R1 + R 2 + R 3
peye leebyes kesâ leej keâe leeheceeve yeÌ{lee nw, lees Gmekesâ
55. We divide a piece of copper wire into ten equal
ØeeflejesOe hej keäÙee ØeYeeJe nesiee?
parts. These parts are connected in parallel.
(a) Increase/yeÌ{siee The equivalent resistance of this combination
(b) Decrease/Iešsiee will be equal to original resistance multiplied
(c) Remain unaffected/Glevee ner jnsiee by a factor of :
(d) Disappear/ieeÙeye nes peeSiee nce leebyes kesâ leej kesâ Skeâ šgkeâÌ[s keâes ome yejeyej YeeieeW ceW
Ans. (a) : As temperature of the copper wire is efJeYeeefpele keâjles nQ~ Ùen Yeeie meceeveeblej ceW pegÌ[s ngS nQ~
increases, its resistance increases because no. of e- Fme mebÙeespeve keâe meceleguÙe ØeeflejesOe, efvecveefueefKele ceW mes
increases with the increase in temperature.
efkeâme keâejkeâ mes iegCee keâjves hej cetue ØeeflejesOe kesâ yejeyej
53. If a wire of resistance 2RΩ Ω, with uniform cross-
section, is cut into two halves and the end neslee nw?
points are joined together, the equivalent (a) 1/10 (b) 1/100
resistance obtained between these two points is: (c) 1 (d) 10
DSSSB PGT 141 YCT
Ans. (b): Given that the wire of resistance R is cut into 59. Kirchhoff's current law is used for obtaining
R unknown _____ in the circuit.
ten equal parts i.e resistance of each part = ef keâjÛee@heâ kesâ Oeeje kesâ efveÙece keâe GheÙeesie, heefjheLe ceW
10
 
De%eele..............keâes Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peelee nw~
1  1  (a) Current/Oeeje
= 10   (b) Voltage/Jeesušspe
R eq  R 
 10  (c) Power/Tpee&
1 100 (d) Resistance/ØeeflejesOe
=
R eq R Ans. (a) : Kirchoff current law is based on the principle
of conservation of charge. It is used for obtaining
R unknown current in the circuit. It is also called junction
R eq =
100 rule.
56. In domestic wiring, all the appliances are The algebraic sum of all circuit is zero i.e at junction in
connected in : closed circuit is zero i.e
Iejsuet JeeÙeeEjie ceW, meYeer GhekeâjCe efkeâme Øekeâej pegÌ[s ngS ∑I=0
nesles nQ?
(a) Series/ëe=bKeuee ceW
(b) Parallel/meceeveeblej
(c) Random/ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ
(d) Series-parallel/ëe=bKeuee-meceeveeblej I1 + I2 + I3 – I4 – I5 = 0
Ans. (b) : In domestic wiring all appliance are 60. According to Kirchhoff's voltage law, the
connected in parallel because if one appliance stops algebraic sum of the voltage around a closed
working or get fused then other appliances remains
loop in a circuit must be:
unaffected.
efkeâjÛee@heâ kesâ Jeesušspe kesâ efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, efkeâmeer
57. Power is also defined as the rate of transfer
"X" with respect to time the best choice of X is heefjheLe ceW efJeJe=òe uethe kesâ Deemeheeme Jeesušspe keâe
: yeerpeieefCeleerÙe Ùeesie efkeâlevee nesiee?
Tpee& keâes meceÙe kesâ mebyebOe ceW X kesâ mLeeveeblejCe oj kesâ (a) Zero/MetvÙe (b) Negative/$e+Ceelcekeâ
™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ X kesâ efueS ÙeesiÙe (c) Positive/Oeveelcekeâ (d) Unknown/De%eele
efJekeâuhe ................. nw~ Ans. (a) : According to Kirchoff voltage law the
(a) Charge/ØeYeej (b) Current/Oeeje algebraic sum of the product of the current and
(c) Energy/Tpee& (d) Voltage/Jeesušspe resistance of each part of the circuit is equal to total emf
Ans. (c) : Power is the rate at which energy is in the circuit.
transferred or the rate at which work is done ∑ IR = ∑ V
W It is based on the principle of conservation of energy.
P= 61. A piece of silver wire has resistance of 1Ω Ω.
t
What will be the resistance of manganin wire of
∆E
P= one third the length and one third the
t diameter, if the resistivity of manganin is 30
58. A "Y" branch is the one that can be removed times that of silver?
from the circuit without affecting the circuit. Ûeeboer kesâ leej kesâ Skeâ šgkeâÌ[s ceW 1Ω
Ω keâe Skeâ ØeeflejesOe nw~
An appropriate choice for "Y" is : Ùeefo ceQieefveve keâe efJeefMe° ØeeflejesOe, Ûeeboer mes 30 iegvee
Y Jen Ssmeer MeeKee nw efpemes heefjheLe keâes ØeYeeefJele efkeâS nes, lees Skeâ efleneF& uebyeeF& Jeeues leLee Skeâ efleneF& JÙeeme
efyevee, heefjheLe mes nšeÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ Y kesâ efueS Jeeues ceQieefveve kesâ leej keâe ØeeflejesOe keäÙee nesiee?
ÙeesiÙe efJekeâuhe..............nw~ (a) 30Ω (b) 90Ω
(a) Shunt/Mebš (c) 1Ω (d) 0.09Ω
(b) Series/ëe=bKeuee Ans. (b) : Given
(c) Redundant/DeveeJeMÙekeâ l
R1 = 1Ω l2 =
(d) Parallel/meceeveeblej 3
Ans. (c) : The term redundant generally used in a digital d
l1 = l d2 =
circuit, which means that circuit can be simplified by 3
removing at least one branch from the circuit without d1 = d ρ2 = 30ρ
affecting the circuit. ρ1 = ρ
DSSSB PGT 142 YCT
we know that the- Ans. (c):
ρl
R=
A
R1 ρ1l1 r22
= 2 ×
R2 r1 ρ1l2
1
d2 / 4 ×
1 ρl 9
= ×
R 2 d 2 / 4 30ρ× l / 3
Hence, from the fig. the last color indicates tolerance
1 1
= 65. First three colors on a four-band resistor are
R 2 9 × 1 × 30
yellow, violet and orange. The resistance value
3
is:
R 2 = 90Ω
Ûeej yeQ[ Jeeues ØeeflejesOe ceW henues leerve jbie heeruee, yeQieveer
62. Out of the following, which one shows increase Deewj veejbieer nQ~ Gvekeâe ØeeflejesOe cetuÙe keäÙee nw?
with the rise in temperature?
(a) 37 kΩ (b) 47 kΩ
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee leeheceeve Je=efæ keâes oMee&lee
(c) 57 kΩ (d) 47 Ω
nw?
Ans. (b) :
(a) Resistance only and not the resistivity/kesâJeue
Yellow Violet Orange
ØeeflejesOe leLee ØeeflejesOekeâlee veneR
4 7 3
(b) Resistivity only and not the resistance/kesâJeue
The resistance value is 47 ×103 ohm i.e. 47 kΩ
ØeeflejesOekeâlee leLee ØeeflejesOe veneR
66. When we see only three color bands on a
(c) Resistivity and resistance both/ØeeflejesOekeâlee Deewj
resistor, its tolerance is:
ØeeflejesOe oesveeW peye nce ØeeflejesOe hej kesâJeue leerve jbieeW kesâ yeQ[ osKeles nQ
(d) Resistance and conductance both/ØeeflejesOe Deewj
lees Gmekeâer menÙelee efkeâleveer nesleer nw?
ÛeeuekeâlJe oesveeW
(a) 10% (b) 20%
Ans. (c) : The relationship between temperature and
(c) 30% (d) 40%
resistance varies by material.
Ans. (b) :
Tolerance Power
Colour Tolerance
Gold 5%
Silver 10%
No colour 20%
Hence, when we see only three colour band on
• The resistance of a conductor increases as the resistor, its tolerance is 20%.
temperature increases and decreases in insulator and
67. To convert a galvanometer to read current in a
semiconductor.
circuit, we connect :
• With increase in temperature, resistivity of conductor
increase whereas the resistivity of semiconductor and
heef jheLe keâer Oeeje keâes heÌ{ves nsleg iewuJesveesceeršj keâes
insulator decreases. heefjJeefle&le keâjves kesâ efueS, nce...............peesÌ[les nQ~
63. 1 unit on the electricity bill represents : (a) A small resistance in parallel with it/Fmekesâ
efyepeueer kesâ efyeue keâer 1 FkeâeF&........... oMee&leer nw~ meceeveeblej ceW ueIeg ØeeflejesOe
(a) 1 kWh (b) 1 kW (b) A high resistance in parallel with it/Fmekesâ
(c) 1 J (d) 1 J/s
meceeveeblej ceW Skeâ GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
Ans. (a) : When one kilowatt load works for 1 hour
then the energy consumed is called 1 unit of electricity. (c) A small resistance in series with it/Fmekeâer
1 kWh = 1000 watt - hour. ëe=bKeuee ceW Skeâ ueIeg ØeeflejesOe
64. In a four-band resistor, the last color indicates: (d) A high resistance in series with it/Fmekeâer ëe=bKeuee
Ûeej yeQ[ Jeeues ØeeflejesOe ceW, DeeKejer jbie.........oMee&lee nw~ ceW Skeâ GÛÛe ØeeflejesOe
(a) Digit/Debkeâ (b) Multiplier/iegCekeâ Ans. (a) : Conversion of Galvanometer into an
(c) Tolerance/menveMeeruelee (d) Power/Meefòeâ ammeter-
DSSSB PGT 143 YCT
70. In case of a metal wire, if we reduce its
temperature while maintaining constant
voltage across it, the current passing through it
will :
Oeeleg kesâ leej kesâ ceeceues ceW, Ùeefo nce Fmekesâ Jeesušspe keâes
efmLej jKeles ngS leeheceeve keâes keâce keâjles nw lees Fmekesâ
Hence, from the fig. to convert a galvanometer to read ceeOÙece mes iegpejves Jeeueer Oeeje hej keäÙee ØeYeeJe nesiee?
current in a circuit, we connect a small resistance in (a) Decrease/keâce nes peeSieer
parallel. (b) Increase/yeÌ{sieer
68. If we plot a graph for V(voltage across resistor) (c) Remain unchanged/keâesF& ØeYeeJe veneR nesiee
vs current I passing through a resistor, the (d) Show unpredictable behaviour/DeefveefMÛele
slope of this graph represents : JÙeJenej efoKeeSieer
Ùeefo nce efkeâmeer ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes iegpejves Jeeues V
Ans. (b) : Graph between resistance and temperature-
(ØeeflejesOe mes pee jne Jeesušspe) yeveece Oeeje 1 kesâ efueS
Skeâ DeeuesKe yeveeles nQ lees Fme DeeuesKe keâe mueeshe.........
oMee&lee nw~
(a) Resistance/ØeeflejesOe
(b) Conductance/ÛeeuekeâlJe
(c) Potential difference/efJeYeeJeblej Form the graph we can see that-
(d) Power/Tpee& T ↑ R ↑ and T ↓ R ↓
Ans. (a) : The graph between V and I are- Hence, In case of a metal wire, if we reduce its
temperature while maintaining constant voltage across
it, the current passing through it will increase.
71. The operation of an alternator based upon the
principle of:
Deeušjvesšj keâe mebÛeeueve efkeâme efmeæeble hej DeeOeeefjle
∆V
neslee nw?
The slope of graph is = R (Resistance). (a) Mutual inductance/DevÙeesvÙe ØesjCe
∆I
(b) Electromagnetic induction/efJeÅegle ÛebgyekeâerÙe ØesjCe
69. If we plot a graph for V(voltage across resistor)
vs current I passing through a resistor, the (c) Displacement current/efJemLeeheve Oeeje
nature of this graph will be : (d) Hysteresis/efnmšwefjmeerme
Ùeefo nce efkeâmeer ØeeflejesOe kesâ ceeOÙece mes iegpejves Jeeues V Ans. (b) : An alternator is an electrical generator that
(ØeeflejesOe mes pee jne Jeesušspe) yeveece Oeeje 1 kesâ efueS converts mechanical energy to electrical energy. It is
Skeâ DeeuesKe yeveeles nQ lees Fme DeeuesKe keâe mJe™he kewâmee based on the principle of electromagnetic induction.
72. The unit of angular velocity used to describe an
nesiee? ac signal is:
(a) A straight line with positive slope/Oeveelcekeâ efkeâmeer AC efmeiveue keâe JeCe&ve keâjves kesâ efueS ØeÙegòeâ
mueeshe kesâ meeLe mejue jsKee keâesCeerÙe Jesie keâer FkeâeF& ..................nw~
(b) A straight line with negative slope/$e+Ceelcekeâ (a) Cycles/sec/Ûe›eâ/meskebâ[
mueeshe kesâ meeLe mejue jsKee (b) Radians/jsef[Ùeve
(c) A straight line parallel to x- axis/ x- De#e kesâ (c) Radians/sec/jsef[Ùeve/meskebâ[
meceeveeblej mejue jsKee (d) Cycles-sec/Ûe›eâ-meskebâ[
(d) A straight line parallel to y- axis/y- De#e kesâ Ans. (c) : Formula for the angular velocity-
meceeveeblej mejue jsKee θ
Ans. (a) : The graph between V and I are- ω=
t
where, θ = angular displacement
t = change in time
The SI unit of angular velocity is radian per second.
73. In case of electromagnetic induction, Lenz's
law represents the conservation of :
The nature of the above graph is straight line with efJeÅegle ÛegbyekeâerÙe ØesjCe kesâ ceeceues ceW, uesvpe keâe efveÙece
positive slope. ........... kesâ mebJeOe&ve kesâ oMee&lee nw~
DSSSB PGT 144 YCT
(a) Charge/DeeJesMe (b) Energy/Tpee& Ans. (b) :
(c) Momentum/DeeJesie (d) Mass/õJÙeceeve Type of circuit Phase Impedence
Ans. (b) : Lenz law: This law states that the direction of Purely resistive circuit φ = 0º Z =R
induced current is such that it opposes the cause which Purely inductive circuit φ = π/2 Z = XL = ωL
produces it i.e opposes the change in magnetic flux. It Purely capacitive circuit φ = π/2 1
Z = XC =
represents the conservation of energy. ωC
74. The unit of magnetic flux is: 78. The phase difference between current and
ÛebgyekeâerÙe ØeJeen keâer FkeâeF& keäÙee nw? voltage in a pure inductive circuit is:
(a) Tesla/šsmuee efkeâmeer Megæ Øesjkeâ heefjheLe ceW Oeeje Deewj Jeesušspe kesâ yeerÛe
(b) Weber/Jesyej keâe keâueeblej................neslee nw~
(c) Weber/m2/Jesyej/Jeie& ceeršj (a) π (b) 0º
(d) Ohm/Deesce (c) 2π (d) 90º
Ans. (b) : Magnetic flux through any surface held in a Ans. (d) : In purely inductive circuit, the current lags
magnetic field in measured as the total no. of magnetic behind the voltage by π/2.
field lines crossing the surface. It is scalar quantity.
φ = B.A
The SI unit of magnetic flux is Weber (wb).
75. Impedance is a :
ØeefleyeeOee (Fefche[bme) Skeâ.............nw~
(a) Real quantity/JeemleefJekeâ jeefMe
(b) Imaginary quantity/keâeuheefvekeâ jeefMe
(c) Complex quantity/peefšue jeefMe
(d) Scalar quantity/DeefoMe jeefMe
Ans. (c) : Impedance is a complex quantity. Because
impedance behaviour is similar to that of complex no. 79. The phase difference between current and
In the AC circuit, one term causes current to flow with voltage in a pure capacitive circuit is:
the same phasor as voltage whereas the other term
efkeâmeer Megæ Oeeefjlee heefjheLe ceW Oeeje Deewj Jeesušspe kesâ
causes current to lag/ lead the voltage by 90º.
76. The reactance offered by an inductor is given
yeerÛe keâueeblej...............neslee nw~
by: (a) π (b) 0º
Skeâ Øesjkeâ Éeje efoÙee peeves Jeeuee ØeefleIeele............ Éeje (c) 2π (d) 90º
efceuelee nw~ Ans. (d) : In purely capacitive circuit, the current leads
(a) 2πfL (Ω) (b) 2πfL (Ω–1) π
the voltage by ,
(c) 1/2πfL (Ω) (d) 1/2πfC (Ω) 2
Ans. (a) : The graph between reactance (Ω) and
frequency is-
80. Which of the following cannot store energy?

The inductive reactance is given by- ...............Tpee& keâe meb«enCe veneR keâj mekeâlee~
X L = 2πfL (a) Resistor/ØeeflejesOe (b) Inductor/Øesjkeâ
77. The phase difference between current and (c) Capacitor/mebOeeefj$e (d) Battery/ye@šjer
voltage in a pure resistive circuit is : Ans. (a) : Resistor cannot store energy because it losses
efkeâmeer Megæ Øesjkeâ heefjheLe ceW Oeeje Deewj Jeesušspe kesâ yeerÛe energy in the form of heat.
keâe keâueeblej................neslee nw~ Inductor store energy in the form of magnetic field
(a) π (b) 0 o when electricity applied.
(c) 2π (d) 90 o • Capacitor store energy in the form of an electric field.
DSSSB PGT 145 YCT
81. Inductive reactance for dc is: Ans. (c): In a series LRC resonance circuit, the
DC kesâ efueS ØesjefCekeâ ØeefleIeele keäÙee nw? magnitude of voltage drop across L is equal to voltage
(a) Infinite/Deveble across C.
(b) Zero/MetvÙe 85. At resonance, impedance of series LRC circuit
is equal to its:/Devegveeo hej, ëe=bKeuee LRC heefjheLe
(c) Anything between zero and infinite/MetvÙe Deewj
Deveble kesâ yeerÛe kegâÚ Yeer keâer ØeefleyeeOee efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesleer nw?
(a) R (b) L
(d) Negative/$e+Ceelcekeâ (c) C (d) Reactance/ØeefleIeele
Ans. (b) : The inductive reactance is given by Ans. (a) : Qualitatively, the sharpness of resonance
XL = 2πfL curve is determined by a quality factor called "Q" of the
for DC or direct current frequency is equal to zero i.e circuit.
XL = 2π × 0 × L It is defined as the ratio of reactance of either the
XL = 0 inductance or capacitance. At resonance the quality
factor is unity and the impedance is purely resistive, i.e
82. Capacitive reactance for dc is : X
DC kesâ efueS Oeeefjlee ØeefleIeele keäÙee nw? Q= L
R
(a) Infinite/Deveble
XL = R (Q = 1)
(b) Zero/MetvÙe
(c) Anything between zero and infinite/MetvÙe Deewj 86. For a series LRC circuit, XL vs frequency
graph is:
Deveble kesâ yeerÛe kegâÚ Yeer
(d) Negative/$e+Ceelcekeâ
ëe=bKeuee LRC heefjheLe kesâ efueS, XL yeveece DeeJe=efòe
DeeuesKe..............neslee nw~
Ans. (a) : The capacitive reactance is given by
(a) Straight line with positive slope/Oeveelcekeâ mueeshe
1
XC = kesâ meeLe mejue jsKee
2πfC (b) Straight line with negative slope/$e+Ceelcekeâ mueeshe
for direct current, f = 0
kesâ meeLe mejue jsKee
1 (c) Parallel to x axis/x De#e kesâ meceeveeblej
XC = = ∞
0 (d) Parallel to y axis/y De#e kesâ meceeveeblej
Hence, capacitive reactance for dc is infinite.
Ans. (a) : For a series LRC circuit, XL Vs frequency
83. In a series LRC resonance circuit, the voltage graph is-
drop across resistance is equal to :
ëe=bKeuee LRC Devegveeo heefjheLe ceW, ØeeflejesOe hej Jeesušspe
[ê@he efkeâmekesâ yejeyej neslee nw?
(a) Supply voltage/Deehetefle& Jeesušspe
(b) Voltage across L/L hej Jeesušspe
(c) Voltage across C/ C hej Jeesušspe
(d) Zero/MetvÙe Hence, XL Vs frequency graph is straight line with
Ans. (a) : In a series LCR resonance circuit, the positive slope.
potential difference across inductance and capacitance 87. For a series LRC circuit, XC Vs frequency
are equal and 180º out of phase and hence cancel. graph is :
Therefore, the only potential difference at resonance is ëe=bKeuee LRC heefjheLe kesâ efueS, XC Vs DeeJe=efòe DeeuesKe
across the resistance. ............. neslee nw~
• As resonant current is maximum and given by- (a) Straight line with positive slope/ Oeveelcekeâ mueeshe
E0 kesâ meeLe mejue jsKee
I0 max =
R (b) Straight line with negative slope/$e+Ceelcekeâ mueeshe
Potential difference across resistance = I0 max R = E0 kesâ meeLe mejue jsKee
Hence, at resonance, the potential difference across (c) Parallel to x axis/ x De#e kesâ meceeveeblej
resistance is equal to the applied emf. (d) Hyperbolic/neFhejyeesefuekeâ
84. In a series LRC resonance circuit, the Ans. (d) : For LCR circuit X Vs frequency graph is-
C
magnitude of voltage drop across L is equal to:
efkeâmeer ëe=bKeuee LRC Devegveeo heefjheLe ceW L hej Jeesušspe
[ê@he keâer cee$ee efkeâmekesâ yejeyej nesleer nw?
(a) Supply voltage/Deehetefle&
(b) Voltage across R/R hej Jeesušspe
(c) Voltage across C/C hej Jeesušspe
(d) Zero/MetvÙe
DSSSB PGT 146 YCT
So, from the above graph, we can say that for a series 91. Correct choice of units for C and XC are:
LCR circuit XC Vs frequency graph is hyperbolic and C Deewj XC kesâ efueS FkeâeFÙeeW keâe ÙeesiÙe efJekeâuhe ›eâceMe:
nature of curve is hyperbolic. keäÙee nw?
88. A series LRC circuit magnifies the following at (a) Henry and Farad/nsvejer Deewj hewâj[
resonance : (b) Farad and Ohm/hewâj[ Deewj Deesnce
ëe=bKeuee LRC heefjheLe, DevegJeeo heo ............... keâes
(c) Henry and Ohm/nsvejer Deewj Deesnce
yeÌ{elee nw~ (d) Farad and Volt/hewâj[ Deewj yeesuš
(a) Voltage/Jeesušspe (b) Current/Oeeje
Ans. (b) : Capacitor store energy in the form of an
(c) Resistance/ØeeflejesOe (d) Impedance/ØeefleyeeOee electric charge. It is a two dimensional electrical device.
Ans. (a) : At resonance the potential difference across The S.I unit of capacitor is Farad.
resistance is equal to the applied emf. The voltage • The S.I unit of capacitive reactance is Ohm.
magnification in LCR circuit is defines as. 92. Which one of the following has its operation
Potential difference acrose the independent of frequency?
voltage magnification =
inductance or capacitance ef vecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmekesâ keâeÙe& keâe DeeJe=efòe mes mebyebOe
Applied voltage. vener nw?
89. According to Faraday's law of electromagnetic (a) Inductor/Øesefj$e
induction, an emf is induced in a conductor (b) Capacitor/mebOeeefj$e
whenever it: (c) Resistor/ØeeflejesOe
hewâje[s kesâ efJeÅegle ÛegbyekeâerÙe ØesjCe efveÙece kesâ Devegmeej, Skeâ (d) AC voltage source/AC Jeesušspe œeesle
megÛeeuekeâ ceW F&SceSheâ hesÇefjle leye nesleer nw peye ...........~ Ans. (c) : A resistor is independent of frequency
(a) Lies in magnetic field/ÛebgyekeâerÙe #es$e ceW neslee nw because it opposes the flow of electric current and loss
(b) Cuts magnetic flux/ÛebgyekeâerÙe ØeJeen ceW keâšewleer keâjlee of energy in the form of heat.
nw 93. Which one of the following transformer has its
(c) Move parallel to the direction of magnetic output voltage greater than its input?
field/ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer efoMee kesâ meceeveeblej Ûeuelee nw ef vecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mes šêbmeheâe@ce&j keâe DeeGšhegš
(d) Lies parallel to magnetic field/ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ Gmekesâ Fvehegš Jeesušspe mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw?
meceeveeblej neslee nw (a) Step up/mšshe Dehe (b) Step down/mšshe [eGve
Ans. (b) : According to Faraday 2 law – " The nd (c) Isolation/ DeueieeJe (d) Ideal/DeeoMe&
magnitude of emf induced in the coil is directly Ans. (a) :
proportional to the rate of change of magnetic flux Step up transformer Step down transformer
associated with that coil i.e.
dφ
E=–
dt
Therefore, an emf is induced in a conductor whenever it It converts a low voltage of It converts a high voltage
cuts magnetic flux. high current into high of low current into a low
90. Correct choice of units for L and XL are : voltage of low current. voltage of high current.
L Deewj X kesâ efueS FkeâeF&ÙeeW keâe ÙeesiÙe efJekeâuhe ›eâceMe: • NS > NP • NP > NS
keäÙee nw? • ES > EP • EP > ES
(a) Henry and Farad/nsvejer Deewj hewâj[ • IP > IS • IP < IS
(b) Farad and Ohm/hewâj[ Deewj Deesnce Where, NS = no. of coils in secondary
(c) Henry and Ohm/nsvejer Deewj Deesnce NP = no. of coil in primary
ES = voltage of secondary
(d) Farad and Volt/hewâj[ Deewj yeesuš
EP = voltage of primary
Ans. (c) : Inductance is defined as the ratio of the IP = current in primary coil
induced voltage to the rate is change of current causing IS = current in secondary coil.
it, Mathematically. 94. Total loss in a transformer is the sum of:
φ (i) šêbmeheâe@ce&j keâe kegâue vegkeâmeeve..............keâe Ùeesie neslee nw~
L=
i (a) Copper and Iron/leebyee Deewj ueesne
where, L = inductance (b) Hysteresis and Eddy current/efnmšwefjmeerme Deewj
φ (i) = magnetic flux of current i S[er keâjbš
i = current
The SI unit of magnetic flux is Henry. (c) Iron and Eddy current/ueewn Deewj S[er Oeeje
• Inductive reactance is the property of an inductive coil (d) Copper and hysteresis/leebyee Deewj efnmšsefjmeerme
that resists the change in alternating current. Ans. (b) : Total loss in a transformer is the sum of
The SI unit of reactance is Ohm. Hysteresis and Eddy current.
DSSSB PGT 147 YCT
95. Which Kind of loss in transformers is (a) 40 Hz (b) 50 Hz
independent of frequency (c) 60 Hz (d) 70 Hz
šêbmeheâece&j ceW leebyes keâer efkeâme Øekeâej keâer neefve DeeJe=efòe mes Ans. (b) : The frequency of electric power supply in
mJeleb$e nw? India is 50Hz and 220 V.
(a) Iron/ueesne (b) Copper/leebyee 100. If an alternating current is represented by
(c) Total/pees[ Ì (d) Hysteresis/efnmšwefjmeerme i=10sin 314t, where t is in seconds, then its
frequency is around:
Ans. (b) : Copper losses in transformer is independent Ùeefo Deeušjvesefšbie i = 10 sin 314 Éeje oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw,
of frequency, and directly proportional to the load
current. lees Fmekeâer DeeJe=efòe ueieYeie efkeâleveer nesieer?
96. When the frequency applied to a series LRC (a) 40 Hz (b) 50 Hz
circuit is increased, the impedance of the (c) 60 Hz (d) 70 Hz
circuit: Ans. (b) : The general form of equation is-
peye Skeâ ëe=bKeuee LRC heefjheLe hej ØeÙegòeâ DeeJe=efòe yeÌ{ I = I0 sin ωt …(i)
peeleer nw lees heefjheLe keâer ØeefleyeeOee hej keäÙee ØeYeeJe neslee Given equation is-
I = 10 sin 314 t …(ii)
nw? On comparing eqn (i) and eqn (ii) we get-
(a) Decreases/keâce nes peeleer nw ω = 314
(b) Increases/yeÌ{ peeleer nw 2πf = 314
(c) First increases and then decreases after 314
reaching a maximum value/henues yeÌ{leer nw Deewj f=
6.28
DeefOekeâlece ceeve hej hengbÛeves kesâ yeeo Iešleer nw~ f = 50Hz
(d) First decreases and then increases after
reaching a minimum value/henues keâce nes peeleer nw 101. Unit of work function on the equation of photo
electric effect is:
Deewj vÙetvelece ceeve hej hengbÛeves kesâ yeeo yeÌ{leer nw heâesšes Fuesefkeäš^keâ ØeYeeJe kesâ meceerkeâjCe hej keâeÙe& hebâkeäMeve
Ans. (d) : When frequency applied to a series LRC
circuit is increased, the impedance of the circuit, first
keâer FkeâeF& keäÙee nw?
decreases and then increase after reaching a minimum (a) Newton/vÙetšve
value. (b) Watt/Jeeš
97. When the frequency applied to a series LRC (c) Electron Volt/Fueskeäšê@ve Jeesuš
circuit is increased, the current of the circuit: (d) Volt/Jeesuš
peye Skeâ ëe=bKeuee LRC heefjheLe hej ueeiet DeeJe=efòe yeÌ{ Ans. (c) : The minimum energy of incident radiation
peeleer nw lees heefjheLe keâer Oeeje hej keäÙee ØeYeeJe neslee nw? required to ejects the electrons from metallic surface is
(a) Decreases/keâce nes peeleer nw defined as work function of that surface.
(b) Increases/yeÌ{leer nw hc
W = hν0 = = Joules
(c) First decreases and then increases after λ0
reaching a minimum value/henues keâce nesleer nw ν0 = threshold frequency
Deewj vÙetvelece ceeve hej hengbÛeves kesâ yeeo yeÌ{leer nw λ = Threshold wavelength.
(d) First increases and then decreases after Einstein photoelectric equation is -
reaching a maximum value/henues yeÌ{leer nw Deewj E = W0 + Kmax
efheâj DeefOekeâlece ceeve hej hengbÛeves kesâ yeeo Iešleer nw The unit of work function on the equation of
Ans. (d) : When the frequency applied to a series LRC photoelectric effect is, electron volt.
circuit is increased, the current is increased, and current 102. Which statement(s), of the following, with
of the circuit, first increases and the decreases after regard to Einstein's prediction based upon
reaching maximum value. photoelectric effect is true:
98. Correct unit of electromotive force is: heâesšes Fuesefkeäš^keâ ØeYeeJe hej DeeOeeefjle DeeFbmšerve keâer
efJeÅegle ØeYeeJeve yeue keâer ÙeesiÙe FkeâeF& keäÙee nw? YeefJe<ÙeJeeCeer kesâ mebyebOe ceW efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee
(a) Joule/petue (b) Newton/vÙetšve keâLeve melÙe nw?
(c) Coulomb/ketâuecye (d) Volt/Jeesuš (1) Energy was given to electromagnetic waves
Ans. (d) : The amount of electricity that passes through in separate quanta/efJeÅegle ÛegbyekeâerÙe lejbieeW keâes Deueie
the generator or electrical source is called electro cee$ee ceW Tpee& oer peeleer nw~
motive force. The unit of electromotive force is volt. (2) Energy was carried by these waves in
99. In India, electric power is distributed with separate quanta/Fve lejbieeW ceW Deueie cee$ee ceW Tpee&
frequency of : keâe Jenve efkeâÙee peelee nw
Yeejle ceW, efJeÅegle Meefòeâ keâer efJeleefjle DeeJe=efòe efkeâleveer
(3) Energy in light is spread out on wavefronts/
nesleer nw? ØekeâeMe ceW Tpee& lejbiee«eeW hej hewâueleer nw
DSSSB PGT 148 YCT
(a) 1 only/kesâJeue 1 We know that-
(b) 2 only/kesâJeue 2 n2h2
En =
(c) 1 and 2 both/1 Deewj 2 oesveeW 8ml 2
(d) 3 only/kesâJeue 3 where h = plank constant
Ans. (c) : Einstein's prediction based upon photoelectric 22 × ( 6.63 × 10−34 )
2
n 2h 2
effect is- En = =
(a) Energy was given to electromagnetic wave is 8mL2 8 × 9.1×10−31 × ( 3 × 10−10 )2
separate quanta
(b) Energy was carried by these waves in separate E2 = 0.2683 × 10–17 J
quanta. 106. In a nuclear fission reactor, to slow down fast
103. The rest mass of photon is: neutrons, we use:
heâesše@ve kesâ efJeßeece efmLeefle keâe õJÙeceeve efkeâlevee neslee nw? hejceeCeg efJeKeb[ve efjSkeäšj ceW, lespe vÙetšê@vme keâes Oeercee
(a) 0 keâjves kesâ efueS, nce efkeâmekeâe GheÙeesie keâjles nQ?
(b) Negligible/veieCÙe (a) Control rods/efveÙeb$ekeâ Úeef[ Ì ÙeeB
(c) 1 (b) Moderator/cee@[jsšj
(d) Negative/vekeâejelcekeâ
(c) Coolant/ketâueWš
Ans. (a) : According to electromagnetic theory, the rest
(d) Air/JeeÙeg
mass of photon in free space is zero. On the basis of the
relativistic theory equation, the mass of photon. Ans. (b) : In a nuclear fission reactor, to slow down
m0 fast neutrons, we use moderator.
m= A moderator is a material that allows nuclear reactors to
v2 suction a neutron chain reaction with minimal and to
1– 2
c slow down the neutron from fission.
v2 107. In a nuclear fission reactor, to control the
m0 = m 1 –
c2 fission rate, we use:
where m0 is the rest mass of photon. hejceegCe efJeKeb[ve efjSkeäšj ceW, efJeKeb[ve oj keâes efveÙebef$ele
m = Classical mass of particle. keâjves kesâ efueS nce efkeâmekeâe GheÙeesie keâjles nQ?
when, v = c = 3×108 m/s (The Photon moves with speed (a) Control rods/efveÙeb$ekeâ Úeef[ Ì ÙeeB
of light.)
So, m0 = 0 (b) Moderator/cee@[jsšj
104. Highest energy photons are produced by: (c) Coolant/ketâueWš
GÛÛelece-Tpee& heâesšesve efkeâmekesâ Éeje Glheeefole efkeâS (d) Air/JeeÙet
peeles nQ? Ans. (a) : Control rods are used in nuclear reactor to
(a) Visible light/ÂMÙe ØekeâeMe control the rate of fission of the nuclear fuel-uranium or
plutonium. It is capable of absorbing many neutrons
(b) Ultra violet light/Deušê Jee@Ùeuesš ØekeâeMe
without themselves decaying.
(c) X-rays/Skeäme efkeâjCeW
108. For the purpose of particle acceleration, a
(d) Gamma rays/ieecee efkeâjCeW linear accelerator uses:
Ans. (d) : Highest energy photons are produced by keâCe lJejCe kesâ GösMÙe nsleg, Skeâ jwefKekeâ lJejkeâ efkeâmekeâe
gamma rays. Gamma rays have the smallest GheÙeesie keâjlee nw?
wavelengths and the most energy of any wave in the
electromagnetic spectrum. They are produced by the (a) Static electric field/mšsefškeâ Fuesefkeäš^keâ #es$e
hottest and most energetic objects in the universe, such (b) Static magnetic field/mšsefškeâ ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e
as neutron stars and region around black holes. (c) Laser radiation/uespej efJeefkeâjCe
105. If the energy of an electron in the square well (d) Combination of electric and magnetic field/
with width 3Å for n = 1 is 0.067 × 10–17 J, then Fuesefkeäš^keâ Deewj ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe mebÙeespeve
for n = 2 it will be : Ans. (a) : Particle accelerator produce and accelerate
Ùeefo 3A, Ûeew[eF& Jeeues efkeâmeer Ûeewkeâesj kegâSB ceW Fueskeäšê@ve beams of charged particles, such as electrons, proton
keâer Tpee& n = 1 kesâ efueS 0.067× 10–17 J nw, lees n = 2 and ions of atomic and sub atomic size-particle
accelerators can be linear or circular in shape and have
kesâ efueS Ùen ............. nesieer~
–17 –17 many different sizes.
(a) 0.268 × 10 J (b) 0.134 × 10 J For the purpose of particle acceleration, a linear
–17 –17
(c) 0.603 × 10 J (d) 0.468 × 10 J
accelerator uses static electric field. A linear particle
Ans. (a) : Given that accelerator accelerate charge subatomic particles or ions
o
–10 to a high speed by oscillation of electric potential along
Potential well of width = 3 A = 3 × 10 m
energy level n = 2 a linear beam line.
DSSSB PGT 149 YCT
109. In order to achieve a self-sustained chain (a) amu/SceÙet (b) barn/yeeve&
reaction, there exists a critical value that is (c) eV (d) Angstrom/Deebimšê@ce
defined in terms of _____ of nucleus.
mJeÙeb-OeejCeerÙe ëe=bKeuee DeefYeef›eâÙee Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS Ans. (b) : The customary unit for nuclear cross section
is barn.
›eâebeflekeâ ceeve ceewpeto nw efpemes keWâõkeâ kesâ efueS..............kesâ
113. Wave particle duality can be experimentally
meboYe& ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~
verified by the following experiment:
(a) Temperature/leeheceeve (b) Momentum/Jesie lejbie keâCe efJeefJeOelee keâes ØeÙeesieelcekeâ ™he mes..............
(c) Size/Deekeâej (d) Charge/DeeJesMe
ØeÙeesie Éeje melÙeeefhele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~
Ans. (c) : A fission chain reaction is self sustaining
when the no. of neutrons released in a given time equals (a) Davisson Germer/[sefJemeve pece&j
or exceeds the no. of neutron lost by absorption in non (b) Rutherford gold leaf/jojheâes[& ieesu[ ueerheâ
fissionable material. Therefore, in order to achieve a (c) Double slit/[yeue efmueš
self-sustained reaction, there exist a critical value that is (d) Hall effect/ne@ue Fhesâkeäš
defined in terms of size of nucleus.
Ans. (a) : Wave particle duality can be experimentally
110. Hall effect can help to determine the following
parameter: verified by Davison Germer. It is used to study the
ne@ue ØeYeeJe.............hewjeceeršj keâes efveOee&efjle keâjves ceW ceoo scattering of electron.
keâj mekeâlee nw~ 114. Liquid drop model could not explain fission in:
(a) Mobility/ieefleMeeruelee (b) Mass/õJÙeceeve
lejue (efueefkeäJe[) [ê@he cee@[ue..............ceW efJeKe[ve keâer
(c) Radius/ef$epÙee (d) Charge/ØeYeej JÙeeKÙee veneR keâj mekeâlee ~
Ans. (a) : The Hall effect is the production of a voltage (a) 235U (b) 239Pu
243
difference (the Hall voltage) across a current carrying (c) Am (d) 140Ce
conductor (in presence of magnetic field) perpendicular Ans. (c) : The liquid drop model of the nucleus was first
to both current and the magnetic field. proposed by Niels Bohr and F.kalcar in the year 1937.
They observed that there exist many similarities
between the drop of a liquid and a nucleus.
• It explains the fusion 235U, 140Ce and 239Pu but it is
fails to explain the fission in an element like 243Am.
115. Owing to which of the following reactions do
we receive energy from the Sun?
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve meer DeefYeef›eâÙee kesâ keâejCe nceW
metÙe& mes Tpee& Øeehle nesleer nw?
(a) Fission/efJeKeb[ve
(b) Fusion/efJeueÙeve
(c) Chemical/jemeeÙeefvekeâ
(d) Electrostatic/efJeÅeglemLeweflekeâ
Application of Hall effect-
• Used as magnetometers. Ans. (b) : The Sun's nuclear fusion reaction involves
• Used to determine the mobility of charge carrier. the fusion of hydrogen nuclei to form helium. In this
process, proton chain reaction occurs.
111. A device that counts individual particles but
Hence, fusion reaction receive from the sun in the form
cannot measure their energy is :
of energy.
Skeâ GhekeâjCe pees JÙeefòeâiele keâCeeW keâer ieCevee keâjlee nw
116. Relative permeability of vacuum is :
uesefkeâve Gvekeâer Tpee& keâes ceehe veneR mekeâlee nw, Jen ........ efveJee&le keâer meehes#e heejiecÙelee................nw~
nw~ (a) 4π × 10–7 (b) 1
(a) Electroscope/Fueskeäšêsmkeâe@he (c) 0 (d) 1 H/m
(b) Ionization chamber/DeeÙeveerkeâjCe keâ#e Ans. (b) : The relative permeability of a vacuum is the
(c) Geiger counter/ieeriej keâeGbšj ratio of the magnetic permeability (µ) of the substance
(d) Cloud chamber/keâueeG[ ÛeWyej to the permeability of free space (µ).
Ans. (c) : A Geiger counter is an electronic instrument µ
µr =
used for detecting and measuring ionizing radiation. It µo
is a device that counts individual particles but cannot For vacuum, relative permeability is one.
measure their energy.
117. For two parallel wires, separation d carrying
112. The customary unit for nuclear cross-section is current Ia and Ib in the same direction will have
:/ hejceeCeg heefj#es$e kesâ efueS ØeÛeefuele FkeâeF&...........nw~ the force on a length of L of either wire is :
DSSSB PGT 150 YCT
oes meceeblej leejeW kesâ efueS, efkeâmeer Yeer leej keâer L uebyeeF& peye heefjmebÛeejer Øeesšesve ØekeâeMe kesâ Jesie kesâ keâjerye hengbÛe
hej meceeve efoMee ceW Ia Deewj Ib keâer efJeYeepeve d Oeeje ues peeles nw, lees meeFkeäueesšê@ve mes mebyebefOele keâewve meer mecemÙee
peeves hej .................yeue nesiee~ keâe nue efmeb›eâesšê@ve keâjlee nw?
(a) (µ0LIaIb)/2πd attraction/ ( 0 LIa Ib ) / 2 d Deekeâ<e&Ce (a) Increasing radius/yeÌ{leer ngF& ef$epÙee
(b) (µ0LIaIb)/πd attraction/ ( 0 LIa I b ) / d Deekeâ<e&Ce (b) Smaller radius/ueIeg ef$epÙee
(c) (µ0LIaIb)/2πd Repulsion/ (c) Decrease in the frequency of revolution/
( 0 LIa Ib ) / 2 d Dehekeâ<e&Ce heefj›eâceCe keâer DeeJe=efòe ceW keâceer
(d) Increase in the frequency of revolution/
(d) (µ0LIaIb)/ πd Repulsion/
heefj›eâceCe keâer DeeJe=efòe ceW Je=efæ
( 0 LIa I b ) / d Dehekeâ<e&Ce
Ans. (c) : Synchrotron is a particular type of cyclic
Ans. (a) : For two parallel wires, separation d carrying particle accelerator that produces very bright light.
current Ia and Ib in the same direction will have the Synchrotron light is electromagnetic radiation that is
force on a length of L of either wire is emitted when charged particles moving at close to the
µ LI I speed of light are force to change direction by a
F= o a b
2πd magnetic field.
118. Which of the following is a disadvantage of • For approaching the velocity of light we need energy
cyclotron? will above 1 GeV but since the proton does not achieve
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee meeFkeäueesšê@ve keâe vegkeâmeeve that energy. The path of resolution must be increased
for approaching the velocity of light. Due to the
nw? increment in path of resolution frequency reduces.
(a) For higher values of energy, the path requires
120. Magnetic field strength in AT/m at the centre
smaller radius/Tpee& kesâ GÛÛe ceeve kesâ efueS, heLe nsleg of a square coil with side 2 m and carrying
ueIeg ef$epÙee keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw~ current 1 amp is:
(b) For higher values of energy, the path requires Yegpee 2 ceeršj Deewj ØeJeeefnle 1 SefcheÙej Oeeje kesâ meeLe
larger radius/Tpee& kesâ GÛÛe ceeve kesâ efueS, heLe nsleg Jeiee&keâej kegbâ[ueer kesâ keWâõ ceW ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e keâer Meefòeâ
yeÌ[er ef$epÙee keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw~ efkeâleveer nw?
(c) For higher values of energy, the charge on 2 1
particle must be simultaneously increased/ (a) (b)
Tpee& kesâ GÛÛe ceeve kesâ efueS, keâCeeW hej DeeJesMe keâes meeLe π π
π
meeLe yeÌ{evee ÛeeefnS~ (c) (d) π/2
(d) For higher values of energy, the charge on 2
particle must be simultaneously decreased/ Ans. (a) : Given:
Tpee& kesâ GÛÛe ceeve kesâ efueS, keâCeeW hej DeeJesMe keâes meeLe Side of square
meeLe Ieševee ÛeeefnS~ = 2m = a
I = 1amp
Ans. (b) : A cyclotron is a device used to accelerate θ1 = θ2 = 45º
charged particles to high energies without used of high
a
voltage. It is a circular particle accelerator capable of = 1m
generating particle energies between a 1 MeV to more 2
than 100MeV. It accelerates charged particles like
protons, deutron etc.
Disadvantage of cyclotron-
• The energy of cyclotron is proportional to the radius
of the cyclotron. i.e
1 R 2q2 E
K = mv 2 =
2 2m
Where, K = kinetic energy
m = mass, v = velocity The magnetic flux for the wire will be-
R = radius, q = charge of particle µI
B = Strength of magnetic field. B = o (sinθ2 + sinθ1)
4πa
Hence, for higher values of energy, the path requires
4 × 1× µ o
large radius. B= (sin 45º + sin 45º)
• It does not accelerates electron due to smaller mass. 4π× 1
119. Synchrotron addresses which of the following µ
B= o 2
problems related to cyclotron when circulating π
proton reaches closer to velocity of light? We know that magnetic field strength H is-
DSSSB PGT 151 YCT

B 1 1
H= (a) (b)
µ (4πε0 ) (2πε0 )
(c) (4πε0) (d) (4πε0)2
2
H= Ans. (a) : Coulomb's law, mathematically expressed as-
π
q q
121. 1 C = 'X' times e, where e is charge on an F = k 12 2
r
electron.
1
1 C = 'X' iegCee e, peneb e Fueskeäšê@ve keâe DeeJesMe nw~ X where, k =
keâe cetuÙe %eele keâjW~ 4πε 0
(a) X = 6.25 × 1018 (b) X = 1.25 × 1018 124. Principle of superposition can be applied to:
(c) X = 1.6 × 10 –19
(d) X = 1.6 × 10–18 meghejheesefpeMeve kesâ efmeæeble keâes efkeâme mes ØeÙegòeâ efkeâÙee pee
Ans. (a) : 1 coulomb is the charge from a current of 1 A mekeâlee nw?
flowing in 1 sec. (a) Electrostatic forces only/kesâJeue efJeÅeglemLeweflekeâ yeueeW
For the quantization of charge- hej
q = ne
(b) Electric fields only/kesâJeue efJeÅegle #es$e hej
q (c) Electrostatic forces and electric field both/
n=
e efJeÅeglemLeweflekeâ yeue Deewj efJeÅegle #es$e oesveeW hej
no. of e– in 1 C =
1C (d) Electric charge only/kesâJeue efJeÅegle DeeJesMe hej
1.6 × 10−19 Ans. (c) : According to the principle of superposition
= 6.25 × 1018 total force on a given charge due to number of charge is
Hence, the value of X = 6.25 × 1018 the vector sum of individual forces acting on that charge
k(q1q 2 ) due to presence of other charges.
122. Coulomb's law, F = , has its form very Let the charges be q1 , q2, q3 ----- qn exert force F12,
r2 F13, ------ F1n on charge q1. The total force on charge q1
much similar to: is given by-
k(q1q 2 ) F1 = F12 + F13 + ----- + F1n
ketâuecye keâe efveÙece, F , keâe mJe™he.........kesâ
r2 1  q1q 2 q1q 2 q1q 2 
keâeheâer meceeve nw~ =  2 rˆ12 + 2 rˆ13 + − − − − + 2 rˆ1n 
4πε0  r12 r13 r1n 
(a) Newton's gravitational force/vÙetšve kesâ
ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue q1 n q i
(b) Ohm's law/Deesùce kesâ efveÙece
F1 = ∑ rˆ1i
4πε i = 2 r1i2
(c) Snell's Law/mvesue kesâ efveÙece The net electric field at the position on the test charge
(d) Moseley's Law/ceesmeues kesâ efveÙece is-
Ans. (a) : Coulomb's law states that if point charges q1 E = E1 + E2 + E3 + ----------En
q2 are separated by a distance (r) in vacuum the F F2 F3 Fn
= 1 + + +−−−+
magnitude of the force (F) between them is given by q0 q0 q0 q0
K q1q 2
F= …(i) 1 q1 1 q2
r2 E= + rîp + rˆ2p ------------
4πε0 rip2 4πε0 r2p2
1
where, K = = 9 × 109 Nm2 C–2 (ε0 = permittivity 1 n q2
4πε0
-12 2 -1 -1
E= ∑ ˆrip
4πε0 i =1 rip2
to free space = 8.85 × 10 C N m )
• Newton's Gravitational force-
mm
F = G 12 2 …(ii)
r
where, G = gravitational constant
From eqn (i) and (ii) we can say that Coulomb's law is
very much similar to Newton's gravitational force.
k(q1q 2 )
123. In Coulomb's law, F = , constant k is
r2
expressed as (consider air as the medium):
k(q1q 2 )
ketâuee@ce kesâ efveÙece F , ceW efmLej k keâes efkeâme
r2 Hence, principle of superposition can be applied to both
™he ceW oMee&Ùee ieÙee nw? electrostatic forces and electric field.
DSSSB PGT 152 YCT

125. If you double the distance of a point from a Ans. (*) : Charge on electron = – 1.6 × 10–19 C
dipole, the electric field drops by a factor of: Charge on proton = 1.6 × 10–19 C
Ùeefo Deehe Skeâ OeÇÇgJeerÙe efyebog keâer otjer keâes oesiegvee keâj osles e
nQ lees efJeÅegle #es$e.............hewâkeäšj mes efiejlee nw~ Specific charge on electron is   = 1.76 × 1011 C / kg
m
(a) 2 (b) 4 Note:- For this question, discrepancy is found in
(c) 8 (d) 0 question answer.
Ans. (c) : The field at some distance is given by- So, this question is ignored for all candidates
2p 129. Two small identical conducting spheres have
E= 3 …(i)
r charges of 2 × 10–9 C and -0.5 × 10–9 C,
Given that the new radius r = 2r then respectively, and are 4 cm apart. Let's say the
2p force is F1. Now they are brought in touch and
E' = k then again separated by 4 cm, by applying the
( 2r )
3
force F2. The relation between F1 and F2 is
1  2p  given by-
E' =  k 3  …(ii) oes ueIeg Skeâmeceeve mebJenve ieesueekeâejeW ceW ›eâceMe:
8 r 
2 × 10–9C Deewj –0.5 × 10–9C keâe DeeJesMe nw Deewj 4
1
E' = E …(iii) (from eq (i)) n
meWšerceeršj mes otj nQ~ ceeve ueW efkeâ FmeceW F1 yeue nw~ Deye
8 FvnW Skeâ otmejs kesâ mebheke&â ceW ueeÙee peelee nw Deewj efheâj mes
Hence, from eqn (iii) we can say that if we double the Fve hej F2 yeue ØeÙegòeâ keâj kesâ 4 meWšerceeršj otj keâj efoÙee
distance of a point from a dipole, the electric field drops
by a factor of 8. peelee nw~ F1 Deewj F2 kesâ yeerÛe keâe mebyebOe efkeâme Øekeâej
126. Electric field at a point that is located at the oMee& Ùee peelee nw?
centre of a ring is: (a) F1 = F2 (b) F1 = 2F2
efkeâmeer eEjie kesâ keWâõ ceW efmLele Skeâ efyebog keâe efJeÅegle #es$e (c) F1 < F2 (d) F1 > F2
efkeâlevee neslee nw? Ans. (d) : According to the ques,
-9
when two small identical
(a) 0 (b) 1 sphere of charges 2 × 10 C and – 0.5 × 10–9 C
(c) 2 (d) 3 respectively, are 4cm apart then force between them is F1-
Ans. (a) : Electric field at a distance x is- 9 × 10−9 × 2 × 10−9 × 0.5 × 10 −9
F1 =
( 0.04 )
2
9 × 10− 9
F1 =
16 × 10−4
F1 = 0.56 × 10-5 ⇒ F1 = 5.6 × 10−6 N (i)
1 xq Now, the charges are brought into touch then separated
E= by 4cm then total charge is-
4πε0 ( x 2 + a 2 ) 3 / 2
Q = (q1 + q2)/2
Electric field at centre is x = 0 Q = (1.5 × 10–9)/2
E=0 Q = 0.75 × 10-9 C
127. You should reject which of the following 9 × 109 × 0.75 × 10−9 × 0.75 × 10−9
F2 =
( 0.04 )
2
statements for a charge described in terms of
charge on electron (e)
Fueskeäšê@ve (e) kesâ DeeJesMe kesâ ceeceues ceW JeefCe&le DeeJesMe kesâ F2 = 3.16 × 10 −6 N …(ii)
efueS Deehekeâes efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee keâLeve Hence, from eqn (i) and eqn (ii)-
DemJeerkeâej keâjvee ÛeeefnS? F1 > F2
(a) q = –2e (b) q = –2.1e
(c) q = 3e (d) q = 100e 130. 1 volt = /1 Jeesuš =
Ans. (b) : Quantization of charge: (a) 1N/1C (b) 1J/1C
Electric charges on a body is not a continuous quantity (c) 1J/1N (d) 1C/1N
but it is integral multiple of charge on one electron. Ans. (b) : Electric potential at a point in an electric field
Q = ± ne is the ratio of work done in carrying a test charge from
Where, n = 0, 1, 2, 3, ------ infinity to that point to the magnitude of the test charge.
Hence, The fraction value of n is not possible. W
128. Specific charge on electron is: V=
q
Fueskeäšê@ve hej efJeefMe° DeeJesMe...............neslee nw~
1Joule
(a) -1.6 × 10–19 C (b) 1.6 × 10–19 C 1V =
(c) 1.76 × 1012 C/kg (d) 9.1 × 10–31 kg 1Coulomb
DSSSB PGT 153 YCT

131. 1 eV = Ans. (b) : When capacitors in series then-
(a) 1.6 × 10–19J (b) 8.854 × 1019J 1 1 1 1 1
(c) 1.6 × 1019C (d) 1.6 × 10–19V = + + +−−−−
Ceq C1 C 2 C3 Cn
Ans. (a) : 1 eV is the unit of energy. 1eV is equal to the
1.6 × 10-19 J. The equivalent of a series of capacitance is always less
132. Gauss's law can be best compared with: than the lest capacitance in the series.
iee@me keâe efveÙece efkeâmekesâ meceeve nw? 135. A capacitor consists of two:
(a) Ohm's law/Deesnce keâe efveÙece
mebOeeefj$e efkeâme oes ÛeerpeeW mes yevelee nw?
(b) Coulomb's law/ketâuebye keâe efveÙece (a) Insulators separated by a conductor/ megÛeeuekeâ
(c) Snell's law/mvesue keâe efveÙece Éeje Deueie efkeâS ieS mebJeenkeâ
(d) Stoke's law/mšeskeâ keâe efveÙece (b) Conductors separated by an insulator/ mebJeenkeâ
Ans. (b) : According to gauss theorem, the electric flux
Éeje Deueie efkeâS ieS megÛeeuekeâ
(c) Insulators separated by a dielectric/[eF&
1
linked with a closed times the charge enclosed by Fuesefkeäš^keâ Éeje Deueie efkeâS efJemebJeenkeâ
ε0
(d) Insulators separated by insulator/Fvmeguesšj Éeje
the surface
Deueie efkeâS ieS Fvmeguesšj
q
φ= S Ans. (b) : Most commonly used capacitor is parallel
4πε0 r 2 plate capacitor, which consist of two charged parallel
Coulomb's law- plates separated by a insulator or small distance.
1 q1 q 2
F=
4πε0 r 2
Hence, Gauss law can be best compared with
Coulomb's law.
133. Value of capacitance depends on:
Oeeefjlee keâe cetuÙe efkeâme hej efveYe&j keâjlee nw?
(a) Geometry of the plates forming capacitor/
mebOeeefj$e yeveeves Jeeueer huesšeW keâer pÙeeefceefle hej
(b) Potential difference/efJeYeeJeblej hej
(c) Charge/DeeJesMe hej
(d) Electric field intensity/efJeÅegle #es$e keâer leer›elee hej 136. A capacitor that stores energy of 0.5 J and has
Ans. (a) : The ability to store charge by a capacitor is capacitance of 1 µF, has potential difference of
called capacitance of the capacitor. Mathematically, it _____ across it.
can be expressed as- pees mebOeeefj$e 0.5 J Tpee& meb«eefnle keâjlee nw Deewj efpemeceW
Q 1µµF keâer #ecelee nesleer nw, Gme ceW.............keâe efJeYeeJeblej
C=
V neslee nw~
• SI unit is Farad. (a) 1000 V (b) 100 V
Coulomb (c) 1 V (d) 10 V
• 1F = 1 Ans. (a) : Given:
Volt
Hence, the capacitance depends only on the geometry of U = 0.5J
the conductors and not on an external source of charge C = 1µF = 1 × 10–6 F
or potential difference. Energy stored in the capacitor in the from of electrical
potential energy-
134. The equivalent of series of capacitances is
1
always: U = CV2
Oeeefjlee keâer ëe=bKeuee ncesMee...............kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~ 2
(a) Greater than the greatest capacitance in the 1
0.5 = ×10–6 V2
series/ëe=bKeuee ceW meyemes yeÌ[er Oeeefjlee mes DeefOekeâ 2
2
6
(b) Less than the least capacitance in the series/ V = 10
ëe=bKeuee ceW meyemes keâce Oeeefjlee mes keâce V = 103 V
(c) Equal to the summation of all the 137. Electric field intensity inside a hollow spherical
capacitances in series/ëe=bKeuee kesâ meYeer Oeeefjlee kesâ capacitor is:
Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej Skeâ Keeueer ieesueekeâej mebOeeefj$e kesâ Deboj efJeÅegle #es$e
(d) Equal to the least value of capacitance in leer›elee efkeâleveer nesleer nw?
series/ëe=bKeuee ceW Oeeefjlee kesâ keâce mes keâce cetuÙe kesâ (a) 0 (b) 1 N/C
yejeyej (c) 2 N/C (d) 3 N/C
DSSSB PGT 154 YCT
Ans. (a): In hollow spherical capacitor, charge Ùeefo uebyeeF& L, yeue F Deewj meceÙe T keâes ceewefuekeâ
distributed across the surface and no charge inside the cee$eeDeeW kesâ ™he ceW efueÙee peelee nw, lees õJÙeceeve kesâ
capacitor. According to Gauss law we calculated DeeÙeeceer meceerkeâjCe keâes efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmekesâ Éeje
enclosed charge for electric field inside the surface and
in this capacitor net charge enclosed will be zero.
Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw?
Hence, Electric field intensity inside a hollow spherical (a) [L–1F1T2] (b) [L–1F1T1]
–1 3 2
capacitor is zero. (c) [L F T ] (d) [L–1F2T2]
138. A 50 µF capacitor is connected across 220 V Ans. (a) : Let the dimension of the mass in new system
supply. What charge does it take to if the is-
voltage is increased to 400 V? [ Mass ] =  Fa Lb T c 
Skeâ 50µµF keâe mebOeeefj$e 220V Jeesušspe mes pegÌ[e ngDee nw  M1L0 T 0  =  Fa Lb T c 
Ùeefo Jeesušspe keâes 400V lekeâ yeÌ{e efoÙee peeÙes lees FmeceW
efkeâlevee Ûeepe& ueiesiee~  M1L0 T 0  =  M a La T −2a Lb T c 
(a) 20 × 10–3C (b) 10 × 10–3C  M1L0 T 0  =  M a La + b T −2a + c 
–3
(c) 30 × 10 C (d) 40 × 10–3C
On comparing the powers of both sides we get-
Ans. (a) : If Q is the amount of charge given and V is
a=1
potential of capacitor then capacitance of the capacitor
a+b=0⇒ b=–1
is given by-
– 2a + c = 0 ⇒ c = 2
Q
C= Hence, the dimensional equation of mass is given by [F1
V L–1T2].
Q 142. If length L, force F and time T are taken as
50 × 10–6 =
400 fundamental quantities, dimensional equation
Q = 20 × 10–3 C of density is given by:
139. Which of the following does not represent an Ùeefo uebyeeF& L, yeue F Deewj meceÙe T keâes ceewefuekeâ
error while describing errors? cee$eeDeeW kesâ ™he ceW efueÙee peelee nw, lees IevelJe kesâ
$egefšÙeeW keâe JeCe&ve keâjles meceÙe efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keäÙee DeeÙeeceer meceerkeâjCe keâes efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâmekesâ Éeje
$egefš keâes veneR oMee&lee nw? Øeehle efkeâÙee peelee nw?
(a) Fundamental error/ceewefuekeâ $egefš (a) [L–1F2T2] (b) [L–1F1T2]
–1 1 1
(b) Instrumental error/JeeÅeÙeb$e $egefš (c) [L F T ] (d) [L–4F1T2]
(c) Systematic error/efmemšscewefškeâ $egefš Ans. (d) : Let the dimension of density in new unit is-
(d) Random error/ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ $egefš [density] = [Fa Lb Tc]
–3 0 a a –2a b c
[ML T ] = [M L T L T ]
Ans. (a) : Fundamental error does not represent an error [M L–3 T0] = [Ma La+b T–2a+c]
while describing errors. On comparing the powers of both sides we get-
140. Which one out of bellow mentioned units is not a=1
a fundamental unit? a+b=–3⇒b=–4
veerÛes oer ieF& FkeâeFÙeeW ceW mes keâewve meer Skeâ ceewefuekeâ FkeâeF& – 2a + c = 0 ⇒ c = 2
veneR nw? Hence, the dimensional equation of density is given by
(a) Mole/ceesue (b) Candela/kewâv[suee [F1 L-4 T2].
(c) Newton/vÙetšve (d) Second/meskebâ[ 143. The effect of errors on reading of an
Ans. (c) : Fundamental quantities in S.I system and instrument cannot be minimized by:
their units- jeref[bie hej nesves Jeeues $egefšÙeeW kesâ ØeYeeJe keâes efkeâmekesâ Éeje
S.No Physical quantity Name of Symbol of keâce veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw?
. unit unit (a) Using an instrument whose least count is as
1. Mass Kilogram Kg small as possible/ efkeâmeer Ssmes GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie
2. Length Meter m keâjvee efpemekeâe Deuheebkeâ, mebYeJele: keâce nes
3. Time Second sec (b) Using an instrument whose least count is as
4. Temperature Kelvin K large as possible/ efkeâmeer Ssmes GhekeâjCe keâe GheÙeesie
5. Luminous intensity Candela Cd
6. Electric current Ampere A
keâjvee efpemekeâe Deuheebkeâ, mebYeJele: pÙeeoe nes
7. Amount of substance Mole Mol (c) Taking large number of readings/ yengle pÙeeoe
141. If length L, force F and time T are taken as mebKÙee ceW jeref[bie uesvee
fundamental quantities, dimensional equation (d) Taking large magnitude of quantity/ jeefMe keâe
of mass is given by: pÙeeoe DeeÙeece uesvee
DSSSB PGT 155 YCT
Ans. (a): The effect of errors on reading of an (a) Pressure/oeye
instrument cannot be minimized by using an instrument (b) Stress/Øeefleyeue
whose least count is as small as possible. (c) Strain/leveeJe
144. Vernier caliper is showing +0.07 mm when
(d) Young's modulus/Ùebie ceeheebkeâ
jaws are just closed. Hence to obtain actual
reading of a radius of sphere: Ans. (c) : The effect of stress in the body or object is
peye peyeÌ[s yebo nes peeles nw lees Jeefve&Ùej kewâefuehej +0.07 called strain. The ratio of change in configuration to the
efceueerceeršj efoKee jne nw~ FmeefueS JeemleefJekeâ jeref[bie uesves original configuration is called strain.
kesâ efueS keäÙee keâjvee ÛeeefnS? changein dimension
Strain =
(a) We should subtract 0.07 mm from mean orginal dimension
reading/nceW Deewmele jeref[bie ceW mes 0.07 efceueerceeršj Ieše Hence, strain is not defined in terms of force per unit
osvee ÛeeefnS area.
(b) We should add 0.07 mm to the mean reading/ 148. Choose the physical quantity that is unit-less.
nceW Deewmele jeref[bie ceW 0.07 efceueerceeršj peesÌ[ osvee ÛeeefnS FkeâeF& jefnle Yeeweflekeâ cee$ee keâes ÛegveW~
(c) We should divide the mean reading by 0.07 (a) Pressure/oeye
mm/nceW Deewmele jeref[bie keâes 0.07 efceueerceeršj mes (b) Stress/Øeefleyeue
efJeYeeefpele keâjvee ÛeeefnS (c) Strain/leveeJe
(d) We should multiply the mean reading by 0.07 (d) Young's modulus/Ùebie ceeheebkeâ
mm/nceW Deewmele jeref[bie keâes 0.07 efceueerceeršj mes iegCee
keâjvee ÛeeefnS~ ∆l
Ans. (c) : Strain = = unit less
Ans. (a) : In vernier calipers when jaws are closed then l
reading must be represent 0.00 on scale but due to some Force N
• Pressure = =
error scale showing +0.07mm. Hence, to obtain actual Area m 2
reading of sphere, we should subtract 0.07mm from F/ A N
mean reading. • Yong's Modulus = =
∆l/l m 2
145. If described in terms of base units, 1 watt =
Ùeefo DeeOeej FkeâeFÙeeW ceW JeCe&ve efkeâÙee peelee nw, lees 1 • Stress = F = N2
Jee@š efkeâlevee neslee nw? A m
(a) 1 kg.s /m 2 2
(b) 1 kg.m /s 2 2 Hence, strain is a unit less quantity.
(c) 1 kg.m /s 2 3
(d) 1 kg .m /s2 2 2 149. Which physical quantity does not have its unit
Ans. (c) : Power is the rate at which work is done. as Pascal?
Mathematically, it is expressed as- efkeâme Yeeweflekeâ jeefMe keâer FkeâeF& heemkeâue veneR nw?
W (a) Pressure/oeye
P=
t (b) Stress/Øeefleyeue
F.S (c) Strain/leveeJe
P=
t (d) Young's modulus/Ùebie ceeheebkeâ
−2 Ans. (c) : Strain in unitless.
kg − m − s − m
P= changein dimension
s Strain =
orginal dimension
kgm 2
P= 150. Consider the density of wood as 0.5 gm/cc in
sec3
the CGS system of units. Its value in MKS unit
146. Light year is a unit that is used to represent: is given by:
ØekeâeMe Je<e&...............oMee&ves keâer Skeâ FkeâeF& nw~ FkeâeFÙeeW keâer CGS ØeCeeueer ceW uekeâÌ[er keâe IevelJe 0.5
(a) Time/meceÙe (b) Length/uebyeeF& gm/cc ceeve ueW~ MKS heæefle ceW Fmekeâe ceeve keäÙee
(c) Angle/keâesCe (d) Mass/õJÙeceeve nesiee?
Ans. (b) : Light year is a unit of distance and it (a) 500 (b) 5000
represent length. One light year is equal to 9.461× 1015 (c) 50 (d) 0.5
metre.
Ans. (a) : In CGS unit-
147. Choose the physical quantity, from the density = 0.5 gm/cc
following, that is not defined in terms of force
In MKS unit
per unit area.
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes Gme Yeeweflekeâ jeefMe keâes ÛegveW, efpemes 1
density = 0.5 × × 106 kg/m3
Øeefle Ùetefveš #es$e nesves Jeeues yeue kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele 1000
veneR efkeâÙee ieÙee nQ~ density = 500 kg/m3
DSSSB PGT 156 YCT

151. To accelerate a 2.0 kg mass by 4 m/sec2, we Ans. (c) : Equal vectors have equal magnitude and
need a force of: direction. For Ex-
Skeâ 2.0 efkeâ«ee õJÙeceeve keâes 4 ceer./mes.2 lekeâ lJeefjle
keâjves kesâ efueS, nceW..........yeue keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw~
(a) 6 N (b) 8 N
(c) 2 N (d) 16 N
Ans. (b) : According to Newton's third law- A=B
F=m×a 156. For θ = 180°, A.B = ? (consider θ as angle
F=2×4 between two vectors):
F = 8 kg-m/sec2 θ = 1800 kesâ efueS A.B. = ? (efJeÛeej keâjW θ, oes
F = 8N JewkeäšjeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe)
152. Inertial frame of reference is where Newton's (a) AB (b) BA
_____ law holds good. (c) 0 (d) –AB
peÌ[lJeerÙe øesâce kesâ meboYe& ceW vÙetšve kesâ...............efveÙece keâes Ans. (d) : The scalar product of two vectors-
DeÛÚer lejn mes ueeiet keâjleer nw~ A.B =| A || B | cos θ
(a) first/henues (b) second/otmejs = A.B cos 180º
(c) third/leermejs (d) fourth/ÛeewLes A.B = −AB
Ans. (a) : Newton's first law of motion is also called 157. If a body is taken on the surface of the Earth
law of inertia. According to this law if an object at rest and then on the Moon, which of the following is
remains at rest or if in motion, remains in motion at a true?
constant velocity unless acted on by a net external force. Ùeefo efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes henues he=LJeer keâer melen hej Deewj
153. P and Q are two mutually perpendicular efheâj Ûebõcee hej ueskeâj peeles nQ, lees efvecveefueefKele ceW mes
vectors, where |P| = 4 N and |Q| = 3 N. Then |P keäÙee melÙe nw?
+ Q| = ? (a) The mass of the body is same on the Earth
Ùeefo P Deewj Q oes hejmhej uebyeJele meefoMe nQ, peneb and Moon/ Jemleg keâe õJÙeceeve he=LJeer Deewj Ûebõcee hej
P 4N Deewj Q 3N nw, lees P Q ? meceeve nw
(a) 7 N (b) 5 N (b) The mass of the body is reduced on the
(c) 6 N (d) 25 N Moon/ Ûebõcee hej Jemleg keâe õJÙeceeve keâce nes peelee nw
Ans. (b) : If P and Q are two mutually perpendicular (c) The mass of the body is increased on the
vectors, then Moon/Ûebõcee hej Jemleg keâe õJÙeceeve yeÌ{ peelee nw
(d) The weight of the body is same on the Earth
|P + Q| = P + Q + 2 | P || Q | cos 90º
2 2
and the Moon/Jemleg keâe Jepeve he=LJeer Deewj Ûebõcee hej
= 16 + 9 meceeve nw
| P + Q |= 5N Ans. (a) : The formula for the acceleration due to
154. The scalar product of two vectors has a gravity is-
magnitude that is proportional to (consider θ as g=
GM
angle between two vectors): R2
oes meefoMeeW kesâ DeefoMe Glheeo keâe DeeÙeece.............. kesâ From the above formula, acceleration due to gravity
Deevegheeeflekeâ nw~ (efJeÛeej keâjW θ, oes JewkeäšjeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe does not depend on mass of the object.
Hence, if a body is taken on the surface of the earth and
keâesCe)
then on the moon, the mass of the body is same on the
(a) sec θ (b) cos θ earth and moon.
(c) cosec θ (d) sin θ
158. When a rocket is fired from the Earth:
Ans. (b) : The scalar product of two vectors is equal to- peye he=LJeer mes Skeâ je@kesâš ÚesÌ[e peelee nw lees..............~
a.b = | a | | b| cos θ (a) The law of conservation of energy is used/
155. Equal vectors have: Tpee& kesâ mebj#eCe efveÙece keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw
meceeve meefoMeeW ceW efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keäÙee neslee nw? (b) The law of conservation of linear momentum
(a) Equal magnitude/meceeve heefjceeCe is used/jwefKekeâ ieefle kesâ mebj#eCe efveÙece keâe GheÙeesie
(b) Equal directions/meceeve efoMeeSb efkeâÙee peelee nw
(c) Equal magnitude and directions/meceeve heefjceeCe (c) The law of conservation of charge is used/
Deewj efoMeeSb DeeJesMe kesâ mebj#eCe efveÙece keâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee peelee nw
(d) Equal magnitudes but different direction/ (d) The Ohm's law is followed/Deesnce kesâ efveÙece keâe
meceeve heefjceeCe uesefkeâve efJeefYeVe efoMeeSb heeueve efkeâÙee peelee nw
DSSSB PGT 157 YCT
Ans. (b) : When a rocket is fired from the earth, the law Ans. (b) : Conservative force does not depend upon
of conservation of linear momentum is used. path. Example of conservative forces are, central forces,
159. Which of the following is true with regard to spring forces, gravitational forces etc.
the force of friction? 163. During adiabatic process, the change in
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee Ie<e&Ce yeue kesâ mebyebOe ceW entropy is:
melÙe nw? ™æes<ce Øeef›eâÙee kesâ oewjeve, Svšê@heer ceW............heefjJele&ve
(a) Static friction > kinetic friction > rolling neslee nw~
friction/mLeweflekeâ Ie<e&Ce > ieefleMeerue Ie<e&Ce > jesefuebie (a) Positive/Oeveelcekeâ (b) Negative/$e+Ceelcekeâ
Ie<e&Ce (c) Zero/MetvÙe (d) +10%
(b) Static friction < kinetic friction < rolling Ans. (c) : Entropy is related to the disorder in the
friction/mLeweflekeâ Ie<e&Ce < ieefleMeerue Ie<e&Ce < jesefuebie system. Greater the randomness or disorderness,
Ie<e&Ce greater the entropy, change in entropy is given by-
(c) Static friction > kinetic friction < rolling dQ
dS = …(i)
friction/mLeweflekeâ Ie<e&Ce > ieefleMeerue Ie<e&Ce < jesefuebie T
Ie<e&Ce during an adiabatic process,
(d) Static friction < kinetic friction > rolling dQ = 0
friction/mLeweflekeâ Ie<e&Ce < ieefleMeerue Ie<e&Ce > jesefuebie eqn (i) ⇒ dS = 0
Ie<e&Ce Hence, for an adiabatic process, change in entropy is
equal to zero.
Ans. (a) : According to the force of friction-
Static friction > kinetic friction > rolling friction 164. In an ideal engine:/ efkeâmeer Yeer DeeoMe& Fbpeve ceW:
160. Change in the KE of a particle is = (a) All processes are reversible and no wasteful
Skeâ keâCe keâer KE ceW yeoueeJe...........kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~ energy transfer occurs/meYeer Øeef›eâÙeeSb heefjJele&veerÙe
(a) Net work done on the particle/keâCe hej efkeâS ieS nes leer nw Deewj efkeâmeer Yeer DeheefMe° Tpee& keâe nmleebjCe veneR
vesš keâeÙe& neslee nw~
(b) All processes are irreversible and no wasteful
(b) Net work done by the particle/keâCe Éeje efkeâS ieS
energy transfer occurs/meYeer Øeef›eâÙeeSb DeheefjJele&veerÙe
vesš keâeÙe& nesleer nQ Deewj efkeâmeer Yeer DeheefMe° Tpee& keâe nmleebjCe veneR
(c) Change in the momentum/mebJesie ceW yeoueeJe
neslee nw
(d) Change in the velocity/Jesie ceW yeoueeJe (c) All processes are reversible and some
Ans. (a) : According to work energy theorem, "The net wasteful energy transfer occurs/meYeer Øeef›eâÙeeSb
work done by the force on an object equals the change heefjJele&veerÙe nesleer nQ Deewj kegâÚ DeheefMe° Tpee& keâe
in its kinetic energy." nmleebjCe neslee nw
Net work done = Change in K.E
(d) All process are irreversible and some wasteful
W = ∆K.E energy transfer occurs/meYeer Øeef›eâÙeeSb DeheefjJele&veerÙe
161. 1 kilowatt-hour = nesleer nQ Deesj kegâÚ DeheefMe° Tpee& keâe nmleeblejCe neslee nw
1 efkeâueesJee@š-Iebše = ................~ Ans. (a) : Ideal engine is a heat engine that operates on
(a) 3.60 MJ (b) 3.60 J a reversible cycle and it’s a machine that does not
(c) 3.6 kJ (d) 3.6 mJ produce any losses or no wasteful energy transfer
Ans. (a) : 1 kilowatt-hour is commercial unit of occurs.
electrical energy. It is defined as energy consumed by 165. A refrigerator is a device that uses work to
device of power 1 kilowatt in 1 hour. transfer energy:
1 kilowatt-hour = 3600000J js eføeâpejsšj Skeâ Ssmee GhekeâjCe nw pees Tpee& keâes........ lekeâ
1 kilowatt-hour = 3.6 MJ mLeeveeb leefjle keâjves kesâ efueS keâeÙe& keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee nw~
162. Which of the below is an example of (a) From a low temperature reservoir to a high
conservative force? temperature reservoir/keâce leeheceeve kegâC[ mes GÛÛe
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keâewve mee mebj#eer yeue keâe Skeâ leeheceeve kegâC[
GoenjCe nw? (b) From a high temperature reservoir to a low
temperature reservoir/GÛÛe leeheceeve kegâC[ mes keâce
(a) Block sliding on across a floor that is not
frictionless/Ie<e&Ce jefnle Jeeues heâMe& hej yuee@keâ keâe
leeheceeve kegâC[
(c) From a low temperature reservoir to a low
mueeF[ keâjvee temperature reservoir/ keâce leeheceeve kegâC[ mes keâce
(b) Gravitational force/ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue leeheceeve kegâC[
(c) Body that is heated up/iece& keâer ieF& Jemleg (d) From a high temperature reservoir to a high
(d) Body that is thrown up/Thej keâer Deesj heWâkeâer ngF& temperature reservoir/GÛÛe leeheceeve kegâC[ mes GÛÛe
Jemleg leeheceeve kegâC[
DSSSB PGT 158 YCT
Ans. (a) : The refrigeration cycle is based on the π
principle of the second law of thermodynamics. The T= sec
500
working substance can absorb heat from the cold body
only if work is done on it. 168. A harmonic motion is represented by x = 0.1
sin (1000t + 0.1). its frequency of oscillation is:
sink at
temperature T2 Skeâ mejue DeeJeleea ieefle keâes x = 0.1 sin (1000x + 0.1)
Éeje oMee&Ùee peelee nw~ Fmekeâer oesueve DeeJe=efòe keäÙee
Q2
nesieer?
working
Substance Electric (a) 500/π Hz (b) 1000/π Hz
motor (c) 200/π Hz (d) 300/π Hz
Ans. (a) : General equation of S.H.M is
A = Aosin (ωt + φ) …(i)
Source at
temperature T2 Given equation is-
x = 0.1 sin (1000t + 0.1) …(ii)
166. One mole is/ Skeâ ceesue..................~ On comparing eqn (i) and eqn (ii) we get-
(a) One of the SI units and represents the number ω = 1000
of atoms in 12g sample of Hydrogen/ SI 2πf = 1000
FkeâeFÙeeW ceW mes Deewj neF[êspeve kesâ 12 «eece vecetves ceW
500
hejceeCegDeeW keâer mebKÙee keâes oMee&lee nw f=
π
(b) Not an SI unit and represents the number of
atoms in 12g sample of Hydrogen/ Skeâ SI 169. Total energy of a particle performing SHM is
SHM keâeÙe& keâjves Jeeues keâCe keâer kegâue Tpee& efkeâleveer
FkeâeF& veneR nw Deewj neF[êspeve kesâ 12 «eece vecetves ceW
hejceeCegDeeW keâer mebKÙee oMee&lee nw nesieer?
(c) One of the SI units and represents the number (a) Minimum at extreme points/Ûejce efyebog hej
of atoms in 12g sample of Carbon-12/ SI vÙetvelece
FkeâeFÙeeW ceW mes Deewj keâeye&ve-12 kesâ 12 «eece vecetves ceW (b) Maximum at extreme point/Ûejce efyebog hej
hejceeCegDeeW keâer mebKÙee keâes oMee&lee nw DeefOekeâlece
(d) Not an SI unit and represent the number of (c) Minimum at mean point/Deewmele efyebog hej vÙetvelece
atoms in 12g sample of Hydrogen/Skeâ SI FkeâeF& (d) The same at every point/nj efyebog hej Gleveer ner
veneR nw Deewj neF[êspeve kesâ 12 «eece vecetves ceW hejceeCegDeeW Ans. (d) : Total energy of S.H.M-
keâer mebKÙee keâes oMee&lee nw
E = K + U = m ( A 2 − x 2 ) ω2 + mω2 x 2
1 1
Ans. (c) : One mole is the one of SI units and represents 2 2
the no of atoms in 12g sample of Hydrogen. 1
E = mω2 A2
167. A harmonic motion is represented by x = 0.1 2
sin (1000t + 0.1). Its period of oscillation is: Where, A = amplitude
Skeâ mejue DeeJeleea ieefle x = 0.1 sin (1000t + 0.1) m = mass of the particle executing S.H.M
Éeje oMee&Ùeer peeleer nw~ Fmekeâer oesueve DeJeefOe keäÙee nesieer? ω = angular frequency.
(a) π/100 sec
(b) π/200 sec
(c) π/500 sec
(d) π/1000 sec
Ans. (c) : General equation of S.H.M is-
x = x0 sin (ωt + φ) …(i)
Given equation is-
x = 0.1 sin (1000t + 0.1) …(ii)
On comparing eqn (i) and eqn (ii) we get Total energy of particle in S.H.M is same at all instant
ω = 1000 and all displacement and independent of time. It
2π depends upon mass, amplitude and frequency of
= 1000 vibration of particle executing S.H.M.
T
DSSSB PGT 159 YCT
170. For a particle performing SHM, a particle is: (c) Oscillatory behavior cannot be resolved into
SHM ceW, Skeâ keâCe.............neslee nw~ components/oesuekeâ keâe JÙeJenej keâes IeškeâeW ceW nue
(a) Always accelerated/meowJe lJeefjle veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw
(d) The oscillatory behavior is only due to the
(b) Alternately accelerated and retarded/Jewkeâefuhekeâ back and forth motion of the system/oesuekeâ keâe
™he mes lJeefjle Deewj cebo JÙeJenej, efmehe&â efmemšce keâer Deeies-heerÚs nesves Jeeueer ieefle
(c) Always retarded/meowJe cebo kesâ keâejCe neslee nw
(d) Neither accelerated nor retarded/ve lees lJeefjle Ans. (b) : A simple pendulum consists of heavy point
mass suspended from a rigid support by means of an
Deewj ve ner cebo elastic inextensible string. In this pendulum, the radial
Ans. (b) : For a particle performing S.H.M, a particle is component of gravitational force gives the centripetal
alternately accelerated and retarded. acceleration and tangential component gives the
restoring force.
171. In which of the following oscillators the

amplitude varies with time?
efvecveefueefKele ceW mes efkeâme oesuekeâ ceW meceÙe kesâ meeLe Time period of simple pendulum-
DeeÙeece efYeVe neslee nw? l
T = 2π .
(a) Damped oscillator/DeJecebefole oesuekeâ g
(b) Forced oscillator/yeuehetJe&keâ oesuekeâ 173. The elastic constant that deals with volumetric
(c) Undamped Oscillator/DeveeJecebefole oesuekeâ strain is:
(d) Natural oscillator/Øeeke=âeflekeâ oesuekeâ
DeeÙeleveer efJeYeso (volumetric strain) efmLelej mes
mebyeefOele ueesÛe efmLejebkeâ keâewve mee nw?
Ans. (a) : In damped oscillator, amplitude goes on
decreasing with time. Due to decrease in amplitude, the (a) Young's modulus/Ùebie keâe ceeheebkeâ
energy of the oscillator also goes on decreasing (b) Bulk modulus/yeukeâ ceeheebkeâ
exponentially. (c) Modulus of rigidity/ÂÌ{lee keâe ceeheebkeâ
(d) Poisson's ratio/hee@Ùemeve Devegheele
Ans. (b) : Bulk modulus is defined as the ratio of
volumetric stress to the volumetric strain within the
elastic limit.
volumetricstress
k=
volumetricstrain
172. In simple pendulum:
FV
mejue ueesuekeâ ceW..................~ k= −
A∆V
(a) The radial component of gravitational force • Bulk modulus of elasticity is defined for all states of
gives the restoring force and the tangential matter. Its SI unit is Pascal or N/m2.
component gives the centripetal acceleration/ Hence, The elastic constant that deals with volumetric
ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue keâe jsef[Ùeue Ieškeâ ØelÙeeveÙeve yeue oslee strain is bulk modulus.
nw Deewj mheMeeaÙe Ieškeâ keWâefõkeâ lJejCe oslee nw 174. The reciprocal of the bulk modulus is called as:
(b) The radial component of gravitational force yegukeâ ceeheebkeâ kesâ JÙegl›eâce keâes................keâne peelee nw~
gives the centripetal acceleration and the (a) Elasticity/ueesÛe
tangential component gives the restoring (b) Compressibility/oeye
force/ ieg®lJeekeâ<e&Ce yeue keâe jsef[Ùeue Ieškeâ keWâefõkeâ (c) Elastic limit/ueesÛe meercee
lJejCe oslee nw mheMeeaÙe Ieškeâ ØelÙeeveÙeve yeue oslee nw (d) Modulus of rigidity/ÂÌ{lee keâe ceeheebkeâ
DSSSB PGT 160 YCT
Ans. (b) : The reciprocal of bulk modulus is called Ans. (d) : According to conservation of linear
compressibility. It is represented by 'C' momentum- "If no external force acts on a system, then
1 its linear momentum remains constant."
C=
k 178. The net torque acting on the rigid body is
• The S.I unit of compressibility is Pascal. represented as:
175. Hooke's law gives relation between: efkeâmeer "esme Jemleg hej keâeÙe& keâj jns kegâue yeueeIetCe& keâes
ngkeâ keâe efveÙece...............kesâ yeerÛe keâe mebyebOe efoKeelee nw~ efkeâme Øekeâej oMee&Ùee peelee nw?
(a) Stress and strain/Øeefleyeue Deewj leveeJe (a) Summation of rotational inertia and of the
(b) Mass and velocity/õJÙeceeve Deewj Jesie body and angular acceleration/IetCe&ve peÌ[lee Deewj
(c) Force and acceleration/yeue Deewj lJejCe Jemleg leLee keâesCeerÙe lJejCe keâe Ùeesie
(b) Subtraction of rotational inertia and of the
(d) Potential energy and height/efJeYeJe Tpee& Deewj
body and angular acceleration/Jemleg leeefkeâ keâesCeerÙe
G@âÛeeF&
lJejCe mes IetCe&ve peÌ[lJe keâe IešeJe
Ans. (a) : According to the Hook's law- "within the
(c) Multiplication of rotational inertia and of the
limit of elastricity, the stress is proportional to strain."
body and angular acceleration/IetCe&ve peÌ[leJe Deewj
Jemleg leLee keâesCeerÙe lJejCe keâer iegCee
(d) Division of rotational inertia and of the body
and angular acceleration/Jemleg leLee keâesCeerÙe lJejCe
Éeje IetCe&ve peÌ[lJe keâe efJeYeepeve
Ans. (c) : The relation between angular acceleration (α)
stress ∝ strain
stress = E × strain torque (τ) and moment of inertia (I) is given by-
stress τ = Iα
Where, E = modulus of elasticity =
strain Where, I = moment of inertia
176. Centre of mass: α = angular acceleration
õJÙeceeve keWâõ.....................neslee nw~ 179. On comparing pure translation with pure
rotation, the term equivalent to mass is:
(a) Is always inside the body/ncesMee Mejerj kesâ Deboj
Megæ IetCe&ve kesâ meeLe Megæ meb›eâceCe keâer leguevee keâjves hej,
(b) Is always at the upper surface of the body/
ncesMee Mejerj kesâ Thejer melen hej õJÙeceeve kesâ yejeyej meb%ee keâewve meer nw?
(c) Is always at the lower surface of the body/ (a) Angular velocity/keâesCeerÙe ieefle
ncesMee Mejerj kesâ efveÛeueer melen hej (b) Angular acceleration/keâesCeerÙe lJejCe
(d) Need not lie within the body/Mejerj kesâ Deboj nesves (c) Rotational Inertia/IetCe&ve peÌ[lJe
keâer pe™jle veneR (d) Energy/Tpee&
Ans. (d) : The centre of mass is the point where the Ans. (c) : On comparing pure translational with pure
entire mass of a system appears to be concentrated. rotation, the term equivalent to mass is rotational
Hence, centre of mass need not lie within the body. inertia.
177. If a system is isolated so that no external force 180. Angular displacement is:
acts on the system, then: keâesCeerÙe efJemLeeheve keäÙee nw?
Ùeefo keâesF& ØeCeeueer efJeÙegòeâ nw leeefkeâ keâesF& yeenjer yeue (a) Positive for counter-clockwise rotation/IeÌ[er keâer
ØeCeeueer hej keâeÙe& ve keâjW, lees keäÙee nesiee? efJe™æ efoMee ceW IetCe&ve kesâ efueS Oeveelcekeâ
(a) The linear momentum remains zero/jwefKekeâ ieefle (b) Positive for clockwise rotation/IeÌ[er keâer efoMee ceW
MetvÙe yeveer jnsieer IetCe&ve kesâ efueS Oeveelcekeâ
(b) The linear momentum remains negative/jwefKekeâ (c) Negative for counter-clockwise rotation/IeÌ[er
mebJesie $e+Ceelcekeâ jnlee nw keâer efoMee ceW IetCe&ve kesâ efueS $e+Ceelcekeâ
(c) The linear momentum remains positive/jwefKekeâ (d) Zero for clockwise rotation/IeÌ[er keâer efoMee ceW
mebJesie Oeveelcekeâ yevee jnlee nw IetCe&ve kesâ efueS MetvÙe
(d) The linear momentum remains Ans. (a) : Angular displacement is positive for counter
unchanged/jwefKekeâ mebJesie ceW keâesF& yeoueeJe veneR nesiee
clockwise rotation and negative for clockwise rotation.
DSSSB PGT 161 YCT

Physics
Exam Date - 28.06.2015 (Tier-II)
1. Thermal expansion of materials arises from– 1 3
(a) ℏω (b) ℏω
/Jemleg keâe T<ceerÙe efJemleejCe Fme keâejCe neslee nw- 2 2
(a) Strong bonds/cepeyetle yevOe (c) ℏω (d) 2ℏω
(b) Thermal vibrations/T<ceerÙe keâcheve Ans. (b) : We know that,
(c) Weak bonds/keâce]peesj yevOe  1
for 1D harmonic oscillator, ( E n ) =  n +  ℏω
(d) Asymmetry of potential energy curve/efmLeeflepe  2
Tpee& Je›eâ efJe<ecelee where n = 0, 1, 2, 3 ..........
For 1st excited state, n=1
Ans. (d) : According to the atomic theory of matter,
 1
asymmetry in potential energy curve is responsible for E1 = 1 +  ℏω
thermal expansion. When matter is heated without any  2
change in its state, it usually expands. 3
= ℏω
2
4. A current amplifier is characterised by/Skeâ
efJeÅegle ØeJeOe&keâ keâer efJeMes<elee nesleer nw
(a) low input impedance and high output
impedance/efvecve efveJesMe ØeefleyeeOee Deewj GÛÛe efveie&le
ØeefleyeeOee
Thermal expansion arises because the curve is not (b) high input impedance and low output
symmetrical about the equilibrium position ro. impedance/GÛÛe efveJesMe ØeefleyeeOee Deewj efvecve efveie&le
2. The Compton effect tells that a photon ØeefleyeeOee
has/keâe@chešve heefjCeece yeleelee nw efkeâ Heâesševe ceW nesleer nw (c) low impedance at both input and output
(a) energy/Tpee& terminals /efveJesMe Deewj efveie&le oesveeW efmejeW hej efvecve
(b) momentum/mebJesie
ØeefleyeeOee
(d) high impedance at both input and output
(c) intrinsic spin/Deevleefjkeâ Ûe›eâCe terminals/efveJesMe Deewj efveie&le oesveeW efmejeW hej GÛÛe
(d) angular momentum/keâesCeerÙe mebJesie ØeefleyeeOee
Ans. (b) : The Compton effect also known as Compton Ans. (a) : Characteristics of an ideal current amplifier–
scattering, is an experimental phenomenon that provides The amplifier current gain should remain constant
evidence for the particle nature of photons and for the entire range of input signal.
demonstrates that photons possess momentum. When a The current amplifiers gain should be independent
photon interacts with an electron or other charged of ambient conditions such as temperature and
particle, it can transfer a portion of its energy and humidity.
momentum to the particle. This transfer causes the The input impedance (effective resistance between
photon to change its direction and wavelength resulting the input terminals) of the current amplifier should
in the scattering of the photon. be equal to zero.
3. In the first excited state of an one-dimensional The output impedance of the current amplifier
should be infinite.
harmonic oscillator with angular frequency ω,
But in practical, the above impendence of current
the energy eigen value is/keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe ω Jeeues amplifier are impossible to achieve. Therefore, current
Skeâ-efJeefceleerÙe njelcekeâ oesuekeâ kesâ henues Göerefhele efmLeefle amplifier should have low input impedance and high
keâe Tpee& DeeÙeiesve cetuÙe nw- output impedance.
DSSSB PGT 162 YCT

5. The wave function of a particle in a classically 7. If the atomic mass of deuteron is 2.014102 u
forbidden region is/mevlegefuele Jeefpe&le #es$e ceW Skeâ then its binding energy is/Ùeefo Skeâ ef[šsje@ve keâe
keâCe keâe lejbie Heâueve neslee nw hejceeCJeer oJÙeceeve 2.014102 u nw lees Gmekeâer yevOeve
(a) a sine function/meeFve Heâueve Tpee& nesieer
(b) a cosine function/keâesmeeFve Heâueve (a) 4.448 MeV (b) 6.663 MeV
(c) an exponential/IeeleerÙe (c) 2.224 MeV (d) 1.02 MeV
(d) zero/MetvÙe Ans. (c) : Given,
Ans. (c) : According to the classical physics, a particle atomic mass of deuteron ( m D ) = 2.014102 u
of energy E less than the height U0 of a barrier could not we know that,
penetrate the region inside the barrier is classically atomic mass of hydrogen (mH) = 1.007825 u
forbidden. But the wave function associated with a free atomic mass of neutron (mN) = 1.008665 u
particle must be continuous at the barrier and will show
So,
an exponential decay inside the barrier.
∆m = [ m H + m N − m D ]
= 2.016490 – 2.014102
= 0.002388 u
We know that,
Binding energy (E) = ∆mc2
= 0.002388 c2
MeV  MeV 
= 0.002388 × 931.5 2 × c 2 ∵1 u = 931.494 2 
c  c 
= 2.224 MeV
8. The Larmor frequency for an electron in the n

= 2 state of hydrogen placed in a magnetic field
of strength one tesla is/n = 2 neF[êspeve keâer efmLeefle
This exponential decay indicates that the probability Jeeues Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâes Skeâ šsmeduee yeue Jeeues ÛegbyekeâerÙe
of finding the particle in the forbidden region #es$e ceW jKeves mes Gmekeâer ueejdceesj DeeJe=efòe nesieer
decreases expontially as we move away from the (a) 4.4 × 1010 rad / s (b) 8.8 × 1010 rad / s
classically allowed region.
(c) 1.1× 1010 rad / s (d) 5.5 × 1010 rad / s
6. The dispersion relation for electromagnetic
waves in certain medium is given by ω2 = ak, Ans. (b) : Given,
where 'a' is constant, 'ω ω' is the frequency and B = 1 Tesla
'k' is the magnitude of the wave vector. The We know that,
velocity of energy propagation in this medium Larmor frequency ( ωL ) = γB
is/Skeâ efveefMÛele ceeOÙece ceW efJeÅegleÛegbyekeâerÙe lejbie keâe
where γ is gyromagnetic ratio
heefj#esheCe mecyevOe Fme lejn efoÙee ieÙee nw : ω2 = ak, q
peneB 'a' efmLejebkeâ nw, 'ω
ω' DeeJe=efòe nw Deewj 'k' lejbie =
2m
Jeskeäšj keâer cee$ee nw~ Fme ceeOÙece ceW Tpee& ØemeejCe keâe So,
Jesie nw q
2a a ωL = B ∵ where, q is electron charge value
(a) (b) 2m
ω ω m = electron's mass
a a 1.602 × 10−19
(c) (d) = × 1 = 0.088 × 1012 rad/sec.
2ω 4ω 2 × 9.109 × 10−31
Ans. (c) : Given, ω2 = ak = 8.8 × 1010 rad/sec.
differentiating both side w.r.t. 9. The collision time for electron scattering in
2ω dω adk pure Ag (EF = 5.5 eV) at 300 k is 10–14 s. The
=
dk dk mean free path of electron is/Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve pees
dω a 300 k mes ØeMegæ Ag (EF = 5.5 eV) keâes efyeKesjlee nw,
=
dk 2ω Gmekeâe mebIe<e& meceÙe 10–14s nw~ Gme Fueskeäšê@ve keâe ceeOÙe
so, the velocity of energy propagation in this cegòeâ heLe nw
 dω  a (a) 9.4 × 10–8 m (b) 1.39 × 10–8 m
medium  =
 dk  2ω (c) 3.3 × 10–8 m (d) 4.2 × 10–8 m
DSSSB PGT 163 YCT
Ans. (b): Given, t (Collision time) = 10–14 sec Ans. (b) : The most common and inexpensive gas laser,
EF (Fermi energy level for Ag) = 5.5 eV the helium-neon laser is usually constructed to operate
Charge of electron (e) = 1.602 × 10–19 C in the red at 632.8 nm. It can also be constructed to
mass of electron (m) = 9.109 × 10–31 kg produce laser action in the green at 543.5 nm and in the
So, infrared at 1523 nm.
• One of the excited levels of helium at 20.61eV is very
ωF = 1.602 ×10 −19 E F
close to a level in neon at 20.66 eV, so close in fact that
= 1.602 × 10 −19 × 5.5 upon collision of a helium and a neon atom, the energy
= 8.811 × 10 −19 J can be transferred from the helium to the neon atom.
Velocity of electron
2 ωF 2 × 8.811× 10−19
( Vf ) = =
m 9.109 × 10−31
= 1.3915×106 m/sec.
Mean free path ( λ ) = VF × t
= 1.3915 × 106 × 10−14
= 1.3915 × 10−8 m
10. The quantum mechanical operators of two
observables commute. It implies that/oes
DevegheeuekeâeW kesâ keäJeeCšce ceMeerveer Ûeeuekeâ efokeäheefjJele&ve
keâjles nQ~ Ùen mebkesâle oslee nw efkeâ
(a) We can measure both quantities
simultaneously/nce oesveeW cee$eeDeeW keâes Skeâ meeLe veehe
mekeâles nQ
(b) We cannot measure both quantities
simultaneously /nce oesveeW cee$eeDeeW keâes Skeâ meeLe veehe
veneR mekeâles
(c) No conclusion can be made about their
simultaneous measurement/Gmekesâ Skeâ meeLe veehe 112. In quantum mechanics a particle is represented
kesâ yeejs ceW keâesF& efveCe&Ùe veneR efueÙee pee mekeâlee by a/keäJeeCšce Øeef›eâÙee ceW keâCe keâes Ùen oMee&lee nw
(d) These are canonically conjugate quantities/Jes (a) Wave/lejbie
efJeefnle mebÙegòeâ cee$eeSB nQ (b) Wave packet/lejbie hewkesâš
Ans. (a) : In quantum mechanics, the commutation of (c) Particle/keâCe
two operators is related to the concept of observables. If (d) Nothing can be said/kegâÚ keâne veneR pee mekeâlee
two operators representing observables commute, it
implies that those observables can be measured Ans. (b) : • A wave packet, in quantum mechanics
simultaneously with arbitrary precision. describes the behaviour of quantum particles.
Mathematically, if the operators A and B commute i.e., • A wave packet in quantum mechanics, is a
[A, B] = 0 fundamental concept that describes the behaviour of
AB – BA = 0 particles. It represents a localized concentration of a
particle's probability amplitude in a specific region of
AB = BA
space.
Then, they have a set of common eigen states. This
implies that the observables do not interfere with each 113. Broadening of spectral lines also occurs due to
other during measurement and both quantities can be the/mheskeäš^ceer jsKeeDeeW keâe ÛeewÌ[e nesvee Fme keâejCe Yeer
known without uncertainty. nes mekeâlee nw
111. In a Helium-Neon laser, the laser transition (a) Position – momentum uncertainty/efmLeefle-mebJesie
takes places in/efnefueÙece-vesÙeesve ues]pej ceW, ues]pej DeefveefMÛelelee
meb›eâceCe FmeceW neslee nw (b) Energy – time uncertainty/Tpee& - meceÙe
(a) He atoms only/kesâJeue He hejceeCeg DeefveefMÛelelee
(b) Ne atoms only/kesâJeue Ne hejceeCeg (c) Angular momentum – angular displacement
(c) Either He or Ne atoms/Ùee lees He hejceeCeg Ùee Ne uncertainty/keâesCeerÙe mebJesie - keâesCeerÙe efJemLeeheve
hejceeCeg DeefveefMÛelele
(d) Both He and Ne atoms/He Deewj Ne oesveeW hejceeCeg (d) None of the above/Thejer keâesF& veneR
DSSSB PGT 164 YCT
Ans. (b) : The uncertainty principle relates the lifetime A metastable state is one which has a mean life time
of an excited state with the uncertainty of its energy. of the order of 10–3 s or more (much larger than 10–8
This effect is called natural broadening. Due to which s). Some atomic systems such as chromium neon
spectral lines cannot be infinitely sharp and broadening etc. posses metastable states.
of spectral lines occurs. 116. The units of the Planck constant h are that
According to the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, as of/hueBkeâ efmLejebkeâ h keâe Skeâkeâ Fmekeâe nw
the time available for an energy measurement decreases, (a) Energy/Tpee&
the inherent uncertainty of the resulting measurement
increases. Therefore, for a brief instant (∆t), the state (b) Power/Meefòeâ
energy E cannot have precise value. (c) Momentum/mebJesie
114. In a optical fibre cable, the signal is propagated (d) Angular momentum/keâesCeerÙe mebJesie
along/Dee@hešerkeâue HeâeÙeyej kesâyeue ceW, mebkesâle keâe Ans. (d) : Planck's constant defines the behavior of
ØemeejCe Fmekesâ meceerhe neslee nw particles and waves on atomic scale. It is denoted by 'h'.
(a) The core/›eâes[ The energy and frequency in the case of photon
energy are directly proportional to each other and
(b) the cladding/DeeJejCe hence planck's constant is the constant of
(c) both core and cladding/›eâes[ Deewj DeeJejCe oesveeW proportionality between them. Its value is 6.62676 ×
(d) surface of the cladding/DeeJejCe kesâ len hej 10–34 Joule-second.
Ans. (a) : Optical fiber is a technology used to transmit E = hν
data by sending short light pulses along a long fiber The unit is same as that of angular momentum. Its
which is typically made of glass or plastic. SI unit is joule-second and CGS unit is erg-seconds.
Total internal reflection of light is used in the fiber 117. In a photoelectric effect experiment at a
optical cable. This effect is used in optical fibres to frequency above cut off, the number of
confine light in the core. Light travel through the electrons ejected is proportional to/ØekeâeMe efJeÅegle
fibre core, bouncing back and forth off the boundary heefjCeece ØeÙeesie ceW efJeieueve Thej Jeeueer DeeJe=efòe ceW
between the core and cladding.
efve<keâeefmele efkeâÙes ieÙes Fueskeäšêve keâer mebKÙee Fmemes
meceevegheeleer nesleer nw
(a) their kinetic energy/Gvekeâer ieeflepe Tpee&
(b) the work function/keâeÙe& Heâueve
(c) the frequency of the incident light/Deeheeflele
ØekeâeMe keâer DeeJe=efòe
Cladding is the outer optical material surrounding (d) the intensity of light/ØekeâeMe keâer leer›elee
the core having reflecting index lower than core. It
Ans. (d) : The photoelectric effect is the phenomenon
helps to keep the light within the core throughout where electrons are emitted from a material when it is
the phenomena of total internal reflection. exposed to light.
115. The average lifetime of an atom in metastable The photoelectric effect does not occur at all if the
state is/DebMeerÙe mLeeÙeer efmLeefle ceW jnves Jeeues hejceeCeg frequency of the light source is below a certain
keâe peerJeve-keâeue neslee nw value. This value which is characteristic of the kind
–3
(a) 10 sec –7
(b) 10 sec of metal surface used in the experiment, is called
–9
(c) 10 sec –12
(d) 10 sec cutoff frequency. Above the cutoff frequency each
photon of light carries, sufficient energy to eject an
Ans. (a) : The metastable state is the state which lies electron. Since each photon can eject one electron,
between the ground state and excited state. The atom in increasing the intensity of light increases the
the ground state absorbs some energy and goes to the number of photon reaching the material's surface
excited state. From an excited state, it loses some and consequently increases the number of electrons
energy and comes to a metastable state. The lifetime of ejected. So, the number of electron ejected in the
the metastable state is 10–3 sec. photoelectric effect is directly proportional to the
intensity of light.
118. Piezo-electric effect is the production of
electricity by/heer]pees (Piezo) efJeÅegle heefjCeece nw,
efJeÅegle Glheeove keâe
(a) Chemical energy/jemeeÙeefvekeâ Tpee& mes
(b) Varying field/heefjJeleea #es$eeW mes
(c) Temperature/leeheceeve mes
(d) Pressure/oeye mes
DSSSB PGT 165 YCT

Ans. (d): The Piezo-electric effect is a phenomenon in 12.27
which certain materials produce an electrical charge in =
50
response to mechanical stress or pressure.
= 1.73 A o
This effect occurs when the material is subjected to
a force that causes its molecules to become 121. P-type and n-type semiconductors can be
polarized i.e. +ve and –ve charges within the distinguished by measuring/ P-type Deewj n-type
material are separated from each other. DeOe&ÛeeuekeâeW keâes Ùen veehekeâj henÛeevee pee mekeâlee nw
The piezoelectric effect is essential to transducers. (a) Temperature dependence of electrical
Some types of crystalline structure that exhibit the conductivity/efJeÅegle Ûeeuekeâlee keâer leeheceeve efveYe&jlee
piezoelectric effect include quartz, topaz and
Rochelle salt etc. (b) Hall coefficient/ne@ue iegCeebkeâ
119. If the carbon monoxide (CO) molecule shows a (c) Resistivity/ØeeflejesOekeâlee
strong absorption line at the frequency 6.42 × (d) Photoconductivity/ØekeâeMe Ûeeuekeâlee
1013 Hz then the effective force constant for this Ans. (b) : Whenever we place a current carrying
molecule is/Ùeefo 6.42 × 1013 Hz DeeJe=efòe hej keâeye&ve conductor in a magnetic field, there is a deflection of
ceesveekeämeeF[ (CO) keâe DeCeg leer›e DeJeMees<eCe Deveg›eâce the charge carriers due influence of magnetic field in
efoKeelee nw, lees DeCeg keâe ØeYeeJeer yeue efmLejebkeâ nw the conductor body. This phenomenon is called Hall
effect. Hall coefficient is a parameter that characterizes
(a) 1.86 × 103 N / m (b) 5.43 × 103 N / m the hall effect in a material.
(c) 8.16 × 10 N / m
3
(d) 9.53 × 103 N / m Hall Voltage ( VH )
Ans. (a) : Given, frequency (v) = 6.42 × 1013 Hz Hall coefficient (RH) =
B×i × t
m1m 2 where, B is magnetic field
µ=
m1 + m 2 i is current
Where, m1 is mass of carbon atom = 12 amu t is thickness
m2 is mass of oxygen atom = 16 amu It helps to determine the type of semiconductor by
knowing the direction of the Hall voltage. This is
12 ×16 10−3
µ= × because Hall coefficient is negative for n-type
28 6.02 ×1023 kg semiconductor while the same is positive in the case
= 1.14 ×10 −26 kg of P-type semiconductor.
We know that, 122. The probability that a particular state having
energy E is occupied by an electron in metals is
1 k given by/E Tpee& keâer efmLeefle OeelegÙeer Fueskeäšê@ve Éeje
v=
2π µ Iesj uesves keâer mebYeeJÙelee Ssmes oer peeleer nw
k 1
2πν = (a) f ( E ) =
µ  E − EF 
exp   −1
squaring both side,  kT 
k 1
= ( 2πν ) (b) f ( E ) =
2
µ  EF − E 
exp   +1
k = ( 2πν ) .µ  kT 
2
1
= ( 2 × π × 6.42 ×1013 ) × 1.139 ×10 −26 (c) f ( E ) =
2
 E − EF 
= 1853.33 N/m
exp   +1
 kT 
= 1.853 × 103 N/m 1
(d) f ( E ) =
120. The de Broglie wavelength of an electron  −E
E
accelerated through 50 V is/50 V mes mebJesefiele exp  F  −1
 kT 
Fueskeäšê@ve keâer [er yeÇeBieueer lejbie uecyeeF& nw Ans. (c) : Fermi–energy distribution function–This
(a) 3.4 Å (b) 7.1 Å describes the occupancy of energy levels by electrons in
(c) 4.3 Å (d) 1.7 Å a solid. The probability that the energy level E is filled
Ans. (d) : Given, volt (V) = 50V by an electron given by,
The de-Broglie wavelength of an electron accelerated 1
f (E) =
1 + e( F ) / kT
through E −E
12.27 o Where, EF is Fermi level energy. This is the maximum

potential V is, λ = A
V energy that an electron can have in a conductor at 0K.
DSSSB PGT 166 YCT

So, A nucleus with a perfectly spherical charge distribution
1 would have an electric quadrupole moment of zero.
E F = m VF2 The electric quadrupole moment is determined
2
where, VF velocity of electron at Fermi level. experimentally by measuring the splitting of energy
levels in the nucleus when it interacts with an
123. The average energy of a free electron in a metal
external electric field.
at zero Kelvin is/Oeeleg ceW efmLele MetvÙe kesâueefJeveJeeues
Skeâ cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâer Deewmele Tpee& nw 126. A sinusoidal voltage V0sinωt is applied across a
series connection of resistor R and inductor L.
3 5
(a) E av = E F (b) E av = E F The amplitude of the current in this circuit
5 3 is/ØeeflejesOe R Deewj Øesefjle L Jeeues mebÙeespeve keâes
1 keâuhemJe™heer Jeesušspe V0sinωt ëe=bKeuee kesâ mecheke&â ceW
(c) E av = E F (d) E av = E F
2 jKee nw~ Fme heefjheLe kesâ keâjWš keâe DeeÙeece nw
Ans. (a) : The average energy of a free electron in a
metal at zero Kelvin is, V0 V0
(a) (b)
3 R +ω L
2 2 2
R − ω2 L2
2
E ( T = 0K ) = E F
5 V0 V
Where, EF is Fermi energy (c) (d) 0
R − ωL R
124. A microcanonical ensemble represents/Skeâ
Ans. (a) :
met#ceefJeefnle kegâue ØeYeeJe Ùen ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjlee nw
(a) A system in contact with a heat reservoir/Skeâ
lev$e T<cee YeC[ej kesâ mecheke&â ceW nw
(b) An isolated system in equilibrium/mevlegueve ceW
Skeâ he=Lekeâd lev$e
(c) A system that can exchange particles with its
surroundings/Skeâ lev$e pees Deheves Deeme heeme mes keâCeeW Vo = VoSinωt
keâe Deeoeve-Øeoeve keâj mekeâlee nw For given circuit,
(d) A system under constant external pressure/Skeâ impedance of the circuit (z) = R 2 + X L2
lev$e pees mLeeÙeer yeenjer oeye hej nw 2
Ans. (b) : Micro canonical Ensemble - = R + ω2 L2

• Walls are impermeable, rigid and adiabatic. amplitude of voltage = Vo
• System - Isolated (no interaction with surrounding). So,
• Density of phase points Vo Vo
amplitude of current = =
ρ(q, p) = constant Z
R + ω2 L2
2
• Leading thermodynamical variable - S

S = kℓnΩ (Ω = thermodynamic probability) 127. Suppose temperature of the sun goes down by a
factor of two then the total power emitted by
• Gibb's formula for entropy -
the sun will go down by a factor of/ceeve efueefpeS
S = –k ∑ pi ℓnPi (k = Boltzman constant )
i
keâer metÙe& keâe leeheceeve 2 iegCekeâ mes Ieš peelee nw, lees metÙe&
(Pi = probability of macrostates i) mes Glmeefpe&le keâer peeves Jeeueer kegâue Meefòeâ keâe iegCekeâ
125. The deviation of the charge distribution of a Flevee keâce nesiee
nucleus from spherical symmetry can be (a) 2 (b) 4
estimated by measuring its/Jeleg&ueekeâej mevlegueve mes (c) 16 (d) 8
veeefYekeâ kesâ DeeJesMe efJelejCe kesâ efJeÛeueve keâe Devegceeve Ans. (c) : According to stefan Boltzman law,
Gmekesâ Ùen ceeheves mes ueieeÙee pee mekeâlee nw P ∝ (T)
4
(a) electric charge/efJeÅegle Ûeepe& 4

P1  T1 
(b) electric dipole moment/efJeÅegle efÉOeÇgJe mebJesie = 
P2  T2 
(c) magnetic dipole moment/ÛegbyekeâerÙe efÉOeÇgJe mebJesie
(d) electric quadrupole moment/efJeÅegle ÛelegOeÇgJe& mebJesie given, T
T2 = 1
Ans. (d) : The electric quadrupole moment is a measure 2
4
of the deviation of the charge distribution within a P1  2T1  16
nucleus from prefect spherical symmetry. It provides =  =
P2  T1  1
information about the shape of the nucleus.
DSSSB PGT 167 YCT
P1
P2 =
16
So, the total power emitted by the sun will go down by
a factor of 16.
128. The ground state energy of a particle in an
infinite square well potential of width L is E. If
the width of the well is reduced to L/2 then the
ground state energy becomes/Skeâ Deveble Jeie& ketâSB
ceW efpemekeâer mebYeeJÙe ÛeewÌ[eF& L nw, Skeâ keâCe keâer vÙetvelece
DeJemLee Tpee& E nw~ Ùeefo ketâSB keâer ÛeewÌ[eF& Iešekeâj L/2
keâer peeleer nw, lees vÙetvelece DeJemLee Tpee& nesieer In diamond cubic crystal, all atoms are at 8 corners and
(a) 2E (b) E/2 6 atoms are at each face and 4 atoms are at 1/4th of body
(c) 4E (d) E/4 diagonal.
Ans. (d) : We know that, Hence, the average distance between the atoms along
n 2h 2 the body diagonal of the diamond cubic with cell
Ea = =E parameter a is -
8mL2
When, L1 = L 3a
2 2r =
4
n 2h 2
So, E1 =
8mL21
2 130. Thermocouple consists of/leeheÙegice ceW neslee nw
 E1   L 
ratio  =  (a) Two dissimilar metals/oes Demeceeve Oeeleg
 E   L1 
2
(b) Two similar metals/oes meceeve Oeeleg
 2L  Metal and a semiconductor/Oeeleg Deewj DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ
=  (c)
 L 
(d) Metal and an insulator/Oeeleg Deewj Skeâ T<ceejesOeer
 4L2 
= 2  Ans. (a) : A thermocouple is a temperature sensor that
 L  operates based on the principle of the seebeck effect. It
So, is a device composed of two dissimilar metal wires or
E1 = 4E conductors that are joined together at one end to form a
129. The average distance between atoms along the junction. The other ends of the wires are typically
body diagonal of the diamond cubic crystal connected to a measuring instrument or a control
with cell parameter 'a' is/Keeves kesâ 'a' JÙeemeJeeues
system.
Skeâ nerjs kesâ IeveerÙe ef›eâmšue kesâ {eBÛes kesâ efJekeâCe& keâer When there is a temperature difference between the
uecyeeF& ceW nesves Jeeues hejceeCegDeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe Deewmele two junctions of a thermocouple, it generates a
Devlej nw voltage known as the thermoelectric voltage. It is
a 3 a 3 directly proportional to the temperature difference
(a) (b)
4 8 between the two junctions. By measuring this
voltage, the temperature at one of the junctions
a 3
(c) (d) a 3 (known as measurement or hot junction) can be
2
inferred relative to the temperature at the other
a a a
Ans. (a) : xz = î + ˆj + kˆ junction (known as the reference of cold junction).
4 4 4
131. A unit cell has a = 5 Å, b = 8 Å, c = 3 Å, α = 90o,
2 2 2
a a a β = 65o and γ = 54o. This unit cell is
xz =   +   +  
4 4 4 called/Skeâebkeâ Keeves ceW a = 5 Å, b = 8 Å, c = 3 Å, α
3a = 90o, β = 65o Deewj γ = 54o nw~ Ùen Skeâebkeâ Keeves keâes
xz = (xz = 2r) keânles nQ
4
(a) Orthorhombic/meceÛelegYeg&peer
3a
2r = (b) Monoclinic/Skeâvelee#e
4
8r (c) Triclinic/ef$evelee#e
a = lattice constant =
3 (d) Tetragonal/Ûeleg<keâesCeerÙe
DSSSB PGT 168 YCT

Ans. (c): 1
= = 0.107 ≈ 0.11
Crystal Axial Axial angles Example  0.01×5.5 
system distance s 1 + exp.  
 0.0259 
of edge = 0.0259
length 133. The SI unit of electrical conductivity is/efJeÅegle
1. Cubic a = b = c α = β = γ = 90o Cu, Zns, Ûeeuekeâlee keâer SI FkeâeF& nw
KCl, Pb,
Ag etc. (a) kg–1m–3s3A2 (b) kgm2s–3A–2
(c) ohm m (d) ohm–1m–3
2. Tetragonal a = b ≠ c α = β = γ = 90o Sn
(white), Ans. (a) : The electrical conductivity of a metallic wire
SnO2, is defined as the ratio of the current density to the
electric field it creates.
TiO2 etc.
J
3. a ≠ b ≠ c α = β = γ = 90o CaCOs, Electrical conductivity ( σ ) =
Orthorhombi KNO3 etc. E
c OR,
It is reciprocal of resistivity of a material is called its
4. Monoclinic a ≠ b ≠ c α = γ = 90o , Monodini
electrical conductivity.
c Sulphur
β ≠ 90 o
1
etc. σ=
5. Hexagonal a = b ≠ c α = β = 90 ; o Graphite, ρ
Zno, Zn, SI unit is S m–1 Ω–1 m–1. And SI base unit is
γ = 120o Mn etc. kg–1m–3S3A2.
6. a = b = c α = γ = 90o , B ≠ 90o Calcite, 134. Superconductors when cooled below TC
Rhombohedr Hgs etc. undergo a transition to the following
al state/DeefleÛeeuekeâeW keâes peye TC kesâ veerÛes "b[e efkeâÙee
7. Triclinic a ≠ b ≠ c α ≠ β ≠ γ ≠ 90o K2Cr2O7, peelee nw leye Jes efvecve efmLeefle ceW heefjJeefle&le nes peeles nQ
Cuso4. (a) Paramagnetic/DevegÛegcyekeâerÙe
5H2O etc. (b) Ferromagnetic/ueesnÛegcyekeâerÙe
From the question, if a unit cell has a ≠ b ≠ c and (c) Diamagnetic/Øeefle-ÛegcyekeâerÙe
α ≠ β ≠ γ ≠ 90o So this unit cell is called triclinic cell. (d) Ferrimagnetic/ueesnerÛegcyekeâerÙe
132. The probability of finding a free electron in Ag Ans. (c) : A superconductors is defined as a substance
at 300 K at an energy level 1.01 EF (for Ag EF = that offers no resistance to the electric current when it
5.5 eV) is/Tpee& cee$ee 1.01 EF (Ag EF = 5.5 eV kesâ becomes colder than a critical temperature.
efueS) hej 300 K kesâ Ag ceW cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve helee keâjves For example – aluminum, copper oxide, magnesium
diboride etc.
keâer mebYeeJÙelee nw When a superconductor is cooled below its critical
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.11 temperature, it forms cooper pairs - a quantum
(c) 0.005 (d) 0 mechanical phenomenon involving pairs of
Ans. (b) : Given, T = 300K electrons with opposite momentum and spin. These
Energy level (E) = 1.01 EF cooper pairs in addition to zero electrical resistance
also generate a perfect cancellation of any external
EF = 5.5 eV
magnetic field within the superconductors. As a
We know that, result a super conductor exhibits strong diamagnetic
1 properties, actively expelling magnetic field from its
f (E) =
 E − EF  interior.
1 + exp. 
 kT  135. Boson is a particle with/yeesmeesve Ùen Skeâ keâCe nw
1 efpemekeâe neslee nw
=
 1.01E F − EF 
(a) integral spin/mece«e Ûe›eâCe
1 + exp.  
 KT  (b) half integral spin/DeeOee mece«e Ûe›eâCe
1 (c) zero spin/MetvÙe Ûe›eâCe
= (d) zero mass/MetvÙe õJÙeceeve
 0.01E F 
1 + exp. 
 KT  Ans. (a) : The Higgs boson is the fundamental particle
associated with the Higgs field which pervades the
1.380641×10−23 × 300 entire universe and provides mass to other fundamental
We know, KT =
1.6 × 10−19 particles like electron and quarks. The Higgs boson is a
DSSSB PGT 169 YCT
particles with a mass of approximately 125 giga eV, σx 2 = σ y 2 = σz 2 = I
making it 130 times more massive than a proton. It is
the only particle that explain how the fundamental σ x σ y = −σ y σ x = iσ z
building blocks of matter interact. It is often called the σ y σz = −σz σ y = iσ x
"God particles" because it is significant in subatomic
physics. σ z σ x = −σ x σ z = iσ y
A boson has the following properties– 138. The generating function of Legendre's
(i) Nuclei with an even mass number polynomial Pn(x) is (1 – 2xt + t2)–½. Then Pn(1)
(ii) An integral spin. is/uespesv[^s kesâ yengheo Pn(x) keâe peveve keâjves Jeeuee
(iii) Angular momentum in quantum mechanical Heâueve nw (1 – 2xt + t2)–½ Ssmes ceW Pn(1) nw
units of 0 and 1.
(a) 0 (b) 1
136. The residue of the function of complex variable
5z − 2 (c) 2 (d) 1
2
f (z) = at z = 1 is/efceße Ûej
z ( z − 1) Ans. (b) : The legendre polynomial Pn(x) is the
5z − 2 coefficient of tn in taylor's series expansion of
f (z) = at z = 1 kesâ Heâueve keâe DeJeMes<e nw 1 1 ∞
z ( z − 1) (1 − 2xt + t 2 ) 2 such that, (1 − 2xt + t 2 ) 2 = ∑ t n Pn ( x )
− −
n =0
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3 To,
Put x = 1
5Z − 2
Ans. (d) : Given f ( Z ) = ∝ 1
∑ t n Pn (1) = (1 − 2t + t 2 ) 2
−
Z ( Z − 1)
n =0
for singular point, Z (Z–1) = 0 1
Z = 0, 1 {
= (1 − t ) }
2 −2
= (1 − t )
−1
...............(1)
residue function = Res f ( a ) = lim ( z − a ) f ( z ) 
Z→ a We know that,
(1 + x ) = 1 − x + x 2 − x 3 + x 4 − x 5 + .......
at z = 1 (given), the residue is– −1
 5z − 2 
Res f (1) = lim ( z − a )  (1 − x ) = 1 + x + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 + x 5 + ........
−1

 z ( z − 1) 
Z →a
From equation (1)
 5z − 2  Po(1) + t P1 (1) + t 2 P2 (1) + ......... + t n Pn (1) + ......
= lim  
Z →1
 z 
= 1 + t + t 2 + t 3 + ...... + t n + ......
So,
equating the coefficient of tn on both sides -
5 (1) − 2
Res f (1) = Pn(1) = 1
1 139. Quantum mechanical wave function of
=3 hydrogen atom contains/neF[êspeve hejceeCeg kesâ
137. The correct relation of Pauli matrices is/hee@ueer keäJeeCšce ceMeerveer lejbie Heâueve ceW neslee nw-
cewefš^keäme keâe mener mecyevOe nw (a) Legendre and Hermite polynomial/uespesv[^s Deewj
(a) σ x σ y = σ z (b) σ y σ x = σ z njceeFš kesâ yengheo
(b) Legendre and associate Laguerre
(c) σ x σ y − σ y σ x = 0 (d) σ x σ y + σ y σ x = 0
polynomial/uespesv[^s Deewj menÙeesieer uesiegjs yengheo
Ans. (d) : Pauli matrices are set of three 2 × 2 matrices (c) Legendre polynomial and Bessel
that play a fundamental role in quantum mechanics. function/uespesv[^s yengheo Deewj yesmesue Heâueve
They are denoted by σx, σy and σZ. Each matrix is (d) Associate Laguerre polynomial and Bessel
Hermitian meaning it is equal to its own conjugate function/menÙeesieer uesiegjs yengheo Deewj yesmesue Heâueve
transponse.
Ans. (b) : The spherical harmonics (related to Legendre
So,
polynomials) are solutions to the angular part of the
σ x = {0, 1} , {1, 0} schordinger equation for the hydrogen atom and are
associated with the angular momentum of the electron.
σ y = {0, -i} , {i, 0}  They describe the spatial distribution of electron around
the nucleus taking into account its angular dependence.
σ z = {1, 0} , {0, -1}
The associate laguerre polynomial arise in the radial
It represent spin operators and describe the part of the wave function. These polynomials are
behaviour of spin ½ particles such as electron. related to the energy levels and characterize the
Some following properties– radial probability distribution of electron.
DSSSB PGT 170 YCT
Therefore, the quantum mechanical wave function −2 ( −1)
n
of hydrogen atom contains both legendre =

polynomials (through spherical harmonics) and n
associated Laguerre polynomial. So,
140. In usual notations the Laplace transform of f(t) the fourier series f(x) = x = −2 ( −1) n sin nx
= et is/meeceevÙe Debkeâve ceW f(t) = et keâe uewheueeme n
šêbmeheâece& nw 2 2 2
f ( x ) = x = 2 Sin x − sin 2x+ Sin3x − sin 4x + sin 5x
(a) s (b) s2 3 4 5
(c)
1
(d)
1 ......
s −1 s Put x = π
Ans. (c) : Given, f(t) = et 2
We know that, So,
Laplace transform of eat =

S−a
1
( )
f π = π = 2 − 0 − 2 + 0 + 2 − .......
2 2 3 5
To, π = 2 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + .......
f (t) = e t 2  3 5 7 
Here, a = 1 1 1 1
1 − + − + ........ = π
to, 3 5 7 4
1 ij
142. If A is a contravariant tensor, then its tensor
Laplace transform of f (t) = e t =
S −1 will be/Ùeefo Aij Ùen ØeefleefYeVe šsvmej nw, lees Gmekeâe
141. Fourier series which will represent f(x) = x in šsvmej nesiee
the interval –π < x < π, then
(a) Aij (b) Aji
1 1 1 1 ij
1 − + − + − ...... = /Devlejeue –π < x < π ceW (c) –A (d) Aji
3 5 7 9 ij
HeâesefjÙej ëe=bKeuee oMee&leer nw f(x) = x Ssmes ceW Ans. (d) :ji If A is a contravariant tensor, then its tensor
will be A .
1 1 1 1
1 − + − + − ...... = 143. The direction of propagation of a
3 5 7 9 electromagnetic wave is given by/efJeÅegle
π π
(a) (b) ÛegcyekeâerÙe lejbie keâer ØemeejCe efoMee Fme lejn oer peeleer nw
4 2
π π (a) E.B (b) E
(c) (d)
6 8 (c) B.E (d) E × B
Ans. (a) : Function f (x) = x -π ≤ x ≤ π Ans. (d) : An electromagnetic wave is a time varying
Let the fourier series is– electric field and magnetic field, which are
perpendicular to each other and to the direction of
a ∝
 nπx nπx 
f ( x ) = o + ∑  a n Cos + b n Sin  propagation. The direction of propagation of
2 n =1  π π  electromagnetic waves are always perpendicular to the
f ( −x ) = ( −x ) plane in which the electric field and magnetic field lie.
The direction of propagation of electromagnetic wave is
f ( − x ) = − x. So the given function is odd function, so
represented by E × B .
ao and an is zero.
So,
1 π
b n = ∫ x sin nxdx
π −π
2 π
= ∫ x sin nxdx
π o
π
2   Cos nx  Sin nx  144. If magnetic monopole existed then which of the
bn =  x   +  following Maxwell's equation will be
π  n  2
n o
modified?/Ùeefo ÛegcyekeâerÙe SkeâOeÇgJe ner neslee, lees efvecve
2  Cos nπ  ceW mes ce@keämeJesue keâe keâewvemee meceerkeâjCe yeouee peelee?
=  −π + 0 − ( 0 + 0 )
π n 
(a) Div D = p (b) Div B = 0
2  ( −1) 
n
=  −π  -∂B ∂D
π  n  (c) Curl E= (d) Curl H=J+
∂t ∂t
DSSSB PGT 171 YCT

Ans. (b): Maxwell's Equations– (c) Poisson's equation/hee@Ùemeve keâe meceerkeâjCe
1. Gauss's law : The electric field's mapping is equal to (d) Lorentz equation/ueesjsvšdPe keâe meceerkeâjCe
the charge density divided by the permittivity of Ans. (c) : Poisson's equation states that the Laplacian of
free space. The relationship between electric field the electric potential field is equal to the volume charge
and electric charge. density divided by the permittivity with a change of
ρ sign.
So, ∇.E =
∈0 So,
2. Gauss's law for magnetism–The net magnetic flux ρ
∇2V = –
out of any closed surface is zero. There is no such ∈
thing as a magnetic monopole i.e. ∇.B = 0 From the question, the laplacian operator ( ∇ 2 ) is
3. It can make an electric field by changing a magnetic
applied to the scalar field V, resulting in the
∂B
field. So, ∇ × E = − laplacian of V which represents the second
∂t derivative of V with respect to spatial coordinates.
4. It can make a magnetic field with a changing And the right hand side of the equation
electric field or with a current. −4πρ represents the source term associated with
So, charge density ( ρ ) . So the ∇ 2 V = −4πρ represents
∂E
∇ × B = uJ + µo ∈o the poisson's equation.
∂t
147. The Potential energy of a central force is given
Hence, If magnetic monopole existed then
by V(r) = brn+1 where 'b' is a constant, 'r' is the
Maxwell's equation modified is -
distance from a fixed point in space. The orbit
Div B = 0 of a particle moving under the action of this
145. Eight electric dipoles of charges of magnitude central force is stable when/Skeâ kesâvõerÙe yeue keâer
'e' are placed inside a cube. The total electric efmLeeflepe Tpee& V(r) = brn+1 oMee&F& ieF& nw, peneB 'b'
flux coming out of the cube will be/'e' cee$ee kesâ efmLejebkeâ nw, 'r' Ùen Devleefj#e ceW efmLele Skeâ DeÛeue efyevog
Ûeepe&Jeeues Dee" efJeÅegle efÉOeÇgJe Skeâ Ieve ceW [eues ieÙes nQ~ lekeâ keâe Devlej nw~ kesâvõerÙe yeue kesâ keâeÙe& kesâ Devleie&le
Ieve mes yeenj Deeves Jeeuee efJeÅegle œeeJe nesiee Ûeueves Jeeues keâCe keâer heefj›eâcee keâ#ee efmLej nw peye
8e 16e (a) n = –5 (b) n = –4
(a) (b)
∈g ∈0 (c) n = –3 (d) n = –2
e Ans. (d) : Given : V(r) = brn+1
(c) (d) Zero/MetvÙe V(r) = b.rn+1
∈0
V'(r) = (n+1)b rn
Ans. (d) : According to Gauss law,
V'(r) = (n+1)n b rn–1
q net
net electric flux ( φ ) = ∫ E.dA = ∈ d2V
>0 (minima)
o
dr 2
from the question, the charges enclosed by the cube are for stability this expression should be greater than zero.
8 pairs of +q and -q. Since r is always +ve. So second derivative depend on
So, the charge present on one dipole is, the sign of (n+1).
q = (+e) + (–e) So, we have
=0 (a) n = –5; (n+1).n = (–5+1) (–5)
So, = (–4) (–5)
Charge present on all the dipoles will be = 20
qnet = 8 × q = 0 n = –4 (–4+1)(–4) = –3×–4 = 12
Now, n = –2 (–2+1) (–2) = 2
q net n = –3 (–3+1)(–3) = 6
φ=
∈o Therefore, The orbit of a particle moving under the
o action of this central force is stable when n = –2.
φ= Hence, option (d) is correct.
∈o
148. A particle is moving in an inverse square force
=0 field. If the total energy of the particle is
146. ∇ V = −4πρ
2
represents/ ∇ 2 V = −4πρ Fmekeâe positive then the trajectory of the particle
ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjlee nw is/Skeâ keâCe Øeefleueesceer Jeie& yeue #es$e ceW Ietce jne nw~
(a) Maxwell's equation/ce@keämeJesue keâe meceerkeâjCe Ùeefo keâCe keâer kegâue Tpee& Oeveelcekeâ nw lees keâCe keâe
(b) Laplace equation/uewheueeme keâe meceerkeâjCe Øe#eshe-heLe nesiee
DSSSB PGT 172 YCT
(a) Circular/Je=òeekeâej 150. The energy of lattice vibration is quantised.
(b) Elliptical/oerIe&Je=òeekeâej The quantum of energy is called/peeuekeâ keâcheve
(c) Parabolic/hejJeefueÙe keâer Tpee& keâes keäJeevšeFpe[d (hegbefpeke=âle) efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~
(d) Hyperbolic/DeeflehejJeefueÙe Tpee& kesâ keäJeeCšce keâes keânles nQ
Ans. (d) : Trajectory of the particle is given by, (a) Boson/yeesmee@ve (b) Photon/Heâesše@ve
1 mC (c) Phonon/Heâesvee@ve (d) Lepton/uesheše@ve
= 2 (1+ ∈ Cosθ )
r J Ans. (c) : The energy in a lattice vibration or elastic
So, the shape of the trajectory of the particle depends wave is quantized. The quantum of energy in an elastic
upon the value of ∈ (eccentricity) and hence on the wave is called phonon. So, phonon represents the
relationship between the total energy E and its angular particle concept associated with the quantization of
momentum (J). lattice waves. The energy of each phonon is given by,
(i) If E > 0 (+ve); ∈ > 1 so, the path is a hyperbola E = ℏω
(ii) If E = 0 ; ∈ = 1 the path is a parabola. where, ω – the angular frequency
(iii) if E <0 (–ve); ∈ <1 so, the path is an ellipse. ℏ – reduced planck's constant
mc 2 151. Choose the correct statement/mener keâLeve ÛegefveS
(iv) If E = − 2 ;∈= 0 So, the path is a circle. (a) Heat capacity is constant at low temperature
2J
/efvecve leeheceeve hej T<cee #ecelee efmLej nesleer nw
(b) Heat capacity is constant at high temperature
/GÛÛe leeheceeve hej T<cee #ecelee efmLej nesleer nw
(c) Heat capacity is independent of temperature
/T<cee #ecelee leeheceeve hej efveYe&j veneR nesleer
(d) Heat capacity decreases with increase in
temperature/leeheceeve ceW Je=efæ nesves hej T<cee #ecelee
keâce nesleer nw
Ans. (d) : Heat capacity is defined as the amount of
heat energy required to increase the temperature of a
substance by a certain amount–
Q ( heat )
C=
m∆T
1
Since, C ∝ so the capacity decreases as T
∆T
increases.
149. If the plane intercepts for a unit cell are 3a, 2b
and 2c then the Miller indices of the plane 152. There are regions of energy for which Bloch
are/Ùeefo Skeâ Skeâkeâ Keeves kesâ meceleue DeJejesOe 3a, 2b function solutions of wave equation do not
exist. These are called/Tpee& kesâ Ssmes #es$e nw efpeve kesâ
Deewj 2c nQ, lees meceleue kesâ ceeruej Ieeleebkeâ nQ
(a) (0 1 1) (b) (3 2 2)
ef ueS lejbie meceerkeâjCe kesâ yuee@Ûe Heâueve meeOeve veneR nesles
(c) (2 3 2) (d) (2 3 3) nQ ~ GvnW keânles nQ~
Ans. (d) : Rules for Miller Indices– (a) Conduction region/Ûeeueve #es$e
1. Determine the intercepts of the face along the (b) Valence region/mebÙeespekeâlee #es$e
Crystallographic axes, in terms of unit cell (c) Forbidden region/Jeefpe&le #es$e
dimensions. (d) Plasma state/hueemcee efmLeefle
2. Take the reciprocals of the coefficients of the
Ans. (c) : Bloch theorem states that the electron wave
intercept.
functions in a periodic crystal lattice can be described
3. Take a long for clear fractions. by Bloch functions, which are a combination of plane
4. Reduce to the lowest integer. waves and periodic functions. It is used to describe the
So, from the questions, unit cells are (3a, 2b, 2c) electronic states and energy bands in solids.
1 1 1 There are energy ranges within the crystal structure
coefficient of intercept = , ,
3 2 2 where Bloch function solutions do not exist. These
Take a LCM of 3, 2, 2 is 6. energy ranges are called forbidden energy or band
1 1 1 gaps. It means, that there are no allowed energy
Now, × 6, × 6, × 6
3 2 2 levels or wave functions for electrons within those
Miller indices of the plane are (2, 3, 3). energy ranges.
DSSSB PGT 173 YCT

153. In superconductors, the energy gap is due voltage with respect to the negative battery
to/DeefleÛeeuekeâeW ceW Tpee& iewhe keâe keâejCe nw terminal is/Skeâ efmeefuekeâeve [eÙees[ 1kΩ ØeeflejesOekeâ
(a) electron-phonon interaction/Fueskeâdšê@ve-Heâesvee@ve Deewj 5V yewšjer mes ëe=bKeuee ceW nw~ Ùeefo Oevee«e (Svees[)
heejmheefjkeâ ØeYeeJe keâes yewšjer kesâ Oeveelcekeâ efmejs mes peesÌ[e peelee nw, lees yewšjer
(b) electron-electron interaction/Fueskeâdšê@ve-Fueskeâdšê@ve kesâ $e+Ceelcekeâ efmejs kesâ mevoYe& ceW $e+Ceie> (kewâLees[)
heejmheefjkeâ ØeYeeJe Jeesušspe nw
(c) phonon-phonon interaction/Heâesvee@ve-Heâesvee@ve (a) 0.7 V (b) 0.3 V
heejmheefjkeâ ØeYeeJe (c) 5.7 V (d) 4.3 V
(d) electron-photon interaction/Fueskeâšê@ve-Heâesše@ve Ans. (d) : Given,
heejmheefjkeâ ØeYeeJe VBattery = 5V
Ans. (a) : In superconductors, the energy gap is According to Kirchhoff's voltage law, sum of all voltage
primarily due to interaction between electron and lattice drops in a closed loop circuit is equal to the voltage
vibrations which are known as phonons. This applied by the battery.
interaction is referred to as the electron phonon So,
interaction. These interactions lead to the formation of Vbattery = Vdiode + Vresistor
pairs of electrons called cooper pairs with opposite For silicon, Vdiode = 0.7 V
momentum and spin. So,
The energy gap in a superconductor refers to the 5 = 0.7 + Vresistor
energy difference between the highest filled Vresistor = 4.3 V
electron state (located below the gap) and the lowest
available empty state (located above the gap) in the 156. A diode that has a negative resistance
superconducting energy spectrum. characteristic is the/$e+Ceelcekeâ ØeeflejesOe
This energy gap is a characteristic feature of efJeMes<eleeJeeuee [eÙees[ neslee nw
superconductors and is responsible for their unique (a) Schottky diode/Mee@šdkeâer [eÙees[
properties such as zero electrical resistance and the
expulsion of magnetic fields (Meissner effect). (b) Tunnel diode/švesue [eÙees[
154. A feature that distinguishes the J-K flip flop (c) Laser diode/ues]pej [eÙees[
from S-R flip flop is the/J-K efHeäuehe Heäuee@he Deewj (d) Hot carrier diode/ne@š kewâefjÙej [eÙees[
S-R efHeäuehe Heäuee@he ceW Yeso oMee&ves Jeeueer efJeMes<elee nw Ans. (b) : A tunnel diode (also known as Esaki diode)
(a) Toggle condition/iegduueer efmLeefle is a type of semiconductor diode that has negative
resistance due to the quantum mechanical effect called
(b) Preset input/Jele&ceeve efveJesMe
tunneling. This feature (negative resistance) makes it
(c) Type of clock/IeÌ[er keâe Øekeâej useful in oscillator and microwave amplifier
(d) Clear input/mhe° efveJesMe applications.
Ans. (a) : Tunnel diodes are constructed with germanium or
S-R flip-flop J.K. flip-flop gallium arsenide by doping the p and n regions
S-R flip flopes are much more heavily than in a conventional rectifier
The S-R flip flop has the
the basic element diode. As a result there is no break down effect for
limitation of showing the
of the sequential invalid state when both its reverse voltage and an extremely narrow regions.
circuit because it The extremely narrow depletion region permits
inputs are high. This
is used to build electrons to "tunnel" through the pn junction at very
limitation of S–R flip flop is
other types of flip- low forward bias voltage and the diode acts as a
overcome in J–K flip–flop.
flops. conductor at between point A and B.
Truth table. Truth table.
Input Output Jn Kn Output Q
R S Q
0 0 No change 0 0 Previous state
(No change)
0 1 Set 0 1 Reset
1 0 Reset 1 0 Set
1 1 Invalid 1 1 Toggle
From the given truth table, Toggle condition is a feature
that distinguishes the J–K flood from S–R flip flop.
155. A silicon diode is in series with a 1kΩ resistor
and a 5V battery. If the anode is connected to
the positive battery terminal, the cathode
DSSSB PGT 174 YCT

At point B, the forward voltage begins to develop a (d) may or may not shift depending upon the
barrier and the current begins to decrease as the concentration of donor atoms/oelee hejceeCeg kesâ
forward voltage continues to increase. This is the meebõCe kesâ DeeOeej hej efKemekeâ mekeâlee nw Ùee veneR efKemekeâ
negative resistance region. mekeâlee nw
157. Universal gates are/ÙetefveJeme&ue iesš nesles nQ Ans. (a) : For n-type semiconductor-
(a) AND and OR/AND Deewj OR
(b) NAND and NOR/ NAND Deewj NOR
(c) OR and NOT/ OR Deewj NOT
(d) AND and XOR/ AND Deewj XOR
Ans. (b) : Universal gates–NAND and NOR gates are
known as universal gates because any logic gate can be
constructed either by using NAND gates only or by at = T = 0K at T > 0K
using NOR gates only. Hence, with the increases in temperature, for n-type
158. Practical solar cells have fill factor/JÙeeJeneefjkeâ semiconductor, the Fermi level reaches the near the
conduction band.
meewj mesueeW keâe Yejves keâe iegCekeâ neslee nw
160. Compared to bipolar junction transistor, a
(a) greater than 1/1 mes DeefOekeâ JFET has/efÉOeÇgJe meefvOe šêefvmemedšj keâer leguevee ceW
(b) zero/MetvÙe JFET ceW neslee nw
(c) 1/j (a) low input impedance/efvecve efveJesMe ØeefleyeeOee
(d) less than 1/1 mes keâce (b) high voltage gain/GÛÛe Jeesušspe ueeYe
Ans. (d) : The fill factor is defined as the ratio of (c) high input impedance and high voltage
maximum power from the solar cell to the product of gain/GÛÛe efveJesMe ØeefleyeeOee Deewj Jeesušspe ueeYe
Voc and Isc. Graphically, the FF (fill factor) is a measure (d) high input impedance and low voltage
of the "squareness" of the solar cell and is also the area gain/GÛÛe efveJesMe ØeefleyeeOee Deewj efvecve Jeesušspe ueeYe
of the largest rectangle which will fit in the IV curve. Ans. (d) :
JFET (Junction field BJT (Bipolar field effect
effect transistor) transistor)
It is a unipolar device. It is bipolar device. So,
So current is carried current is carried by
either by electrons (n- both electrons and
channel) or by holes (p- holes for n-pn and pnp
channel) transistor.
It is a voltage It is a current
controlled device. controlled device.
Input impedance is Input impedance is
very high. quite low.
It has better thermal It reduces thermal
Vmp I mp stability because it can stability and leads to
FF =
Voc Isc prevent thermal thermal breakdown
breakdown. (Negative (Positive temperature
Pmp temperature coefficient).
=
Voc Isc coefficient).
Practical solar cells have fill factor lying between It has low voltage gain It has high voltage
0.6 to 0.8. So, practical solar cells have fill factor devices. gain device.
less than 1. It is less noisy. More noisy.
159. In an n-type semiconductor, as temperature It has high current gain Low current gain
increases, the Fermi level/n-type kesâ DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ device. device.
ceW pewmes leeheceeve yeÌ{lee nw, Gmekeâe Heâceea mlej 161. Second order reflection from (1 0 0) plane
(a) move towards conduction band/Ûeeueve heóer keâer should satisfy the following Bragg condition
Deesj efKemekeâlee nw /(1 0 0) meceleue mes otmeje ›eâce Øeefleefyecye, yewie keâer
(b) move towards middle of forbidden-energy
efvecve Mele& keâes hetje keâjlee nw
gap/Jeefpe&le - Tpee& ojej keâer Deesj efKemekeâlee nw (a) d100 sin θ = λ (b) d100 sin θ = 2λ
(c) does not vary/veneR yeouelee nw (c) 2d100 sin θ = λ (d) d100 cos θ = λ
DSSSB PGT 175 YCT
Ans. (a): Bragg's law is describe the phenomenon of x- 163. The momentum of an electron (mass = m)
ray (could equally will be electron or neutron) waves which has the same amount of kinetic energy as
reflected from parallel lines (h, k, l) of a crystal undergo its rest energy is (c = speed of light in
interference with non-zero intensity emerging only vacuum)/Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve (õJÙeceeve = m) efpemekeâer
when the path difference between the two is an integral ieeflepe Tpee& keâer cee$ee Gmekesâ efmLele Tpee& kesâ efpeleveer ner
multiple of the wavelength (λ), the condition for this is nw, Gmekeâe mebJesie nw (c = efveJee&le ceW ØekeâeMe Jesie)
related to the angle of incidence, θ and the interplanar (a) 3 mc (b) 2 mc
distance, dhkl
mc
(c) mc (d)
2
Ans. (a) : The relativistic expressions of energy that
relate momentum and rest mass of a particle moving
with the speed comparable to the speed of light in a
vacuum are–
E = K + m o c 2 ........(I)
So, E 2 = p 2 c 2 + mo2 c 4 .....(II)
Bragg's law : 2dhkl sinθ = nλ
So,
where, n = 1, 2, 3, .....
E 2 = ( K + m o c2 )
2
for second order, n = 2 and ( hkl ) → (100 )

We know that,
2d hklSinθ = 2λ
K = mo c2 (from question)
d100Sinθ = λ
from equation (i) and (ii)
162. The transformation Q = qm cos (np); P = qm sin
( K + m0c2 ) = p2c2 + m02c4
2
(np) represents a canonical transformation

for/ Q = qm (cos (np); P = qm sin (np) ™heebvlejCe K 2 + m 02 c 4 + 2km 0c 2 = p 2 c 2 + m 20 c 4
Fmekesâ efJeefnle (ke@âveesefvekeâue) ™heevelejCe keâe m 02 c 4 + m 02 c4 + 2m 02c 4 = p 2 c 2 + m 02 c4
ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjlee nw 3m o2c 4 = p 2 c2
(a) m = 1, n = 2 (b) m = 1 , n=2 p 2 = 3m 02c 2
2
1 P = 3 moc
(c) m = 2, n= (d) m = 2, n = 1
2
164. Hamilton's canonical equations of motion
Ans. (b) : For canonical transformation, if coordinates are/n@efceušve kesâ ieefleMeefòeâ kesâ efJeefnle (ke@âveesefvekeâue)
P = P (q, p) and Q = Q (q, p) then it satisfy the meceerkeâjCe nw
condition–
∂H ∂H ∂H ∂H
 ∂Q ∂p ∂Q ∂P  (a) qɺ 1 = and pɺ 1 = / qɺ 1 = Deewj pɺ 1 =
 −  = 1 ∂P1 ∂q1 ∂P1 ∂q1
 ∂q ∂p ∂p ∂q  ∂H ∂H ∂H ∂H
Q = q m cos(np); P = q m sin ( np ) (b) qɺ 1 = and pɺ 1 =- / qɺ 1 = Deewj pɺ 1 =-
∂P1 ∂q1 ∂P1 ∂q1
∂ m
∂q
( q cos np ) ∂∂p ( q m sin np ) − ∂∂p ( q m cos np ) ∂∂q ( q m sin np ) = 1 (c) q1 =
∂H
and p1 =
∂H
/ q1 =
∂H
Deewj p1 =
∂H
∂P1 ∂q1 ∂P1 ∂q1
mn q 2m −1 = 1 ..........(1) ∂H ∂H ∂H ∂H
(d) q1 = and p1 =- / q1 = Deewj p1 =-
mn q 2m-1 = q o ∂P1 ∂q1 ∂P1 ∂q1
So, Ans. (b) : Hamilton's canonical equations of motion are
2m – 1 = 0 the differential equations of motion of a mechanical
system in which the variables are the generalized
m= 1
2 momenta p1 as well as the generalized coordinates q1,
Put the value of m in equation (1) the q1 and p1 are called canonical variables.
1 2( 1 ) −1 If natural variable of H are q and p then, Hamilton's
n q 2 =1 canonical equations of motion for q and p take the form
2
as,
1
n qo = 1 ∂H ∂H
2 qɺ 1 = ; = −pɺ 1
∂p1 ∂q1
n=2
DSSSB PGT 176 YCT
165. The entropy of the universe tends to/meceef° keâer (a) RN (b) RN2
Svšêsheer (Gl›eâce-ceehe) menpe ner nesleer nw (c)
N
(d)
R
(a) a minimum/vÙetvelece R N
(b) zero/MetvÙe Ans. (d) : Boltzmann constant is defined as the
proportionality constant that illustrates the relationship
(c) a maximum/DeefOekeâlece
between a gas's thermodynamic temperature and its
(d) no particular value as it remains constant/Jen average relative kinetic energy.
efmLej jnves kesâ keâejCe keâesF& efveefMÛele cetuÙe veneR Boltzmann brought the behaviour of gases one step
Ans. (c) : The second law of thermodynamics asserts closer to understanding by establishing constants. So
that a process can take place spontaneously only if the the Boltzmann constant's value can be stated
total entropy of the systems and its surrounding mathematically as–
increases during that process. Where ∆S stands for R
entropy in a closed system during a spontaneous Kb =
N
process.
where, R – gas constant
(∆Ssystem + ∆Ssurroundings) > O N – avogadro's number.
So, the entropy of the universe tends to rise
The value of Kb is 1.3806542 × 10–16 joule/K.
progressively to a maximum because each
spontaneous process in it increase the entropy of the 168. The ground state energy of a Bose-Einstein gas
universe. is zero. The number of molecules in the ground
state at a finite temperature is/Skeâ yeesme-
∆Suniverse = ( ∑ ∆Ssystem + ∑ ∆Ssurrounding ) > O
DeeFvemšerve iewme keâer vÙetvelece DeJemLee Tpee& MetvÙe nw~
166. The particles in a system obeying the Maxwell- vÙetvelece DeJemLee ceW heefjefcele leeheceeve hej DeCeg keâer
Boltzmann statistics are/ce@keämeyesue-yeesušdpeceeve
mebKÙee nw
meebefKÙekeâer keâes heeueve keâjves Jeeues ØeCeeueer kesâ keâCe jnles
(a) maximum, nearly equal to the total
nQ
number/DelÙeefOekeâ, ueieYeie kegâue mebKÙee kesâ yejeyej
(a) only identical/kesâJeue Skeâ pewmes
(b) half the total number/kegâue mebKÙee kesâ DeeOeer
(b) identical but distinguishable/Skeâ pewmes uesefkeâve
(c) zero/MetvÙe
ieesÛej
(d) nothing can be said since the number depends
(c) only indistinguishable/kesâJeue DeieesÛej on the temperature/kegâÚ veneR keâne pee mekeâlee
(d) identical but indistinguishable/Skeâ pewmes uesefkeâve keäÙeeWefkeâ mebKÙee leeheceeve hej efveYe&j jnleer nw
DeieesÛej Ans. (d) : The rapid increase in the population of
Ans. (b) : In statistical mechanics, Maxwell- ground state when temperature is lowered than a critical
Boltzmann distribution law describes the statistical temperature known as Bose temperature (TB). For a
distribution of material particles over various energy Bose Einstein gas is called as Bose Eisntein
states in thermal equilibrium, when the temperature is condensation.
high and density is low enough to provide negligible Case 1 : T >> TB
quantum effect. Maxwell-Boltzmann forms the Gas is behaving naturally and classical statistical will be
foundation of the kinetic theory of gas. applied.
The particles having distinct wave function are known
Case 2 : T = TB
as distinguishable particles. There is no overlapping of
Condensation just started and maximum particle in
wave function of particles. Those don't obey Heisenberg
uncertainty principle. Hence, we can determine excited state.
conjugate co-ordinate x & p pricesely at same time for Case 3 : T < TB
these particles. They follow MB statistics. Maximum particles have been reached in the ground
Distinguishable particles may be identical, if we can state. But still a few particles in excited state.
locate the particle then it will be system of identical & Case 4 : T = 0K
distinguishable particles. All particle are in ground state.
167. If R is taken as the gas constant per mole of a Hence, no. of particles depends on the temperature.
gas and N as Avogadro's number, the 169. The electron in a hydrogen atom with a radius
Boltzmann's constant is correctly related as/ equal to first Bohr radius has a velocity equal
Ùeefo R keâes Øeefle ceesue iewme keâe efmLejebkeâ efueÙee peelee nw to (c is velocity of light in vacuum)/henues yeesnj
Deewj N keâes SJeesiee[ês keâe vebyej, lees yeesušdpeceeve keâe kesâ JÙeeme kesâ yejeyej JÙeeme Jeeues Skeâ neÙe[êspeve hejceeCeg
efmLejebkeâ mener mecyevOe ceW nesiee keâe Jesie neslee nw (c Ùen efveJee&le ceW ØekeâeMe Jesie nw)
DSSSB PGT 177 YCT
c c e
(a) (b) µ= ×L
5 10 2m
c c e h
(c) (d) µ= ×
137 8 2m 2π
Ans. (c) : Given, first Bohr radius, n = 1 eh
=
o 4mπ
radius (r) = 0.529 A The above expression is also known as 'Bohr magneton'.
= 0.529×10–10 m It is used for measurement of magnetic dipole moment
mass of electron (m) = 9.1×10–31 kg due to electron, spin or orbital motion is an atom.
nh 172. The ratio of frequencies of the first line of the
So, we know that, mvr = Lyman series and the first line of the Balmer
2π
where h is planck's constant = 6.626×10–34 J. sec. series is/uesce@ve ëe=bKeuee kesâ henues ßesCeer keâer DeeJe=efòe
Deewj yeeuecej ëe=bKeuee kesâ henues ßesCeer keâer DeeJe=efòe keâe
1× 6.626 ×10−34
( 9.1×10−31 ) v ( 0.529 ×10−10 ) = 2π
Devegheele nw
27 27
6.626 × 10−34 (a) (b)
v= 5 8
2π ( 9.1× 10−31 )( 0.529 ×10−10 ) 8 4
(c) (d)
= 2.19 × 106 m / sec. 27 27
c 3 × 108 Ans. (a) : According to Rydberg equation,
In terms of c (speed of light) = =
v 2.19 × 106 1  1 1 
f= = R 2Hz  2 − 2 
= 136.4 ≈ 137 λ  n1 n 2 
So, for z =1
c 1  1 1 
v= f= = R 2H  2 − 2 
137 λ n
 1 n 2 
170. The maximum number of electrons in a Where, RH is Rydberg constant for H-atom
subshell with orbital quantum number 'l' n1 = n2 are integer (n2 > n1)
is/keâ#eerÙe keäJeeCšce mebKÙee 'l' Jeeues GhekeâesMe ceW nesves for 1st line of Lyman series
Jeeueer DelÙeefOekeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâer mebKÙee nw n1 = 1, n2 = 2, 3, 4 ...................
So,
(a) (2l + 1) (b) (2l – 1)
(c) 2(2l + 1) (d) 2(2l – 1) 1 1 1 
fL = = R 2 − 2 
Ans. (c) : For an azimuthal quantum number ℓ , there λL 1 2 
are (2l + 1) orbitals in subshell since each orbital can 3R
=
accommodate two electrons of opposite spin, the 4
maximum number of electron in a subshell is given by, for 1st line of Balmer series, n1 = 2, n2 = 3, 4, 5....
= 2(2l + 1) So,
171. The magnetic moment associated with the first 1  1 1
orbit in hydrogen atom is given by/neF[êspeve fB = = R 2 – 2 
λB 2 3 
hejceeCeg kesâ henues keâ#e mes mecyeefvOele ÛegbyekeâerÙe mebJesie keâes 5
Fme lejn efoÙee peelee nw = R
36
h ehm So,
(a) (b)
4πme 4π 3
R
eh 4πm fL
(c) (d) = 4
4πm he fB 5
R
Ans. (c) : In a hydrogen atom a single electron revolves 36
around a proton and by Bohr's postulates of quantisation f L 27
=
of angular momentum the angular momentum of fB 5
electron in its ground state is given as–
173. The SI unit of absorbed dose is/DeJeMeesef<ele cee$ee
h
l= keâe SI cee$ekeâ nw
2π
We know that, magnetic moment (µ) of the atom is (a) Curie/keäÙetjer (b) Gray/«es
given by (c) Roentgen/jWiefšve (d) Rad/j@[
DSSSB PGT 178 YCT

Ans. (b): Absorbed dose is the amount of energy 176. For most inert gases the average energy
deposited by radiation in a mass. required to produce an electron-ion pair is
dE about/pÙeeoelej peÌ[ iewmeeW kesâ efueS Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve-
D=
dm DeeÙeve Ùegice Glheeove keâjves kesâ efueS ueieves Jeeueer Deewmele
The SC unit of absorbed dose is J/kg and the Tpee& ueieYeie nesleer nw
Special names is Gray (Gy) (a) 0.3 eV (b) 30 MeV
Quantity SI units Traditional units (c) 30 keV (d) 30 eV
Exposure Coulomb/kg Roentgen (R) Ans. (d) : When an energetic particle interacts with an
absorbed dose Gray (Gy) Rad inert gas atom, it can ionize the atom by removing one
Equivalent dose sievert (Sv) Rem of its electrons. The energy required to produce an
Effective dose Sievert (Sv) Rem electron -ion pair is known as the ionization energy.
174. The energy of a gamma photon emitted during In the case of most inert gases such as Helium,
positron-electron annihilation process neon, argon and xenon, the average ionization
is/hee@efpešê@ve-Fueskeäšê@ve efJeveeMe Øeef›eâÙee kesâ meceÙe energy is approximately 30 eV.
Glmeefpe&le ieecee Heâesše@ve keâer Tpee& nw 177. A quantum mechanical operator should be/Skeâ
(a) 3.82 MeV (b) 0.511 MeV keäJeeCšce ceMeerveer Ûeeuekeâ nesvee ÛeeefnS
(c) 1.275 MeV (d) 1.8 MeV (a) null operator/Deke=âle Ûeeuekeâ
Ans. (b) : Electron - positron anhihilation - It is the (b) singular operator/Skeâcee$e Ûeeuekeâ
process in which a positron collides with an electron
(c) linear operator/jsKeerÙe Ûeeuekeâ
resulting in the annihilation of both particles. When a
low energy electron annihilates a low energy positron (d) non-linear operator/DejsKeerÙe Ûeeuekeâ
they can only produce two or more photons (gamma Ans. (c) : In quantum mechanics, operators are
rays) mathematical objects that represent physical
e −1 + e + → γ + γ observables such as position, momentum, energy and
angular momentum.
The production of only one photon is forbidden
A linear operator is one that satisfies the properties
because of the conservation of linear momentum
of linearity. Linearity means that if the operator acts
and total energy. on a linear combination of quantum states, the result
when an electron and a positron collide, they is the same as if the operator acted on each state
annihilate, resulting in the complete conversion of separately and then the results were combined.
their rest mass of pure energy in the form of two So, if p is an operator–
oppositely directed 0.511 MeV gamma rays.
P ( f + g ) = Pf + Pg
e −1 + e + → γ + γ ( 2 × 0.511 MeV )
Linearity is a fundamental property of quantum
E = 2mc2 mechanical operators. It allows for the description of
=2 × (9.1×10–31) (3×108)2 quantum phenemena such as interference and
=1.02 MeV entanglement.
=2 × 0.511 MeV 178. A quantum mechanical wave function/keäJeeCšce
175. Indicate the dominant process when 1 MeV ceMeerveer lejbie Heâueve
gamma ray interacts with carbon target/peye 1 (a) should always be a real function/ncesMee
MeV keâe iee@cee efkeâjCe Deewj keâeye&ve ue#Ùe Skeâ otmejs mes JeemleefJekeâ Heâueve nesvee ÛeeefnS
efceueles nQ, leye nesves Jeeueer ØecegKe Øeef›eâÙee yeleeFÙes (b) should always be a complex function/ncesMee
(a) Photoelectric effect/ØekeâeMe efJeÅegle heefjCeece efceße Heâueve nesvee ÛeeefnS
(b) Pair-production/Ùegice-Glheeove (c) can be simultaneous eigen function of two
(c) Compton effect/keâe@chešve ØeYeeJe operators/SkeâmeeLe oes ÛeeuekeâeW keâe Sieve Heâueve nes
(d) Annihilation/efJeveeMe mekeâlee nw
Ans. (c) : Compton scattering involves the interaction (d) cannot be simultaneous eigen function of two
between a gamma ray and an electron. In this process, operators/oes ÛeeuekeâeW keâe SkeâmeeLe Sieve Heâueve veneR
the gamma ray transfers a portion of its energy and nes mekeâlee
momentum to the electron, resulting in a scattered Ans. (c) : In quantum mechanics, a wave function
gamma ray with reduced energy and changed direction. represents the state of a quantum system. It is a
Compton scattering is particularly significant in the mathematical function that describes the probability
energy range of 100 keV to 10 MeV, which includes the amplitude of finding the system in a particular state or
1 MeV energy of the gamma ray. with a specific set of properties.
DSSSB PGT 179 YCT
The wave function can be an eigen function of one DeeJe=efòe keâe Skeâ meeceevÙe njelcekeâ oesefue$e Skeâ
operator such as the position operator with a Deefleefjòeâ mecYeeJÙe bx3 mes #egyOe neslee nw~ oesefue$e keâer
corresponding eigen value representing the position vÙetvelece efmLeefle Tpee& mes henueer ßesCeer keâe hejmhej mecyevOe
of the particle. Simultaneously, it can be also an
eigen function of another operator such as the nesiee-
energy operator with a corresponding eigen value 1 3bh 2
representing the energy of the particle. So, A (a) hω (b)
2 4m 2 ω2
quantum mechanical wave function can be a
(c) hω (d) zero/MetvÙe
simultaneous eigen function of two operators. 3
179. A particle is trapped inside a three dimensional Ans. (d) : Given, H = bx
infinite deep potential well. The width of the We know that, 1st order energy correction for cubic
potential well in all direction is 'L'. The energy perturbative harmonic oscillator is given by,
En = < n | H' | n >
5h 2
of particle in a level is . The degeneracy For 1st orders
8mL2
of the level is/Skeâ leerve efJeefceleerÙe Devevle ienjeF& keâes E n (1) = < n | bxˆ 3 | n >
mecYeeJÙe ketâSB ceW Skeâ keâCe HeBâme ieÙee nw~ mebcYeeJÙe ketâSB = b < n | xˆ 3 | n >
keâer ÛeewÌ[eF& meYeer efoMee mes 'L' nw~ keâCe keâer meceleue ceW =0 ∵< n | xˆ 3 | n > = 0
5h 2 181. The quantum scattering processes can be
Tpee& nw ~ meceleue keâe Dehekeâ<e& nw
8mL2 analysed by/keäJeeCšce ØekeâerCe& Øeef›eâÙeeSB Fvemes
(a) 2 (b) 4 efJeMuesef<ele keâer pee mekeâleer nw
(c) 6 (d) 8 (a) Partial wave method/DeebefMekeâ lejbie heæefle
Ans. (*) : Given, Energy (b) The Born approximation/yee@ve& meefVekeâšve
5h 2 (c) Both the above mentioned methods/Thejer oesveeW
(E) = .........(1)
8mL2 heæefle
We know that, (d) The WKB method/WKB heæefle
h 2  n 2x n y n 2z 
2
Ans. (c) : Quantum scattering refers to the interaction of
E=  + + 
8m  L2x L2y L2z  particles or waves in quantum mechanics, where their
trajectories are altered due to the presence of a potential
In all direction, Lx = Ly = Lz = L field.
So, The partial wave method is a mathematical
h2 technique used to analyze scattering processes. It
E=
8mL2
( n 2x + n 2y + n z2 ) ...........(2) involves expanding the wave function describing the
scattered particles in terms of spherical harmonics,
Table depicting degeneracy of a particle in a 3D- which allows the separation of the angular and radial
cube components of the wave function. In other hand
n 2x + n 2y + n z2 Combination Enx,ny, nz Degeneracy born approximation technique that assumes a weak
of nx, ny, nz scattering potential. The Born approximation allows
the scattering amplitude to be related to the potential
3 (1, 1) 3h 2 1 and the incident wave function, providing an
8mL2 approximate description of the scattering process.
Therefore, partial wave method and born
6 (2,1,1) (1,2,1) 6h 2 3 approximately are widely used and effective
(2,1,2)
8mL2 methods for analyzing quantum scattering processes.
9 (2,1,1) (1,2,1) 3 WKB approximately or WKB method is a method
9h 2
(2,1,2) for finding approximate solutions to linear
8mL2 differential equations with spatially varying
11 (3,1,1) (1,3,1) 11h 2 3 coefficient.
(1,1,3)
8mL2 182. The Dirac equation :/ef[j@keâ meceerkeâjCe
12 (2,2,2) 1 (a) is valid for relativistic systems/Deehesef#ekeâerÙe heæefle
12h 2
2 ceW JewOe nw
8mL
(b) is valid for fermions/HeâjefceDeesvme kesâ efueS JewOe nw
180. A simple harmonic oscillator of mass m0 and
angular frequency ω is perturbed by an (c) explains intrinsic spin of electrons/Fueskeäšê@ve keâe
additional potential bx3. The first order Deevleefjkeâ Ûe›eâCe mhe° keâjlee nw
correction to the ground state energy of the (d) all the above mentioned options are
oscillator will be/m0 õJÙeceeve Deewj ω keâesCeerÙe correct/Thejer meYeer efJekeâuhe mener nw
DSSSB PGT 180 YCT

Ans. (d) : The Dirac equation is a fundamental equation 184. The Fermi's Golden rule is applicable to/Heâceea
in relativistic quantum mechanics that describes the kesâ megvenjs efveÙece Fve hej ueeiet nQ
behaviour of fermions, which are particles with half- (a) time independent harmonic perturbation
interger spin. potential/meceÙe mJeeJeuecyeer njelcekeâ efJe#eesYe mecYeeJÙe
The Dirac equation also explains the intrinsic spin
of electrons. Spin is an intrinsic property of particles (b) time independent anharmonic perturbation
and it is a fundamental aspect of their quantum potential/ meceÙe mJeeJeuecyeer Denjelcekeâ efJe#eesYe mecYeeJÙe
mechanical behaviour. The dirac equation includes (c) time dependent harmonic perturbation
terms that account for the intrinsic spin of particles potential/ meceÙe Deeef ß ele njelcekeâ efJe#eesYe mecYeeJÙe
and it successfully predicts and explains various (d) time dependent anharmonic perturbation
spin related phenomena. potential/meceÙe Deeefßele Denjelcekeâ efJe#eesYe mecYeeJÙe
183. Choose the incorrect statement./ieuele keâLeve keâe Ans. (c) : Fermi's Golden rule is a fundamental result in
ÛeÙeve keâerefpeS quantum mechanics that provides a method for
(a) the Klein-Gordon (KG) equation is valid for calculating transition probabilities between quantum
all bosons/efkeäueve-iee@[&ve (KG) meceerkeâjCe meYeer yeesmeesve states due to a perturbation in the hamiltonian. It is
commonly used to describe processes involving the
kesâ efueS JewOe nw absorption or emission of particles or photons.
(b) the Klein-Gordon equation is valid for only Fermi's golden rule is applicable to a time-
spin zero particles/efkeäueve-iee@[&ve meceerkeâjCe kesâJeue dependent harmonic perturbation potential. The
MetvÙe Ûe›eâCe keâCeeW kesâ efueS JewOe nw harmonic perturbation potential refers to a potential
(c) the KG equation shows emergence of that can be described by a harmonic oscillator
negative energy eigen values/kesâpeer meceerkeâjCe potential which is quadratic in displacement.
Sieve cetuÙeeW keâer $e+Ceelcekeâ Tpee& keâe DeeefJeYee&Je efoKeelee So, H ( t ) = Ho + V ( t )
nw For 1– D harmonic Oscillator,
(d) the KG equation is relativistically P 2 mω2 x 2
invariant/kesâpeer meceerkeâjCe Deehesef#ekeâerÙe lejerkesâ mes Ho = +
2m 2
efveMÛej nw
V(t ) = λ (+)X
Ans. (b) :
Where, v(t) is time dependent perturbation
Key Points Klein Gordon Equation
185. If 50 kV is the applied potential in an X-ray
1. Mathematical structure - Liner combination of
tube, then the minimum wavelength of X-rays
of the solutions plane waves defined by
produced is/X-efkeâjCe šÙetye ceW 50 kV keâe mecYeeJÙe
wave vector K and
frequencies (ω) ueeiet efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Ssmes ceW Glheeefole X-efkeâjCe keâer lejbie
2. Physical implications of - Describe the behavior uecyeeF& nw
the solution of scalar particles such (a) 0.5 nm (b) 2.5 nm
as Higgs Boson (c) 0.25 Å (d) 5 Å
3. Limitation - Do not account for spin Ans. (c) : Given,
and intrinsic angular Volt (V) = 50kV
momentum of particles = 50×103V
4. Relativity of the - It is lorentz-invariant Charge of electron (e) = 1.6 × 10–19 C
solution and is a relativistic and speed of light (c) = 3 × 108 m/sec.
generalization of the We know that,
schrodinger equation. hc
5. Energy Eigen values - The solutions of the λ=
eV
klein - Gordon
equation correspond to 6.626 ×10−34 × 3 × 108
=
positive and negative 1.6 × 10−19 × 50 ×103
energy eigen value, 6.626 × 3
meaning that the wave = × 10−10
1.6 × 50
function describes a
particle with positive = 0.2485 × 10−10 m ≃ 0.25A o
or negative energy 186. Multiplicity of the state 2 D 3 is given
2
The kelin Gordon equation is valid in both the non-
relativistic and relativistic regions along with this it by/ 2 D 3 efmLeefle efJeefJeOelee Fme lejn oMee&F& peeleer nw
2
also describe spin zero particles.
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
DSSSB PGT 181 YCT
Ans. (b): Given State 2 D 3 The temperature coefficient of resistivity is negative
2 for semiconductor. This means that the resistivity
The state of an atom obeying in coupling is given decreases as we raise the temperature of such a
material. The magnitude of the temperature
by the term, 2S+1 L J ................(1)
coefficient of resistivity is often quite large for a
Where, S is spin angular momentum semiconducting material. This fact is used to
L is orbital angular momentum construct thermometers to detect small changes in
J is total angular momentum temperature. Such a device is called a thermistor.
value of l = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
s p d f g h → subshell
2s + 1 = M
2s + 1 = 1 Singular state 189. The Schrodinger equation is valid for/ßeesef[biej
2S + 1 = 2 doublet state
meceerkeâjCe Fme kesâ efueS JewOe nw
2S + 1 = 3 (triplet state)
(a) a relativistic system/Deehesef#ekeâerÙe heæefle
Given state is 2 D 3 ...............(2)
2 (b) a non-relativistic system/De-Deehesef#ekeâerÙe heæefle
Comparing equation (1) and (2) (c) all kinds of systems/meYeer Øekeâej keâer heæefleÙeeB
multiplicity of state = (2S + 1) = 2 (d) can not be said/kegâÚ keâne veneR pee mekeâlee
187. The normal Zeeman effect is/meeceevÙe peercewve Ans. (b) : The Schordinger equation is the basic non-
heefjCeece nw relativistic wave equation used in quantum mechanics
(a) Observed only in atoms with an even number to describe the behaviour of a particle in a force field.
There are two versions–
of electrons/mece mebKÙee kesâ Fueskeäšê@ve Jeeues hejceeCegDeeW
(i) Time - independent equation
ceW osKee peelee nw (ii) Time dependent equation.
(b) Observed only in atoms with an odd number The time independent equation is generally used for
of electrons/efJe<ece mebKÙee kesâ Fueskeäšê@ve Jeeues describing standing wave whereas the time
hejceeCegDeeW ceW osKee peelee nw dependent equation is typically used to describe
progressive wave, applicable to the motion of free
(c) Not a confirmation of space quantization/mLeeve
particles.
hegbefpekeâjCe keâe Devegceesove veneR
 ℏ2 2  ∂ϕ
(d) A confirmation of space quantization/mLeeve Equation,  − ∇ + V  ϕ = iℏ
 2m  ∂t
hegbefpekeâjCe keâe Devegceesove
Ans. (a) : Normal Zeeman effect is the phenomenon Operator∇ 2 = ∂ + ∂ + ∂
2 2 2
is the laplacian in
that explains the splitting of a spectral line into three ∂x 2
∂y ∂z 2
2
components in a magnetic field when observed in a Cartesian coordinates

direction perpendicular to the applied magnetic field. Schrodinger wave equation not valid for relativistic
Normal Zeeman effect can be seen in atoms having particles because it is based on Newtonian physics
zero spin. If there are even number of electrons in rather than relativistic. It is just classic kinetic
the valance shell, they should pair off and their energy + potential.
magnetic moments get cancelled. So, they act like 190. If the probability distribution is independent of
spinless (S = O) particles. Hence for normal Zeeman time then the state of the system is said to
effect to occur, valance electrons of the atom must be/Ùeefo mebcYeeJÙelee efJelejCe meceÙe mes mJeeJeuecyeer nw,
be even. lees lev$e efmLeefle keâes keâne peelee nw
188. The temperature coefficient of resistivity for a (a) constant/efmLej
semiconductor is/DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ kesâ efueS DeJejesOe (b) time independent/meceÙe Deeefßele
leeheceeve iegCeebkeâ neslee nw (c) stationary/DeÛeue
(a) positive/Oeveelcekeâ (b) negative/$e+Ceelcekeâ (d) degenerate/Dehekeâ<e&
(c) zero/MetvÙe Ans. (c) : In a particular state, if the probability
distribution function ϕϕ* is independent of time then the
(d) none of the above/Thejer keâesF& veneR system is said to be stationary state. A state with a well
Ans. (b) : The resistivity of conductor increases with defined energy has a wave function and for such a state
increasing temperature. The increase is not very large the probability density is independent of time. Such
and is typically proportional to temperature T. state are known as stationary state.
According to, ρ = ρo (1 + α∆T ) ϕn = ( x, y, z, t ) = ϕn ( x, y, z ) e − iEn is stationary state
t/ℏ
Where α is temperature coefficient of resistivity solutions, since ϕϕ* = φn φ*n which is independent of time.
DSSSB PGT 182 YCT

191. Which one of the following is not conserved in 194. The half life of Pa-218 is 3 minutes. The
β -decay?/β -Dehe#eÙe ceW efvecve ceW mes keâewve mebjef#ele veneR fraction of 10 g sample of Pa-218 left after 15
nw? minute is/Pa-218 keâe DeOe&peerJeve 3 efceveš keâe nw~
(a) Iso-spin/mece-Ûe›eâCe Pa-218 kesâ 10 g meQheue keâe 15 efceveš ÚesÌ[ves kesâ yeeo
(b) Parity/Deveg™helee
KeC[ nesiee~
(c) Baryon number/yeeÙeexve mebKÙee 1 1
(a) − (b)
(d) Charge/Ûeepe& 32 16
1 1
Ans. (b) : Beta decay is a form of radioactive decay that (c) (d)
occurs when a nucleus emits a beta particle, which is 64 25
either an electron or a position. It occurs when there is Ans. (a) : Given, t 1 = 3min
2
an imbalance between the number of neutrons and
protons in the nucleus of an atom. Then nucleus Ao= 10g
becomes unstable and emits a beta particle to regain We know that,
stability. 0.693
t1 =
Beta decay conserves iso-spain, Baryon number and 2 k
charge. 0.693
Parity refers to the concept of spatial symmetry. It k= = 0.231
describes whether a system remains unchanged 3
–kt
A = A0e
under spatial inversion. Which is the transformation
of coordinates from (x, y, z) to (-x, -y, -z). While A0
A = A0e–0.231×15 ⇒ A =
parity is conserved in many fundamental 32
interactions such as electromagnetic interaction, it is 1
not conserved in weak interactions which are So, the fraction of 10g sample of Pa-218 is .
32
responsible for certain types of particle decay (β).
195. A ljk m
lm Bi is a tensor of rank/ A ljk m
lm Bi keâe šsvmej
192. The energy released by the fission of Uranium
atom is 200 MeV. The number of fissions per Dee@Heâ jWkeâ nw
sacond required to produce 3.2 W of power (a) 7 (b) 3
is/ÙetjsefveÙece kesâ hejceeCeg Éeje efJeKeC[ve mes cegòeâ ngF& (c) 5 (d) 6
Tpee& 200 MeV nw~ 3.2 W keâer Meefòeâ GlheVe keâjves Ans. (b) : A ljk m
lm Bi is a tensor of rank 3.
kesâ efueS Skeâ meskebâ[ ceW Fleves efJeKeC[ve keâjves heÌ[Wies 196. For an electron in hydrogen atom the states are
(a) 1013 (b) 1015 characterised by the usual quantum numbers
17
(c) 10 (d) 1019 n, l, mj. The electric dipole transition between
Ans. (*) : Given, P = 3.2 Watt any two states requires that/neÙe[êspeve hejceeCeg ceW
E F = 200 × 106 × 1.6 × 10−19 efmLele Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ efueS efmLeefleÙeeB meeceevÙe
= 3.2 × 10−11 J
keäJeeCšce vebyej n, l, mj mes oMee&F& ieF& nw~ oes efmLeefleÙeeW kesâ
We know that,
yeerÛe kesâ efJeÅegle efÉOeÇgJeerÙe meb›eâceCe kesâ efueS DeeJeMÙekeâ nw
(a) ∆l = 0; ∆mj = 01 + 1
E
P = n  (b) ∆l = + 1; ∆mj = + 1, + 2
t (c) ∆l = + 1; ∆mj = 0, + 1
n P
= (d) ∆l = + 1; ∆mj = 0, + 2
t E Ans. (c) : The electric transition between any two states
3.2 required that,
= ∆l = ±1 ; ∆m j = 0, ±1
3.2 ×10−11
= 1011 197. An atom emits a photon of wavelength 600 nm
by transition from an excited state of life time 8
193. One Barn is/Skeâ yeeve& neslee nw
× 10–9s. If ∆γ represents minimum uncertainty
(a) 10–14 m2 (b) 10–18 m2 in the frequency of the photon, the fractional
(c) 10–24 m2 (d) 10–28 m2
width ∆ γ of the spectral line is of the order
Ans. (d) : Barn is used in nuclear physics for measuring γ
the cross sectional area of nuclei. Barn is a measure for of/Skeâ hejceeCeg 8 × 10–9s peerJeve meceÙe kesâ Göerefhele
expressing the cross sectional area of nucleus. So, the efmLeefle mes meb›eâceCe keâjles ngS 600 nm lejbieuecyeeF& keâe
area of nucleus is given by, Heâes še@ve Glmeefpe&le keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo ∆γ Heâesše@ve keâer DeeJe=efòe
Area = πr = π (10 )
2 −14 2
keâer vÙetvelece DeefveefMÛelelee oMee&lee nw, lees mheskeäš^ceer
−28
= π × 10 m 2
(JeCe&›eâceerÙe) jsKee keâer DeebefMeÙe ÛeewÌ[eF& ∆ γ γ Fme
1 barn ≈ 10 −28 m 2 ßesCeer ceW nw~
DSSSB PGT 183 YCT
(a) 10–4 (b) 10–8 When one type of charge carrier dominates electrical
–12
(c) 10 (d) 10–16 conduction in the sample, the Hall coefficient is given by,
Ans. (b) : Given, ∆t = 8 × 10–9 S RH = r
1
wavelength (λ) = 600 nm nq
= 600 × 10–9 m where, r = dimensionless hall coefficient factor of the
= 6×10–7 m order of unity
We know that, n = electron concentration
C = λν q = charge of electron
C So, from the above equation, it shows that Hall
ν= coefficient is inversely proportional to charge carries
λ (electron) concentration.
3 × 108 199. At room temperature, the current in an
=
600 × 10−9 intrinsic semiconductor is due to/keâcejs keâe
= 5 × 1014 Hz leeheceeve hej Deevleefjkeâ DeOe&Ûeeuekeâ ceW nesves Jeeues keâjWš
Now, keâe keâejCe nw
uncertainty in the frequency ∆ν , (a) electrons/Fueskeäšê@ve (b) ions/DeeÙeve
∆ν ∆t ≥ 1 (c) holes/jvOeÇ
1 (d) both electrons and holes/Fueskeäšê@ve Deewj jvOeÇ oesveeW
∆ν ≥
∆t Ans. (d) : Intrinsic Semiconductor – A semiconductor
1 in an extremely pure form is known as intrinsic
∆ν ≥
8 × 10−8 semiconductor. In an intrinsic semiconductor, even at
= 1.25 × 107 Hz rooms temperature, hole-electron pairs are created.
When electric field is applied across an intrinsic
∆ν 1.25 ×10 7
semiconductor, the current conduction takes place by
So, the fractional width =
ν 5 × 1014 two processes namely by free electrons and holes.
= 2.5 × 10 −8 The free electrons are produced due to the breaking
∆ν up of some covalent bonds by thermal energy. At
So, the fractional width of the spectral line is the same time holes are created in the covalent
ν bonds. Under the influence of electric field,
–8
approximately 10 . conduction through the semiconductor is by both
198. Hall coefficient is/ne@ue iegCeebkeâ neslee nw free electrons and holes. Therefore, the total current
(a) Directly proportional to carrier inside the semiconductor is the sum of currents due
concentration/mebJeenkeâ mekesâvõCe mes meerOes meceevegheeleer to free electrons and holes.
(b) Inversely proportional to carrier 200. The main principle used in nuclear radiation
concentration/mebJeenkeâ mekesâvõCe mes Øeefleueescele: detection used in Geiger-Muller counter is
meceevegheeleer based on/ieeriej-ceguuej ieCekeâ ceW nesves Jeeues veeefYekeâerÙe
(c) Independent of carrier concentration/mebJeenkeâ
efJeefkeâjCe DeJeieceve ceW GheÙeesie nesves Jeeuee cegKÙe
mekesâvõCe mes mJeleb$e efmeæevle Fme hej DeeOeeefjle nw
(d) Directly proportional to carrier concentration (a) the detection of free change carriers/cegòeâ Ûeepe&
only at low temperatures/kesâJeue efvecve leeheceeve hej mebJeenkeâ keâe DeJeieceve
mebJeenkeâ mekesâvõCe mes meerOes meceevegheeleer (b) light sensing/ØekeâeMe yeesOe
Ans. (b) : Hall effect states that when a current (c) the visualisation of the tracks of the
carrying conductor or a semiconductor is introduced to radiation/efJeefkeâjCe kesâ heLe keâer keâuhevee keâjvee
a perpendicular magnetic field, a voltage can be (d) some hybrid techniques/kegâÚ efceße lekeâveerkeâ
measured at the right angle to the current path. This Ans. (a) : A Geiger Muller counter is a device used for
effect of obtaining a measurable voltage is known as the the detection and measurement of ionizing radiation.
Hall effect. When ionizing radiation enters the GM tube, it
The potential resulting from the Hall field is known as ionizes gas atoms or molecules within the tube
the Hall voltage and is given by, creating free charge carriers (positive ions and
R I ×10−8 electrons). These free charge carriers are then
VH = H B volt accelerated by a high voltage applied across the
t detector, leading to further ionization events and the
where, RH is Hall coefficient cm3/coulomb creation of more charge carriers. This process results
I =current in a detectable electrical pulse or discharge, which is
B = magnetic field recorded and used to determine the presence and
t = thickness intensity of the radiation.
DSSSB PGT 184 YCT

Physics
Exam Date - 30.11.2014
1. Which of the following is an analytic function
d  16z ( z – 1) 
2
of the complex variable z = x + iy in the =  
Domain dx  ( z + 3)( z – 1) 2 
z=1
|z| < 2?  ( z + 3)16 – 16z.1 
Fvecebs mes keâewve mee |z| < 2? [escesve ceW z = x + iy mebkeâerCe& = 
( z + 3)
2
heefjJeleea keâe efJeMues<eCeelcekeâ keâeÙe& efJeOeeve nw?   z=1
(a) (3 + x - iy)7 16z + 48 – 16z 
(b) (x + iy – 1)1/2 = 
 ( z + 3)
2
(c) ( 1+ x + iy)4 (7 – x – iy)3  z=1
(d) (1 – x – iy)4 (7 – x – iy)3  48 
=  =3
Ans. (c,d) : Given,  16 
Z= x+iy ∞
z <2 3. The generating function F(x, t) = ∑ P (x)tn
n
for
Conjugate ( z ) = x − iy
n =0
the Legendre polynomials P n(x) is F(x, t) = (1–

Condition of analytic function (i) function does not have −
1
any conjugate ( z ) 2xt + t2) 2

, the value of P3(– 1) is
∞
(ii) and its power does not P/Q form.
So, option -
peveve heâueve keâeÙe& efJeOeeve F(x, t) = ∑ P (x)t
n =0
n
n
(a) (3+x-iy)7 = (3+ z )7 so it is not a analytic function uespeW[^ hee@ueerveeefceÙeume kesâ efueS P n(x) , F(x, t) = (1–
(b) (x+iy–1)1/2 = (z-1)1/2 its power is P/Q form, so it is 1
not a analytic function. 2xt + t2) 2 nw~ Ssmes ceW P3(– 1) keâe ceeve nw
(c) (1+x+iy)4 (7-x-iy)3 (a) – 1 (b) + 1
= (1+z)4 (7-z)3 so it is analytic function (c) −3 (d) +3
(d) (1-x-iy)4 (7-x-iy)3 2 2
∞
= (1-z)4 (7-z)3 so it is also analytic function
Ans. (a) : f ( x, t ) = ∑ Pn (x)t n
16z n=0
2. For the function f(z) = the
(z + 3)(z - 1)2
f ( x, t ) = (1 – 2xt + t 2 )
–1
2
, P3 ( –1) = ?
residue at the pole z = 1 is
16z By properties method
f(z) = keâeÙe& efJeOeeve kesâ efueS OeÇgJe z = Pn (x) = (–1)n Pn (–x)
(z + 3)(z - 1)2
Pn (x) = Pn (–x)
1 ceW DeJeefMe° nw
Pn (x) = – Pn (x)
(a) 6 (b) 3
then P3 ( –1) = –P3 (1)
(c) 12 (d) 9
16z P3 = –1
Ans. (b) : f ( z ) = Alternative Method,
( )( z – 1)
2
z + 3 1
−
residue at the pole z = 1 if f(x,t) = (1-2xt+t2) 2
then value of
put (z + 3) (z – 1)2 = 0 P0(x) = 1
So value of z = –3 z = 1 P1(x) = x
DSSSB PGT 185 YCT
f"'(a) = 2 sec hx. (–sec hx. tan hx) = 0
P2(x) =
1
( 3x 2 − 1) d 
2  ( sec hx ) = − sec hx tan hx 
 dx 
P3(x) = ( 5x 3 − 3x )
1
2 f"" ( a ) = -2
P4(x) = ( 35x 4 − 30x 2 + 3)

1 x 2 (1) x4
4 so, f(x) = 0+0+ + 0 + ( −2 ) .......
2! 4!
we know that
x2 x4
P3 ( x ) = ( 5x – 3x )
1 3 f(x) = − ( 2 ) + ....
2 4× 2×3
2
1 1
1 = x 2 – x 4 + ...........
P3 ( -1) = ( –5 + 3) 2 12
2
∞
1 tn
Give that ∑ Hn(x)
2
= × –2 6. = e − t + 2tx The value of

2 n =0 n!
= –1 H4(0) is
∞
4. A vector perpendicular to any vector that lies tn
∑
2
on the plane defined by x + y + z = 5 is ef o Ùes ieÙes H n (x) = e − t + 2tx ceW mes H4(0) keâe
n =0 n!
efkeâmeer Yeer meefoMe kesâ efueS pees meceleue hej he[e nes, Ssmes ceeve nw
meefoMe uebye ™he keâes x + y + z = 5 kesâ ™he ceW (a) 12 (b) 6
JÙeeKÙeefvele efkeâÙee nw~ Jen FveceW ner keâewve mee nw? (c) 24 (d) 18
(a) î + ĵ (b) ĵ + k̂ Ans. (a) : we know that
(c) î + ĵ + 5 k̂ (d) î + ĵ + k̂ Hn(x) = (–1)n Hn (–x)
n is even then Hn (x) is also even
Ans. (d) : Given
n is odd then Hn (x) is also odd
x+y+z=5
Given,
φ = x + y + z –5
∞ n
t
In this condition we find out gradient of this function
(φ). So,
∑ H ( x ) n! = e
n =0
n
–t 2 + 2xt
∇φ = î + ˆj + kˆ 0 if n is odd
 n
H n ( 0 ) =  ( –1) n! if n is even
5. The Taylor expansion of the function ln  2
(coshx), where x is real, about the point x = 0  n

starts with following terms   2  !

ef›eâÙee ln (coshx), kesâ šsuej efJemlejCe ceW x JeemleefJekeâ
H n ( x ) = ( –1) H n ( –x )
n
nw; efyevog x = 0 kesâ yeejs ceW pees nw, Jen efvecveefueefKeleeW ceW
mes efkeâmeer Skeâ kesâ meeLe DeejbYe neslee nw 1× 4! 4×3× 2  n = 4
H4(0) = = = 12  
1 1 1 1 2! 2×1  x = 0
(a) − x 2 + x 4 + ..... (b) x 2 − x 4 + .....
2 12 2 12 Alternative method -
1 2 1 4 1 2 1 4 ∞
t n
(c) − x + x + ..... (d) x − x + .....
2 6 2 6 ∑ H ( x ) n! = e
n =0
n
–t 2 + 2xt
Ans. (b) : Given,

H 4 (0) t 4 2
Taylor expansion of the function ln(cosh x) at x = 0 H4(0) = = e−t ∵ n = 4 and x = 0
4!
( x – a ) f (a ) ( x – a ) f" ( a ) ( x – a ) f"' ( a )
2 3
f ( x ) = f (a ) + + + t4
1! 2! 3! = 1-t2 +
+ .............. (1) 2!
f(x) = ln (cos h x) we compare t4
f(a) = ln (cos h 0) = 0 H4 ( 0 ) 1
so, =
sin hx 4! 2!
f' ( a ) = = tan hx = 0
cos hx 4!
H4 ( 0 ) = = 12
f" ( a ) = sec 2 hx = 1 2!
DSSSB PGT 186 YCT

7. Consider an anti-symmetric tensor Pij with dx
indices i and j running from 1 to 5. The ⇒ ∫ x 2 = ∫ dt
number of independent components of the
1 –1
tensor is – = t +c⇒ x =
ceeve ueerefpeS, Skeâ Demeceefceefle ØeefoMe Pij keâes Ieeleebkeâ i x t +c
Deewj j kesâ meeLe 1 mes 5 lekeâ heefjÛeeefuele nw~ Ssmes ceW Where c is constant
ØeefoMe kesâ mJeleb$e IeškeâeW keâer mebKÙee nw Put t = 0, x = 1, then, c = –1
–1 1
(a) 5 (b) 9 x= =
(c) 10 (d) 3 t –1 1– t
Ans. (c) : for independent component x → ∞ at t = 1
Symmetric Anti symmetric So option (a) is correct.
Amn = Anm Amn = – Anm 10. Which of the following functions cannot be the
n ( n +1) n ( n – 1) real part of a complex analytic function of z = x
+ iy ?
2 2
Fvecebs mes keâewvemee keâeÙe& z = x + iy kesâ Skeâ mebkeâerCe&
For Anti symmetric
efJeMues<eCeelcekeâ keâeÙe& keâe JeemleefJekeâ Yeeie veneR nes
n ( n – 1) 5 ( 5 – 1)
= mekeâlee nw~
2 2
(a) x2y (b) x2 –y2
5× 4 3 2
= = 10 (c) x – 3xy (d) 3x2y – y –y3
2
Ans. (a) : If U (x,y) is harmonic function, so it satisfies
8. The unit vector normal to the surface x2 + y2 - z
Laplace equation,
= 1 at the point P(1, 1, 1) is
DeefYeuebye mes melen lekeâ P efyebog (1, 1, 1) hej x + y - z so,
2 2 ∂2 U ∂2 U
+ =0
= 1 nw lees ØeefoMe FkeâeF& nw ∂x 2 ∂y 2
î + ˆj + kˆ 2iˆ + ˆj − kˆ From the given option (a), if U = x2y
(a) (b)
3 6 ∂2 ( x 2 y ) ∂2 ( x2 y) ∂ ∂
+ = ( 2xy ) + ( 2x )
î + 2ˆj − kˆ 2i + 2ˆj − kˆ
ˆ ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂x ∂y
(c) (d)
6 3 = 2y + 0 ≠ 0
Ans. (d) : φ = x + y – z – 1
2 2
(1, 1, 1) So, x2y can not be the real part.
∇φ 11. The Fourier transform of the derivative of the
n̂ = Dirac δ-function, namely δ'(x), is proportional
| ∇φ |
to
∇φ 1,1,1 (
= 2xiˆ + 2yjˆ – kˆ ) ef[jskeâ δ- ef›eâÙee kesâ Deekeâuepelee kesâ heâesefjÙej ™heeblej,
= 2iˆ + 2jˆ – kˆ veeceMe: δ'(x) kesâ efueS meceevegheeleer nw~
(a) 0 (b) 1
2iˆ + 2jˆ – kˆ 2iˆ + 2jˆ – kˆ
n̂ = = (c) sin k (d) ik
4 + 4 +1 3
Ans. (d) : Using Fourier transform formula –
9. The solution of the differential equation ∞
1
dx
= x with the initial condition x(0) = 1 will
2 F 
 f ( x ) 
 = ∫– ∞ f ( x ) e dx
–ikx
dt 2π
diverge towards infinity as 't' tends to and other formula using for derivative
F f n ( x )  = ( ik ) .F  f ( x ) 
n
dx
cetue ØeefleyevOe x(0) = 1 meceerkeâjCe = x 2 keâe
dt
efveOee&jCe nw~ pees Deveble keâer Deesj Deheme=le nw~ Ssmes ceW F δ' ( x )  = ( ik ) F ( δ ( x ) )
_______ kesâ efueS 't' ØeJe=le nw~ F δ' ( x )  ∝ ( ik )
(a) 1 (b) 2
So it is proportional of ik
1
(c) (d) ∞ 1
2 12. The inverse Laplace transform of 2 is
Ans. (a) : Given, s (s + 1)
dx 1
= x 2 at x(0) = 1 keâe Øeefleueesce ueehuesme ™heeblej nw~
dt s 2
(s + 1)
DSSSB PGT 187 YCT

1 2 −t 1 2  ∂F ∂F ∂F 
(a) t e (b) t + 1 − e−t ∇= , , 
2 2  ∂x ∂y ∂z 
1 ∂F ∂F ∂F
(c) t − 1 + e − t (d) t 2 (1 − e − t ) = yz, = xz, = xy
2 ∂x ∂y ∂z
1
Ans. (c) : Given, So, ∇F (1, 2, 4 ) =  2 ( 4 ) , 1( 4 ) , 1( 2 ) 
s 2 ( s +1)
= [8, 4, 2]
 1
–1 
To find, L  2  The equation of the plane passing through point (1, 2, 4)
 s ( s +1)  with normal vector [8, 4, 2] is given by –
t
1 8 (x –1) + 4 (y –2) +2 (z – 4) = 0
( s +1) ∫0
L–1 = e − t dt
8x – 8 + 4y – 8 + 2z – 8 = 0
8x + 4y + 2z = 24
=  −e − t  = − ( e − t − t )
t
0 4x + 2y + z = 12
Now again, 15. Consider a counter clockwise circular contour
 
∫ f (z) dz
t
= -∫ ( e − t − 1) dt
1 | z| = 1 about the origin. The integral
L–1  2 
 s ( s + 1) 
  0 over this contour is
−t
= −  −e − t 
t ceeve ueerefpeS cetue efyebog kesâ Øeefleefove Skeâ Øeefleueesce
0
t
oef#eCeeJele& Je=òeerÙe heefjefOejsKee |z| = 1 mecekeâueve
=  e − t + t 
0
∫ f (z) dz kesâ Thej keâer heefjefOejsKee nw
= t − 1 + e− t (a) iπ (b) – iπ
1 1 1 (c) zero (d) 2πi
13. The eigen values of the matrix  1 1 1 are Ans. (c) : For a given complex function with poles, the
1 1 1 complex integral
 
1 1 1
I= ∫ f ( z ) dz is given by
DeeJÙetn keâe efoÙes ieÙes ceeve  1 1 1 nQ lees
c
Residue theorem as,

1 1 1
 
(a) 0, 1, 2 (b) 0, 0, 3
I= ∫ f ( z ) dz = 2πi × {Sum of residue of poles inside or
c
(c) 1, 1, 1 (d) – 1, 1, 3 one }

Ans. (b) : Characteristic equation of matrix is |A –λ| = 0 Given, |z| = 1
1– λ 1 1 |x + iy| = 1
1 1– λ 1 x 2 + y2 = 1
1 1 1– λ x2 + y2 = 1
(1 – λ) {(1 – λ)2 – 1} – {(1 – λ) –1} + 1 {1 – (1 – λ)} =
0
(1 – λ)3 – (1 – λ) + 2λ = 0
λ3 – 3λ2 = 0
λ2 (λ−3) = 0
So,the integral
λ = 0, 0, 3
14. The equation of the plane that is tangent to the ∫ f ( z ) dz = 0
surface xyz = 8 at the point (1, 2, 4) is
pees melen xyz = 8 keâes (1, 2, 4) hej mheMe&pÙee nw Gmekesâ 16. If A and B are constant vectors, then ∇ ( A .(
meceleue keâe meceerkeâjCe nw B × r )) is
(a) x + 2y +4z = 12 (b) 4x + 2y + z = 12 Ùeefo A Deewj B oesveeW efmLejebkeâ meefoMe nQ lees ∇ ( A .(
(c) x + 4y + 2 = 0 (d) x + y + z = 7 B × r )) nw~
Ans. (b) : The equation of the given surface is xyz = 8
let F(x, y, z) = xyz – 8 (a) zero/MetvÙe (b) A . B
the gradient of F at point (1, 2, 4) (c) A × B (d) r
DSSSB PGT 188 YCT
Ans. (c): Given, A and B are constant vector 1 2
19. Let u(x, y) = x + (x − y 2 ) be the real part of
( ) ( ) (
A B× r = B r × A = r A × B ) 2
analytic function f(z) of the complex variable z
we know that ∇ ( a.r ) = a = x + iy. The imaginary part of f(z) is
1
(
So, ∇  r A × B  = A × B
  ) ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ u(x, y) = x + (x 2 − y 2 ) mebkeâerCe&
2
Ûej z = x + iy kesâ efJeMuesMeCeelcekeâ keâeÙe& f(z) keâe
17. If A = yziˆ + xzjˆ + xykˆ then integral
JeemleefJekeâ Yeeie nw~ Ssmes ceW f(z) keâe keâeuheefvekeâ Yeeie nw
∫c
A.dl (where C is along the Perimeter of a
(a) y + xy (b) xy
rectangular area bounded by x = 0, x = a and y (c) y (d) y2 – x2
= 0, y = b) is
Ùeefo A = yziˆ + xzjˆ + xykˆ nw lees mecekeâueve ∫ A.dl nw Ans. (a) : U ( x, y ) = x + 2 ( x – y ) ...............(1)
1 2 2
c
(peyeefkeâ C hesjerceeršj kesâ meeLe DeeÙeleekeâej #es$e x = 0, C-R equation
x = a Deewj y = 0, y = b kesâ meeLe Deeyeæ nw) ∂u ∂v ∂u – ∂v
= & =
1 3
(a) (a + b3 ) (b) π(a 2 + b 2 ) ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂x
2 Now,
(c) π(a 3 + b 3 ) (d) zero/ MetvÙe ∂u ∂v
=
Ans. (d) : A = yziˆ + xzjˆ + xykˆ ∂x ∂y
∫c A .d l = ∫c ( ∇ × A ) ds 1+ x =
∂v
∂y
î ˆj kˆ Integral w. r. t. y
∇ × A = ∂ / ∂x ∂ / ∂y ∂ / ∂z v = y + xy + f(x) ..........(2)
yz xz xy ∂u – ∂v
–
∂y ∂x
= î ( x − x ) − ˆj ( y − y ) + kˆ ( z − z )
– ∂v
=0 –y =
∂x
∞
dx π Integral w. r. t. x
18. Given that the integral ∫ 2 = , the
0 (x + y 2
) 2y v = xy
∞
dx v = xy + f(y) ...............(3)
value of ∫ 2 is from equation (2) and (3) -
0 (x + y )
2 2
∞ So, v = y + xy
dx π
efoÙes ieÙes Fme mecekeâueve ∫ 2 2 = ceW  0 for x < 3
0 (x + y )
2y 20. If f(x) =  then the Laplace
∞  x − 3for x ≥ 3
dx
∫0 (x 2 + y2 )2 keâe ceeve nw transform of f(x) is
π π  0 for x < 3
(a) 3 (b) Ùeefo f(x) =  nw lees f(x) keâe ueehuesme
y 4y 3  x − 3for x ≥ 3
π π ™heeblej nw
(c) (d)
8y3 2y 3 (a) s –2e3x (b) s2e3x
Ans. (b) : Given, (c) s-2 (d) s–2e–3x
∞
dx π Ans. (d) :
∫x 2
= 2  0 for x < 3
0
+ y 2y if f ( x ) =  then
Integration w. r. t. y  x – 3 for x ≥ 3
∞
–2y π  –1  the Laplace transformation of f(x) is –
∫ dx =  
L  H ( t – a ) f ( t – a )  = e –sa f ( s )
0 (x 2
+y )
2 2 2y  y 2 
∞
dx π 1 1
∫ = L  H ( x – 3) f ( x – 3)  = e –3x = e –3x s –2 ∴ L ( x ) = 2
(x )
2
2 2 2 4y3 s s
0 +y
DSSSB PGT 189 YCT

21. A constant force F is applied to a relativistic 1
particle of rest mass m. if the particle starts (a) {θ, θɺ } = 1 (b) {θ,θɺ} = 2
ml
from rest at t = 0, its speed after a time 't' is
1 g
Skeâ efmLej yeue ØeÙeesie F keâes Skeâ efve§eue õJÙeceeve m kesâ (c) {θ, θɺ} = (d) {θ, θɺ} =
m l
Deehesef#ekeâerÙe keâCe hej ØeÙeesie keâj efoÙee peelee nw~ Ùeefo
Ans. (b) : Given
Jen keâCe Deheveer efve§euelee t = 0 mes Ûeueves ueies lees meceÙe
L = (q, qɺ ,t ) = kinetic energy (T) – potential energy (V)
't' kesâ yeeo Gmekeâer Ûeeue nesieer
and H (q,p,t) = T+V
− Ft
Ft  
(a) (b) c  1 − e cm  d  ∂L  ∂L
m  
Equation of motion for lagrangian  − =0
dt  ∂qɺ  ∂q
 Ft  Fct ∂L ∂L
(c) c tanh   (d) = p and = pɺ
 mc  F t + m 2c 2
2 2
∂qɺ ∂q
Ans. (d) : Speed after time t. for Hamiltonian
dp d
we know F= = ( mv ) −
∂H
= pɺ and
∂H
=q
dt dt ∂q ∂p
dp = F dt
So, we convert Lagrangian in to Hamiltonian,
integrate
Pθ2
⇒ p = Ft + c ——— (1) ∴ m0 =
m H= + mgl (1 − cos θ )
2ml 2
v2
1– −∂H ∂H
c2 Now, Pɺ θ = and θɺ =
∂θ ∂Pθ
mv
p= = Ft ∂H 2Pθ P
v2 so, θɺ = = = θ2
1– 2 ∂Pθ 2ml 2
ml
c
{θ, θɺ} = θ, ml

m2 v2 Pθ 
= F2 t 2 2 
v2 
1– 2
c 1 ∂θ ∂Pθ ∂θ ∂Pθ
2 {
= θ, Pθ } ∵ {θ, Pθ } = − =1
v2 m2 v2 ml ∂q ∂p ∂p ∂q
1– 2 = 2 2
c Ft 1
=
m2 v2 v2 ml 2
⇒ 1= 2 2 + 2
Ft c 23. A particle is moving under the action of a
2 2 2
m v c +v F t 2 2 2 1 + qɺ
1= generalised potential V(q, q) ɺ = 2 . The
F2 t 2 c 2 q
v 2 ( m 2 c 2 + F2 t 2 )
magnitude of the generalised force is
1= 1 + qɺ
F2 t 2 c 2 Skeâ keâCe meeceevÙeerke=âle efJeYeJe V(q, q)
ɺ = 2 kesâ
q
F2 t 2 c 2 keâeÙe& keâer lenle Ietce jne nw~ Ssmes ceW meeceevÙeerke=âle yeue keâe
v2 =
m c + F2 t 2
2 2
heefjceeCe nw
Ftc 2(1 + q)
ɺ 2(1 − q)
ɺ
v= (a) (b)
2 2 2 2 3 3
m c +F t q q
22. The Lagrangian for a simple pendulum is given 2 qɺ
(c) 3 (d)
1 2ɺ2 q q3
by L = ml θ − mgl (1- cosθ). The Poisson
2 Ans. (c) : Given,
bracket between θ and θɺ is i
mejue hesv[guece kesâ efueS ues«esefvpeÙeve  i

 1+ q
V  q,q  = 2
  q
1 2ɺ2
L = ml θ − mgl (1- cosθ). nw~ θ Deewj θ kesâ yeerÛe
ɺ
d  ∂v  ∂v
2 Q =  i −
keâe hee@Ùemeve keâes‰keâ nw dt  ∂q  ∂q
DSSSB PGT 190 YCT

 i  i Putting the value of given data.
∂v ∂  1 q  –2 2 q
= + = − kr12
∂q ∂q  q 2 q 2  q 3 q 3 r1
  m =2
=
∂v 1 kr22
= 2 r2
i
q m
∂q Squaring both side
d 1  2 2q
i r12 r12
. =4
Q=  + 3 + 3 r22 r22
dt  q 2  q q
r1
i i ⇒ = 2
−2 q 2 2 q r2
Q= 3 + 3 + 3
q q q
l2 1
Alternative method- Veff = + kr 2
2 2mr 2 2
Q=
q3 ∂v l 2  −1  1
=   + k ( 2r )
24. Two particles of identical mass move in ∂r 2m  r 3  2
circular orbits under a central potential l 2  −1 
1 =   + kr
V(r) = kr 2 . Let l1 and l2 be the angular 2m  r 3 
2
∂v
momenta and r1, r2 be the radii to the orbits for maximum, =0
l r ∂r
respectively. If 1 = 2, then the value of 1 is l2
l2 r2 kr =
2mr 3
Skeâ ner efJeOe kesâ õJÙeceeve kesâ oes keâCe kesâvõerÙe efJeYeJe for above equation, r4 ∝ l2
1 2 so, l12 ∝ r14
V(r) = kr Je=òeekeâej keâ#eeW ceW Ietcelee nw~ ›eâceMe: l1
2 l22 ∝ r24
Deewj l2 keâ#eeW kesâ keâesCeerÙe DeeIetCe& Deewj r1, r2 ef$epÙeeSB 2 4
l  r 
l r so,  1  =  1 
nw~ Ùeefo 1 = 2, nw lees 1 keâe ceeve nw  l 2   r2 
l2 r2
4
1 r 
(a) 2 (b) (2)2 =  1 
2  r2 
1 r1
(c) 2 (d) ⇒ = 2
2 r2
Ans. (a) : Given, 25. A particle of mass 'm' moves inside a bowl. If
1 2 the surface of the bowl is given by the equation
Central potential V ( r ) = kr 1
2 z = a(x 2 + y 2 ), where 'a' is a constant. The
2
We Know that, Lagrangian of the particle is
dv ( r ) –d  1 2  õJÙeceeve 'm' keâe Skeâ keâCe keâšesjer kesâ Deboj Ietcelee nw
fr = =  kr 
dr dr  2  1
Ùeefo keâšesjer kesâ melen keâes z = a(x 2 + y 2 ), kesâ ™he
1 2
= – k × 2r ceW efoÙee peeÙe, peneB 'a' Skeâ efmLej nw~ Gme, keâCe keâe
2
= – kr uee«esefvpeÙeve nw
In circular orbit, 1
(a) m(r 2 + r 2 φ2 − gar 2 )
mv 2 2
=| f |= kr 1
r (b) m (1 + a 2 r 2 )r 2 + r 2 φ2 
2
kr 2 1
v= (c) m  r 2 + r 2 θɺ 2 + r 2 sin 2 θφ2 − gar 2 
m 2
mv1r1 1  2 • • 
Ratio of angular momentum = =2 (d) m (1 + a 2 r ) r 2 + r 2 φ2 − gar 2 
mv 2 r2 2  
DSSSB PGT 191 YCT

Ans. (d): We know that, Lagrangian form Ans. (b) :
z = a ( x 2 + y2 )
1
2
1 2
z = ar
2
i i
z = ar r
1  •2 2 • 2 • 2  1
L= m  r + r φ + z  – mg × ar 2
2   2 ∆t' = 0
Now, ∆x' = 9 × 109 m
Using formula,
m• • •  1
L =  r 2 + r 2 φ2 + a 2 r 2 r 2  − mgar 2  v∆x' 
2  2 ∆t = r ∆t' + 2 
 c 
m •2 2
=  r (1+ a r ) + r φ – gar 
•
2 2 2 2 1
r=
2  v2
1– 2
26. The bodies of mass 'm' and '2m' are connected c
by a spring constant 'k'. The frequency of the 1 1  0.8c×9×109 
normal mode is ⇒ = 2 
0+ 
v2  0.8c   c2 
Skeâ efmLej efmØebie 'k' mes õJÙeceeve 'm' Deewj '2m' kesâ oes 1– 2 1–  
c  c 
efheb[ pegÌ[s ngS nQ~ meeceevÙe cees[ keâer DeeJe=efòe nw
1  0.8× 9×109 
= ×
0.6  3×108 
3k k
(a) (b)
2m m
1  0.24× 3×108 ×10 
= ×
0.6  
2k 1 k
(c) (d) 3×108 
3m 2π m
1
Ans. (a) : Given, mass, m and 2m = × 0.24×10
0.6
We know that, = 0.4 × 10
k k = 40 sec
ω= =
m µ 28. A particle of unit mass moves in a potential
b
m1m 2 m × 2m 2m V(x) = ax 2 + 2 , where a and b are positive
µ= = = x
m1 + m 2 m + 2m 3
constants. The angular frequency of small
Now, oscillations about the minimum of the
potential is
k k 3k
⇒ ω= = = FkeâeF& õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ keâCe efJeYeJe
µ 2m 2m
b
3 V(x) = ax 2 + , ceW Ietcelee nw, peneB a Deewj b oesveeW
x2
27. Two events separated by a spatial distance 9 ×
Oeveelcekeâ efmLejebkeâ nw~ Úesšs oesueveeW keâer heesšsefvMeÙeue kesâ
109 m are simultaneous in one inertial frame.
The time interval between these two events in a
keâce mes keâce kesâ yeejs ceW keâesCeerÙe DeeJe=efòe nw
frame moving with a constant speed 0.8c (a) 8b (b) 8a
(where the speed of light c = 3 × 108 m/s) is 8a 8b
Skeâ mLeeefvekeâ otjer 9 × 109m Éeje Deueie oes IešveeSB (c) (d)
b a
Skeâ pe[òJeerÙe øesâce ceW Skeâ meeLe nQ~ øesâce kesâ Deboj Skeâ Ans. (b) : Given,
efmLej Ûeeue 0.8c kesâ meeLe Ietceves keâe Fve oes IešveeDeeW m=1
kesâ yeerÛe meceÙe keâe Deblejeue nw (peneB ØekeâeMe keâer Ûeeue c v ( x ) = ax 2 +
b
= 3 × 108 m/s nw) x2
Note –
(a) 60s (b) 40s
v' ( x ) = 0 
→ x1 x 2
(c) 20s (d) 0s
DSSSB PGT 192 YCT
if v" ( x ) x1 > + ve then minimum and stable Ans. (c) : Given
a b
v" ( x ) < – ve then maximum and unstable V (r) = – +
x2 r 6 r12
Given, ∂v  –6   –12 
= –a  7  + b  13 
b ∂r  r  r 
v ( x ) = ax 2 +
x2 6a 12b
V' = – =0
 –2  r 7 r13
v' ( x ) = 2ax + b  3 
x  6a 12b
– =0
v'(x) = 0 r 7 r13
2b 2b
2ax – 3 = 0 a= 6
x r
2b 2b
2ax – 3 r6 =
x a
b Now,
x 4 = ——— (I)
a a b
V (r) = – +
1 2b  2b 2
b 4
x=  ——— (II) a  a 
a
 –3  –a 2 ba 2
Now v" ( x ) = 2a – 2b  4  = +
2b 4b 2
x 
6b –a 2 a 2
= 2a + 4 ——— (III) = +
x 2b 4b
Putting the value of x4 from equation (I) in equation a2  1
= –1+ 
(III) 2b  2
6b a 2  –1 –a 2
v" ( x ) = 2a + = =
b
a 2b  2  4b
v"(x) = 2a + 6a 30. The annulus of mass M made of a material of
= 8a > 0 uniform density has inner and outer radii a and
So greater than zero, it is minima and stable. b respectively. Its principle moment of inertia
along the axis of symmetry perpendicular to
Now,
the plane of the annulus is
k v" ( x ) 8a b Skeâ meceeve IevelJe heoeLe& mes yeves õJÙeceeve M kesâ JeueÙe
ω= = = = 8a i.e. x4 =
m m 1 a ›eâceMe: Yeerlejer Deewj yeenjer ef$epÙee a Deewj b nw~ JeueÙe kesâ
is minima and stable. meceleue keâe meceefcele uebyeJeled kesâ De#e kesâ meeLe Gmekeâer
29. The potential of a diatomic molecule as a efveef<›eâÙelee keâe ØeOeeve DeeOetCe& nw
function of the distance r between the atoms is 1 1
a b (a) M(b 2 + a 2 ) (b) Mπ(b 2 − a 2 )
given by V(r) = − 6 + 12 . The value of the 2 2
r r 1 1
potential at equilibrium separation between the (c) M(b 2 − a 2 ) (d) Mπ(b 2 + a 2 )
2 2
atom is
Ans. (a) : Moments of inertia along the axis of
efÉ hejceeCegkeâ DeCeg kesâ efJeYeJe DeCegDeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâer r symmetry,
a b
∫ dI = I = ∫ dm r dr
2
otjer keâeÙe& ™he ceW V(r) = − 6 + 12 . nw~ hejceeCeg kesâ
r r
yeerÛe kesâ meecÙe efJeueieeJe ceW efJeYeJe keâe ceeve nw
4a 2 2a 2
(a) − (b) −
b b
a2 a2
(c) − (d) −
4b 2b
DSSSB PGT 193 YCT
M i
we have density ρ = x = xp
V i ∂L
M=ρ.V px =
∂x
Now,
i
I = ∫ ρ2πr dr r 2 so, for one coordinate H = p x − L
b i2 
I = 2πρ∫ r 3 dr x 
= px . xpx –  − V(x) 
a  2x 
2πρ 4
I=  b – a 4   x 2p2 
4  = xp 2x −  − V ( x )
πρ 4  2x 
I=  b – a 4  ——— (I)
2  1
= xp 2 + V(x)
Now, M = πρ ( b 2 – a 2 ) 2
32. The Poisson bracket {| r |,| p |} has the value
M
ρ=
π ( b2 – a 2 ) hee@Ùemeve keâes‰keâ {| r |,| p |} keâe ceeve nw
Putting the value of ρ in (I) (a) | r | | p | ˆ pˆ
(b) r.
π M (c) 3 (d) 1
I=  b 4 – a 4 
2 π (b – a2 ) 
2
Ans. (b) : Poisson bracket | r |, | p | { }
M we know that
=  b 4 – a 4 
2(b – a ) ∂θ ∂p ∂θ ∂p
n
[ θ, P ]q,p = ∑
2 2
– .
∂q ∂p ∂p ∂q
Μ ( b – a )( b + a )
i=1
2 2 2 2
= | r |= r + y 2 + z 2
2
2 ( b2 – a 2 )
| p |= p x 2 + p y 2 + p z 2
= M ( b2 + a 2 )
1
2  ∂r ∂p ∂r ∂p   ∂r ∂p ∂r∂p 
31. If the Lagrangian of a particle moving in one
= – + . – +
 ∂x ∂p x ∂p x ∂x   ∂y ∂p y ∂p y ∂y 
•
x2  ∂r ∂p ∂r ∂p 
dimension is given by L = - V(x) then the –
2x  
 ∂z ∂ p z ∂ p z ∂z 
Hamiltonian is
Ùeefo Skeâ keâCe uee«esefvpeÙeve pees Skeâ DeeÙeece ceW Ietce jne = x
×
Px
+
y
.
• 2
2 2
x +y +z 2
Px + Py 2 + Pz 2
2
x + y2 + z2
2
x
nes, Jen nw L = - V(x) Ssmes ceW nsefcevšesefveÙeceve nw Py z Pz
2x +
2 2 2 2 2 2
• Px + Py + Pz x +y +z Px + Py 2 + Pz 2
2
1 x2
(a) xp 2 + V(x) (b) + V(x)
2 2x x Px y Py z Pz
= . + . +
xɺ 2 p2 r P r P r P
(c) + V(x) (d) + v(x)
2 2x r p
= .
Ans. (a) : r p
• = ˆr . pˆ
x2
L= - V(x) 33. A πº meson at rest decays into two photons,
2x
L=T–V which move along the x - axis. They are both
detected simultaneously after 10 seconds. It is a
H=T+V
n
inertial frame moving with the velocity 0.6c in
∑p
• the direction of one of the photons, the time
Hamiltonian form n coordinate H = i qi − L
i =1 interval between the two detections is
i i Skeâ πº cesmeve Deheves efJeßeece mes oes heâesše@ve keâes veeMe
∂L 2x x keâjlee nw, pees x De#e lekeâ meeLe peeles nw~ 10 meskeWâ[ kesâ
px = = =
∂x
i 2x x yeeo Jes oesveeW Skeâ meeLe efoKeeF& heÌ[les nQ~ Skeâ efveef<›eâÙelee
DSSSB PGT 194 YCT
kesâ øesâce kesâ Deboj 0.6c Jesie ceW Gveces mes Skeâ heâesše@ve 2m
(a) (b) 5m
Gmeer efoMee ceW peelee nw~ Ssmes ceW oes efoMeeDeeW ceW peeves kesâ 5
Gve oesvees kesâ yeerÛe kesâ meceÙe Deblejeue nw 3m 5m
(c) (d)
(a) 45s (b) 15s 5 2
(c) 10s (d) 20s Ans. (d) : Given, v = 0.6 c
Ans. (b) : Given, πº decay into two photon (γ1, γ2). At Two particles collide and since together. According to
rest, pinitial = 0 conservation of energy,
v Einital = Efinal
1+ mc 2 mc 2
t1 = t 0 = c = 10 1+ 0.6 = 10× 2 = 20sec + = mf c2
v 1 – 0.6 v2 v2
1– 1− 2 1− 2
c c c
v 2mc 2
1– = mf c2
t2 = t0 = c = 10 1 – 0.6 = 10× 1 = 5sec v 2
v 1+ 0.6 2 1−
1+ c2
c
⇒ t1 – t2 = 15 sec 2m
mf =
2
34. Let (p,q) and (P,Q) be two pairs of canonical  0.6c 
1−  
variables. The Transformation Q = qα cos (β p),  c 
P = qα sin (β p) is canonical for
2m 20 5
(p,q) Deewj (P,Q) oes peesÌ[s keâes DeefOeke=âle heefjJeleea ceeve = = m= m
0.8 8 2
ueerefpeS ™heeblej Q = qα cos (βp), P = qα sin (β p)
36. A solid cylinder of height H. radius R and
Ùen _______ kesâ efueS DeefOeke=âle nw~
density ρ, floats vertically on the surface of a
1 liquid of density ρ0 . The cylinder will be set
(a) α = 2, β = (b) α = 2, β = 2
2 into oscillatory motion when a small
1 1 1 instantaneous downward force is applied. The
(c) α = , β = 2 (d) α = , β = frequency of oscillation is
2 2 2
Ans. (c) : Given H TBÛee, R ef$epÙee Deewj ρ IevelJe keâe Skeâ "esme efmeefueb[j
Let (p, q) and (P, Q) ρ0 IevelJe kesâ õJe kesâ melen hej TOJee&Oej lewjlee nw~ Skeâ
Q = qα Cos (βp) Úesše mee lelkeâeefuekeâ DeOeescegKeer yeue ueieekeâj efmeefueb[j
P = qα Sin (βp) keâes oesefuele ieefle ceW lewÙeej keâj osves mes oesueve keâer DeeJe=efòe
we have, nw
∂Q ∂P ∂Q ∂P ρ0 g ρ0g
. – . (a) (b)
∂q ∂p ∂p ∂q ρH ρH
= αqα–1 Cos (βP) qα Cos (βP) β + qα Sin (βP) β.αqα–1
ρg ρ g
Sin (βP) (c) (d)
αβq2α–1 cos2(βp) + αβ 2α–1 sin2(βp) ρ0 H ρ0 H
= α βq2α–1 [Cos2 (βp) + Sin2 (βp)] Ans. (a) : From the question, then the cylinder is
[∴Sin2θ + Cos2θ = 1] pressed into the water then buoyant force will oppose its
mention and set the cylinder harmonic motion.
⇒ αβq 2α–1
=0
So, buoyant force = mass of water displaced × gravity
Equating both side
= –ρ0Αx×g
Now, 2α–1 = 0 α.β = 1
1 md 2 x
α= β=2 Now, = −ρ 0 gAx
2 dt 2
35. Two particles each of rest mass m collide head d 2 x −ρ 0 gAx  m = density × volume 
=  
on and stick together Before collision, the speed dt 2 ρAH  = ρAH 
of each mass was 0.6 times the speed of light in
free space. The mass of the final entity is d2 x ρ 0 gx
=− ...(i)
efJeßeece õJÙeceeve m kesâ oes keâCe efmej kesâ yeue škeâjekeâj dt 2 ρH
Skeâ otmejs mes efÛehekeâ peeles nQ~ škeâjeves kesâ henues øeâer mhesme we know that,
ces ØelÙeskeâ õJÙeceeve keâer Ûeeue ØekeâeMe keâer Ûeeue mes 0.6 d2x
= −ω2 x ––––––– (2)
iegvee Leer~ Ssmes ceW õJÙeceeve keâe Debeflece DeefmlelJe nw~ dt 2
DSSSB PGT 195 YCT
From equation (1) and (2) ml 2 ω ml 2 ω
(a) (b)
−ρ gx 2 6
−ω2 x = 0
ρH (c) 2ml ω2
(d) ml ω
2
ρ0g Ans. (a) : m = 0

ω= I = m1r12 + m 2 r22 [m1 = m2 = m]
ρH
 l
37. The Hamiltonian of a simple pendulum I = mr12 + mr22  r1 = r2 = 2 
consisting of a mass 'm' attached to a massless
P2 l l
2 2
string of length l is H = θ 2 + mgl(1 – cosθ). If I = m  + m 
2ml 2 2
L denotes the Lagrangian then the value of
ml 2 ml 2
dL = +
is 4 4
dt
õJÙeceeve m Ùegòeâ Skeâ mejue hesv[guece kesâ nsefcevšesefveÙeve ml 2
=
keâes Skeâ õJÙeceeve efJenerle uebyeeF& l leej mes ueiee efoÙee nw, 2
Now, Angular momentum (J) = Iω
Pθ 2
pees H = + mgl(1 – cosθ) Ùeefo L ues«eeefvpeÙeve ml 2 ω
2ml 2 =
dL 2
keâes Øekeâš keâjlee nw lees keâe ceeve nw 39. A planet of mass m and angular momentum L
dt
moves in a circular orbit in a potential
−g −2g
(a) Pθ sin θ (b) Pθ sin θ −k
l l V(r) = , where k is constant. If it is slightly
r
−3g −2g
(c) Pθ sin θ (d) Pθ sin(2θ) perturbed radially, the angular frequency of
l l radial oscillations is
Ans. (a) : Given, õJÙeceeve m keâe Skeâ «en Deewj keâesCeerÙe& DeeIetCe& L Skeâ
P2 −k
H = θ 2 + mgl (1 – cosθ ) Je=òeerÙe keâ#e ceW efJeYeJe V(r) = , ceW Ietcelee nw, peneB
2ml r
dL ∂L  ∂L  hej k Skeâ efmLejebkeâ nw~ Ùeefo Ùen Deuhecee$ee ceW
= [ L, H ] – ∴ = 0 efJeßeb=Keefuele ef$epÙeerÙe nes lees ef$epÙeerÙe oesueve keâer keâesCeerÙe
dt ∂t  ∂t 
2ɺ2 DeeJe=efòe nw
ml θ
L= – mgl (1 – cosθ ) mk 2 2km2
2 (a) (b)
∂L ∂H ∂L ∂H L3 L3
[ L, H ] = –
2 mk 2 3 mk 2
∂θ ∂Pθ ∂Pθ ∂θ (c) (d)
L3 L3
∂  ∂  Pθ2 
=  -mgl (1 - cosθ )    Ans. (a) : Given,
∂θ  ∂Pθ  2ml
2
 Mass = m
Pθ Angular momentum (L)
= –mgl sinθ
ml 2 –k
V (r) =
–gPθ sinθ r
=
l L2 k
Veft = –
38. Two bodies of equal mass 'm' are connected by 2mr 2 r
a massless rigid rod of length 'l' lying in the xy- ∂Veft L2  –2   –1 
=   – k  2  ——— (I)
plane with the centre of the rod at the origin. If ∂r 2m  m  r 
this system is rotating about the z-axis with a
frequency ω, its angular momentum is –L2 k
⇒ + =0
meceeve õJÙeceeve 'm' kesâ oes efheb['l' uebyeeF& kesâ Skeâ mr 3 r 2
õJÙeceeve jefnle keâ"esj ÚÌ[ mes pegÌ[e ngDee nw pees cetue ces L2 k
3
= 2
jnves Jeeues ÚÌ[ kesâ ceOÙe Yeeie kesâ xy meceleue ceW heÌ[e mr r
ngDee nw~ Ùeefo Ùen efJeOeeve ω DeeJe=efòe kesâ meeLe z- De#e ceW L2
r=
heefjYeüceCe keâjlee nw, Fmekeâe keâesCeerÙe DeeIetCe& nw mk
DSSSB PGT 196 YCT

Now, = 2x + 2x – 4 + 2x – 4
v"(x) = 6x –8
k v"
Angular frequency (ω) = = —— (II) put x = 2
m m =6×2–8
from equation (I) we solve (v") =4
–L2  –3   –2  4 > 0 so it is minima & stable.
v" =   + k 3 
m  r4  r  2π k v"
T= &ω = =
2
3L 2k ω m m
= – So,
mr 4 r 3
3L2 2k m 1
= – T = 2π   = 2π
4 3  
v" 4
 L2   L2 
m    2π
 mk   mk  = =π
4
3L2 2k
⇒ 8
– 6 41. Four equal point charges are kept fixed at the
L L four vertices of a square. How many neutral
m× 4 4
mk m3 k 3 point (i. e. points where the electric field
Now, from equation (II) vanishes) will be found inside the square?
Skeâ Jeie& kesâ Ûeej GOJeea ceW Ûeej meceeve efyevogDeeW keâes
k v"
ω= = DeeJesMe keâjkesâ efheâkeäme keâjkesâ jKe efoÙee nw~ Gme Jeie& kesâ
m m Deboj efkeâleves Goemeerve efyevog efoKeueeF& heÌ[ mekeâles nQ~
m3k 4 (Goe: efyevog JeneB nw, peneB efJeÅegled #es$e ueghle neslee nw)
=
mL6 (a) 2 (b) 1
(c) 4 (d) 8
m2 k 4
= Ans. (b) :
L6
mk 2
=
L3
40. A particle of unit mass moves along the x-axis
under the influence of potential V(x) = x (x–2)2.
The particle is found to be in a stable
equilibrium at the point x = 2. The time period E = F
oscillation of the particle is qo
FkeâeF& õJÙeceeve keâe Skeâ keâCe x- De#e kesâ meeLe efJeYeJe F = Eq o
V(x) = x (x–2)2 kesâ ØeYeeJe keâer lenle Ietcelee nw~ Jen F = 0

keâCe efmLej meecÙe cebs efyevog x = 2 ceW efoKeeF& heÌ[lee nw~ Gme ⇒ If system in symmetrical means equal charge then
Enet at center is zero also force is 0
keâCe kesâ oesueve keâer meceÙeeJeefOe nw ⇒ There are only one null point where any charged
3π particle would be at a stable equilibrium, that is in the
(a) 2π (b)
2 dead center.
π 42. Consider a solenoid of radius 'R' with 'n' turn
(c) π (d) per unit length, in which a time dependent
2
ωR
Ans. (c) : Given, current I = l0sin ω t (where <<1) flows. The
c
m=1 magnitude of the electric field at a
v(x) = x (x – 2)2 at x = 2 perpendicular distance r < R from the axis of
v'(x) = x. 2(x – 2) + (x – 2)2 symmetry of the solenoid is
put v'(x) = 0 ef$epÙee 'R' keâer Skeâ heefjveeefuekeâe 'n' šve&dme ØelÙeskeâ
(x – 2) (x + x – 2) = 0 Ùegefveš uebyeeF& kesâ meeLe, efpemeceW meceÙe DeJeuebefyele Oeeje I
(x – 2) (3x – 2) = 0 ωR
= l0sin ω t yenleer nw (peneB <<1) uebyeJeled otjer r
2 c
x = 2,
3 < R hej heefjveeefuekeâe kesâ meceefcele keâes De#e mes efJeÅegle
v"(x) = 2x.1 + (x –2).2 + 2 (x – 2) #es$e keâer keâebefle
DSSSB PGT 197 YCT
1 Ans. (c) : We have,
(a) ωµ 0 nI0 r cos ωt (b) 0
2 τ = r×F
1
(c) ωr sin ωt (d)
1
ωµ 0 nR 2 r cos ωt (
F = ∇ m. B )
2 2
Ans. (a) : Given, (
τ = r × ∇ m. B )
I = I0 sin ωt 45. The electrostatic potential V(x, y) in free space
in a region where the charge density ρ is zero
is given the V(x, y) = 4e2x + f(x) -3y2 . Given
that the x-component of the electric field Ex and
V are zero at the origin f(X) is
–dφ
Skeâ ØeosMe ceW, Gmekesâ mJeleb$e DeJekeâeMe ceW Fueskeäšêsmšsefškeâ
e= efJeYeJe V(x, y) nw, peneB DeeJesMe IeveòJe ρ MetvÙe keâes
dt
–dφ V(x, y) = 4e2x + f(x) -3y2 kesâ ™he ceW efoÙee ieÙee nw~
∫ E.dl = [∴φ = B.ds ] efoÙes ieÙes Fuesefkeäš^keâ #es$e kesâ x-DebieYetle kesâ cetue ceW Ex
dt
–d ( B.ds )  B = µ, nI  Deewj V MetvÙe nw, Ssmes ceW f(X) nw~
∫ E.dl = dt 
ds = πr 
2  (a) 4x2–3e2x (b) 3x2 –4e2x
(c) 0 (d) 3e2x – 5x
–d
= ( µ 0 nI0 sin ωt ) πr 2 Ans. (b) : Given,
dt
V (x, y), f=0
= -µ 0 nI0 cos ωtπr 2 .ω V (x, y) = 4e + f(x) – 3y2 ——— (I)
2x
µ nI ωr cos ωt Ex & V = 0 at (0, 0)

=- 0 0
2 f (x) = ?
Laplace equation, ∇2V =
43. If a force F is derivable from a potential
function V(r), where r is the distance from the 4 × 2 × 2e2x + f"(x) – 3 × 2 = 0
origin of the coordinate system, it follows that 16e2x + f"(x) – 6 = 0
Ùeefo Skeâ efJeYeJe keâeÙe& V(r) mes Skeâ yeue ØeÙeesie F f"(x) = 6 – 16e2x
GlheeoveerÙe nw, peneB mebÙeesefpele leb$e kesâ cetue mes r otjer nw 16e 2x
f' ( x ) = 6x - + C1
lees Jen Fme Øekeâej nw 2
f'(x) = 6x – 8e2x + C1
(a) ∇ F = 0 (b) ∇ V = 0
f'(0) = 0 – 8 + C1 ——— (II)
(c) ∇ × F = 0 (d) ∇2V = 0 ∴ Ex = –∇V
Ans. (c) : Given, – ∂V
Ex =
F → V (r) ∂x
F = – ∇V Ex = – [8e2x + f'(x)] [Ex at (0, 0)]
also we know, 0 = – 8 – f' (0)
if ∇×E = 0 f'(0) = –8
E = –∇V Now, from equation (II)
then, f'(x) = 6x – 8e2x
∇×F = 0 6x 2 8e 2x
f (x) = – + C2
44. A magnetic dipole of dipole moment is placed 2 2
in a non-uniform magnetic field B . If the f(x) = 3x2 – 4e2x + C2 ——— (III)
position vector of the dipole is r . the torque Putting the value of f(x) in equation(I)
acting on the diople about the origin is V(0, 0) = 4 + f(0) – 0
efÉOeÇgJe DeeIetCe& m kesâ ÛebgyekeâerÙe -efÉOegÇJe keâes Skeâ 0 = 4 + f(0)
f(0) = –4
meceevelee efJeefnle keâebleerÙe #es$e B ceW jKee peelee nw~ Ùeefo
Now from equation (III)
Gme efÉOeÇgJe keâe efmLeefle meefoMe r nw, Gme efÉOeÇgJe hej yeue f(0) = 0 –4 + C2
DeeIetCe& ef›eâÙee cetue kesâ ueskeâj nw –4 = 0 –4 + C2
(a) m × B (b) r × (m × B) C2 = 0
(c) r × ∇(m.B) (d) r × B f(x) = 3x2 – 4e2x
DSSSB PGT 198 YCT

46. The magnetic field corresponding to the vector  k 
1 10 Ans. (c) : B ( x, y, z, t ) = B0 sin ( x + y ) + ωt  kˆ
potential A = F × r + 3 r (where F is a  2 
2 r
constant vector) is B = µ0H
B
1 10 H=
meefoMe efJeYeJe A = F × r + 3 r kesâ efueS mebJeeoer µ0
2 r
nesvesJeeues keâebleerÙe #es$e nw (peneB F Skeâ efmLejebkeâ meefoMe s =
E×B
= E×H
nw) µ0
(a) F +
2
r (b) F+
6
r c2 ( k × B) k×E
E=– , B=
r3 r4 ω ω
(c) 0
Ans. (d) :
(d) F
k=
k ˆ ˆ
2
i+ j( )
1 10 ( x + y) k  k ˆ ˆ ˆ
A = F× r + 3 r
2 r E=
–c2
ω
B0 sin 
 2
+ ωt 
 2
i+j k ( )
in electric field , ∇E = 0
E = –∇u –c 2 k  ( x + y) k 
= B0sin  + ωt   –jˆ + î 
in magnetic field ∇.B = 0  
2ω  2 
B = ∇×A
1 10  –c 2 k  ( x + y) k 
= ∇ ×  F× r + 3 r  = B0 sin  + ωt   –jˆ + î  ∵ ω = kc
 2 r   
2kc  2 
 r  cB02 sin 2  ( x + y ) k
1
2
( 
)
= ∇ × F× r +10  ∇ × 3 
r  s = 

+ ωt   ˆj – î  × kˆ
 
2µ 0  2 
∇× r 
1
= ∇ × F× r
2
( ) ∴  3 = 0
 r 
c B02 sin 2  ( x + y ) k 
+ ωt  î + ˆj
=   
2 µ  2 
∴∇ ( F × r ) 
0
1
= × 2F   c B02 sin 2  ( x + y ) k 
2  2F  =
2 µ0 

2 
( )
+ ωt  î + ˆj
= F
c B02  ˆ ˆ   k 1
∴ sin ( x + y )
47. A plane electromagnetic wave has the s = i+j 2
+ ωt =
magnetic field given by 2 2 µ0    2 2
 k ˆ
B(x, y, z, t) = B 0 sin  (x + y) + ωt  k, where 48. The space-time dependence of the electric field
 2  of a linearly polarised light in free space is
ˆ
k is the wave number and i, j and k̂ areˆ given by E0 cos(ωωt – kz) where E0, ω and k are
Cartesian unit vectors in x, y and z directions the amplitude, angular frequency and wave
respectively. Then the average Poynting vector respectively. The time average energy
vector is given by density associated with the electric field is
Skeâ meceleue efJeÅegle keâebleerÙe lejbie keâe keâebleerÙe #es$e Kegues Deblejeue ceW jnves Jeeues Skeâ jsKeerÙe IeÇgJeerke=âle ØekeâeMe
Fme Øekeâej nw kesâ efJeÅegleerÙe #es$e keâer Deblejeue-meceÙe efveYe&jlee keâes E0
cos(ω ωt – kz) kesâ ™he ceW efoÙee ieÙee nw~ efpemeceW E0, ω
 k ˆ
B(x, y, z, t) = B 0 sin  (x + y) + ωt  k, peneB Deewj k ›eâceMe: efMeKej ceeve, keâesCerÙe DeeJe=òeer Deewj lejbie
 2 
meefoMe nQ~ efJeÅegleerÙe #es$e mes menYeeieer meceÙe Deewmeleve
›eâceMe: x, y Deewj z efveoxMeve ceW k lejbie mebKÙee nw Deewj
Tpee& IeveòJe nw
î, ˆj Deewj k̂ keâešxefMeÙeve FkeâeF& meefoMe nQ~ Ssmes ceW
1 1
Deewmeleve heesFefvšbie meefoMe nw (a) ∈0 E 20 (b) ∈0 E 20
4 2
cB20 (iˆ − ˆj) cB20 (iˆ − ˆj) (c) ∈0 E 20 (d) 2 ∈0 E 20
(a) (b) −
2µ 0 2 2µ 0 2 Ans. (a) : E = E 0 cos ( ωt – kz ) xˆ
cB2 (iˆ + ˆj) cB2 (iˆ + ˆj)
(c) 0
(d) − 0
electric energy density = ( U e ) =
1
ε0E2
2µ 0 2 2µ 0 2 2
DSSSB PGT 199 YCT
1 Ans. (b) : If charge remain stationary so,
Ue =ε 0 E 02 cos 2 ( ωt – kz )
2
1
Average U e = ε 0 E 02 cos 2 ( ωt – kz )
2
1 1
= ε 0 E 02 cos 2 ( ωt – kz ) 2
2
1
= ε 0 E 02 ∵ cos2(ωt-kz) = 1/2
4
49. The magnetic field at a distance F form a long
straight wire carrying a steady current I is
k ( qq )
proportional to
otjer R hej jnves Jeeues keâebleerÙe #es$e Skeâ uebyes $e+peg leej
F=
( 2d )
2 ( –jˆ ) ——— (I)
mes Jenve keâjves Jeeueer megefmLej Oeeje~ _________ kesâ F = mg ——— (II)
meeLe Devegheeeflekeâ nw~ kq 2
= mg
R I 4d 2
(a) (b)
I R2 kq 2
d2 =
I R 4mg
(c) (d) 2
R I kq 2
d=
Ans. (c) : We have, 4mg
q k 1
= k=
2 mg 4πε 0
q 1
=
2 4πε 0 mg
q 1
=
4 πε 0 mg
51. Two concentric metal spherical shell with
∫ B.dl = µ I 0 enclose radius of inner shell 'a' and outer shell 'b' are
separated by weak conducting material of
B.2πR = µ 0 I
conductivity σ. If they are maintained at a
µ0I potential difference V. then current flow from
B=
2πR one to other is
I Yeerlejer Mesue 'a' Deewj yeenjer Mesue 'b' keâer ef$epÙee kesâ
B∝ meeLe oes mebkesâvõ Oeeleg ieesueerÙe Mesume Ûeeuekeâlee σ kesâ
R
50. A points charge q of mass m is kept in a ogye&ue mebÛeeueve heoeLe& mes Deueie ngS nw~ Ùeefo GvnW
distance d below a grounded infinite efJeYeeJeeblej V mes Devegjef#ele keâj efoÙee peeÙe lees Oeeje keâe
conducting sheet which lies in the xy-plane. For yeneJe Skeâ mes otmejs kesâ efueS _______ nw~
what value of d will the charge remain (Va − Vb )
stationary? (a) 4πσ
1 1
õJÙeceeve m keâe Skeâ efyebog DeeJesMe q keâes d otjer hej  − 
a b
mebJeener Oeeleg heâuekeâ kesâ veerÛes jKee ieÙee nw pees xy-
4π (Va − Vb )
meceleue ceW efveefnle nw~ d keâe keäÙee cetuÙe kesâ efueS yeÛes (b)
σ (a − b)
mšsMevejer keâe DeeJesMe nesiee?
(Va − Vb )
q q (c) 4σ
(a) (b) 1 1
mgπ ∈0 4 mgπ ∈0  − 
a b
mgπ ∈0 mgπ ∈ (Va − Vb )
(c) (d) (d) σπ
q 4q (a − b)
DSSSB PGT 200 YCT
Ans. (a) : 53. The vector potential A due to a magnetic
m×r
moment m at a point r is given by A = 3 .
r
If m is directed along the positive z-axis, the x-
component of the magnetic field at the point
r is
V = IR ÛegbyekeâerÙe DeeIetCe& m keâer Jepen mes efyevog r hej meefoMe
V V – Vb m×r
I= = a efJeYeJe A keâes Fme ™he ceW efoÙee ieÙee nw A =
R R r3
l Ùeefo m Oeveelcekeâ z- De#e kesâ meeLe efveoxefMele nw lees r
R=ρ
A
efyevog hej ÛebgyekeâerÙe #es$e keâe x DebieYetle nw
ρ dr
b
4π ∫a r 2
R= 3myz 3mxy
(a) (b) −
b
r5 r5
ρ  r –1  3mxz 3m(z 2 − xy)
=   (c) (d)
4π  –1  a r5 r5
b
ρ  –1  m× r
= Ans. (c) : Given, A =
4π  r  a r3
ρ 1 1 ∇B=0
= –
4π  a b  B = ∇×A
( Va – Vb ) 4π (
mzˆ × xiˆ + yjˆ + zkˆ )
I=
1 1 vector potential A = ( )
ρ – 
(x + y2 + z2 )
3
2 2
a b
4π ( Va – Vb ) σ m  xjˆ – yiˆ 
=
=  
1 1
(x + y2 + z2 )
3
 –  2 2
a b
52. A plane electromagnetic wave travelling in free
space is incident normally on a glass plate of
3 î ˆj kˆ
refractive index .If there is no absorption by
2 ∂ ∂ ∂
B=m
the glass, its reflectivity is ∂x ∂y ∂z
cegòeâ DeJekeâeMe ceW G[vesJeeuee Skeâ meceleue efJeÅegle –y x
3 0
(x + y2 + z2 ) (x + y2 + z2 )
3 3
ÛebgyekeâerÙe lejbie DeheJele&veebkeâ Jes Skeâ efieueeme huesš hej 2 2 2 2
2
meeceevÙele: Deeheeflele neslee nw~ Ùeefo efieueeme Éeje efkeâmeer For x component,
Yeer Øekeâej keâe DeJeMees<eCe ves nes lees Gmekeâer hejeJele&lee nw  
∂x 1
(a) 8% (b) 4% = m 0 – 
 ∂z x 2 + y 2 + z 2 3 2 
(c) 12% (d) 16%
 ( ) 
Ans. (b) : Given, n1 = 1
n2 = 3
2  2 
 ( x + y + z ) .0 – x ( x + y + z ) .2z 
2 2 3 2 2 2 1/2
2
 n – n1  = -m.x  2 o
Reflectivity (R) =  2    x 2 + y2 + z2 3 2 
2

 n 2 + n1 
2

 

( ) 



3 
 –1 1 m 3xz
R = 2  = =
(x + y2 + z2 )
5
3
 +1  25 2 2
2 
1 3m xz
= ×100% = 4% =
25 r5
DSSSB PGT 201 YCT

54. An insulating sphere of radius 'a' carries a (a) zero curl and non-zero divergence/ MetvÙe heefjkebgâÛe
charge density ρ(r) = ρ 0 (a 2 - r 2 )cosθ : r < a The Deewj MetvÙe jefnle efYeVelee
leading order term for the electric field at a (b) non-zero curl and zero divergence /MetvÙe jefnle
distance d, far away from the charge
distribution, is proportional to heefjkegbâÛe Deewj MetvÙe efYeVelee
ef$epÙee 'a' keâe Skeâ Fvmeguesš ieesue Skeâ DeeJesMe IevelJe (c) zero curl and zero divergence /MetvÙe heefjkegbâÛe Deewj
ρ(r) = ρ 0 (a - r )cosθ : r < a keâes Jenve keâjlee nw~ d
2 2
MetvÙe efYeVelee
otjer hej ÛegbyekeâerÙe #es$e kesâ efueS ØecegKe DeeosMe DeJeefOe (d) non-zero curl and non -zero divergence/MetvÙe
DeeJesMe efJelejCe mes yengle otj nw~ Ssmes ceW Ùen _____ kesâ jefnle heefjkebgâÛe Deewj MetvÙe jefnle efYeVelee
efueS Deevegheeeflekeâ nw~ Ans. (c) : Zero curl and zero divergence
(a) d–1 (b) d–2 Laplace equation
(c) d–3 (d) d–4 ∇2 φ = 0
Ans. (c) :
∇. (∇φ) = 0
E V
∇ × (∇φ) = 0
Monopole moment 1/ r 2 1/ r
Scalar function φ satisfying the Laplace equation (∇2φ =
Dipole moment 1/ r 3 1/ r 2 0), it does not have a curl. The curl operator (∇×) acts
Quadrapole moment 1/ r 4 1/ r 3 on vector fields, and applying it to a scalar function
Octapole moment 1/ r 5 1/ r 4 results in a zero vector. So curl φ = 0. Similarly, since φ
is a scalar function, it does not have a divergence either.
55. Interference fringes are seen at an observation
plane z = 0, by the super-position of two plane The divergence operator (∇.) also acts on vector fields,
and when applied to a scalar function, it results in the
waves A1 exp i(k 1 .r - ωt)  and A2 exp
scalar Laplacian (∇2φ). Since the Laplace equation (∇2
 i(k 2 .r - ωt)  , where A1 and A2 are real φ = 0) is satisfied, the divergence of φ is zero. so ∇ .
amplitudes. The condition for interference φ = 0.
maximum is 57. Where a charged particle emits
oes meceleue lejbies A1 exp i(k 1 .r - ωt)  Deewj A2 exp electromagnetic radiation, the electric field
 i(k 2 .r - ωt)  kesâ meghej efmLeefle mes DeJeueeskeâve meceleue 1
E and the Poynting vector S = E× B at a
µ0
z = 0 ceW nmle#eshe Gheeble keâes osKes pee mekeâles nQ~ peneB hej
larger distance 'r' from emitter vary as
A1 Deewj A2 oesveeW JeemleefJekeâ efMeKejceeve nw~ DeefOekeâlece
1 1
nmle#eshe kesâ efueS efmLeefle nw and m respectively. Which of the following
rn r
(a) (k1 − k 2 ).r = (2m + 1) π choices for n and m are correct?
(b) (k1 − k 2 ).r = 2mπ peye Skeâ DeeJesefMele keâCe efJeÅegle keâebleerÙe jsef[SMeve
(c) (k1 + k 2 ).r = (2m + 1) π DeLeJee efJeefkeâjCe keâes Glmeefpe&le keâjlee nw lees efJeÅegleerÙe
1
(d) (k1 + k 2 ).r = 2mπ #es$e E Deewj heesFbefšbie meefoMe S = E× B uebyeer otjer
µ0
Ans. (b) : Given,
1 1
z=0 'r' ceW Glmepe&keâ mes ›eâceMe: n
Deewj m nsjhesâšj nes peeles
( )
r r
ψ1 = A1 exp î k1 r – ωt  nQ~ FveceW mes keâewve mee n Deewj m kesâ efueS mener ÛegveeJe nw?
 
ψ 2 = A 2 exp  î ( k 2 r – ωt )  (a) n = 1 and m = 1 (b) n = 2 and m = 2
  (c) n = 1 and m = 2 (d) n = 2 and m = 4
( )
Phase difference δ = k1 – k 2 × path differance
Ans. (a) : S =
1
(
E×B )
(
For maximum, k1 – k 2 r = 2mπ ) µ0
q enclose
56. For a scalar function φ satisfying the Laplace E ∫ ds =
ε0
equation, ∇φ has
Skeâ DeefoMe keâeÙe& kesâ efueS φ ueehuesme meceerkeâjCe keâes E=
q enclose
⇒E∝
1
––––––– (1)
heefjle=hle keâjlee nw, ∇φ ceW nw ε 0 × ( 2πrl ) r
DSSSB PGT 202 YCT

q Ans. (a) :
Now, λ=
l
q = λl
Magnetic field due to wire
µ 2I
B= 0
4π r
1
B ∝ ––––––––– (2) We have,
r
From equation (1) and (2) f = I ∫ dl × B
1 1 1
and m = and
1 f 2 = I 2 ∫ dl2 × B1
n
r r r r
f2
n =1 = I 2 × B1
l2
m =1
µ 0 2I1
58. Consider an axially symmetric charge = I2 × ×
2 r 4π D
r  -
distribution of the form, ρ = ρ0  0  e r0 cos 2 φ. µ I I
r = 0× 1 2
2π D
The radial component of the dipole moment
f 2 I1 I 2
due to this charge distribution is ∝
2 r l2 D
r  -
ceevee ueerefpeS, ρ = ρ0  0  e r0 cos 2 φ. Ùen ™he 60. If the electrostatic potential V(r, θ, φ) in a
r
charge free region has the form V(r, θ, φ) = f(r)
De#eerÙe meceefcele DeeJesMe efJelejCe nw~ Fme DeeJesMe efJelejCe cosθθ, then the functional form of f(r) (in the
kesâ keâejCe efÉOegÇJe DeeIetCe& keâe ef$epÙeerÙe DebieYetle nw following a and b are constants) is
(a) 2 πρ0 r 40 (b) πρ0 r 40 Skeâ DeeJesMe cegòeâ ØeosMe ceW Ùeefo Fueskeäšêsmšsefškeâ efJeYeJe
V(r, θ, φ) keâe ™he V(r, θ, φ) = f(r) cosθ θ nw lees f(r)
πρ0 r 40
(c) ρ0 r 40 (d) keâe ef›eâÙeelcekeâ ™he nw (efvecveefueefKeleeW ceW mes a Deewj b
2
oesveeW efmLejebkeâ nw)
Ans. (a) : Given,
b b
r  –
2 r
(a) ar 2 + (b) ar +
ρ = ρ0  0  e r0 cos 2 φ r r2
r b r
(c) ar + (d) aln +  
P = ∫ ρrdτ r b
2 Ans. (b) :
∞ 2π π r0  –r r
P=∫ ∫ ∫0 ρ  r  e 0 cos φr. r sinθ dθ dφ dr
2 2
1 ∂  r 2 ∂V  1 ∂  ∂V 
0 0
∇2V =  + 2  sin θ 
∞ 2π π
r ∂r  ∂r  r sin θ ∂θ 
2
∂θ 
–r
= ρ0 r02 ∫ e ro
rdr ∫ cos φ dφ ∫ sinθ dθ
2
1  ∂ 2V 
0 0 0 + 2 2  2 =0
r sin θ  ∂φ 
= 2ρ r × r π
2
0 0
2
0
1 ∂  r 2 ∂f (r) 
= 2πρ0 r04 ∇2V =  cos θ 
r ∂r  ∂r
2

59. The force between two long and parallel wires
1 ∂
carrying currents l1 and l2 and separated by a
distance D is proportional to
+ 2
r sin θ ∂θ
( sin θf (r) × ( − sin θ ) ) = 0
l1 Deewj l2 Oeeje keâes Jenve keâejves Jeeues oes uebyes Deewj cos θ  r 2 ∂ 2 f (r) ∂f (r)  f (r)
meceeblej leej Deewj otjer D Éeje efJeYeeefpele nesvesJeeuee =  + 2r − ( 2 sin θ cos θ ) = 0
r 2  ∂r 2 ∂r  r 2 sin θ
_______ keâes Devegheeeflele nw~
r 2 ∂ 2 f (r) ∂f (r)
I I I +I = + 2r − 2f (r) = 0
(a) 1 2 (b) 1 2 ∂r 2 ∂r
D D
2
Now, put the value of f(r) in above equation from the
I I  I1 I2 given option (b) f(r) = ar + b/r2 which satisfies the
(c)  1 22  (d)
 D  D2 above equation. So, option (b) is correct.
DSSSB PGT 203 YCT

61. For a particle in a one dimensional box, the 62. Let ψn(x) represents the normalized eigen
wave function is given by functions corresponding to the linear harmonic
oscillator problem (n = 0, 1, 2, 3). Let
 3πx 
ψ(x) = A sin  :0 < x < L ψ (x , 0)
 L 
1 1 5
= 0 : x< 0 and x > L = ψ 0 (x) + ψ 5 (x) + 1 ψ 9 (x) represents
The normalization constant A is given by 3 2 15
the wave functions at t=0 If we make a
Skeâ DeeÙeleerÙe efhešejer ceW Skeâ keâeCe kesâ efueS lejbie keâeÙe& measurement of energy then the probability of
nw 11
finding the value of ℏω will be
 3πx  2
ψ(x) = A sin  :0 < x < L ψn(x) meeceevÙeerke=âle Sieve keâeÙeeX keâe ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjlee
 L 
= 0 : x< 0 and x > L nw,pees jsKeerÙe njelcekeâ oesuekeâ mecemÙee (n = 0, 1,2,3)keâes
Ssmes ceW meeceevÙeerkeâjCe efmLejebkeâ A Fme Øekeâej nw~ mebJeeoer nw~,
1 1 5
1 2 ψ (x , 0) = ψ 0 (x) + ψ 5 (x) + 1 ψ 9 (x) lejbie
(a) (b) 3 2 15
L L
keâeÙeeX keâes t=0 ceW ØeefleefveefOelJe keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo nce Tpee&
3 4 11
(c) (d) keâe ceeheve keâjsieW lees heevesJeeues ℏω keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee
L L 2
Ans. (b) : Given, nesieer
  3πx   1
A sin   : 0<x<L  (a) 0 (b)
ψ(x) =   L  4
 
 0 : x < o and > L  (c)
1
(d)
1
L 3 2
∫ ψ(x)ψ(x) = 1
0
Ans. (b) : Given,
11
P = ℏω
2
L
∫ψ
2
1 1 5
dx = 1 ψ ( x,0 ) = ψ 0 ( x ) + ψ5 ( x ) + i ψ9 ( x )
0 3 2 15
3πx
L
 1
∫ A sin
2 2
dx = 1 Energy E =  n +  ℏω
0
L  2
A2
L
6πx 1
E = ℏω
2 0∫ 1 − cos
L
dx = 1 2
at n= 5
A2  6πx 
L
L
 1
 ∫ dx − ∫0 cos dx  = 1 E =  n +  ℏω
2 0 L   2
A2  1
[ L] = 1 =  5 +  ℏω
 2
2
2 11
A= = ℏω
2
L
it is corresponding ψ5
1 1 5
Now, ψ ( x,0 ) = ψ. ( x ) + ψ5 ( x ) + i ψ9 ( x ) ]
3 2 15
1 1 5
C1 = , C 2 = , C3 =
3 2 15
1
width = L – 0 = L Let C2 = ψ5 ( x )
2
Second alternative method:
at corresponding wave function ψ5 , probability
2 2 2
A= = 1 1
width L P =| C 2 |2 =   =
 
2 4
DSSSB PGT 204 YCT
63. For a potential energy variation of the form In potential energy which is not a function of t so we
 0 0 < x < L, 0 < y < L,0 < z < L  use time independent schrodinger equation
V ( x, y, z ) =   Hψ = Eψ
∞ every where else 
the energy eigen values are given by E= Ĥψ ( r ) = Eψ ( r )
2 2 2
k (n x + n y + n z ) : n x ,n y ,n z = 1, 2 , 3....... Then  p̂ 2 e2 
 –  ψ ( r ) = Eψ ( r )
 0 0 < x < L, 0 < y < L,0 < z < L   2µ 4πε 0 r 
V ( x, y, z ) =  
∞ nj peien Deefleefjòeâ  ∵ p = –iℏ∇
™he keâer efJeYeJe Tpee& efJeefYeVelee nw; Tpee& Sieve ceeve Fme p2 = – ℏ2∇2
Øekeâej nQ
 ℏ2∇2 e2 
E= k (n 2x + n 2y + n 2 z ) : n x ,n y ,n z = 1, 2 , 3....... So, – –  ψ ( r ) = Eψ ( r ) ——— (1)
 2µ 4πε 0 r 
Ssmes ceW
In general formula,
π2 ℏ 2 π2 ℏ 2  ∂  h 2 h 3 ∂A r  ∂  h1h 3 ∂A θ  ∂  h1h 2 ∂A φ 
(a) k = (b) k = ∵ ∇ 2 = ∇.∇φ =
1
  +  +  
2µL2 8µL2 h1 h 2 h 3  ∂r  h1 ∂r  ∂θ  h 2 ∂θ  ∂φ  h 3 ∂φ  
ℏ2 ℏ2 1 ∂ 2 ∂ψ  1 ∂  r sin θ ∂ψ 
(c) k = (d) k = ∇2 =  r sin θ + 2  
2µL2 8µL2 r sin θ ∂r 
2
∂r  r sin θ ∂θ  r ∂θ 
Ans. (a) : 1 ∂  r ∂ψ 
+  
 0 0 < x < L, 0 < y < L,0 < z < L  r 2 sin θ ∂φ  r sin θ ∂φ 
V ( x, y, z ) =  
∞ every where else  1 ∂  2 ∂ψ  1 ∂  ∂ψ  1 ∂ 2ψ
=  r  +  sin θ  +
E = k (nx2 + ny2 nz2) ——— (I) r 2 ∂r  ∂r  r 2 sin θ ∂θ  ∂θ  r 2 sin 2 θ ∂φ2
nx, ny, nz = 1, 2, 3, ............ Put the value in equation (1)
2 2 2
n 2 π2 ℏ2 n y π ℏ n 2 π2 ℏ2  ℏ  1 ∂  2 ∂ 
2
1 ∂  ∂  1 ∂ 2  
En x , n y , n z = x 2 + 2
+ z 2 – = 2  r + 2  sin θ  + 2 2 
2µL 2µL 2µL  2µ  r ∂r  ∂r  r sin θ ∂θ  ∂θ  r sin θ ∂φ2  
π 2 ℏ2 2 ψ ( r, θ, φ ) + Vψ ( r, θ, φ ) = Eψ ( r, θ, φ )
=  n x + n 2y + n 2z  ——— (II)
2µL2  From question, only Radial part use. So, value of
comparing equation (I) & (II) we get spherical which depend θ and φ. So,
π2 ℏ2  1 ∂  ∂  1 ∂2 
k= L2 = – ℏ 2   sin θ  + 
2µL2  sin θ ∂θ  ∂θ  sin 2 θ ∂φ2 
64. For a spherically symmetric potential, the Now,
radial part of the Schrodinger equation is given ℏ 2  1 ∂  2 ∂  L2 
d 2 R 2 dR(r) 2µ – = r – 
by + + [E - V(r) + F(r)]R(r) = 0. 2µ  r 2 ∂r  ∂r  ℏ 2 r 2 
2 2
dr r dr ℏ
ψ ( r, θ, φ ) + Vψ ( r, θ, φ ) = Eψ ( r, θ, φ )
The function F(r) is given by
Skeâ ieesueerÙe meceefcele efJeYeJe kesâ efueS m›eâesef[vpej ∵ ψ ( r, θ, φ ) = R nl ( r ) y lm ( θ, φ )
meceerkeâjCe keâe ef$epÙeerÙe Yeeie Fme Øekeâej nw and eigen value and of L2ψ = l(l + 1) ℏ 2 ψ
2
d R 2 dR(r) 2µ
+ + 2 [E - V(r) + F(r)]R(r) = 0. Ssmes Put the value –
dr 2 r dr ℏ ℏ2  1 ∂  2 ∂  l ( l + 1) ℏ 2 
ceW F(r) keâe keâeÙe& nesiee –  =  r  R nl ( r ) y lm ( θ, φ ) – R nl ( r ) ylm ( θ, φ ) 
2µ  r ∂r  ∂r 
2
ℏ2r2 
l (l + 1)ℏ 2 l (l + 1)ℏ 2 +Vψ ( r, θ, φ ) = Eψ ( r, θ, φ )
(a) − (b) +
2µr 2 2µr 2 2
ℏ 1 ∂ 2 ∂
2
l ( l + 1) ℏ
(c) −l (l + 1)ℏ 2 (d) +l (l + 1)ℏ 2 –ylm ( θ, φ ) r  R nl ( r ) – R nl ( r ) ylm ( θ, φ )
2µ r 2 ∂r  ∂r  r 2 2µ
Ans. (a) : Hamiltion (H) = kinetic energy (T) + + V  R nl ( r ) ylm ( θ, φ )  = E  R nl ( r ) ylm ( θ, φ ) 
Potential energy (V)
P2 dividing by R nl ( r ) ylm ( θ, φ )
= +V
2µ So,
P2 e2 1  −e 2  1 ℏ2 1 ∂  2 ∂  l ( l + 1) ℏ 2
= − ∵ P.E =   – r  R nl ( r ) – +V = E
2µ 4πε0 r 4πε0  r  R nl ( r ) 2µ r ∂r  ∂r 
2
r 2 2µ
DSSSB PGT 205 YCT

66. In the linear harmonic oscillator problem the
d 2 r 2 dR ( r ) 2µ  l ( l + 1) ℏ 2 
+ +  E – V ( r ) –  R nl ( r ) = 0 ∞
dr 2 r dr ℏ 2  2µr 2  coherent state is given by | α > = Ν ∑
N = 0,1,2....
Cn |
Now comparing from question's equation n > where | n > are the normalized eigenkets of
–l ( l + 1) 2 the Hamiltonian. The coefficients Cn will be
F(r) = ℏ
2µr 2 jsKeerÙe njelcekeâ oesueve mecemÙee ceW keâuee mebyebOe efmLeefle
∞
65. |n> are the normalized eigenkets of the
Hamiltonian corresponding to the linear
keâes Fme Øekeâej efoÙee ieÙee nw | α > = Ν ∑
N = 0,1,2....
Cn | n
harmonic oscillator problem. Thus H | n > = En
> peneB | n > nsefceušesefveÙeve kesâ meeceevÙeerke=âle Ssievekesâšdme
 1
| n > =  n +  ℏω |n >; n = 0 1, 2, ...... The nw~ Ssmes ceW mJehesÇjCe Cn nesiee
 2
matrix element < n + 1 | x | n > is equal to αn α 2n
(a) (b)
jsKeerÙe njelcekeâ oesuekeâ mecemÙee kesâ efueS nsefceušesefveÙeve n! n!
mebJeeoer keâe meceevÙeerke=âle Ssievekesâšdme | n > nQ~ Ssmes ceW H | α 2n αn
(c) (d)
 1 n! n!
n > = En | n > =  n +  ℏω |n >; n = 0 1, 2, ......
 2 ∞
DeeJÙetn Oeeleg < n + 1 | x | n > kesâ efueS meceeve nw Ans. (d) : | α >= N ∑
n = 0,1,2,....
Cn n >
1 1
 ℏ  2
 ℏ  2 a α>=α α>
(a)   n (b)   n +1
 2µω   2µω  ∞ ∞
1 ∑ Cn n > = α ∑ Cn n >
 ℏ  2 n = 0,1,2,.... n = 0,1,2,....
(c) 0 (d)   n −1
 2µω  a = ( C00> + C11>+ C22> +........)= α (C00> +
Ans. (b) : Given C11>+ C22> +........)
|n> ∵ a n> = n | n −1 >
 1 C1 1 | 0 > C 2 2 |1 > C 3 3 | 2 >
H/n > = E n | n > =  n +  ℏω | n >
 2 = αC 0 | 0 > +αC1 |1 > +αC 2 | 2 >
n = 0, 1, 2, ...........
Now comparing,
we have,
αC 0
 1 C1 1 = αC 0 ⇒ C1 =
H/n > = E | n > =  n +  ℏω | n > 1
 2
Harmonic oscillator in 'x' C 2 2 = αC1
a | n > = n | n –1 > αC1 α αC 0 α 2 C 0
x̂ =
ℏ
2µω
(a + a+ ) C2 =
2
=
2
.
1
=
2!
a + | n > = n +1 | n +1 >
C 3 3 = αC 2
⇒ < n +1 |
ℏ
2µω
(a + a+ ) | n > α 3C0
C3 =
3!
ℏ
< n +1| a + a + | n > α n
2µω So, for Cn =
n!
ℏ  < n +1| a | n > 
=   1 1 1
2µω  + < n +1| a + | n >  67. For j = ;J × = hσ x , J y = hσ y and
2 2 2
ℏ  1
= < n +1 | n | n > + < n +1 n +1 n +1 >  Jz = hσ z , where σx, σy, and σz are Pauli
2µω   2
spin matrices, < 2 | Jx | 1 > gives
ℏ 
= n | n +1 | n + n +1 | n +1| n +1 1 1 1 1
2µω  j = ;J × = hσ x , J y = hσ y Deewj J z = hσ z ,
2 2 2 2
=
ℏ
n +1 kesâ efueS nQ, peneB σx, σy Deewj σz heewueer efmheve DeeJÙetn
2µω nw, < 2 | Jx | 1 > oslee nw
DSSSB PGT 206 YCT
1  0 for 0 ≤ x ≤ π 
(a) − ℏ (b) − ℏ V (x) =  
2 ∞ otherwise 
1 ØeLece DeeosMe kesâ efueS «eeTC[ mlej Tpee& keâes 'a' ceW
(c) + ℏ (d) +iℏ
2 mebMeesOeve nw
Ans. (d) : +iℏ
aπ
68. The wave function of a particle is given by (a) (b) a π
2
1
ψ= φ0 + iφ1 , where φ0 and φ1 are the aπ aπ
2 (c) (d)
4 2
normalised eigen functions with energies E0
and E1 corresponding to the ground state and Ans. (a) : Given,
first excited state respectively. The expectation H' = ax
value of the Hamiltonian in the state ψ is  0 for 0 ≤ x ≤ π 
V(x) =  
Skeâ keâCe keâe lebjie keâeÙe& Fme Øekeâej efoÙee ieÙee nw – ∞ otherwise 
1
ψ= φ0 + iφ1 , peneB φ0 Deewj φ1 oesveeW meeceevÙeerke=âle Ground state for first order,
2 En' = <ψn |H'| ψn>
Ssieve keâeÙe& Svepeeame E0 Deewj E1 kesâ meeLe nw,pees ›eâMece: = <ψn |ax|ψn>
«eeGC[ mlej Deewj ØeLece mlej keâes mebJeeoer nw~ mlej ψ ces = a <ψn |x| ψn>
nscesušesefveÙeve keâe ØelÙeeMe ceeve nw aπ
=
E E 2
(a) 0 + E1 (b) 0 − E1
2 2 70. A particle in one dimension moves under the
E 0 − 2E1 E 0 + 2E1 influence of potential V(x) = ax6, Where 'a' is a
(c) (d) real constant. For large 'n' the quantised
3 3
energy level En depends on 'n' as
Ans. (d) : Given,
Skeâ DeeÙeece ceW Skeâ keâCe efJeYeJe V(x) = ax6 kesâ ØeYeeJe
1
ψ= φ0 + iφ1 keâer lejn Ietcelee nw, peneB 'a' JeemleefJekeâ efmLejebkeâ nw~ uebyes
2
'n' kesâ efueS keäJeeefvšmes[ Tpee& mlej En Ùeefo 'n' hej
A
1ψ >= φ0 + Ai φ1 > ef veYe&j nw lees Jen Fme Øekeâej nesiee
2 4
(a) En ∝ n3 (b) E n ∝ n 3
2 1 2
= × | φ0 > + i | φ1 > 8 3
3 2 3 (c) E n ∝ n 5 (d) E n ∝ n 2
1 2 Ans. (d) : V(x) = a x6

= | φ0 > + i | φ1 > let α = 6
3 3
we know that,
< E >= ∑ Pi E i 2α
1 2 E n ∝ n 2+ α
= E 0 + E1
3 3 12
En ∝ n 8
E 0 2E1
= + 3
3 3 En ∝ n 2
E 0 + 2E1 71. The energy of the first excited quantum state of

=
3 a particle in the two-dimensional potential
69. If the perturbation H' = ax, where 'a' is a 1
V(x, y) = mω 2 (x 2 + 4y 2 ) is
constant, is added to the infinite square well 2
 0 for 0 ≤ x ≤ π  1
potential V ( x ) =   oes DeeÙeeceerÙe efJeYeJe V(x, y) = mω 2 (x 2 + 4y 2 ) ceW
∞ otherwise  2
The correction to the ground state energy to Skeâ keâCe kesâ keäJeeCšce mšsš keâer Tpee& nw
first order in 'a' is (a) 2 ℏω (b) 3ℏω
Ùeefo efJe#eeshe H' = ax nw, peneB 'a' Skeâ efmLejbekeâ nw, 3 5
(c) ℏω (d) ℏω
Deveble Jeie& Jesue efJeYeJe kesâ meeLe peesÌ[ves hej 2 2
DSSSB PGT 207 YCT
Ans. (d) : Given 13 11
(c) ℏω (d) ℏω
mω2 ( x 2 + 4y 2 )
1 10 10
V ( x, y ) =
2 1 
2 2
 mω x for x > 0
1 1
V ( x, y ) = mω2 x 2 + mω2 4y 2 Ans. (a) : V ( x ) =  2 
2 2  ∞ for x ≤ 0 
1 1
V ( x, y ) = mω2 x 2 + m ( 2ω ) y 2
2
 3
2 2 E =  2n +  ℏω, n = 0,1, 2...........
 2
 1  1
E =  n x +  ℏω +  n y +  ℏ 2ω 3 5
 2  2 E 0 = ℏω, E1 = ℏω
2 2
 
=  n x +  ℏω + ( 2n y +1) ℏω
1
–1 2
 2 ψ(x) = ψ0 + ψ
5 5
 3
Vx ⇒  n x + 2n y +  ℏω ——— (I) < E >= ∑ Pi E i
 2
Now, for ground state → nx , ny → (0, 0) 1 3 4 7
= × ℏω + × ℏω
5 2 5 2
0, 1 
for Ist state → nx, ny =   3 28
1, 0  = ℏω + ℏω
st
10 10
Putting value of 1 excited state in equation (1)
31ℏω
nx = 0, ny = 0 =
10
 3 7
E n x , n y =  0 + 2×1+  ℏω = ℏω 73. The quantum mechanical operator for the
 2 2 momentum of a particle moving in one
nx = 1, ny = 1 dimension is given by
 3
E n x ,n y =  1+ 0 +  ℏω
Skeâ DeeÙeece ceW Ietce jns Skeâ keâCe keâer DeeIetCe& kesâ efueS
 2 keäJeeCšce Ùeebef$ekeâ Deeshejsšj Éeje Fme Øekeâej efoÙee ieÙee nw~
5 d d
= ℏω (a) iℏ (b) −iℏ
2 dx dx
5
So final answer will be ℏω ∂ ℏ2 d 2
2 (c) iℏ (d) −
∂t 2m dx 2
72. A particle of mass 'm' is confined in the
Ans. (b) : The quantum mechanical operator for the
1 2 2  momentum of a particle moving in one dimension is
 mω x for x > 0 
potential V ( x ) =  2  d
 ∞ for x ≤ 0  given by, p = –iℏ
dx
Let the wave function of the particle be given 74. If LX, Ly and Lz are respectively the x, y and z
1 2 components of angular momentum operator L.
by ψ(x) = - ψ0 + ψ1 Where ψ0 and ψ1
5 5 The commutator [Lx, Ly, Lz] is equal to
are the eigen functions of the ground state and Ùeefo LX, Ly Deewj Lz ›eâceMe: keâesCeerÙe DeeIetCe& Deeshejsšj
the first excited state respectively. The L kesâ x, y Deewj z DebieYetle nQ lees keâcÙetšsšj [Lx, Ly, Lz]
expectation value of the energy is
________ kesâ efueS meceeve nw
õJÙeceeve 'm' keâe Skeâ keâCe efJeYeJe
(a) iℏ ( L2x + L2y ) (b) 2iℏL z
1 2 2 
 mω x for x > 0 
V (x) =  2  (c) iℏ ( L2x − L2y ) (d) 0
 ∞ for x ≤ 0 
Ans. (c) : Given,
keâCe keâe lejbie keâeÙe& Fme Øekeâej efoÙee ieÙee nw ψ(x) Angular momentum is Lx, Ly, Lz
1 2 [Lx, Ly, Lz] = ?
=- ψ0 + ψ1 peneB ψ0 Deewj ψ1 ›eâceMe: «eeTC[
5 5 = Lx [Ly, Lz] + [Lx, Lz] Ly
mšsš Deewj ØeLece yeefnceg&Ke mšsš keâe Ssieve keâeÙe& nQ~ Tpee& = L x [iℏ L x ] +  –iℏ L y  L y
kesâ Yejesmes keâe ceeve nw~
= iℏL2x – iℏL2y
31 25
(a) ℏω (b) ℏω = iℏ ( L x 2 – L y 2 )
10 10
DSSSB PGT 208 YCT

75. The product of the group and phase velocities Differentiate equation (i)
of a relativistic particle is equal to ('c' is the dψ  −x 2   −x 2 
speed of light in vacuum and 'v' is the speed of
dx
= exp 
 2 
 sinh ( 2x )( 2 ) + cosh ( 2x exp )
 2 
 ( −x )
the particle)
Skeâ Dehesef#ekeâerÙe keâCe kesâ mecetn Deewj ÛejCe Jesie kesâ again differentiate
Glheeo _______ kesâ yejeyej nw~ (JewkeäÙetce ceW 'c' ØekeâeMe d 2 ψ  x2 
−  cosh ( 2x )( 2 )
2
= exp 
keâer Ûeeue nw Deewj 'v' keâCe keâer Ûeeue nw) dx 2
 2 
v4  −x 2 
(a)
c2
(b) c2 + 2 sinh (
2x exp  )
 2 
 ( −x )
c2
(d) v2  −x 2 
(c) 4
v + exp 
 2
 ( − x ) cosh 2x

2
( )
Ans. (b) : Phase velocity, ( Vg ) =
dω dE
=  −x 2 
2 2 2 2 4
dk dp + exp 
 2 
 ( − x ) sinh ( 2x ) 2
Now, E = P c +M c 0
 x2 
2E dE = 2Pc2 dp + cosh ( )
2x exp  −  ( −1)
 2 
dE Pc 2
=
dp E d 2ψ  x2 
E dx 2
= exp −
 2
 cosh

( 2x )
Vp =
P
Pc 2 E { (
2 + 2 ( − x ) + tanh 2x + x 2 − 2x tanh 2x − 1 ) ( ) }
Vg .Vp ⇒ ×
{ )}
E P d 2ψ
Vg. Vp = c2
dx 2
= ψ 1 + x 2 − 2 2x tanh 2x (
76. The ground state (apart from normalisation) of
Put the value in equation (i)
a particle of unit mass moving is a one-
( )
1
( )
2
1 + x 2 − 2 2x tanh 2x  ψ − Vψ = −Eψ
−x
dimensional potential V(x) is e 2 cosh 2x .  
2
The potential V(x), in the Suitable units so that
1 x2 
h = 1, is (upto an additive constant)  + − 2x tanh 2x  ψ + Eψ = Vψ ( )
FkeâeF& õJÙeceeve kesâ Skeâ keâCe keâe «eeTC[ mšsš  2 2 
(meeceevÙeerkeâjCe kesâ DeueeJee) Skeâ DeeÙeeceer efJeYeJe V(x) 1 x 2
+ − 2x tanh 2x + E = V ( )
( )
− x2
ceW Ietcelee nw, Jen e 2 cosh 2x . nw~ GheÙegòeâ 2 2
2
FkeâeFÙeeW ceW Jen h = 1 nw~ Ssmes ceW efJeYeJe V(x) nw (Skeâ V ∝ x − 2x tanh 2x
2
( )
Sef[efšJe efmLejebkeâ lekeâ)
77. Let |0 > and | 1 > denote the normalised Eigen
x2 x2
(a)
2
(b) − 2x tanh
2
( 2x ) states corresponding to the ground and first
excited states of a one dimensional harmonic
x2
(c)
2
(
− 2 x tan 2 x ) oscillator. The uncertainty ∆p in the state
1
x2 (| 0 > + | 1 > ) , is
(d)
2
− 2 x coth 2 x ( ) 2
|0 > Deewj | 1 > meeceevÙeerke=âle Ssieve mšsšdme keâes efve™efhele
Ans. (b) : Given,
keâjlee nw, pees Skeâ DeeÙeeceer ueÙeyeæ oesefuele kesâ «eeTC[
 x2 
ψ ( x ) = exp.  −  cosh 2x
 2 
(
....(i) ) Deewj ØeLece Gòesefpele DeJemLeeDeeW kesâ efueS mebJeeoer nQ~
1
From time independent Schrödinger equation, (| 0 > + | 1 > ) , mšsš ceW Deefveef§elelee ∆p nw
d 2 ψ 2m −2m 2
− Vψ = Eψ
dx 2 ℏ ℏ ℏmω ℏmω
(a) (b)
1 d 2ψ 2 2
− Vψ = −Eψ
2 dx 2 (c) ℏmω (d) 2 ℏmω
DSSSB PGT 209 YCT
Ans. (c) : Given, Let λ is Eigen value of n.S
1 n z ( ℏ / 2) − λ ℏ / 2 ( n x − in y )
ψ= (| 0 > + | 1 > ) = =0
2 ℏ / 2 ( n x + in y ) −n z ( ℏ / 2 ) − λ
ℏmω 1 1
=i n +1 (b × a − a × b) ∵a = ,b =  nzℏ   −n z ℏ  ℏ 2
 2 − λ   2 − λ  − 2 (nx + ny ) = 0
2
2 2 2
  
Now,
 n 2z ℏ 2  ℏ2
< ψ | p x | ψ >= i
ℏmω
0 +1 
 1
×
1
−
1
×
1   − λ 2  − ( n 2x + n 2y ) = 0
=0  4  4
2  2 2 2 2
< ψ | p 2x | ψ >=
ℏmω
{( 2n + 1) a 2 + ( 2n + 3) b 2 } −
4
( n x + n 2y + n 2z ) + λ 2 = 0
ℏ 2
2
ℏmω  1 1  ℏ
=  ( 2 × 0 + 1) + ( 3)  ∵ n = 0 λ=±
2 2 2  2
ℏmω  1 3  79. Let Ψ nl ml denote the Eigen function of a
=  + 
2 2 2 Hamiltonian for a spherically symmetric
= ℏmω potential V(r). The wave function
1
∆P = P2 − P
2 ψ =  ψ 210 + 5ψ 21-1 + 10ψ 211  is an Eigen
4
function only of
= ℏmω
Skeâ ieesueerÙe meceefcele efJeYeJe V(r) kesâ efueS Ψ nlml Skeâ
78. The component along an arbitrary direction n̂ ,
with direction cosines (nx, ny, nz,) of the spin of nsefceušesefveÙeve Ssieve keâeÙe& keâes metefÛele keâjlee nw~ Ssmes ceW
a spin − 1 particle is measured. The result is 1
2 ψ= ψ 210 + 5ψ 21-1 + 10ψ 211  Ùen lejbie keâeÙe&
4
Deeefye&š^jer efoMee n̂ , kesâ meeLe Ieškeâ keâes efmheve − 1 2 kesâJeue Skeâ ______ keâe ner Ssieve keâeÙe& nw~
keâCe kesâ efmheve kesâ efoMee keâesmeeFve (nx, ny, nz,) kesâ meeLe (a) H, L2 and Lz (b) H and Lz
2
ceeheve efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~ Gmekeâe heefjCeece nw (c) H and L (d) L2 and Lz
Ans. (c) : The wave function
ℏ
(a) 0 (b) ± n 2 1
2 ψ =  ψ 210 + 5ψ 21-1 + 10ψ 211  For spherically
4
ℏ ℏ
(c) ± (n x + n y + n z ) (d) ± symmetric poetical
2 2
HΨ nlm = E n Ψ nlm
ℏ 0 1 where, En depends only on n and independent of ℓ and
Ans. (d) : Sx =  
2 1 0 m
ℏ  0 −i  L2 Ψ nlm = l ( l + 1) ħ2 Ψ nlm ; Lz Ψ nlm = mħ Ψ nlm
Sy =  
2i 0  1
HΨ = HΨ 210 + 5HΨ 21−1 + 10HΨ 211 
ℏ 1 0  4
Sz =  
2  0 −1  =
E2
 Ψ 210 + 5Ψ 21−1 + 10Ψ 211 
4  
n = n x î + n y ˆj + n z kˆ
= E2 Ψ
and n 2x + n 2y + n 2z = 1 So, Ψ is an eigen function of H corresponding to eigen
value E2.
similarly, S = S x î + S y ˆj + Sz kˆ
1
L2 Ψ =  L2 Ψ 210 + 5L2 Ψ 21−1 + 10L2 Ψ 211 
4
0 ℏ/2 0 iℏ / 2 ℏ/2 0
n .S = n x + ny + nz
= ( 2ℏ ) Ψ 210 + 5 ( 2ℏ 2 ) Ψ 21−1 + 10 ( 2ℏ 2 ) Ψ 211 
1 2
ℏ/2 0 iℏ / 2 0 0 ℏ/2
4
nzℏ / 2 ℏ / 2 ( n x − in y ) L2 Ψ = 2ħ2 Ψ
n .S = So, Ψ is an eigen function of L2 corresponding to eigen
ℏ / 2 ( n x + in y ) −n z ℏ / 2 value 2ħ2.
DSSSB PGT 210 YCT

1 Ans. (d) : Entropy is given by S = NKBln3
L2 Ψ = L z Ψ 210 + 5L z Ψ 21−1 + 10LΨ 211 
4 If number of microstates for each particle is 3.
Therefore, the total number of microstates for the
0 × Ψ 210 + 5 ( −ℏ 2 ) Ψ 21−1 + 10 ( ℏ ) Ψ 211  ≠ L z Ψ
1
= system is 3N.
4
The entropy (s) of the system is related to the number of
So, Ψ is not an eigen function of Lz
microstates (w). By Boltzmann formula:
80. The commutator [x2, p2] is
S = kBln(w)
keâcÙetšsšj [x2, p2] ______ nw~ = kBln(3N)
(a) 2iℏxp (b) 2iℏ (xp + px) = NkBln3
(c) 2iℏp (d) 2iℏ (xp – px) where, kB is Boltzmann constant
Ans. (b) : 83. A particle is confined to the region x ≥ 0 by a
 x 2 , P 2  =  x 2 , PP  = P  x 2 , P  +  x 2 , P  P potential which increases linearly as u(x) = u0x.
The mean position of the particle at
Since, [ A, BC ] = B [ A, C ] + [ A, B] C temperature T is
p  x 2 , p 2  +  x 2 , p  p = px [ x, p ] + p [ x, p ] x Skeâ efJeYeJe Éeje Skeâ keâCe ØeosMe x ≥ 0 kesâ efueS meerefcele
+ x [x, p]p + [x, p]xp
nw pees jwefKekeâ ™he u(x) = u0x keâes yeÌ{elee nw~ leeheceeve
= px ( iℏ ) + p ( iℏ ) x + x ( iℏ ) p + ( iℏ ) xp T ceW keâCe keâer ueIeglece efmLeefle nw~
K BT (K BT)2
So ⇒  x 2 , p 2  = P [ 2iℏx ] + [ 2iℏx ] P (a) (b)
u0 u0
 x 2 , P 2  = 2iℏ [ Px + xP ]
K BT
81. A system of N non-interacting classical point (c) (d) u0kBT
u0
particles is constrained to move on the two
dimensional surface of a sphere. The internal Ans. (a) : We have
energy of the system is –P 2 –u 0 x
1 2mk B T
Skeâ ieesue kesâ oes DeeÙeeceer melen hej N iewj-Fbšjsefkeäšbie Partition function, ( z ) = ∫ e dp ∫ e k B T dx
h
keäueeefmekeâue efyevog keâCe keâer Skeâ ØeCeeueer mLeeveebleefjkeâ
where,
nesves kesâ efueS efJeJeMe nw~ Gme ØeCeeueer keâer Deebleefjkeâ Tpee&
nw ( x ) = ∫ xP ( x ) dPx
3 –P 2 –u 0 x
(a) NK BT (b) NKBT
∫∫ xe
2mk B T
2 dp e k B T dx
⇒ = –P 2 –u 0 x
1 5
(c) NK BT (d) NK BT
∫∫ e
2mk B T kBT
2 2 dp e dx
Ans. (b) : Since the particle is moving on two ∞
–u 0 x
dx
kBT
dimensional surface, its degree of freedom = 2
Hence, ∫ xe
= 0
for N non-interacting particle total degree of ∞ –u 0 x
∫ e B dx
k T
freedom = 2N
1 0
So, Energy per degree of freedom = K B T 2 ∞
2  k BT 
∫ te
–t
1   dt
for n particle internal energy U = 2N × K BT =  u0  0
2 ∞
 k B T  –t
= NKBT   ∫ e dt
82. A system of N non-interacting and  u0  0
distinguishable particle of spin 1 is in k BT
thermodynamic equilibrium. The entropy of =
u0
the system is
N iewj Fbšjsefkeäšbie keâer Skeâ ØeCeeueer Deewj efmheve 1 kesâ 84. The internal energy E of a system is given by
efJeueieeves ÙeesiÙe keâCe Leceex[eÙeveefcekeâ meblegueve ceW nw~ Gme bS3
E= , where 'b' is a constant and other
ØeCeeueer keâer Svš^êheer nw VN
(a) 2KBlnN (b) 3KBlnN symbols have their usual meaning. The
(c) NkBln 2 (d) NkBln 3 temperature of this system is equal to
DSSSB PGT 211 YCT

bS 3 3
Skeâ ØeCeeueer keâer Deebleefjkeâ Tpee& E keâes E = kesâ = k BT + k BT
VN 2
™he ceW efoÙee ieÙee nw, peneB 'b' efmLejbekeâ nw Deewj DevÙe 5
= k BT
mebkesâleeW kesâ Deheves meeceevÙe DeLe& nQ~ Fme ØeCeeueer keâe 2
leeheceeve _________ kesâ efueS meceeve nw~ 5
2 2
For N number of particles E = Nk B T
bS 3bS 2
(a) (b)
VN VN 86. Consider a system of non-interacting particles
3 2 in 'd' dimensional obeying the dispersion
bS S relation ε = AKs , where 'εε' is the energy ‘K’ is
(c) (d)  
V2 N N the wave vector, ‘s’ is an integer and A is a
bS3 constant. The density of states, N(εε) is
Ans. (b) : Energy of system ( E ) = proportional to
VN
According to first law of thermodynamics 'd' DeeÙeeceerÙe ceW efmLele iewj Fbšjsefkeäšbie keâCees keâer Skeâ
Tds = dE + pdV ØeCeeueer hewâueeJe mecyevOe ε = AKs keâe heeueve keâjlee nw,
and peneB 'εε' Tpee& nw, ‘K’ lejbie meefoMe nw, ‘s’ Skeâ hetCeeËkeâ nw
dE = Tds – pdV Deewj A Skeâ efmLejebkeâ nw~ mšsšme keâe IevelJe,
 ∂E  N(εε)______ kesâ efueS Devegheeeflekeâ nw~
  = T ........... (1)
 ∂S  V s
−1
d
−1
putting the value of (E) in equation (1) (a) ε d (b) ε s
d s
+1 +1
 ∂  bS3   (c) ε s (d) ε d
    = T
 ∂S  VN  V Ans. (b) : Given, E = Aks
and by partial derivative temperature can be shown as Let us considers, E = Ak3
below – So, Density of state in 3-D
N(E) ∝ ε 3/3-1
bS2
T=3 N(E) ∝ ε0
VN
for 2–D,
85. Gas molecules of mass 'm' are confined in a N(E) ∝ ε2/3-1
cylinder of radius 'R' and height 'L' (with R << N(E) ∝ ε-1/3
L) kept vertically in the Earth's gravitational
for 1-D, N(E) ∝ ε1/3-1
field. The average energy of the gas at low
temperatures (such that mgL >> kB T) is given N(E) ∝ ε–2/3
by So, for d dimensional,
dimensional
õJÙeceeve 'm' kesâ iewme DeCeg ef$epÙee 'R' kesâ efmeefueC[j ceW −1
N(E) ∝ ε power of K
meerefcele nw Deewj 'L' TBÛeeF& (R << L kesâ meeLe Jees Yetefce d
−1
kesâ ieg™lJeekeâ<e&CeerÙe #es$e ceW TOJee&Oej jKee ieÙee nw~ iewme ∝ εs
keâer Deewmeleve Tpee& keâce leeheceeveeW ceW Fme Øekeâej nw (pewmes where s is integer;
efkeâ mgL >> kB T) 87. The number of ways in which N identical
1 bosons can distributed in two energy levels, is
(a) Nk BT (b) 2NkBT efpemeceW N meceeve yeesmee@veebs oes Tpee& kesâ mlejeW ceW efJeleefjle
2
3 5 efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw, Gve lejerkeâeW keâer mebKÙee nw
(c) Nk BT (d) Nk BT N(N − 1)
2 2 (a) N + 1 (b)
Ans. (d) : We know that, 2
1 N(N + 1)
Average energy = (No. of degree of freedom) × k B T (c) (d) N
2 2
For translational motion, no. of degree of freedom = 3 Ans. (a) : The number of ways in N identical bosons
3 can be distributed in two energy level-
So Average K. E < T >= k B T
2 ( Ni + g i – l )! ( N + 2 – 1)!
= =
Using virial theorem, N i! ( g i – l ) N! l!
<V> = kBT
=
( N +1)! = N + 1
V = mgz = (only one degree of freedom)
N!
<E> = <T> + <V>
DSSSB PGT 212 YCT
88. Consider black body radiation contained in a Ans. (b) : We have,
cavity whose walls are at temperature T. The E1 = ε
radiation is in equilibrium with the walls of the
E2 = 2ε
cavity. If the temperature of the walls is
N1 = 4
increased to 2T and the radiation is allowed to
come to equilibrium at the new temperature, N2 = 2
the entropy of the radiation increases by a So, Partition function z = ∑ e –βε
factor of
z = 4e–βε + 2e–2βε
ceeve efueefpeS, iegne ceW efveefnle ke=â<Ce efheb[ efJeefkeâjCe,
1
efpemekeâer oerJeejW T leeheceeve hej nw~ Jen efJeefkeâjCe meblegueve Where, β=
kT
ceW iegne keâer oerJeejeW kesâ meeLe nw~ Ùeefo oerJeejeW kesâ leeheceeve So, fraction of particles in the upper level is.
2T yeÌ{e efoÙee peeS Deewj efJeefkeâjCe keâes veÙes leeheceeve kesâ 2 exp ( −2βε )
Debleie&le meblegueve ceW Deeves efoÙee peeS, lees keâejkeâ Éeje p(2ε) = −βε
4e + 2e −2βε
yeÌ{vesJeeues efJeefkeâjCe keâer Sbš^heer nw~ 1
(a) 2 (b) 4 = ε
(c) 8 (d) 16 1 + 2e k B T
−8π5 K 4B T 4 90. The isothermal compressibility K of an ideal
Ans. (c) : For Black Body, Energy (E) = V gas at temperature T0 and V0 is given by
45ℏ3 C3
 ∂E 
leeheceeve T0 Deewj V0 ceW Skeâ DeeoMe& iewme keâe meceleeheer
we know that, S = −   oyeeye nw~
 ∂T V
∂  8π K B T 
5 4 4 1 ∂V 1 ∂V
(a) − (b)
=  V V0 ∂P T V0 ∂P T
∂T  45ℏ3 C3  0 0
32π K 5 4 ∂P ∂P
= VT 3 B (c) − V0 (d) V0
45ℏ3 C 3 ∂V T0 ∂V T0
So, S ∝ T3 Ans. (a) : The isotheral compressibility of a substance
From the question, of temperature increases from T to is defined as the change in volume with the change in
2T pressure per unit volume, keeping the temperature
Then, S1 ∝ (2T)3∝ 8T3 constant. It is denoted by K
S1 ∝ 8S 1 ∂V
So, entropy will increases S to 8S. K= −
V0 ∂P T
0
89. A system has two energy levels will energies
∈ and 2 ∈ . The lower level is 4-fold degenerate 91. If Planck's constant were zero, then the total
while the upper level is doubly degenerate. If energy contained in a box filled with radiation
there are N-non-interacting classical particles of all frequencies at temperature T would be (k
in the system. which is in. is Boltzmann constant and T is non zero)
thermodynamic equilibrium at a temperature
Ùeefo hueeBkeâ kesâ efmLejebkeâ MetvÙe Les lees leeheceeve T ceW
T, the fraction of particles in the upper level is
Skeâ ØeCeeueer kesâ oes Tpee& mlej neWies ∈ Deewj 2 ∈ efveÛeuee efhešejer ceW Yejer ngF& mebhetCe& Tpee&, pees meYeer DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ
mlej 4 iegvee GlheVe keâjlee nw peye efkeâ Thejer mlej ogievee efJeefkeâjCe kesâ meeLe nw, Jen nw
GlheVe keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo Gme ØeCeeueer ceW N iewj- Fbšjsefkeäšbie (a) Zero/ MetvÙe (b) infinite/ Deveble
keâCe neW pees T leeheceeve ceW Leceex[eÙeveefcekeâ meblegueve ceW 3
(c) kT (d) kT
nes~ Ssmes ceW Thejer mlej kesâ keâCeeW keâe keâejkeâ nw~ 2
1 1 Ans. (d) : Energy for black body
(a) ∈
(b) ∈
ℏω
1+ e kBT
1 + 2e kBT
radiation, E = hω / kBT
e −1
1 1
(c) ∈ 2∈
(d) ∈ 2∈ 0
If h→ 0 So, it is form
kBT
+ 4e k B T kBT
− 4e k B T 0
2e 2e
DSSSB PGT 213 YCT
Now using L hospital's rule leerve DeeÙeeceeW ceW Skeâ DeeoMe& Deveehesef#ekeâerÙe hesâceea iewme
ℏω N
5
3
So, E = lim hω / kBT keâe kegâue Tpee& E nw Fme Øekeâej nw E α peneB N
h →0 e −1 2
3
V
ω keâCeeW keâer mebKÙee nw, V iewme keâe DeeÙeleve nQ~ mšsš kesâ
= lim = k BT
h →0 e hω / KB T ω / k B T mener meceerkeâjCe keâes henÛeeefveS ~ (P oeye nw)
So, If plank's constant were zero, the system behaved as 1 2
classical system and the E = kBT i.e. kT. (a) PV = E (b) PV = E
3 3
92. Which of the following atoms cannot exhibit 5
Bose- Einstein condensation, even in principle? (c) PV = E (d) PV = E
3
FveceW mes keâewve mee hejceeCeg yeesme-DeeFvemšerve mebIeveve nes
Ùee efmeæevle ceW Yeer ØeoefMe&le veneR ngDee nw? N5 / 3
Ans. (b) : Given, E ∝ 2 / 3
V
(a) 1 H (b) 4 He
1 2  ∂E 
we know that, P = −  
(c) 23 Na (d) 30 K  ∂V  N
11 19
Ans. (a) : Bose- Einstein Condensation –: Bose- ∂  N5 / 3 
So, P = −  
Einstein condensation is a phenomenon that occurs ∂V  V 2 / 3 
when a dilute gas of bosons is cooled to a temperature
∂
very close to absolute zero. At this temperature, the = – N5 / 3
∂V
( V −2 / 3 )
individual particles lose their distinct identities and
merge into a single quantum state, forming a coherent 2 5/3 1
= N . 5/3
matter wave. 3 V
Hydrogen is composed of two particles, a proton and an
2 N5 / 3
electron. Both protons and electrons are fermions not P=
bosons. Fermions follow the Pauli Exclusion Principle, 3 V.V 2 / 3
which states that no two identical fermions can occupy 2 N5 / 3
PV =
the same quantum state simultaneously. Therefore, 3 V2 / 3
hydrogen cannot exhibit Bose-Einstein condensation.
2
93. Two gases separated by an impermeable but PV = E
3
movable partition are allowed to freely
exchange energy. At equilibrium, the two sides 95. Ten grams of ice at 0ºC is added to a beaker
will have the same. containing 30 grams of water at 25ºC. What is
oes iewme Skeâ DeYeodsÙe Éeje Deueie ngS nw uesefkeâve the final temperature of the system when it
comes to thermal equilibrium? (The specific
ÛeueveMeerue efJeYeepekeâ cegòeâ ™he ceW Tpee& efJeefveÙece keâjves heat of water is 1 cal/g/ºC and latent heat of
oslee nw~ meecÙe ceW oesveeW Deesj meceeve________ nesieW~ melting of ice is 80 cal/g)
(a) Pressure and temperature / oeye Deewj leeheceeve 25ºC ceW 30 «eece heeveer jKevesJeeues Skeâ yeskeâj keâes 0ºC
(b) Volume and temperature / DeeÙeleve Deewj leeheceeve keâer yehe&â kesâ 10 «eece [eue efoÙes nQ~ T<ceerÙe meecÙe ceW Dee
(c) Pressure and volume/ oeye Deewj DeeÙeleve peeveshej Gme ØeCeeueer keâe Debeflece leeheceeve keäÙee nw ?
(d) volume and energy/ DeeÙeleve Deewj Tpee& (heeveer keâer efJeefMe° iejceer 1 cal/g/ºC Deewj yehe&â kesâ
Ans. (a) : Thermal-mechanical equilibrium is achieved ieueve keâer Devleefn&le iejceer nw 80 cal/g)
when two gases are separated by an impreable but (a) 0ºC (b) 7.5ºC
movable and conducting partition in an isolated (c) 12.5ºC (d) – 1.25ºC
container. In this type equilibrium both gases have the Ans. (a) : Given,
same temperature and pressure. m = 10g of Ice at 0°C
94. The total energy E of an ideal non-relativistic m2 = 30 g of water at 25°C
Fermi gas in three dimension is given by E
5
Lice = 80 cal/g and Lwater = 1 cal/g
N 3 We have,
α 2 where N is the number of particles and
V 3 Q1 = mL
V is the volume of the gas. Identify the correct = 10 × 80 Cal/g
equation of state (P being Pressure) = 800 Cal
DSSSB PGT 214 YCT

Amount of heat released for conversion 1
97. Three identical spin fermions are to be
30g water → 30 g water 2
(25°C) (0°C) distributed in two degenerate distinct energy
Again, Q2 = m2L∆T levels. The number of ways this can be done is
1
= 30 × 1 (25 – 0) leerve mece™heer efmheve heâjefceDeesvme keâes oes [erpevejsš
= 750 Cal 2
Since, Q1 > Q2 Required heat is much more than
ef [ ef m švkeâš Tpee& mlejeW hej efJelejCe efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Fmes
released heat. So ice will not melt and ice melt partially keâjves kesâ efJeOeevees keâer mebKÙee nw
Q 750 (a) 8 (b) 4
Amount of ice melt = 2 = = 9.375g (c) 3 (d) 2
L 80
Hence, Ans. (b) : Particles can change their spin, in 4 ways-
Mixture will contain in water (30 + 9.375)g 1 –1
⇒ If two particles at E1 with spin and one
= 39.375 g 2 2
and mixture will contain in ice (10 – 9.375) = 0.625 1
particle at E2 with spin
Temp = 0°C always 2
96. Consider a system of two lsing Spins S1 and S2 ⇒ If two particles at E1 with spin 1 and –1 one
taking values ± 1 with interaction energy given 2 2
by ε = – JS1S2, when it is in thermal particle at E with spin –1
2
equilibrium at temperature T. For large T, the 2
C 1 1
average energy of the system varies , with ⇒ Two particles at E2 with spins and – one
k BT 2 2
C given by 1
particle at E1 with spin +
ceeve ueerefpeS, oes DeeFefmebie efmhevme S1 Deewj S2 keâer Skeâ 2
ØeCeeueer ± 1 kesâ ceeve keâes veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes FvšjskeäMeve Tpee& ⇒ Two particles at E2 with spins 1 and – 1 one
ε = – JS1S2 kesâ meeLe ues jner nw, peye Ùen T<ceerÙe 2 2
1
meblegueve ceW T leeheceeve hej neslee nw~ yeÌ[e T kesâ efueS particle at E1 with spin –
2
C
ØeCeeueer keâer Deewmeleve Tpee& yeoueeJe ,C kesâ meeLe So the number of ways this can be done is four ways.
k BT
98. The speed 'v' of the molecules of mass 'm' of an
______ Éeje efoÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ ideal gas obeys Maxwell's velocity distribution
(a) – 2J2 (b) –J2 law at an equilibrium temperature T. Let (vx,
(c) J2 (d) 4J vy, vz) denote the components of the velocity
and kB be the Boltzmann constant. The average
Ans. (b) : The energy of the system is given by
value of (α αvx –β β y)2, where α and β are
E = –J(S1S2)
constants, is
Where J is the constant represents the strength of the
Skeâ DeeoMe& iewme kesâ õJÙeceeve 'm' kesâ DeCegDeeW keâer Ûeeue
interaction between the spins.
'v' meblegueve leeheceeve T ceW cewkeämeJesue kesâ Jesie efJelejCe
The possible configurations of the system are –
S1 = +1, S2 = +1 then E = –J ef veÙece keâe DevegmejCe keâjlee nw~ (vx, vy, vz) keâes Jesie Deesj
S1 = +1, S2 = –1 then E = +J kB keâes DebieYetleeW kesâ ™he ceW efve™efhele keâj oW Deewj
S1 = –1, S2 = +1 then E = +J yesušceve efmLejebkeâ ceeve efueÙee peeÙe (α αvx –β β y)2 keâe
S1 = –1, S2 = –1 then E = –J Deewmeleve ceeve ______ nw, peneB α Deewj β oesveeW efmLejebkeâ
We have, nw~
–E (S1S2 ) kT z
P ( S1S2 ) = e ( α2 − β2 )k BT ( α2 + β2 )k BT
(a) (b)
z = e ( 1 2 ) ——— (I) m m
–E S S kT
the partial function, ( α + β) k B T

2
( α − β) 2 k BT
(c) (d)
Q = 2e–J/kT ——— (II) m m
C Ans. (b) : We know that –
Given, the average energy of the system varies
k BT <V2> = <Vx2> + <Vy2> + <Vz2>
Where = C will be product of J so option (–J2) will be k T
= B
correct. m
DSSSB PGT 215 YCT
k BT (a) zero/MetvÙe
∴ < Vx 2 > = < Vy 2 > = < Vz 2 > = 1
m  a  4
<Vx> = <Vy> = <Vz> = 0 (b) ±  

 6b 
The average of (α Vx – β y)2 1
= α2 <Vx2> + β 2 <Vy2> – 2 α β <Vx> <Vy>  a  4
(c) ±  
2 k BT 2 k BT
 3b 
=α +β –0 1
m m
a 4
k T (d) ±  
= ( α2 + β2 ) B b
m
Ans. (c) : Given, F = –aψ2 + bψ6 ; a, b > 0
99. A Carnot cycle operates as a heat engine
between two bodies of equal heat capacity until ∂2F ∂F
at equilibrium, > 0 and =0
their temperatures become equal. If the initial ∂ψ 2
∂ψ
temperatures of the bodies are T1 and T2, So, differentiate,
respectively and T1 > T2 then their common ∂F
final temperature is = −2aψ + 6bψ 5
∂ψ
Skeâ keâeveeXš Ûe›eâ G<Ce Fbpeve kesâ ™he ceW meceeve G<Ce
0 = −2aψ + 6bψ 5
#ecelee kesâ oes efheb[eW kesâ yeerÛe, Gvekeâe leeheceeve meceeve
nesves lekeâ keâece keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo oes efheb[eW kesâ DeejbefYekeâ 2a = 6bψ4
a = 3bψ4
leeheceeve ›eâceMe: T1 Deewj T2 Deewj T1 > T2 yeeo ceW,
1
Gvekeâe Debeflece meceeve leeheceeve nw  a 4
⇒ ψ=  
T2 T2  3b 
(a) 1 (b) 2
T2 T2 101. The three principal moments of inertia of a
1 methanol (CH3OH) molecule have the property
(c) T1T2 (d) (T1 + T2 ) Ix = Iy = I and Iz ≠ I.
2
The rotation energy Eigen values are
Ans. (c) : For heat Carnot engine the change in entropy
for source and sink
Skeâ efceLesvee@ue (CH3OH) DeCeg keâer efveef<›eâÙelee kesâ leerve
efmeæevle #eCe kesâ iegCeOece& nQ~ Ix = Iy = I Deewj Iz ≠ I. nw,
T 
TF
dT
dS1 = ∫ = log  F  efveÙeefcele Tpee& Fbpeve ceeve nw~
T1
T  T1 
ℏ2 ℏ 2 ml 2  1 1 
TF
dT  T  (a) l (l + 1) +  − 
and dS2 = ∫ = log  F  2I 2  Iz I 
T2
T  T2 
ℏ2
∆S = dS1 + dS2 (b) l (l +1)
2I
T T
= log F + log F ℏ 2 ml 2  1 1 
T1 T2 (c)  − 
2I  I z I 
Since, Carnot engine is reversible in nature
ℏ2 ℏ 2 ml 2  1 1 
( TF )
2
(d) l (l +1) +  + 
So log =0 2I 2  Iz I 
T1 T2
Ans. (a) : CH3OH is example of symmetric rotar
⇒ TF = T1 T2 where Ix = Iy ≠ Iz
100. The free energy F of a system depends on a Given, Ix = Iy = I and Iz ≠ I
thermodynamic variable ψ as F = – aψ ψ2 + bψ
ψ6 The classical expression for energy is
with a, b > 0. The value of ψ, when the system
E = ( J x 2 + J y2 ) +
1 1 2
Jz
is in thermodynamic equilibrium, is 2I 2I z
Skeâ ØeCeeueer keâe cegòeâ Tpee& F Leceex[eÙeveefcekeâ This can be expressed in term of
DeefmLejlee ψ hej efveYe&j nw, pewmes a, b > 0 kesâ meeLe F = J2 = Jx2 + Jy2 + Jz2 by adding and subtracting Jz2 we get–
– aψψ2 + bψ ψ6 nw~ peye ØeCeeueer LeceeX[eÙeveefcekeâ meblegueve ceW 1  1 1
E = J2 +  –  Jz2
nes leess ψ keâe ceeve nw 2I  2I z 2I 
DSSSB PGT 216 YCT
Quantum mechanically Ans. (b) : Given,
ℏ 2
ℏ ml  1 1 
2 2
H = aSe. Sp ——— (I)
E= J ( J +1) +  – 
2I 2  Iz I  S = Se. Sp
2 2
102. In the presence of a weak magnetic field, S = Se + Sp + 2Se. Sp
2
atomic hydrogen undergoes the transition :

2
P1/2 → 1S1/2 by emission of radiation. The 2
S – Se – Sp
2 2
number of distinct spectral lines that are Se.Sp =

observed in the resultant Zeeman spectrum is. 2
Skeâ ogye&ue keâebleerÙe #es$e keâer GheefmLeefle ceW efJeefkeâjCe kesâ Here, S2 > = S ( S +1) ℏ 2 >
Glmepe&ve Éeje DeeefCJekeâ neF[êspeve 2P1/2 → 1S1/2 11 
meb›eâceCe mes neskeâj iegpejlee nw~ ef[efmšvkeâš mheskeäšûe Se2 > =  +1  ℏ 2 >
2 2 
jsKeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee pees efjmeušsvš peerceeve mheskeäš^ce keâes
11 
heeÙee peelee nw S2p > =  +1  ℏ 2 >
2 2 
(a) 2 (b) 3 3 1
(c) 4 (d) 6 For S1 and S0
Multiplicity both we get
Ans. (c) : In the presence of a weak magnetic field,
2s + 1 = 3
atomic hydrogen undergoes the transition 2P1 → S 1 , 1
S=1
2 2
by emission of radiation 2s +1=1
⇒ 2P1 → S 1 is sodium distinct spectral lines and it
1 S = 0
2 2 From equation (1)
has total 4 Zeeman components.
103. Given that the ground state energy of the ∴
a 2
H = S – Se – Sp
2 ( 2 2
)
hydrogen atom is - 13.6 eV, the ground state For
emery of positronium (which is a bound state of
a 3  a  ℏ2 
an electron and a positron) is < 3 S1 | H | 3 S1 >=  2ℏ 2 – ℏ 2  =  
ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ neF[êspeve hejceeCeg keâer «eeTC[ mšsš 2 2  2 2 
Tpee& – 13.6 eV nw, heesefmešêsefveÙece keâer «eeTC[ mšsš a  –3 
<1 S0 | H |1 S1 >  ℏ 2 
Tpee& nw (pees Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve Deewj Skeâ heesefmešê@ve keâe 2 2 
yeeTb[ mšsš nw) ∴ Energy splitting between 3S1 and 1S0
(a) + 6.8eV (b) – 6.8eV a 3  a 3 
∆E =  2ℏ 2 – ℏ 2  –  – ℏ 2 
(c) – 13.6eV (d) – 27.2eV 2 2  2 2 
Ans. (b) : The energy expression for positronium atom
= ( 2ℏ )
a 2
−13.6 2
is En = 2
(eV)
2n = aℏ 2
for ground state, n = 1 105. The ratio of intensities of the D1 and D2 lines of
−13.6 sodium at high temperature is
so, E1 = = −6.8eV
2(1) 2 GÛÛe leeheceeve ceW meesef[Ùece kesâ D1 Deewj D2 jsKeeDeeW keâer
therefore Ground state energy of positroniun is – 6.8eV leer›eleeDeeW keâe Devegheele nw
104. If the hyperfine interaction in an atom is given (a) 1:1 (b) 2:3
by H = a Se Sp where Se and Sp denote the (c) 1:3 (d) 1:2
Ans. (d) : The electronic transition for D2 and D1 line is,
electron and proton spins respectively, the 2
splitting between the 3S1 and 1S0 state is D 2 : 2 P3  → S1
2 2
Ùeefo Skeâ hejceeCeg ceW neFhejheâeFve FvšjskeäMeve keâes Fme 2
D1 : P1 
2
→ S1
Øekeâej efoÙee peeÙe H = a Se Sp peneB Se 2 2
Deewj Sp ›eâceMe: Fueskeäšê@ve Deewj Øeesše@ve keâes metefÛele keâjles 3

I ( D 2 ) 2J 2 +1 2× 2 +1 4
nQ~ Ssmes ceW 3S1 Deewj 1S0 kesâ yeerÛe keâe efJeoejCe mšsš nw ∴ = = =
I ( D1 ) 2J1 +1 2× 1 +1 2
aℏ 2 2
(a) (b) aℏ 2
2 2
=
aℏ 2 1
(c) (d) 2aℏ 2 So D1 : D2 = 1 : 2
2
DSSSB PGT 217 YCT
106. A muon ( µ − ) from cosmic rays is trapped by a (a) 6.5 MHz (b) 6.5 Hz
(c) 6.5 GHz (d) 6.5 kHz
proton to form a hydrogen-like atom. Given
Ans. (c) : Given,
that a muon is approximately 200 times heavier
Electronic energy levels in a hydrogen atom
than an electron, the longest wavelength of the
spectral line (in the analogue of the Lyman –13.6
En = eV
series) of such an atom will be n2
Skeâ Øeesše@ve Éeje Skeâ neF[êspeve pewmes hejceeCeg keâes n = 100
™heeefcele keâjves kesâ efueS yeÇÿeeb[ efkeâjCe mes Skeâ muon we know that,
 1 1
(µ− ) hej Deekeâj heBâme ieÙee nw~ ceevee peelee nw efkeâ muon ∆E n = –13.6  – 2  eV
 ( n +1)
2
meefVekeâš 200 iegvee Jepeveoej nw, Ssmes hejceeCeg keâer n 
mheskeäš^ce jsKee keâe DelÙeefOekeâ uebyee lejbieowOÙe& nw (uesceve 2×13.6
∆E n = eV
ßesCeer kesâ Deveeuee@ie ceW) n3
(a) 5.62Aº (b) 6.67Aº 2×13.6
(c) 3.75Aº (d) 13.3Aº h∆ν = ×1.6×10 –19
n3
Ans. (b) : In the case of muonic atom, the reduce mass
2×13.6 1.6×10 –19
is, ∆ν = ×
(100 ) 6.62×10
3 –34
mµ m p 200me m p
m' = =
mµ + m p ( 200m e + m p ) 2×13.6×1.6×109
=
200me × 1837m e 6.62
= 180m e = 6.5 × 109 Hz = 6.5GHz
200m e + 1837m e
108. A perturbation Vpert = aL2 is added to the
mµ m p hydrogen atom potential. The shift in the
m' = = 180 m e
mµ m p energy level of the 2P state, when the effects of
spin are neglected up to second order in 'a' is
 m'  E1 E1 neF[êspeve hejceeCeg efJeYeJe ceW Skeâ hejšyexMeve Vpert = aL2
E'n =   2 = 180 2
m
 e n n keâes peesÌ[ efoÙee nw~ 2P mšsš kesâ Tpee& mlej ceW mLeeveeblej nes
where E1' = –13.6eV ieÙee nw, peye Ûe›eâCe kesâ ØeYeeJe keâes Skeâ meskeWâ[ lekeâ vepej
for ground state of muonic atom n = 1, E1' = 180E1 Deboeue keâj efoÙee peeÙe lees 'a' ceW ›eâce nw
for first excited state of muonic atom n = 2 (a) 2aℏ 2 (b) 2aℏ 2 + a 2 ℏ 2
'
E 2 = 45E1 3
(c) aℏ 2 + a 2 ℏ 4 (d) 0
The energy difference between excited and ground state 2
is – Ans. (a) : We have
∆E = E '2 – E1' = –135E1 = 1836eV = 2938×10 –19 J Vpert = aL2
In term of wavelength, for 2p state, L=1
hc The shift in the energy due to perturbation
∆E = hν = Vpert = aL2
λ
hc 6.63×10–34 ×3×108 ∆E = aL (L + 1)ℏ 2
–10
λ= = = 6.67 ×10 m
∆E 2938×10-19 = a.1 (1 + 1)ℏ 2
= 6.67 A°
∆E = 2aℏ 2
107. The electronic energy levels in a hydrogen
atom are given by 109. A spectral line due to a transition from an
-13.6 electronic state 'p' to an 's' state splits into
En = eV. If a selective excitation to the n three Zeeman lines in the presence of strong
n2
= 100 level is to be made using a laser, the magnetic field. At intermediate filed strengths
maximum allowed frequency line-width of the the number of spectral lines is
laser is meb ›eâceCe kesâ keâejCe Skeâ JeCe&›eâceerÙe jsKee Skeâ
Skeâ neF[êspeve hejceeCeg ceW jnvesJeeues Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ Tpee& Fues keäšêefvekeâ mšsš 'p' mes Skeâ 's' mšsš lekeâ Skeâ cepeyetle
-13.6 keâebleerÙe #es$e keâer GheefmLeefle ceW leerve peerceve jsKeeDeeW ceW
mlej Fme Øekeâej nw En = eV. Ùeefo uesmej keâe efJeYeeefpele nes peelee nw~ ceOÙeJeleea #es$e leekeâleeW hej
n2
GheÙeesie keâjkesâ n = 100 mlej kesâ efueS Skeâ mesuesefkeäšJe JeCe&›eâceerÙe jsKeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee nw
SefkeämešsMeve yevee efoÙee peeÙe lees uesmej keâer DeefOekeâlece (a) 10 (b) 6
mencele DeeJe=efòe jsKee- ÛeewÌ[eF& nw (c) 3 (d) 9
DSSSB PGT 218 YCT
Ans. (a) : In this configuration
1
S = 4× and L = 2
2
=2
we know, the highest J = values is –
J=L+S=Y
Thus, the ground state spectral term for this
configuration is 5D4
Now in Cr2+ (3d4)
For, P3 
→S1
2 2 –2 –1 0 +1 +2
Number of lines = 2 (1) + 2(2) ML =
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑
=6
In this configuration
For, P1  →S1
2 2 1
Number of lines = 2(2) = 4 S = 4× = 2 and L = 2
2
total spectral lines = 4 + 6 = 10 The lowest J value is –
Alternative method, j= L–S
For P state: l = 1 =2–2
S = 1/2 =0
J = 1/2 & 3/2 Thus the ground state spectral term for this
This gives two spectral terms configuration is the J value decreases from J = 4 to J = 0
2
P3 and 2 P1 111. A collection of N atoms is exposed to a strong
2 2
resonant electromagnetic radiation with Ng
For S state l=0
S = 1/2 atoms in the ground state and Ne atoms in the
J = 1/2 excited state, such that Ng + Ne = N. This
collection of two-level atoms will have the
This gives spectral terms 2 S 1 following population distribution.
2
The terms P3 and S 1 corresponding to J = 3

2 2 N hejceeCegDeeW keâe Skeâ meb«en Skeâ cepeyetle iebgpeeÙeceeve
2 2 2 Fueskeäšêscesivesefškeâ efJeefkeâjCe kesâ «eeTC[ mšsš ceW jnves
& J= 1 will break into 2J + 1 Zeeman levels, which Jeeues Ng hejceeCegDeeW Deewj Gòesefpele mšsš ceW jnves Jeeues Ne
2
is 4 and 2 respectively hejceeCegDeeW ceW Keguelee nw, efpememes Jen Ng + Ne = N. nes
For 2 P3 mj = – 3 , – 1 , + 1 , + 3 peelee nw~ oes mlejerÙe hejceeCegDeeW kesâ Fme meb«en ceW ––––––
2 2 2 2 2 heesheguesMeve efJelejCe nesiee~
For 2 S 1 mj = – 1 , + 1 (a) Ng<< Ne (b) Ng >> Ne
2 2 2
N N
For P1  →S1 (c) Ng ≈ Ne ≈ (d) Ng – Ne ≈
2 2 2 2
Number of lines = 2(2) = 4
N
For P3  →S1 Ans. (c) : Ng ≈ Ne ≈
2 2 2
Number of lines = 2(1) + 2(2) = 6 112. The spectrum of radiation emitted by a black
Total number of Zeeman component = 10 body at a temperature 500 K peaks in the
110. How much does the total angular momentum 500 K leeheceeve kesâ efMeKej hej Skeâ keâeues efheb[ mes
quantum number J change in the transition of Glmeef pe&le efJeefkeâjCe keâe JeCe&›eâceerÙe
Cr (3d6) atom as it ionize to Cr2+ (3d4)? (a) Visible range of frequencies/DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ
Cr (3d6) DeCeg kesâ efkeâleves meb›eâceCe ceW kegâue keâesCeerÙe ieefle
ÂMÙeceeve jWpe hej neslee nw~
keäJeebšce mebKÙee J heefjJeefle&le neslee nw, peye Ùen Cr2+
(b) Infrared range of frequencies/DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ
(3d4) ceW DeeÙeefvele nes?
DeJejòeâ jWpe hej neslee nw
(a) Increases by 2/2 mes pÙeeoe nes peelee nw
(c) Ultra violet range of frequencies/DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ
(b) Decreases by 2/2 mes keâce nes peelee nw
hejeyeQieveer jWpe hej neslee nw~
(c) Decreases by 4/4 mes keâce nes peelee nw
(d) Microwave range of frequencies/DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ
(d) Does not change/keâesF& Yeer heefjJele&ve veneR neslee nw
ceeF›eâesJesJe jWpe hej neslee nw~
Ans. (c) : In Cr (3d6) state
Ans. (b) : we know that,
M L = ↑↓ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ wein's displacement law
–2 –1 0 +1 +2 λmax T = Constant
DSSSB PGT 219 YCT

where T = Temperature 116. The ground state of sodium atom (11Na) is a
This constant is wein's constant = 2.898 × 10–3 mk 2
S1/2 state. The difference in energy levels
–3
2.8938×10 arising in the presence of a weak external
λ max = ∵ T = 500k
500k magnetic field B, given in terms of Bohr
λmax = 0.578 × 10–5m magneton µB is
So it is infrared range of frequency. meesef[Ùece hejceeCeg (11Na) keâe «eeTC[ mšsš 2S1/2 mšsš
113. An atom with one outer electron having orbital nw~ Skeâ ogye&ue yee¢e ÛeggbyekeâerÙe #es$e B, pees yeesnj cesivesMeve
angular momentum l is placed in a weak
magnetic field. The number of energy levels µB ceW efoÙee ieÙee nw Gmekesâ Tpee& mlejeW ceW efYeVelee nw
into which the higher total angular momentum (a) 2µB B (b) µB B
state splits, is (c) 4µB B (d) 6 µB B
Skeâ hejceeCeg keâes Skeâ yeeÿe Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ meeLe efmLele 2
keâ#eerÙe keâesCeerÙe ieefle l keâes Skeâ ogye&ue keâebleerÙe #es$e ceW Ans. (a) : For S12 state,
jKee ieÙee nw~ Tpee& mlejeW keâer mebKÙee efpemeceW GÛÛelej g=2
kegâue keâesCeerÙe ieefle keâe efJeYesove neslee nes Jen ––––––– 1
nw~ MJ = ±
2
(a) 2l + 2 (b) 2l + 1 we know that, the energy separation in sthe Zeeman
(c) 2l (d) 2l – 1
level is (∆E) = gMJ (µBB)
Ans. (b) : When we put a atom in the weak magnetic
field the Zeeman splitting is observed. 1
∆E = ± 2 × (µBB)
If we consider spin zero as in the case of normal 2
Zeeman affect. So, the level will be (2 l + 1) = ± (µBB)
114. The lifetime of an atomic state is 1 nano second. = ∆E1 = µBB
The natural line width of the spectrum line in and ∆ E2 = –µBB
the emission spectrum of this state is of the
order of So, ∆E = 2µBB
Skeâ DeeefCJekeâ mšsš keâer peerefJeleeJeefOe Skeâ vesvees meskeWâ[ nw~ 117. The number of spectral lines allowed in the
Glmepe&keâ mheskeäMeve ceW mheskeäš^ce jsKee keâer Øeeke=âeflekeâ jsKee spectrum for the 3 2D→3 2P transition in
keâer efJemle=efle keâe Ùen mšsš ––––––– keâe Dee[&j nw~ sodium is
(a) 10-10 eV (b) 10-9 eV meesef[Ùece ceW 3 2D→3 2P šêefvmeMeve kesâ efueS mheskeäš^ce
-6
(c) 10 eV (d) 10-3 eV kesâ Debleie&le peevesJeeueer mheskeäšûe jsKeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee nw
Ans. (c) : ∆E = hν
(a) 12 (b) 22
∆E = h∆ν (∆E = width of spectral line)
(c) 16 (d) 28
1
∆ν = Ans. (d) : The numbers of Zeeman components for
∆T 2
D5 / 2 → 2 P3 / 2
6.62×10 –34
So, ∆E = So, transition = 12
1×10 –9
∆E = 6.626×10 –25 J The numbers of Zeeman components for 2 D3 / 2 → 2 P3 / 2
∴ I J = 1.6 × 10–19 eV So, transition = 10
6.626×10 –25 The numbers of Zeeman components for 2 D3 / 2 → 2 P1/ 2
So ∆E = eV
1.6 × 10–19 So, transition = 6
∆E = 4.14 × 10–6 eV So, the number of spectral lines allowed in the
115. The degeneracy of an excited state of nitrogen Spectrum of the 3 2 D → 3 2 P transition in sodium is =
atom having electron configuration (12 + 10 + 6) = 28
1s22s22p63s23d1 is 118. The first stokes line of a rotational Raman
efpeme veeFšêspeve hejceeCeg ceW Fueskeäšê@ve keâe@veefheâ«ejsMeve spectrum is observed at 12.96 cm-1.
1s22s22p63s23d1 nw Gmekesâ Skeâ SkeämeeFšs[ mšsš keâer Considering the rigid rotator approximation,
[erpevejsmeer nw the rotational constant is given by
(a) 10 (b) 6 Skeâ IetCe&veelcekeâ jeceve mheskeäš^ce keâer henueer mšeskeäme jsKee
(c) 15 (d) 18
Ans. (a) : The degeneracy of an excited state of
keâes 12.96 cm-1 ceW osKee pee mekeâlee nw~ DeheefjJele&veerÙe
nitrogen atom having electron configuration IetCe&ve keâe meefVekeâj ceeve –––––– nw peye efkeâ IetCeeaÙe
1s22s22p63s23d1 is 10. efmLejebkeâ osves kesâ yeeo yevelee nw~
DSSSB PGT 220 YCT
(a) 6.48 cm-1 (b) 3.24 cm-1 c λ2
(c) 2.16 cm -1
(d) 1.62 cm-1 =
∆ν ∆λ
Ans. (c) : The first stoke line of the rotational Raman
For two closely spaced line of wavelength λ1 and λ2
spectrum lies at = 6B
So, 6B = 12.96 cm–1 c λλ
So, = 1 2 ∵ λ1 = λ 2 = λ
B = 2.16 cm–1 ∆ν λ1 − λ 2
c 1
=
∆ν λ1 λ
− 2
λ1λ 2 λ1λ 2
c 1
=
∆ν 1 1
−
λ 2 λ1
Multiply and divided by c in R.H.S
c c
Sso, =
119. The far infrared rotational absorption ∆ν c
−
c
spectrum of a diatomic molecule shows λ 2 λ1
equilibrium lines with spacing 20 cm-1. The c

position of the first stoke line in the rotational =
ν 2 − ν1
Raman spectrum of this molecule is
Skeâ efÉDeeefCJekeâ DeCeg otj kesâ DeJejòeâ IetCe&veelcekeâ minimum path difference = 1 c
DeJeMees<eCe mheskeäš^ce mhesefmebie 20 cm-1 kesâ meeLe meecÙe 2 ∆ν
jsKeeDeeW keâes efoKeelee nw~ Fme hejceeCeg kesâ IetCe&veelcekeâ 1
= ×
c
jeceve mheskeäš^ce ceW ØeLece mšeskeâ jsKee keâe mLeeve nw 2 ν 2 − ν1
(a) 20 cm-1 (b) 40 cm-1 121. For a two-dimensional free electron gas, the
-1
(c) 60 cm (d) 120 cm-1 electronic density n, and the Fermi energy EF,
Ans. (c) : Given, 2B = 20cm–1 (Absorption line will are related by
appear at 2B cm–1) Skeâ oes DeeÙeeceerÙe cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve iewme kesâ efueS
So, B = 10cm–1 Fueskeäšê@efvekeâ IevelJe n Deewj heâceea Tpee& EF, nw Ùes oesveeW –
we know that, the position of the first stokes line in the
rotational Raman Spectrum = 6B –––––– mes mebyebefOele nQ~
( 2mE F ) 2
3/
= 6 × 10 mE F
= 60 cm –1 (a) n = (b) n =
3π ℏ2 3
πℏ 2
120. A double slit interference experiment uses a
( 2mE F )
1/ 3
laser emitting light of two adjacent frequencies mE F
(c) n = (d) n =
γ1 and γ2 (γγ1 < γ2). The minimum path 2πℏ 2 πℏ
difference between the interfering beams for Ans. (c) : For a two dimensional free electron gas, the
which the interference pattern disappears is
oes S[dpemesvš DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ Skeâ uespej Sefceefšbie ØekeâeMe electronic density ( n ) = mE F2
2πℏ
ceW GheÙeesieer Skeâ efÉefJeYeepekeâ JÙeefòeâkeâjCe ØeÙeesie γ,
Deewj γ2 (γγ1 < γ2) nw~ efpemekesâ efueS JÙeeflekeâjCe vecetvee 122. The Hall coefficient RH, of sodium depends on
DeÂMÙe nes peelee nw, Gme JÙeeflekeâejer yeercme kesâ yeerÛe kesâ meesef[Ùece keâe ne@ue keâesSefheâefMeÙevš RH ––––––– hej
vÙetvelece ceeieeËlej nw efveYe&j nw~
(a) The effective charge carrier mass and carrier
C C
(a) (b) density/ØeYeeJeer DeeJesMe pees õJÙeceeve Jeenkeâ Deewj IevelJe
γ1 + γ 2 γ 2 − γ1
Jeenkeâ
C C (b) The charge carrier density and relaxation
(c) (d)
2 ( γ 2 − γ1 ) 2 ( γ 2 + γ1 ) time/Ûeepe& kewâefjÙej IevelJe Deewj efMeefLeueve meceÙe
c (c) The charge carrier density only/Ûeepe& kewâefjÙej
Ans. (c) : We know that, ν =
λ IevelJe cee$e
c | ∆λ | (d) The effective charge carrier mass/ØeYeeJeer Ûeepe&
Spectral bandwidth of laser (∆ν) =
λ2 kewâefjÙej õJÙeceeve
DSSSB PGT 221 YCT
Ans. (c): If a current carrying conductor is located in a 124. A narrow beam of x-rays with wavelength 1.5
o
magnetic field, a force acts on the charge carrier
A is reflected from an ionic crystal with an fcc
perpendicular to the current and magnetic field o
direction. The resulting charge separation is called Hall lattice structure with lattice constant 6 A . The
effect and results in a measurable Hall voltage. It is sine of the angle corresponding to (1 1 1)
proportional to the hall coefficient and the magnetic reflection is
o
field strength.
So,
#e-ef k eâjCeeW keâe meb
k eâer C e& ØekeâeMe heg b
p e lejb ieow O Ùe& 1.5 A kesâ
VH = Ed meeLe DeeÙeefvekeâ ef›eâmšue mes Skeâ fcc peeueer mebjÛevee kesâ
o
BI meeLe peeueer efmLejebkeâ 6 A kesâ meeLe Øeefleheâefuele keâjlee nw~
=
ρW (1 1 1) Øeefleheâueve kesâ efueS keâesCe mebJeeoer keâer pÙee nw
1 1
Hall coefficient is given by ( R H ) = = 3 3
ρ ne (a) (b)
4 8
where, ρ is charge density 1 1
n is charge concentration (c) (d)
4 8
From the above expression, Hall coefficient is depends
on the only charge carrier density. So, Hall coefficient, Ans. (b) : (1, 1, 1) are the Miller indices (h, k, l)
ο
RH of sodium depends on the charge carrier density Given, lattice constant (a) = 6 A
only. wavelength (λ) = 1.5A°
123. Consider X-ray diffraction form a crystal with we know that,
a face centered cubic (fcc) lattice. The lattice a
plane for which there is no diffraction peak is d=
efJeÛeej keâjW, Skeâ hesâme kesâefvõle Ieve (fcc) peeueer kesâ meeLe h + k2 + l2
2
ο ο
Skeâ ef›eâmšue mes #e-efkeâjCe efJeJele&ve nw~ efpemekesâ efueS 6A 6A
= =
peneB keâesF& efJeJele&ve efMeKej veneR nw, Jen peeueer meceleue nw 12 +12 +12 3
(a) (2, 1, 2) (b) (1, 1, 1) According to Bragg's equation,
(c) (2, 0, 0) (d) (3, 1, 1) 2dsinθ = nλ
Ans. (a) : 6A°
Bravais Example Allowed Forbidde 2 sinθ = 1×1.5A°
3
Lattice compounds Reflections n
/structure Reflection 3
sinθ =
1. Primitive Simple Any h, k, l None 8
(P) cubic cubic (α- 125. If the number density of a free electron gas in
Po) three dimensions is increased eight times, its
2. Body Body h+k+l= h+k+l= Fermi energy will
centered centered even odd Ùeefo Skeâ cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve iewme keâer IevelJe mebKÙee leerve
(I) cubic cubic DeeÙeeceeW ceW Dee" iegvee yeÌ{ peeÙe lees Gmekeâer heâceea Tpee&
metal nesieer
3. Face Face h, k, l all h, k, l (a) Increase by a factor of 4/4 keâe Skeâ henuet keâer
centered centered odd or all mixed odd
Je=efæ ngF&
(F) cubic cubic even or even
(b) Decrease by a factor of 4/4 keâe Skeâ henuet keâer
metal
4. Face C, Si, Ge- As FCC, h, k, l keâceer ngF&
centered Diamond but if all mixed odd (c) Increase by a factor of 8/8 keâe Skeâ henuet keâer
(F) cubic Cubic even then h or even Je=efæ ngF&
+ k + l = 4nand if all (d) Decrease by a factor of 8/8 keâe Skeâ henuet keâer
(n is
even and h keâceer ngF&
integer) + k + l ≠ Ans. (A) : For a fermi gas of N particles in three
4n dimension at T = 0K,
5. Primitive All other h + 2 k = 2
ℏ2  2 N  3
(P) cases 3n, l odd So, Fermi energy ( E F ) =  3π 
Hexagonal 2m  V
So, (2,1, 2) is combination of odd or even for both here N
where, = n is number density
no plane is present. V
DSSSB PGT 222 YCT
2 o3 o3
So, E F ∝ ( n ) 3 (a) 26.2 A (b) 13.1 A
from question number density is increased by 8 times o3 o3
2 (c) 9.3 A (d) 4.6 A
So, E F ∝ ( 8) 3
Ans. (c) : Given,
3× 2
∝ ( 2) 3 wavelength of x-ray (λ) = 2.1 Ǻ
θ = 30°
∝ (2)2 We know that, n = 1
EF ∝ 4
2d sinθ = 2λ
So, Fermi energy will increase by a factor of 4.
2d sin30° = 1 × 2.1 Ǻ
126. The energy required to create a lattice vacancy
2.1
in a crystal is equal to 1eV. The ratio of the d=
number densities of 2 sin30°
n (1200k ) 2.1 ° °
vacancies when the crystal is at = A = 2.1A

n ( 300k ) 2× 1
2
equilibrium at 1200 k and 300 k respectively, is volume of primitive unit cell = d3
3 ο
approximately 3
= (2.1) A
Skeâ ef›eâmšue ceW Skeâ peeueer efjòeâlee efvecee&Ce keâjves kesâ
ο3
efueS 1eV Tpee& keâer DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw~ peye Skeâ ef›eâmšue = 9.261 A
›eâceMe: 1200 K Deewj 300 k kesâ meblegueve ceW nes lees 128. For an ideal Fermi gas in three dimensions, the
n (1200k ) electron velocity VF at the Fermi surface is
efjòeâlee kesâ mebmLee IevelJe keâe Devegheele
n ( 300k ) related to electron concentration 'n' as
leerve DeeÙeeceeW ceW Skeâ DeeoMe& iewme kesâ efueS, heâceea melen
ueieYeie –––––– nw~
(a) exp (–30) (b) exp (–15)
hej Fueskeäšê@ve Jesie VF Fueskeäšê@ve meebõlee 'n' mes ––––––
(c) exp (15) (d) exp (30) kesâ ™he ceW mecyeefvOele nw~
Ans. (c) : Number of vacancies is given by, (a) VF ∝ n2/3 (b) VF ∝ n
N = N0 e–E/2kT (c) VF ∝ n1/3 (d) VF ∝ n1/2
for 1200 k, N1 (1200k) = N0 e–E/2kT1 Ans. (c) : We know that,
= N0 e–E/2k(1200) 2
for 300k, N2(300k) = N0 e–E/2k(300) ℏ  3π2 N  3

Fermi energy ( E F ) =  
N (1200k ) No e –E/2k(1200 ) 2m  V 
So, 1 =
N 2 ( 300k ) No e –E/2k( 300 ) N
=n
= e–E/2k(1200). eE/2k(300) V
So, Ef ∝ n2/3
 1 1 
= e E/2k  –  1
 300 1200  and E f = mvf 2
2
 4 –1 Vf2 ∝ n2/3
= e E/2k   So,
1200  Vf ∝ n1/3
= e E/2k 1 (
400 ) 129. Which one of the following cannot be explained
by considering a harmonic approximation for
 1×1.6×10 –19 
 –23  the lattice vibration in solids?
= e 2×1.38×10 ×400  s FveceW mes efkeâmes "esme ceW peeueer kebâheveeW kesâ efueS Skeâ
= e(14.49)
= exp. (15)
neceexefvekeâ kesâ ™he ceW efJeÛeej veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw?
127. A metal with body centered cubic (bcc) (a) Thermal expansion/Lece&ue efJemleej
structure show the first (i.e. smallest angle) (b) Debye's T3 law/[eryes keâe T3 efveÙece
diffraction peak at a Bragg angle of θ = 30º. (c) Dulong Petit's law/[gueebie hesefšš keâe efveÙece
The wavelength of x-ray used is 2.1 A . The
o
(d) Optical branches in lattices/peeefueÙeeW ceW Dee@efhškeâue
volume of the primitive unit cell of the metal is MeeKeeSB
efheb[ kesâefvõle Ieve (bcc) mebjÛevee Skeâ Oeeleg kesâ meeLe Ans. (a) : The harmonic approximation for lattice
henuee efJeJele&ve efMeKej (Goe. ueIeglece keâesCe) θ = 30º vibrations assumes that the atoms in a crystal lattice
yeÇsie keâesCe ceW efoKeelee nw~ GmeceW GheÙeesie keâjves Jeeues #e- vibrate harmonically around their equilibrium positions.
ο
This approximation is valid for small displacement from
efkeâjCe keâe lejbieowOÙe& 2.1 A nw~ Oeeleg keâe Deeefoce FkeâeF& equilibrium and assumes that the inter atomic forces are
keâesMe keâe DeeÙeleve nw purely harmonic.
DSSSB PGT 223 YCT

• Thermal expansion occurs due to an increase in 132. The total energy of an ionic solid is given by an
atomic vibrations with temperature. As the temperature expression
increases, the amplitude of atomic vibrations increases, αe 2 B
leading to an expansion of the lattice. This expansion is E = – + 9 where α is Madelung
4π ∈0 r r
not captured by the harmonic approximation. Thermal
constant, r is the distance between the nearest
expansion depends on the charge in volume is given by, neighbours in the crystal and B is a constant. If
1  ∂V  r0 is the equilibrium separation between the
α=  
V  ∂P T nearest neighbors then the value of B is
130. The dispersion relation for a one dimensional
Skeâ DeeÙeefvekeâ "esme keâer kegâue Tpee& Fme DeefYeJÙeefòeâ Éeje
mono atomic crystal with lattice spacing 'a', αe 2 B
ef o Ùee peelee nw E=– + 9 peneB α cee[suebgie
which interacts nearest neighbor harmonic 4π ∈0 r r
potential efmLejebkeâ nw, r ef›eâmšue ceW efvekeâšlece vewyej kesâ yeerÛe keâer
Ka otjer nw Deewj B efmLejebkeâ nw~ Ùeefo r0 efvekeâšlece vewyejeW kesâ
is given by ω = A Sin where A is constant of
2 yeerÛe meblegueve efJeYeepeve nes lees B keâe ceeve nw
appropriate unit. The force constant between
the nearest neighbor of the lattice (M is the αe 2 r08 αe 2 r08
(a) (b)
mass of the atom) is 4π ∈0 36π ∈0
'a' peeueer Deblej kesâ meeLe Skeâ DeeÙeeceer ceesvees ef›eâmšue kesâ 2αe 2 r010 αe 2 r010
efueS hewâueeJe mecyevOe pees efvekeâšlece vewyej neceexefvekeâ (c) (d)
9π ∈0 36π ∈0
efJeYeJe kesâ meeLe hejmhej keâeÙe& keâjlee nes Jen Fme Øekeâej
αe2 B
Ka Ans. (b) : Given, total energy ( E ) = – + 9
efoÙee ieÙee nw ω = A Sin peneB A mener FkeâeF& keâe 4π ∈0 r r
2
keâe differentiate, dE = –αe d 1 + B d  1 
2
efmLejebkeâ nw~ peeueer (M hejceeCeg keâe õJÙeceeve nw)
 
efvekeâšlece vewyej kesâ yeerÛe keâe yeue efmLejebkeâ nw dr 4π ∈ dr (r) dr r 90  
MA 2
MA 2
–αe 2  1
 1
(a) (b) =  + ( –9B ) 10
. –
4 2 4π ∈0  r 2
 r
(c) MA2 (d) 2MA2 –αe 2
9B
Ans. (a) : The dispersion relation (ω versus k) for one = –
4π ∈0 r 2 r10
dimensional monatomic lattice is given by-
at equilibrium, potential energy of the system is
4c ka minimum
ω= | sin | ………..(i)
m 2 dE
So, =0
ka dr
Given eqn is- ω = A A | sin | ………..(ii)
2 αe 2 9B
n n
comparing eq (i) and eq (ii) we get- = 10
4π ∈0 r 2
r
4c αe2 r10 = 9B(4π∈0).r2
A=
M ar10 – br2 = 0 ∵ a = αe2 and b = 36B πε0
4c r2 (ar8 – b) = 0
⇒ 2
A = So, r2 = 0 OR ar8 – b = 0
M
b
MA 2 r8 =
c= a
4 1
131. The quasiparticle resulting from the b 8
r= 
association of photon with lattice vibration is a
called Put the value of a and b,
peeueer kebâheve kesâ meeLe heâesšesve kesâ mebmeie& kesâ heefjCeece  36Bπ ∈0 
1
8
mJe™le GlheVe Deæ&keâCe –––––– keânueelee nw~ r0 =  2 

 αe 
(a) Plasmon/hueemceve (b) Polaron/heesueeje@ve
r0 ( αe 2 )
1 1 1
(c) Polariton/heesuesefjšve (d) Phonon/heâesvee@ve

8
= ( 36π ∈0 ) 8 . ( B ) 8 b
1
Ans. (d) : A phonon is a quantized lattice vibration in a  αe 2  8
( B ) = r0 
1

8
solid. It can be thought of as a collective excitation of
atoms or ions in a crystal lattice. When a photon  36π ∈0 
interacts with the lattice, it can create or absorb a r 8αe 2
phonon, which represents the transfer of energy and B= 0
36π ∈0
momentum between the photon and the lattice.
DSSSB PGT 224 YCT

133. The dispersion relation of phonons in a solid is Skeâ heoeLe& kesâ Deefle Ûeeuekeâ Deewj meeceevÙe mšsšme kesâ
given by ω2 (k) = ω02 [3 – cos (kx a) – cos (ky a) yeerÛe keâer cegòeâ Tpee& efYeVelee keâes Fme Øekeâej efoÙee ieÙee
– cos (kz a)]. The velocity of the phonons at β
large wavelength is nw ∆F = FS – FN = α | ψ |2 + | ψ |4 peneB ψ Dees[&j
2
"esme ceW heâesvee@ve keâe hewâueeJe Fme Øekeâej nw ω2 (k) = ω02
hewjeceeršj nw Deewj α Deewj β efmLejebkeâ nw, efpememes α > 0
[3 – cos (kx a) – cos (ky a) – cos (kz a)] oerIe&
meeceevÙe ceW Deewj α < 0 methej kebâ[efkeäšbie mšsš ceW nw, peve
lejbieowOÙe& ceW heâesvee@vme keâe Jesie nw ––––––
ωa efkeâ β > 0 ncesMee kesâ efueS nw~ Ssmes ceW ∆F keâe vÙetvelece
(a) 0 (b) ω0 a ceeve nw
3
ω0 a α2 α2
(c) 3 ω0 a (d) (a) − (b) −
β 2β
2
Ans. (d) : The dispersion relation of phonons in a solid 3α 2
5α 2
(c) − (d) −
is given by, 2β 2β
ω ( k ) = ω0 ( 3 – cosk x a – cosk y a – cosk z a )
2 2
Ans. (b) : Given,
taking square root on both side. β
∆F = α | ψ |2 + | ψ |4
2
ω ( k ) = ω0 ( 3 – cos k x a – cos k y a – cos k z a ) 2 —— (I)
1
differential w.r.t to ψ
we know that, d∆f d  β d 
2
2 So, = α | ψ | + | ψ |4 
 kxa  2π dψ dψ  2 dψ 
cos k x a = 1 –   + ...... where, k x = at large
 2!  λ 4β
wave length. = 2α | ψ | + | ψ |3
2
similarly for,
2 = 2α | ψ | +2β | ψ |3
 kya 
cos k y a = 1 –   + ...... where, k y = 2π/λ at minimum
d∆F
=0
 2!  dψ
2
k a 2π 2α | ψ | +2β | ψ |3 = 0
and cos k z a = 1 –  z  + ...... where, k z =
 2!  λ
2 | ψ | ( α + β+ | ψ |2 ) = 0
Now, putting the value in equation (1)
1
α
So, ω ( k ) = ω 3 – 1 – k x a + ..  – 1 – k y a + ..  – 1 – k z a + ..  
2
| ψ |2 = –
2 2 2 2 2 2
0
2  2  2 β
       
1 Putting the value of |ψ|2 in equation (1)
 a 2
 2
= ω0 3 + ( k 2x + k 2y + k z2 ) – 3
2
 –α  β  –α 
 2  So, ∆F = α   +  
1
 β  2 β 
 a2  2 –α 2 α 2
= ω ( k ) = ω0  k 2  ∵ k 2x + ky 2 + k 2z = k 2 = +
 2  β 2β
ak 2
ω ( k ) = ω0 ∆F =
–α
2 2β
velocity of the phonons at large wavelength,
135. A magnetic field sensor based on the Hall effect
d aω0 d
Vy = ω(k) = k is to be fabricated by implanting 'As' into a 'Si'
dk 2 dk film of thickness 1 µm. The specifications
aω0 require a magnetic field sensitivity of 500
=
2 mV/Tesla at an excitation current of 1 mA. The
134. The free energy difference between the implantation does is to be adjusted such that
superconducting and the normal states of a the average carrier density, after activation, is
material is given by. ne@ ue ØeYeeJe hej DeeOeeefjle Skeâ keâebleerÙe #es$e mebJesoer keâes 1
β µ m ceesšs 'Si' efheâuce keâes 'As' kesâ jesheCe Éeje mebefJejefÛele
∆F = FS – FN = α | ψ |2 + | ψ |4 where ψ is an
2 keâjvee nesiee~ 500 mV/šsmuee keâer Skeâ keâebleerÙe #es$e
order parameter and α and β are constants mebJesoMeeruelee 1mA Gòespeerle Oeeje ceW mhesefmeefheâkesâMeve keâer
such that α > 0 in the normal and α < 0 in the DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw~ meef›eâÙeCe kesâ yeeo jesheCe kesâ [esme keâes
superconducting state, while β > 0 always. The
meceeÙeesefpele keâjves hej Deewmeleve Jenve IevelJe nw~
minimum value of ∆ F is
DSSSB PGT 225 YCT
(a) 1.25 × 1022m-3 (b) 1.25 × 1026m-3
21 -3 d2εx
(c) 4.1 × 10 m (d) 4.1×10–18m-3 = βa 2
dk 2 y
Ans. (a) : Given, thickness (t) = 1µm k y = π/a
= 10–6m 2
d εx
–3
current (I) = 1 mA = 10 A and, = –βa 2 cos k z a
dk 2 y
VH
= 500mV/Tesla at kz = π/a
B
V d2ε x
= 500×10 –3 = –βa 2
Tesla dk 2 z
2
we know that, d2ε d2ε x d ε y d2εx
IB So, = + +
average carrier density ( n ) = dk 2 dk 2 x dk 2 y dk 2 z
tev H
= 3βa2
–3
10 1 ℏ2
n= × Effective mass (m) = 2
10 –6 ×1.6×10 –19 500×10 –3 d ε
22 1 dk 2
= 1.25×10
m3 ℏ2
= 1.25 × 1022 m–3 = 2 2
3β a
136. In a band structure calculation, the dispersion
relation for electrons is found to be 137. The radius of the Fermi sphere of free electrons
in a monovalent metal with an fcc structure, in
εx = β cos ( k x a ) + cos ( k y a ) + cos ( k z a )  where β which the volume of the unit cell is a3, is
is a constant and 'a' is lattice constant. The Skeâ fcc mebjÛevee kesâ meeLe Skeâ mebÙeespeer Oeeleg ceW FkeâeF&
effective mass at the boundary of the first keâesMe keâe DeeÙeleve a3 nw lees cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ heâceea
Brillouin zone is ieesue keâer ef$epÙee nw
Skeâ yevOe mebjÛevee heefjJe=le ceW Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ efueS 1/ 3 1/ 3
 3π2   12π2 
heefj#esheCe mecyebOe εx = (a)  3  (b)  3 
 a   a 
β cos ( k x a ) + cos ( k y a ) + cos ( k z a )  efoKeeF& 1/ 3
 π2  1
heÌ[lee nw, peneB β Skeâ efmLejebkeâ nw Deewj 'a' peeueer (c)  3  (d)
efmLejebkeâ nw~ henues efyeÇueesÙegve peesve keâer meercee ceW ØeYeeJeer a  a
3
õJÙeceeve nw Ans. (b) : Given, volume = a
FCC structure, N = 4
2ℏ 2 4ℏ 2 1
(a) (b)  3π 2
N  3
5βa 2
5βa 2
So, Radius of Fermi sphere ( R f ) =  
ℏ2 ℏ2  V 
(c) (d) 1
2βa 2 3βa 2  3π 2 ( 4 )  3
R f =  3 
Ans. (d) : Given,  a 
{ }
ε x = β cos ( k x a ) + cos ( k y a ) + cos ( k z a )
 12π 2  3
1
for x – = 3 
 a 
dε x d
differentiate w.r.t k = β cos ( k x a ) 138. If the energy dispersion of a two-dimensional
dk x dk x
election system is E = uℏk where u is the
= –β sin (kxa).a velocity and ℏk is the momentum, then the
d2ε x density of states, D (E) depends on the energy
= –a 2β cos ( k x a )
dk 2 x as
at zone boundary, kx = π/a
oes DeeÙeeceerÙe Fueskeäšê@ve ØeCeeueer keâe Tpee& heefj#esheCe E
= uℏk nw peneB u Jesie nw Deewj ℏk DeeIetCe& nw~ Ssmes ceW
d2ε x
= βa 2 Tpee& hej DeJeuebefyele D (E) pewmes mšsšdme keâe IeveòJe nw
d2 k 2x k x = π/a
1
d εx 2 (a) (b) E
similary for, = –βa 2 cos k y a E
dk 2 y (c) E (d) E2
DSSSB PGT 226 YCT

Ans. (c): Given, integrate both side
Dispersion relation is = ( E ) = uℏk 2ev
ℏ ∫
φ= dt
ε
k= 2ev
µℏ = t+c ...(ii)
dE ℏ
= uℏ where c - constant
dk
when t = 0, φ = φ0
dE
dk = So, φ0 = c ....(iii)
µℏ
From equation (ii) and (iii)s
In 2-D system, the number of allowed k-states in range
2ev
k and k + dk, then – φ= t + φ0
2 ℏ
 L
D ( K ) dk =   2πkdk Super current (Is) = I0 sinφ
 2π   2evt 
2 = I0 sin  + φ0 
 L E dE  ℏ 
g ( E ) dE =   2π .
 2π  µℏ µℏ 140. A uniform linear monatomic chain is modeled
2 by a spring-mass system of masses 'm'
L EdE
= separated by a nearest neighbour distance a
2π ( µℏ ) 2
and spring constant m ω02 . The dispersion

So, density of state D (E) dE = g(E) dE
relation for this system is
1 L2 EdE ceemes me m keâer Skeâ efmØebie õJÙeceeve ØeCeeueer Éeje Skeâ
=
( uℏ ) 2π dE
2
meceeve jsKeerÙe Skeâ hejceeCeg Ûewve keâe vecetvee yevee efoÙee nw,
=
L2
E
efpemes efvekeâšlece vewyej otjer 'a' Éeje efJeueieeÙee ieÙee nw
2π ( uℏ )
2
Deewj efmØebie efmLejebkeâ nw m ω02 Fme ØeCeeueer kesâ efueS
D(E) α E hewâueeJe mebyevOe nw
So, density of state D(E) is depends on the energy as E.
  ka  
139. A DC voltage V is applied across a Josephson (a) ω ( k ) = 2ω0 1 − cos   
junction between two superconductors with a   2 
phase difference φ0. If l0 and k are constants  ka 
(b) ω ( k ) = 2ω0 sin 2  
that depend on the properties of the junction,  2 
the current flowing through it has the form
 ka 
Skeâ [er.meer Jeesušspe V keâes peesmesheâmeve pebkeäMeve kesâ Deej (c) ω ( k ) = 2ω0 sin  
heej oes meghej kebâ[keäšjeW kesâ yeerÛe hesâme efYeVelee φ0 ceW ueiee  2 
efoÙee nw~ Ùeefo l0 Deewj K oes efmLejebkeâ, pees pebkeäMeve kesâ  ka 
(d) ω ( k ) = 2ω0 tan  
Øeeshešeape ceW nes lees Gmekesâ Éeje yenvesJeeueer Oeeje ––––––  2 
kesâ ™he ceW nesieer~ Ans. (c) : The dispersion relation for uniform linear
 2eVt   ka 
(a) I0 sin  + φ0  mono-atomic chain of atoms is ω(k) = 2ω0 sin  
 ℏ   2 
 2eVt  141. In the nuclear shell model the spin parity of
(b) kV sin  + φ0  15
 ℏ  7 N is given by
(c) kV sin φ0 vÙetefkeäueÙej Mesue cee@[ue ceW 157 N keâer efmheve mecelee keâes ––
(d) I0 sin φ0 + kV ––––– Éeje efoÙee peelee nw
Ans. (a) : When a D.C voltage is applied across the − +
junction radio frequency current oscillations are 1 1
(a)   (b)  
produced it is called A.C Josephson effect. When 2 2
voltage V is applied then phase difference (φ) changes − +
3 3
with time, (c)   (d)  
2 2
dφ 2ev
So, = Ans. (a) : 15
N = 7 proton, 8 neutron,
dt ℏ 7
(S )(P )(P )
2 4 1
2ev 1 1 1
dφ = dt ....(i) So, 1 3 1
ℏ 2 2 2
DSSSB PGT 227 YCT

Last unpaired proton is in 1P1/2 state. So, spin = 1/2 • The antineutrino ( γ ) is a neutral particle that interacts
parity = (–1)l
very weakly with matter. It escapes detection since it
= (–1)1 (l = 1 for p orbits (unpaired proton))
= –1 does not have a strong interaction with the detection
–1 apparatus. Its presence in inferred indirectly from the
1 conservation of energy, momentum and other properties
spin parity =  
2 in the decay process.
64
142. The semi-empirical mass formula for the 144. The radius of a 29 Cu nucleus is measured to be
binding energy of nucleus contains a surface 4.8 × 10-13 cm. The radius of a 12 27
Mg nucleus
correction term. This term depends on the
mass number A of the nucleus as can be estimated to be-
veeefYekeâ kesâ yebOeve Tpee& kesâ efueS Deæ& DevegYeJepevÙe Skeâ 29 Cu veeefYekeâerÙe keâer ef$epÙee keâes 4.8 × 10
64 -13
cm
õJÙeceeve met$e Skeâ melen megOeej DeJeefOe keâe neslee nw~ Ùen mes veeheles nQ~ Ssmes ceW Skeâ 1227 Mg veeefYekeâerÙe keâer ef$epÙee
DeJeefOe veeefYekeâ keâer õJÙeceeve mebKÙee A hej –––––– kesâ keâe Deboepe ––––––– nes mekeâlee nw~
™he ceW efveYe&j nw~ (a) 2.86 × 10-13 cm (b) 5.2 × 10-13 cm
-13
(a) A −1/ 3 (b) A1/ 3 (c) 3.6 × 10 cm (d) 8.6 × 10-13 cm
(c) A 2/3
(d) A Ans. (c) : Given,
Ans. (c) : The semi-empirical mans formula is an Rcu = 4.8 × 10–13cm
29 Cu nucleus ( R cu ) = R 0 A cu
1/3
expression for binding energy of a nucleus assuming the we know that, Radius of 64
liquid drop model. It is also called Bethe - wiezsacker's 1
mass formula. 4.8×10–13 = R 0 ( 64 ) 3
So, B.E (Binding energy 4.8 × 10–13 = 4 R0

cz ( z – 1) d ( N – z)
2 R0 = 1.2 × 10–13 cm
2
3
S
= aA – bA – –
± 3
Mg nucleus ( R Mg ) = R 0 ( A Mg ) 3
1
1 27
A A 3
A 4 So, Radius of 12
B.E = volume energy – surface energy – coulombian 1
= R 0 ( 27 ) 3
energy – asymmetry energy ± pairing energy OR
dipolar energy = 1.2 × 10–13 × 3
• The surface term is a correction to the volume terms RMg = 3.6 × 10–13 cm
due to the fact that nucleons on the surface of the 145. A spin 1/2 particle A undergoes the decay A →
nucleus interact only with nucleons on onside. B + C + D where it is known that B and C are
Es = –bA2/3 where – ve signssss indicates that the also spin 1/2 particles. The complete set of
surface energy contributes to decreasing the binding allowed values of the spin of the particle D is
energy. Skeâ efmheve 1/2 keâCe A, A → B + C + D #eÙe mes
143. In the β -decay of neutrons iegpejele nw~ peneB Ùen peevee peelee nw efkeâ B Deewj C Yeer
–
n → P + e + γ e the anti-neutrino γ e escapes efmheve 1/2 keâCe nQ~ keâCe D kesâ efmheve kesâ Devegceefle Øeehle
detection. Its existence is inferred from the ceeve keâe mece«e mesš nw
measurement of 1 3
vÙešêvme kesâ β #eÙe ceW n → P + e– + γ e Svšer vÙetefš^vees (a) ,1, , 2.... (b) 0, 1
2 2
γ e kesâ heueeÙeve keâe helee ueielee nw~ Gmekeâe DeefmlelJe ––– 1 1 1 3 5
(c) only/ cee$e (d) , , ,....
–––– kesâ ceehe mes Fvhesâjs[ neslee nw~ 2 2 2 2 2
(a) Energy distribution of electrons /Fueskeäšê@vme keâe Ans. (c) : The complete set of allowed values of spin of
Tpee& efJelejCe 1
D is only. Because spin of the left side and combined
(b) Angular distribution of electrons/Fueskeäšê@vme keâe 2
keâesCeerÙe efJelejCe spin of the products must be same to conserve the spin
angular momentum conservation law.
(c) Helicity distribution of electrons/Fueskeäšê@vme keâe
146. Higgs boson has a decay mode into a photon
nsefueefmešer efJelejCe and a Z boson. If the rest masses of the Higgs
(d) Forward-backward asymmetry of and Z boson are 125 GeV/c2 and 90 GeV/c2
electrons/Fueskeäšê@ve keâer De«eieeceer-he§eieeceer efJe<ecelee respectively, and the decaying Higgs particle is
Ans. (a) : In beta minus, a neutron is transformed to at rest, the energy of the photon will
yield a proton causing an increasing in the atom's approximately be
atomic number. The neutron is neutral but the proton is efnime yeesmee@ve keâe Skeâ heâesševe Deewj Skeâ Z yeesmee@ve ceW
positive. To maintain the conservation of charge, the Skeâ #eÙe efJeOee nw~ Ùeefo efncme Deewj Z yeesmee@ve keâe yeÛes
nucleus in the process also produces an electron and an
antineutrino. ng S ceememe ›eâceMe: 125 GeV/c2 Deewj 90 GeV/c2 nw,
DSSSB PGT 228 YCT
Deewj #eÙe nesves Jeeuee efnime keâe keâCe efJeßeece ceW nw, lees The equilibrium separation between particles can be
heâesševe keâer Tpee& keâe Deboepe ueieYeie nesieer calculated of uncertainty principle,
So, r0 = c∆t
(a) 35 3 GeV (b) 35 GeV ℏ
(c) 30 GeV (d) 15 GeV =c ∵ ∆E ∆t ≈ ℏ
∆E
Ans. (c) : Given, where, c is velocity of meson
H → z + γ (photon) 1 200
Ez = 90 GeV/c2 =
Eµ = 125 GeV/c2 2 ∆E
2
E H – E z2 ∆E = 200 2 = 283 MeV
we know that, Energy of photon ( E γ ) = we know thats ∆E = ∆m × c2
2E H
∆E
∆m = 2
(125 ) – ( 90 )
2 2
Eγ = c
2×125 = 283 MeV/c2
7525 148. The root mean square (rms) energy of a
= = 30 GeV
250 nucleon in a nucleus of atomic number A in its
147. In a classical model, a scalar (spin 0) meson ground state varies as
consists of a quark and an antiquark bound by DeeefCJekeâ mebKÙee A kesâ Skeâ vÙetefkeäueÙeme ceW Skeâ
b vÙetefkeäueÙeesve keâer cetue ceOÙe Jeie& (rms) Tpee& Gmekesâ
a potential V(r) = ar + where a = 200 «eeTC[ mšsš mlej –––––– kesâ ™he ceW yeouelee nw~
r
MeV.fm-1 and b = 100 MeV.fm. If the masses of (a) A4/3 (b) A1/3
-1/3
quark and antiquark are negligible, the mass of (c) A (d) A-2/3
the meson can be estimated approximately as Ans. (c) : The rms energy of a nucleon in a nucleus is
Skeâ keäueeefmekeâue vecetves ceW Skeâ DeefoMe (efmheve 0) cesmee@ve Primarily determined by the binding energy per nucleon
keäJeeke&â Deewj Svšer keäJeeke&â Skeâ efJeYeJe V(r) = ar + which is a characteristic property of the nucleus. The
rms energy of nucleons of atomic number (A) is
b inversely proportional to the cube root of its atomic
kesâ yevOeve jnlee nw, peneB a = 200 MeV.fm-1 Deewj b
r number.
= 100 MeV.fm Ùeefo keäJeeke&â Deewj Svšer keäJeeke&â kesâ 1
E rms ∝
õJÙeceeveeW keâes vepej Deoebpe keâj efoÙee peeÙe lees cesmeve kesâ 1
(A) 3
õJÙeceeve keâe ––––––– kesâ ™he ceW ueieYeie Deboepe −1
ueieeÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ E rms ∝ ( A ) 3
(a) 141 MeV/c2 (b) 283 MeV/c2 149. The difference in the Coulomb energy between
2
(c) 353 MeV/c (d) 425 MeV/c2 the mirror nuclei 49 49
24 Cr and 25 Mn is 6 MeV.
Ans. (b) : Given, Assuming that the nuclei have a spherically
b symmetric charge distribution and that e2 is
V ( r ) = ar +
r approximately 1.0 MeV.fm, the radius of the
So, differentiate, 49
25 Mn nucleus is
dV ( r ) b keâesuecye Tpee& ceW efcejj vÙetkeäueer 4924 Cr Deewj 4925 Mn kesâ
= a + ( –1) 2
dr r yeerÛe keâer efYeVelee 6 MeV nQ keâuhevee keâerefpeS efkeâ
b
=a– 2 vÙetkeäueer ceW ieesueerÙe meceefceefleÙe DeeJesMe efJelejCe Deewj
r
at equilibriums separation the potential is minimum, the Gkeâmee e2 meefVekeâš 1.0 MeV.fm nw, 4925 Mn veeefYekeâerÙe
equilibrium separation can be – keâer ef$epÙee nw
dv ( r ) (a) 4.9× 10-15m (b) 9.4× 10-15m
=0 (c) 5.1× 10 m -15
(d) 1.5× 10-15m
dr r = r
0 Ans. (a) : Given,
b e2 = 1.0 MeV.fm = 1.0 × 10–15 MeV.m
a= 2 atomic number of Cr is (Z1) = 24
r0
atomic number of Mn (Z2) = 25
b coulomb energy (∆E) = 6 MeV
r0 =
a So, we know that,
100 1 3 e2 z 2
= = fm ∆E = .
200 2 5 4πε0 R
DSSSB PGT 229 YCT

3 e 2 ( 24 )
2
• Baryon number is a quantum number that is conserved
for Cr – ∆E cr = . in strong and electromagnetic interactions. It represents
5 4πε0 R
the difference between number of baryons (made up of
3 e 2 ( 25 )
2
three quarks) and number of anti baryons (made up of
for Mn, E Mn = three anti quarks). The up quarks has a baryon number
5 4πε 0 R
of 1 .
Now, E Mn – E cr =
3 e2
5R 4πε 0
{( 25) 2
– ( 24 )
2
} 3
152. The decay process n→p+ + e − – γ a violates
3 e2 #eÙe Øeef›eâÙeeSB n→p+ + e − – γ a Deefle›eâceCelee
∆E = × ( 625 – 576 )
5R 4πε 0 (a) Baryon number/yeejÙee@ve mebKÙee
6=
3
×1( 49 ) (b) Lepton number/ueshšve mebKÙee
5R (c) lsospin/DeeFmeesefmheve
3× 49 (d) Strangeness/efJeue#eCelee
R=
5× 6 Ans. (b) : The decay process is-
= 4.9 fm
−
= 4.9 × 10–15 m n → p + + e– – γ a
150. The intrinsic electric dipole moment of a L : 0 0 1 0 ×
nucleus ZA X B: 1 0 0 1
Skeâ veeefYekeâerÙee ZA X keâe Debleefn&le Fuesefkeäš^keâ efÉOeÇgJe Where, L = Lapton no.
B = Baryon no.
DeeIetCe&
Henec, the decay process violates Lapton no.
(a) Increases with Z, but independent of A/ Z kesâ
153. Identify the neutron source from the following
meeLe JeOe&ceeve neslee nw, uesefkeâve A keâe mJeleb$e nw FveceW mes vÙetšê@ve Œeesle keâes henÛeeefveS~
(b) Decreases with Z, but independent of A/ Z kesâ
(a) 241Am/Be (b) 241Am/Ar
meeLe nemeceeve neslee nw, uesefkeâve A keâe mJeleb$e nw 41
(c) Ca/Be (d) 24ssCa/Ar
(c) Is always zero/ncesMee MetvÙe jnlee nw Ans. (a) : The neutron source consists of the isotope
(d) Increases with Z and A/ Z Deewj A kesâ meeLe 241Am (Americium) combined with beryllium (Be) This
JeOe&ceeve neslee nw~ combination is commonly used in neutron sources
Ans. (c) : The intrinsic electric dipole moment of a where the alpha particles emitted by Americium interact
nucleus refers to the electric dipole moment arising with the beryllium to produces neutrons through a
from the distribution of protons and neutrons with in nuclear reaction.
nucleus. It is a measure of the asymmetry in the charge • Isotopic Neutron sources (INSs) such as Am-Be,
241
226 229
distribution within the nucleus. Ra-Be and Pu-Be are widely used in a variety of
• The intrinsic electric dipole moment of a nucleus is applications such as neutron activation analysis.
typically very small compared to the dipole moments of 154. Which is the dominant process takes place
individual atoms or molecules. So, the intrinsic dipole when 0.1 MeV gamma ray interacts with lead
moment of the nucleus is always zero because the target?
dipole moment is off operator. peye 0.1 MeV ieecee efkeâjCe ueer[ šeiexš kesâ meeLe
151. The isospin (l) and baryon number (B) of the ØeYeeefJele keâjlee nw lees keâewve mee Øeyeue Øeef›eâÙee Ieefšle
up quark is nesleer nw?
ThejerÙe keäJeeke&â kesâ DeeFmeesefmheve (I) Deewj yeejÙee@ve keâer
(a) Photoelectric effect /heâesšesFuesefkeäš^keâ ØeYeeJe
mebKÙee (B) nw
(b) Compton effect/keâebhšve ØeYeeJe
1
(a) I = 1, B = 1 (b) I = 1, B = (c) Pair production/peesÌ[er Glheeove
3
(d) Annihilation/mecegÛÚsove
1 1 1
(c) I = , B = 1 (d) I = , B = Ans. (a) : The photo electric effect is the most likely
2 2 3 interaction process for gamma rays with energies below
Ans. (d) : Isospin is a quantum number that a few hundred KeV to a few MeV range. In the
characterizes the behavior of particles under the strong photoelectric effect, a gamma ray interacts with an
nuclear force which is responsible for interactions atomic reaction transferring its energy to the electron
between quarks. The upquark is one of two lightest and ejecting it form the atom.
quarks and carries an isospin of 1 . Similarly, the • In the case of a 0.1 MeV gamma ray interacting with a
2
lead target the photon energy is relatively low, making
down quark also has an isospin of 1 .
2 the photoelectric effect.
DSSSB PGT 230 YCT

155. The energy of 1 MeV gamma ray photon after 158. In the β decay process, the transition 2+ → 3+, is
Compton scattering through 90º is β #eÙe Øeef›eâÙee ceW 2+ → 3+ meb›eâceCe
keâebhšve efyeKejeJe 90º Éeje nesves kesâ yeeo 1 MeV ieecee (a) Allowed both by Fermi and Gamow-Teller
efkeâjCe heâesše@ve keâer Tpee& selection rule /heâceea Deewj iesceesJe-šsuej ÛeÙeve efveÙece
(a) 1 MeV (b) 0.66 MeV Éeje Devegceefle
(c) 0.33 MeV (d) 0.1 MeV
(b) Allowed by Fermi but not by Gamow-Teller
Ans. (c) : Given, θ = 90° selection rule/heâceea Éeje Devegceefle ceiej iesceesJe-šsuej
E = 1 MeV
We know that, By Compton effect, the wavelength shift ÛeÙeve efveceÙe Éeje veneR
experienced by the photon is, (c) Allowed by Gamow-Teller but not by Fermi
h selection rule/iesceesJe-šsuej Éeje Devegceefle ceiej heâceea
λ' – λ = (1 – cosθ ) ÛeÙeve efveÙece Éeje veneR
mo c
where, λ, λ' are the wavelengths of incident and (d) Not allowed both by Fermi and Gamow-
scattered rays, Teller selection rule/Heâceea Deewj iessceesJe-šsuej ÛeÙeve
M0 is the mass of the photon efveÙece Éeje Devegceefle veneR
h 0
Ans. (c) : The fermi selection rule and the Gamow
So, = 0.0243A
mo c teller (GT) rule are principles that govern the selection
So, λ' – λ = 0.0243 (1 – cos90°) of allow transitions in nuclear beta decay process.
= 0.0243Ǻ = 2.43 pm …(i) • Fermi selection rule states that in allowed beta decay
hc transition, the total angular momentum and parity of the
Now, E = initial and final nuclear states must be same.
λ
So, ∆I = 0, Parity = No change.
1.24
1 MeV = ∵ hc = 1.24 • According to Gamow – Teller selection rule :
λ
∆I = 0 ± 1, parity = No change
λ = 1.24 pm
In β – decay process, the transition 2+ → 3+.
put the value of λ in equation (i)
λ' = 2.43 + 1.24 ∆I = 0 ± 1, parity = No change. So, it allowed by
= 3.63 pm = 3.63 × 10-12m Gamow – Teller selection rule.
Energy of the scattering photon will be, 159. For most inert gases the average energy
hc 4.135 × 10−15 × 3 ×108 required to produce an electron-ion pair is
E= = about/meyemes Deef›eâÙe iewmeeW kesâ efueS Fueskeäšê@ve-DeeÙeve
λ' 3.63 × 10−12
12.405
peesÌ[er keâes Glheeove keâjves kesâ efueS Deewmele Tpee& keâer
E= ×105 eV = 3.41 × 105 eV DeeJeMÙekeâlee nw~
3.63
E = 0.341 × 106 eV (a) 30 MeV (b) 30 keV
E = 0.34 MeV (c) 0.3 eV (d) 30 eV
156. The dominant interaction underlying the Ans. (d) : The process of producing an electron ion pair
process µ– + µ+ → k– + k+ is by ionizing an atom or molecule is known as ionization.
Øeyeue heejmheeefjkeâ ef›eâÙee, pees DeIemLe nesves Jeeueer Øeef›eâÙee The average energy required to produce an electron-ion
pair in inert gases is typically around 30ev. This energy
µ– + µ+ → k– + k+ mes nw
corresponds to the amount of energy needed to remove
(a) Strong/cepeyetle one electron from an atom or molecules resulting in the
(b) Electromagnetic/efJeÅeglekeâebleerÙe formation of a positively charged ion and a free
(c) Weak/ogye&ue electron.
(d) None of the abvoe/FveceW mes keâesF& Yeer veneR 160. The method used to stop the secondary
Ans. (b) : The dominant interaction underlying the avalanche in GM tube is
process µ– + µ+ → k– + k+ is electromagnetic interaction. GM veefuekeâe kesâ efÉleerÙekeâ efnmKeueve keâes jeskeâves kesâ efueS
157. The isospin and the strangeness of Ω baryon –
GheÙeesie keâjves Jeeueer efJeefOe nw
are/Ω– yeejÙee@ve kesâ DeeFmeesefmheve Deewj efJeue#eCelee nQ (a) Inhibition/DeJejesOe
(a) 1 – 3 (b) 0, – 3 (b) Quenching/Meceve
(c) 1, 3 (d) 0, 3
(c) Sealing/ceesnj
Ans. (b) : Isospin is a quantum number related to the
symmetry of the strong nuclear force. Whereas, (d) Extinguishing/meJe&veeMe
strangeness is another quantum number that is related Ans. (b) : In a GM tube, the primary ionization caused
to the presence of strange quarks in a particle. by ionizing radiation produces a cascade of secondary
• The isospin and the strangeness of Ω– baryon are, 0, –3. ionizations known as an avalanche.
DSSSB PGT 231 YCT
• Quenching is the process of stopping or reducing this Ans. (a) : Given,
avalanche of ionizations to prevent the tube from ηexternal = 80%
becoming saturated or damaged. = 0.8
• Quenching in GM tubes involves introducing a (i) current = 5 mA
quenching gas or chemical agent such as alcohol or we know that,
halogen compounds into the tube. These agents absorb i
Pin = ηexternal hf
the excess energy from the secondary ions reducing e
their energy and preventing further ionization and P
effectively stopping the avalanche. Number of photon (n) = in
hf
161. The voltage resolution of a 12-bit Digital to ηexternal ihf
Analog Converter (DAC), whose output varies =
from –10V to + 10 V is, approximately ehf
–3
Skeâ 12-efyeš ef[peeršue keâe Jeesušsue jsmeesuetMeve, =
0.8×5×10
efpemekeâe efveie&le - 10V mes + 10V lekeâ yeoueles jnlee 1.6×10–19
= 2.5 × 1016
nw, Deveuee@ie keâvJeš&j (DAC) keâjves kesâ efueS Devegceeefvele
164. If the analog input to an 8-bit successive
Jeesušspe nw approximation ADC is increased from 1.0 V to
(a) 1mV (b) 5 mV 2.0 V, then the conversion time will
(c) 20 mV (d) 100 mV Ùeefo Skeâ 8-efyeš efueS Sveeuee@ie efveJesMeer kesâ ›eâefcekeâ
Ans. (b) : Given, Devegceeefvele ceeve ADC keâes 1.0 V mes 2.0 V lekeâ Je=efæ
n = 12 keâj efoÙee peeÙe lees ™heeblejCe meceÙe nesiee
we know that, (a) Double/ogievee
Vfs (b) Quadruple /Ûeewiegvee
Resolution = n
2 –1 (c) Remain unchanged/Jewmes ner DeheefjJele&veerÙe
= 12
20 (d) Decrease to half of its original value/Deheves cetue
2 –1 ceeve kesâ DeeOes ceW neme
= 4.88 mv Ans. (c) : Conversion time of successive approximation
≈ 5 mv ADC depends upon the number of bits only and not on
162. A signal of frequency 10 kHz is being digitizes the value of the voltage. Therefore the conversion time
by an Analog to Digital Converter (ADC). A will remain unchanged.
possible sampling time which can be used is 165. An RC network produces a phase shift of 30º.
DeeJe=efòe 10 kHz kesâ Skeâ mebkesâlekeâ keâes Deveuee@ie mes How many such RC networks should be
ef[peeršue keâvJeš&j Éeje ef[peeršue (ADC) efkeâÙee pee jne cascaded together and connected to a common
emitter amplifier so that the final circuit
nw~ Skeâ mebYeeJÙe meceÙe keâe vecetvee efpemekeâe GheÙeesie efkeâÙee behaves as an oscillator?
pee mekeâlee nw, Jen nw Skeâ RC vesšJeke&â 30º kesâ Skeâ ÛejCe yeoueeJe keâes
(a) 180µ s (b) 140 µs Glheeefole keâjlee nw~ efkeâleves Ssmes RC vesšJeke&â keâes Skeâ
(c) 100 µ s (d) 40 µs meeLe keâemkesâ[ keâjkesâ Deewj Gmes Deece Glmepe&keâ ØeJeOe&keâ ceW
Ans. (c) : Given, peesÌ[ves neWies, efpememes Debeflece heefjheLe Skeâ oesuekeâ keâer
frequency (fs) = 10 kHz
lejn keâeÙe& keâj mekesâ?
1
Sampling frequency = (a) 3 (b) 6
sampling time (c) 9 (d) 12
1 Ans. (b) : The number of network required by dividing
Sampling time =
10 kHz the total phase shift required by the phase shift of each
= 0.1 ms network.
= 100 µs Common emitter amplifier provides a phase shift of
163. An LED operates at 1.5 V and 5 mA in forward 180°.
bias. Assuming an 80% external efficiency of So, Number of network = common emitter amplifier phase shift
the LED, how many photons are emitted per phase shift per network
second? 180°
Skeâ SueF&[er LED 1.5V Deewj 5mA hej De«e = =6
30°
DeefYeveefle ceW mebÛeeefuele keâjlee nw~ SueF&[er (LED) keâer 166. For an intrinsic semiconductor, the effective
yee¢ess meeceOÙe& 80% ceeveles ngS, efkeâleves heâesšesvme Øeefle masses of electrons and holes near the
meskeWâ[ ceW Glmeefpe&le neWies? corresponding band edges are m*e and m*h
respectively. At a finite temperature the
(a) 2.5 ×1016 (b) 5 × 1016 position of the Fermi level.
16 16
(c) 7.5 × 10 (d) 1 × 10
DSSSB PGT 232 YCT
Skeâ Debleefve&efnle mesefcekebâ[keäšj kesâ efueS Fueskeäše@ve Deewj • When an input wave is complex or noise signal, the
efÚões kesâ ØeYeeJeer õJÙeceeve kesâ heeme kesâ mebJeeoer yeQ[ kesâ integrator will remove the higher frequencies from it
thus reducing the amplitude of the signal.
efkeâveejs ›eâMece: m*e Deewj m*h nQ~ Deveblej leeheceeve ceW 169. If one of the inputs of a J-K flip flop is high and
heâceea mlej keâer efmLeefle the other is low, then the outputs Q and Q
(a) Depends on m*e but not on m*h / m*e hej efveYe&j Ùeefo Skeâ J-K efheäuehe-heäueeshe kesâ efveJesMeeW ceW Skeâ GÛÛe
nw ve efkeâ m*h hej Deewj otmeje efvecve nes lees efveie&le Q Deewj Q nQ
(b) Depends on m*h but not on m*e/ m*h hej efveYe&j nw (a) Oscillate between low and high is race around
ve efkeâ m*e hej condition/ÛeejeW Deesj keâer efmLeefle ceW veerÛe Deewj GÛÛe kesâ
(c) Depends on both m*e and m*h/ m*e Deewj m*h yeerÛe oesefuele nes lespe Yeeielee nw~
oesveeW hej efveYe&j nw (b) Toggle and the circuit acts like a T flip
flop/šesiue Deewj heefjheLe T efheäuehe-heäueeshe keâer lejn keâeÙe&
(d) Depends neither on m*e nor on m*h/ve m*e hej
keâjles nQ
Deewj ve ner m*h hej efveYe&j nw (c) Are opposite to the inputs/efveJesMeeW kesâ efueS oesveeW
Ans. (c) : In an intrinsic semiconductor, the fermi level efJejesOeer nQ
lies in the middle of the band gap, halfway between the (d) Follow the inputs and the circuit acts like an
valence band and the conduction at absolute zero R-S flip flop./efveJesMeeW keâe Devegieceve keâjles Deewj heefjheLe
temperature. However as the temperature increase, the
Skeâ R-S efheäuehe-heäueeshe keâer lejn keâeÙe& keâjlee nw
fermi level shifts due to the thermal excitation of
electrons and holes. Ans. (d) : When one input of a J-K flip flop is high and
the other is low the flip flop behaves like an R-S flip
• An intrinsic semiconductor as the temperature
flop. The outputs Q and Q hold their previous state and
increases, the fermi level moves closer to the middle of
the band gap because of the increasing number of do not changed based on the inputs.
thermal excited electrons and holes. However, the exact • The behavour of a J-K flip flop can be different
depending on the specific implementation and the edge
position of the fermi level also depends on the effective triggering of the flip flop. However in the common
masses of electrons and holes. positive edge triggered J-K flip flop, when one input is
167. If the peak output voltage of a full wave high and the other is low, the outputs will hold their
rectifier is 10V, its d.c. voltage is previous state.
Ùeefo Skeâ hetCe& lebjie efo°keâejer keâe efMeKej efveie&le Jeesušspe 170. A live music broadcast consists of a radio-wave
10V nw lees Fmekeâe d.c Jeesušspe nw- of frequency 7 MHz, amplitude modulated by a
microphone output consisting of signals with a
(a) 10V (b) 5 V
maximum frequency of 10 kHz. The spectrum
(c) 3.18 V (d) 6.36 V of modulated output will be zero outside the
Ans. (d) : Given, peak voltage (Vp) = 10V frequency band
we know that, Skeâ meerOes Øemeeefjle mebieerle ØemeejCe ceW jsef[Ùees lejbie keâer
2Vp DeeJe=efòe 7 MHz nesleer nw, Skeâ ceeF&›eâesheâesve kesâ efveie&le
DC voltage ( Vdc ) =
π Éeje meb«eefnle SefchuešŸet[, efpemeceW 10 kHz keâer
=
20 DeefOekeâlece DeeJe=efòe kesâ mebkesâle nesles nQ meb«eefnle efveie&le
3.14 MetvÙe nesiee, pees DeeJe=efòe yeQ[ kesâ yeenj nw~
= 6.396 V (a) 7.00 MHz to 7.01 MHz
168. If the input of a integrator circuit is square (b) 6.99 MHz to 7.01 MHz
wave then its output signal will be a (c) 6.99 MHz to 7.00 MHz
Ùeefo Skeâ meceekeâefuele heefjheLe keâe efveJesMeer Jeie& lejbie nes (d) 6.995 MHz to 7.0s05 MHz
lees Gmekeâe efveie&le mebkesâle nesiee Ans. (b) : Given,
(a) Sine wave /pÙee lejbie fc = 7 MHz
fm = 10 KHz = 0.01MHz
(b) Cosine wave/keâes pÙee lejbie
we know that,
(c) Triangular wave/ef$eYegpeerÙe lejbie spectrum consists of (fc – fm) and (fc + fm)
(d) Square wave/Jeie& lejbie So, outside of the frequency band =
Ans. (c) : An integrator is basically a modified inverting 1st spectrum = fc – fm
amplifier circuit in which the output voltage waveform = 7 – 0.01
is the integral of the input voltage waveforms. If the = 6.99 MHz
input is a sine wave, the output will be cosine wave or 2nd spectrum = fc + fm
an input square wave will produce triangular wave at = 7 + 0.01
the output. Hence, they perform the role of filters. = 7.01 MHz
DSSSB PGT 233 YCT

171. Interference fringes are obtained using two 4 λD
coherent sources whose intensities are in the = ——— (2)
d
ratio 9:4 Then, ratio of the intensities of the from equation (1) and (2)
resultant maximum and minimum will be β' = 4β
oes keâuee mebyeæ œeesleeW keâe GheÙeesie keâjkesâ JÙeeflekeâjCe So, the fringe width is quadrupled
efØebâpemed keâes heeÙee peelee nw efpevekeâer leer›eleeSB 9: 4 kesâ 173. In a certain region of a thin film we get 6
Devegheele ceW nesleW nQ~ Ssmes ceW heefjCeeefcele keâer leer›eleeDeeW kesâ interference fringes with light of wavelength
Devegheele kesâ DeefOekeâlece Deewj vÙetvelece neWies 500 nm. How many firings do we get in the
(a) 5 : 1 (b) 9 : 4 same region with wavelength 600 nm?
(c) 25 : 1 (d) 4 : 1 Skeâ heleueer efheâuce kesâ kegâÚ Skeâ ØeosMe ceW 6 JÙeeflekeâjCe
Ans. (c) : Given, eføebâpme hee mekeâles nQ pees lejbieowOÙe& 500nm kesâ ØekeâeMe
I2 9 kesâ meeLe nesles nQ~ Ssmes ceW 600 nm lejbieowIÙe& kesâ meeLe Jener
=
I1 4 ØeosMe ceW nce efkeâleves efØebâpme hee mekeâles nQ?
we know that, (a) 6 (b) 5
( I+ I)
2 (c) 30 (d) 36
Maximum Intensity (Imax) = 1 2 Ans. (b) : Given,
)= ( I − I )
2
λ1 = 500 nm
Minimum Intensity (Imin 1 2
= 500 × 10–9m
Thus, ratio of maximum to minimum λ2 = 600 nm
 
2

2
= 600 × 10–9m
I2 9
 1+   1+  n1 = 6 fringes
I   I1  = 4 we know that,
Intensity =  max =
 I min   I2 
2
 9
2
d sinθ = n1 λ1 ——— (1)
 1 –  1 –  d sinθ = n2 λ2 ——— (2)
 I1   4
from equation (1) and (2)
n1 λ1 = n2 λ2
2 2
 3 5
 1+    nλ
=
2
=  2 =
2 25 n2 = 1 1
 3
2
 –1  1 λ2
1 –   
 2  2  6×500×10 –9
= =5
172. In Young's double slit experiment, the 600×10–9
separation between the slits is halved and the 174. In a Helium-Neon laser, the laser transition
distance between the slits and screen is takes place in
doubled. The fringe width is nsefueÙece-efveÙeesve uesmej ceW –––––– ceW uesmej meb›eâceCe
Ùegbie kesâ efÉ jsKee efÚõ ØeÙeesie ceW jsKee efÚõeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe neslee nw~
efJeYeepeve DeeOee Deewj jsKee efÚões Deewj hejos kesâ yeÛeer keâer (a) He atoms only/kesâJeue He hejceeCegDeeW
otjer ogieveer nw~ Ssmes ces eføebâpe keâer ÛeewÌ[eF& nw~ (b) Ne atoms only/ kesâJeue Ne hejceeCegDeeW
(a) Unchanged/DeheefjJele&veerÙe (c) Either He or Ne atoms/ve He ceW Deewj ve ner Ne
(b) Halved/DeeOeer hejceeCegDeeW
(c) Doubled/ogieveer (d) Both He and Ne atoms/ He Deewj Ne oesveeW
(d) Quadrupled/ÛeewLeeF& hejceeCegDeeW
Ans. (d) : Given, Ans. (b) : In a Helium – Neon laser, the laser transition
Distance between the slits is 'd' and distance between takes place in Ne atoms only.
the slit and screen is D. So, the fringe width is given by 175. The average lifetime of an atom in metastable
λ
β = . If distance between the slits is reduced to half states is
d efcele mLeeÙeer DeJemLee ceW Skeâ hejceeCeg keâe Deewmeleve
i.e d' = d/2 and distance between the slit and screen is peerefJeleeJeefOe (lifetime) nw
double i.e D' = 2D
(a) 10-3 sec (b) 10-6 sec
Now, new fringe width is, -8
(c) 10 sec (d) 10-10 sec
λD'
β' = ——— (1) Ans. (a) : The average lifetime of an atom in metastable
d' state is 10–3 sec.
λ ( 2D ) 176. The dimension of the Planck constant 'h' are
=
d that of
2 heäueQkeâ efmLejebkeâ 'h' kesâ DeeÙeece pees nQ Jes –––––– kesâ nQ~
DSSSB PGT 234 YCT
(a) Energy/Tpee& Ans. (d): In a photoelectric effect experiment at a
(b) Power/Meefòeâ frequency above cut off, the number of electrons ejected
is proportional to intensity of light.
(c) Momentum/DeeIetCe&
179. In Compton scattering from electrons, the
(d) Angular momentum/keâesCeerÙe DeeIetCe& largest change in wavelength occurs when the
Ans. (d) : The dimension of the Planck constant 'h' are photon is scattered through an angle
that of Angular momentum. Fueskeäšê@ve mes keâecše@ve ceW pees ØekeâerCe&ve neskeâj peve –––––
177. The quantization of energy E = nhf, is not –– keâesCe kesâ Éeje heâesšesve keâe ØekeâerCe&ve neslee nw lees
important for an ordinary pendulum because lejbieowIÙe& ceW DelÙeefOekeâ yeoueeJe neslee nw~
Tpee& E = nhf keâe keäJeeefvššsMeve SC[ meeceevÙe hesv[guece (a) 0º (b) 45°
kesâ efueS cenlJehetCe& veneR nw keäÙeeWefkeâ (c) 90º (d) 180º
Ans. (d) : Compton scattering is a phenomenon where a
(a) The formula applies only to mass-spring
photon interacts with an electron and transfers some of
oscillators/kesâJeue õJÙeceeve efmØebie oesuekeâeW kesâ efueS ner its energy and momentum to the electron. During this
Ùen met$e ueeiet neslee nw process, the wavelength of the scattered photon changes
(b) The allowed energy levels are too closely which is known as the Compton shift.
spaced/Devegcele Tpee& mlejeW keâes yengle ner meceerhe mes • The magnitude of the Compton shift depends on the
scattering angle between the initial and final photon
efye"eÙee ieÙee nww directions. The largest change in wavelength occurs
(c) The allowed energy levels are too widely when the scattering angle is 1800 which means the
spaced /Devegcele Tpee& mlejeW keâes yengle ner efJemleej mes photon is scattered backward along its initial direction.
efye"eÙee ieÙee nw ∆λ = λ' – λ =
h
(d) The formula applies only to atoms/Ùen met$e me c (1 – cosθ )
kesâJeue hejceeCegDeeW keâes ner ueeiet neslee nw~ 180. If the kinetic energy of a non relativistic
Ans. (b) : In quantum mechanics, energy is said to be electron doubles, the wavelength of matter
quantized meaning it can only exist in specific discrete wave changes by the factor
values. Quantization of energy represented by- Ùeefo Skeâ efvejhesef#ele Fueskeäšê@ve keâer ieeflepe Tpee& efÉiegefCele
E = nhf nesleer nw lees heoeLe& kesâ lejbieowOÙe& keâe lejbie –––––––
where, h = Planck's constant keâejkeâ Éeje yeouelee nw~
f = frequency.
1 1
• For an ordinary pendulum, the energy levels are not (a) (b)
closely spaced enough to be affected by quantization. 2 2
The energy of a pendulum depends on its height and (c) 2 (d) 2
mass and it can have a continuous range of values. The Ans. (a) : We know that, de-Broglie wavelength of
spacing between the energy levels is large enough that electron,
we can treat the energy as a continuous variable rather h
than quantized. The energy of pendulum can take on λ=
2m ( k.E )
any value (Swings higher in gain potential energy which
is then converted to kinetic energy as it swings back where, KE is kinetic energy
down) with in this continuous range and it is not From, question, if its kinetic energy is doubled. Then,
restricted to specific discrete values. So, the h
λ' =
quantization of energy E = nshf, is not important for an 2m ( 2k.E )
ordinary pendulum because the allowed energy levels
are too closely spaced. 1 h
= .
178. In a photoelectric effect experiment at a 2 2m ( k.E )
frequency above cut off, the number of 1
electrons ejected is proportional to = λ
2
Skeâ heâesšesFuesefkeäš^keâ ØeYeeJe ØeÙeesie ceW DeeJe=efòe kesâ Thej
λ' 1
keâe DeJejesOe, efvekeâeues ngS Fueskeäšê@veeW keâer mebKÙee ––––– =
λ 2
kesâ efueS Devegheeeflele nw~
181. An electron with energy E is incident upon a
(a) Their kinetic energy /Gvekeâer ieeflepe Tpee& potential energy barrier of height U > E and
(b) The work function /keâeÙe& efJeefOe thickness L. The transmission coefficient T
(c) Frequency of the incident light/Deeheeflele ØekeâeMe E Tpee& kesâ meeLe Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve GBâÛee U > E Deewj
keâer DeeJe=efòe mLetuelee L keâe DeJejesOe Skeâ efJeYeJe Tpee& hej Deeheeflele
(d) Intensity of light/ØekeâeMe keâer leer›elee neslee nw~ Øes<eCe mJeØesjCe T
DSSSB PGT 235 YCT
(a) increases exponentially with L / L kesâ meeLe
IeeleebkeâerÙe JeOe&ceeve neslee nw
(b) decreases exponentially with L/ L kesâ meeLe
IeeleebkeâerÙe ùemeceeve neslee nw
1 1
(c) is proportional to / kesâ efueS Devegheeeflele neslee State probability density maxima
L2 L2
nw n=1 1
n=2 2
(d) is zero/MetvÙe neslee nw~
n=3 3
Ans. (b) : The transmission efficient (T) in quantum . .
mechanics describes the probability of a particle, in this . .
case an electron, passing through a potential energy . .
barrier. The bahaviour of the transmission coefficient . .
depends on the energy of the incident electron and the n = 14 14
properties of the potential barrier. probability density has 14 maxima for n = 14.
• The transmission coefficient in this case can be 184. If the wave function ψ is spherically symmetric
calculated using the quantum mechanical tunneling then the radial probability density is given by
phenomenon. For a potential energy barrier of finite
width, the transmission coefficient decreases
Ùeefo lejbie ef›eâÙee ψ meceefcele nw lees ef$epÙeerÙe ØeeefÙekeâlee
expontially with increasing barrier thickness. IevelJe keâes Fme Øekeâej efoÙee pee mekeâlee nw
2
182. The ground state energy of an electron in a (a) 4πr2 |ψ| (b) |ψ|2
one-dimensional box 4 3
Skeâ DeeÙeeceer efhešejer ceW Skeâ Fueskeäšê@ve keâer cetue DeJemLee (c) πr2 |ψ|2 πr | Ψ |2
(d)
3
Tpee& Ans. (a) : Let suppose that we are tested we are finding
(a) is zero/MetvÙe nw the probability of finding the electron between two
(b) decreases with temperature /leeheceeve kesâ meeLe points r and r + dr away from the center of the nucleus
nemeceeve probability is given by |ψ|2dv
(c) increases with temperature/leeheceeve kesâ meeLe In this case dv corresponding to the volume of the
JeOe&ceeve spherical shell with an increase of r and outer radius of r
+ dr
(d) is independent of temperature/leeheceeve kesâ meeLe
Volume of shell = (surface area) × thickness
mJeleb$e
Ans. (d) : The ground state energy of an electron in one
dimensional box is given by the equation –
h2
E=
8mL2
Where, m is mass of electron
L is length of the box
form the given equation, ground state energy of an dv = 4πr2 dr
electron in a one dimensional box is independent of
|ψ|2 dv = |ψ|2 4πr2 dr
temperature.
From the above equation,
183. A particle is trapped in an infinite potential Pr = |ψ|2 4πr2 is called radial probability distribution.
energy well. It is in the state with quantum 2
number n = 14. How many maxima does the Pr = 4πr e –2r/a is Radial probability distribution of
probability density have? a
Skeâ keâCe Skeâ Deveble efJeYeJe Tpee& Jesue ceW heBâme ieÙee nw~ hydrogen.
Jen keäJeevšce vebyej n = 14 kesâ meeLe keâer efmLeefle ceW nw~ 185. The average energy of a free electron in a metal
ØeeefÙekeâlee IevelJe kesâ efkeâleves cenòece neWies? at 0º K is (is the following EF is the Fermi
energy)
(a) 7 (b) 13
(c) 14 (d) 21 0º K ceW nw Skeâ Oeeleg ceW jnves Jeeuee Skeâ cegòeâ Fueskeäšê@ve
Ans. (c) : keâer Deewmeleve Tpee& (FveceW mes EF heâceea Tpee& nw)
 nπx  5 3
ψ(x) = A sin   (a) E F (b) E F
 a  3 5
2 nπx 1
(d) E F
Pn (x) = |ψ (x)|2 = sin 2 (c) EF
a a 2
DSSSB PGT 236 YCT

Ans. (b): The average energy of a free electron in a The ± sign appearing in the right hand side due to the
metal at 0°K is, fact that particle moves back and forth from equation.
3 188. The steady state of a particle confined to the
E = EF region (– a, + a) is described by the function:
5
where, EF is Fermi energy. 1  3πx 
186. A 45 kW broadcasting antenna emits radio
ψ(x) = cos   . The probability of a
a  2a 
waves at a frequency of 4 MHz. The number of
 a
photons emitted per second is particle being present in the interval  0,  is
Skeâ 45 kW ØemeejCe keâer ßeb=efiekeâe 4 MHz keâer DeeJe=efle  3
ceW jsef[Ùees lejbieeW keâes Glmeefpe&le keâjlee nw~ Øeefle meskeWâ[ ceW equal to
(–a, + a) ØeosMe kesâ efueS heefjmeerefcele Skeâ keâCe keâer
Glmeefpe&le heâesšesve keâer mebKÙee nw
(a) 3.4 × 1017 (b) 1.7 × 1031
megefmLej DeJemLee keâes Fme keâeÙe& Éeje JeefCe&le keâj mekeâles
(c) 3.4 × 10 31
(d) 1.7 × 1017 nQ:
Ans. (b) : Given, 1  3πx   a 
P = 45 kW ψ(x) = cos   ,  0,  Fme Deblejeue ceW jnves
a  2a   3 
frequency (f) = 4 MHz
we know that,
Jeeues Gme keâCe keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee ––––––– keâes meceeve nw~
number of photons emitted per second 1 1
(a) (b)
Power 3 2
(n) =
Energy of photons 1 1
(c) (d)
45×103 4 8
=
hν 1  3πx 
45×103
Ans. (*) : ϕ(x) = cos   ; ( 0, a / 3)
=
a  2a 
6.634×10–34 × 4×106 a/3
Probability (p) = ∫ ϕ ( x ) dx
2
31
= 1.696 × 10 0
≈ 1.7 × 1031 a/3 1  3πx 

= ∫ cos 2   dx
187. According to Louis de Broglie's hypothesis, the 0 a  2a 
momentum of an electron confirmed to the
 3πx 
interval (0, a) along x-axis can have discrete 1 + cos   dx
values given by ('n' a positive integer in the = ∫
1 a/3  a 
following): a 0 2
uetF&me [er. yeÇesiueer kesâ neFheesefLeefmeme kesâ Devegmeej Skeâ 1  a / 3 a/3  3πx 
Fueskeäšê@ve kesâ DeeIetCe& (0, a) Deblejeue keâes x-De#e kesâ = 
2a  0 ∫ dx + ∫ cos 
0
 a 
 dx
meeLe heefjmeerefcele keâjves kesâ yeeo –––––––efJeefJeòeâ ceeve
1    3πx  a  
a/3
keâes heeÙee pee mekeâlee nw (FveceW 'n' hetCeeËkeâ ceeve nw) = ( a / 3 − 0 ) +  sin    
nh na
2a    a  3π 0 
(a) P = (b) P =
a h 1  a 
=  a / 3 + ( sin π − sin 0 ) 
nh 2na 2a  3π 
(c) P = (d)
2a h 1
=
Ans. (c) : The energy En for the nth quantum state is 6
related to the corresponding relation by 189. The group velocity Vg of a packet of waves and
Pn2 the phase velocity VP satisfies the relation
En = or Pn = 2mE n
2
2m lejb ieeW kesâ Skeâ hewkesâš keâe mecetn Jesie Vg Deewj ›eâceeJemLee
n πℏ
2 2 2
Jesie VP –––––––– kesâ mebyebOe keâes hegef° keâjlee nw~
Pn2 = 2m 2
2ma dVp 1 dVp
(a) Vg = Vp + λ (b) Vg = Vp +
n π
2 2 2
ℏ d λ λ dλ
Pn2 = 2
a dVp 1 dVp
(c) Vg = Vp − λ (d) Vg = Vp −
nπℏ dλ λ dλ
Pn = ±
a Ans. (c) : Group velocity is the velocity with which a
nh dω
P=± wave packet travels i.e Vg =
2a dk
DSSSB PGT 237 YCT

• The waves within the wave packet travel at the phase d  4π 2 −2r / a 0 
velocity while the wave packet itself, that is the ⇒  r e =0
dr  πa 30 
envelope of the waves travels at the group velocity.
• Expression for the group velocity are- 2r 2 a 0 −2r / a 0
⇒ 2re 2r / a 0 − e =0
dV a0
Vg = Vp – λ P
dλ
Vg = c 1+ λ
n 

( ) ( ) dn 
n dλ 
 
d 1 
V 2r 2
–λ 
1 1 p
= 2r =
Vg VP dλ a0
190. According to wave mechanics, the radial wave ⇒ a0 = r
function R(r) describing the electron in the
Thus, the most probable distanceof the e- from the
hydrogen atom in the ground state is written as
nucleus is r = a0.
2r ∈ h2
R ( r ) = 3/2 e-r/a Where a = 0 2 . The value of 191. Atomic mass number of an element is 232 and
a mπe
its atomic number is 90. The end product of
position r0 that corresponds the largest this radioactive element is an isotope of lead
probability is
(atomic mass 208 and atomic number 82). The
lejbie Ùeb$e efJe%eeve kesâ Devegmeej ef$epÙeerÙe lejbie keâeÙe& R(r)
number of alpha and betal particles emitted
cetueeJemLee ceW jnves Jeeues neF[êspeve hejceeCeg ceW efveefnle are
Fueskeäšê@ve keâes Fme Øekeâej efueKe peelee nw Skeâ leòJe keâe DeeefCJekeâ õJÙeceeve keâer mebKÙee 232 Deewj
2r -r/a ∈ h 2
Gmekeâer DeeefCJekeâ mebKÙee 90 nw~ meermes keâe meecemLeeefvekeâ
R (r ) = e a = 0 2 pees GÛÛelece ØeeefÙekeâlee
a 3/2 mπe Fme jssef[ÙeesOeceea leòJe keâe Debeflece Glheeo nw~ (DeeefCJekeâ
kesâ efueS mebJeeoer nw, Gme r0 keâer efmLeefle keâe ceeve nw õJÙeceeve 208 leLee DeeefCJekeâ mebKÙee 82) Deeuheâe
a a Deewj yeeršue keâCeeW keâer Glmeefpe&le mebKÙee nw
(a) r0 = (b) r0 =
3 4
(a) 4α and 6β/4α Deewj 6β
a
(c) r0 = (d) r0 = a (b) 6α only/6α cee$ee
2
Ans. (d) : According to the ques, the radial wave (c) 6α and 4β/6α Deewj 4β
function is given by- (d) 3α and 3β/3α Deewj 3β
2r Ans. (c) : Reaction -
R (r) = 3 / 2 e − r / a
90 Th → 82 pb + α 2 He + β –1e
232 208 4 0
a
In the ground state, the normalization ground state wave comparing atomic mass
function is-
232 = 208 + 4α + 0β
1
Ψ100 = e−1/ a 0
4α = 24
πa 03
α=6
We know that probability density is | Ψ |2- atomic number
P (r) dr = | Ψ |2 4πr2 dr 90 = 82 + 2α – β
= 82 + 12 – β
β=4
192. The mass defect for the nucleus of Helium is
0.03 a.m.u. What is the binding energy per
nucleon for helium in MeV?
1 −2r / a 0
P(r) = e × 4πr 2 nsefueÙece kesâ veeefYekeâ kesâ efueS õJÙeceeve oes<e 0.03 a.m.u.
πa 30
nw~ MeV ceW nsefueÙece kesâ efueS Øeefle veeefYekeâerÙe keâer yevOe
For max probability- Tpee& keäÙee nw?
d
P (r) = 0 (a) 28 (b) 7
dr (c) 16 (d) 4
DSSSB PGT 238 YCT

Ans. (b) : Given, 195. In how many ways two particles can be
Mass defect of helium ( 4
2 He ) = 0.03u arranged in three phase cells according to
Bose-Einstein statistics?/yeesme-DeeFvemšerve kesâ
then total Binding energy = ∆m × 931.5 MeV
∆E = 0.03 × 931.5 mebKÙee MeeŒe kesâ Devegmeej leerve hesâme kesâ keâesMe ceW oes keâCeeW
= 27.945 MeV keâe efkeâleveer efJeOeeDeeW mes Yej mekeâles nQ?
we know that (a) 6 (b) 9
∆E (c) 3 (d) 27
Binding energy per nucleon for helium =
A Ans. (a) : According to Bose-Einstein statistics which
where, A is atomic mass applies to particles known as bosons multiple identical
27.945 particles can occupy the same quantum state.
= MeV
4 Number of arrangements = (n + k – 1) C (k -1)
= 6.99 MeV ≈ 7 MeV
where, n is the number of particle = 2 (Given)
193. The number of most probable thermodynamic
K is number of cells = 3 (Given)
macrostales for a system having odd number of
particles is So, no. of arrangement = (2 + 3 – 1) C (3–1)
keâCeeW keâe efJe<ece Debkeâ jKevesJeeueer Skeâ ØeeCeeueer kesâ efueS = 4 C2
DelÙeble ØeeefÙekeâ T<ceeieeflekeâer ye=nle DeJemLee keâer mebKÙee
(a) 1 (b) 2 4! n!
= ∵ n Cr =
(c) 3 (d) 4 2!2! r!( n – r )!
Ans. (c) : Generally the no. of most probable =6
thermodynamic macro-states for a system is-
196. If the gain of a closes loop inverting amplifier is
( N + q − 1)! 3.9 with an input resistor value of 1.6 k Ω, what
Ω=
N!( q − 1)! value of feedback resistor is necessary?
Where, Ω = no. of macro-state Ùeefo 1.6 k Ω kesâ efveJesMeer ØeeflejesOekeâ kesâ meeLe Skeâ yebo
N = no. of particle uethe FveJeefšËie SceefheäueheâeÙej keâe ueeYe 3.9 nw lees
q = no. of available state. Øeeflehegef° ØeeflejesOekeâ keâe efkeâleves ceeve DeeJeMÙekeâ nw?
Since, no. of particle is odd, N is odd for odd particle.
Therefore, Ω is equal to 1, 3, 5 ----etc. (a) 3.12 k Ω (b) 6.24 k Ω
Hence, option (c) is correct. (c) 410 Ω (d) 820 Ω
194. The relative thermodynamic probability Ans. (b) : Given, gain Amplifier (Av) = 3.9
between two different energy states having input resistance (Rin) = 1.6 kΩ
difference 1.1 × 10-20 joules at 400 k we know that,
temperature is R
A v = f where Rf = feedback resistance
400 k leececeeve ceW 1.1 × 10-20 peewue efYeVelee jKevesJeeues Ri
oes efJeefYeVe Tpee& DeJemLee kesâ yeerÛe Deehesef#ele Rf
3.9 =
T<ceeieeflekeâer ØeeefÙekeâlee 1.6 kΩ
1 1 Rf = 3.9 × 1.6
(a) (b) 2 = 6.24 kΩ
e e
(c) e (d) e2 197. For a diatomic ideal gas near room
Ans. (d) :Given, E2 – E1 = 1.1 × 10–20J temperature, what fraction of the heat supplied
T = 400k is available for external work if the gas is
k = 1.38 × 10–23 expanded at constant pressure?
P = Ae–E/kT keâcejs kesâ leeheceeve kesâ meeefcehÙe keâe Skeâ efÉ DeeefCJekeâ
For first energy state, p1 = Ac–E1/kT DeeoMe& iewme keâes efveÙeleebkeâ oeye ceW ØemejCe keâjves hej,
For second energy state, p1 = Ac–E2/kT mebYejCe keâer ieF& T<cee keâe efkeâme iegCeebkeâ yee¢e keâeÙe& kesâ
p1 Ae − E1 / kT efueS GheueyOe neslee nw?
=
p 2 Ae − E 2 / kT 1 5
E 2 − E1 / kT
(a) (b)
= e 7 7
 1.1×10−20 
(c)
3
(d)
2
= exp  −23 
 1.38 × 10 × 400  4 7
= exp (1.993) Ans. (d) : We know that, Q = nCpdt at constant pressure
and U = nCvdt
p1
= e2 According to first law of thermodynamic
p2 w =Q–U
DSSSB PGT 239 YCT
w Cp – Cv Ans. (a) :
So, = .... (i)
Q Cp • •
L = q12 + q 22
7R H=?
for diatomic is, C p =
2 We know that-
Cp – Cv = R
∂L
5R = Pi
Cv = ∂ q
•
2 i
put the value in equation.. (i) ∂L ∂L
7R 5R Now, P1 = • = 2 q• 1 and • = 2 q• 2 = P2 …(i)
w
– ∂ q1 ∂ q2
= 2 2
Q 7R Hamiltonion equation is-
2
R H = ∑ q• 1 Pi − L
=
7R • •
= 2 q• 1 q• 1 + 2 q• 2 q• 2 − q12 + q 22
2
2 • •
= 2 q12 + 2q 22 − q12 + q 22
•
=
7
• •
198. The electric and magnetic field caused by an H = q12 + q 22
accelerated charged particle are found to scale
as E αr-m and B αr-n at large distances. What P2 P2 P 2 + P22
H= 1 + 2 ⇒H= 1
are the values of m and n? 4 4 4
uebyeer otefjÙeeW ceW lJeefjle nesves Jeeues DeeJesefMele keâCe kesâ 200. An ideal gas of non-relativistic fermions in the
Fuesefkeäš^keâ Deewj ce@ivesefškeâ #es$e E αr-m leLee B αr-n kesâ three dimensions is at 0ºk when both the
™he ceW mkesâue nesles nQ~ Ssmes ceW m leLee n kesâ ceeve keäÙee nw? number density and mass of the particles are
(a) m = 2, n = 1 (b) m = 1, n = 2 doubled, then the energy per particle is
(c) m = 1, n = 1 (d) m = 2, n = 2 multiplied by a factor
Ans. (c) : we know that, Deveeshesef#ekeâerÙe heâefce&Ùee@ve keâe Skeâ DeeoMe& iewme leerve
qa sinθ
for larger distance, E = DeeÙeeceeW ceW 0ºk ceW efmLele nw~ keâCeeW kesâ mebKÙee IevelJe
r
qa sinθ Deewj õJÙeceeve ogievee keâj efoÙee peeÙe lees ØelÙesskeâ keâCe keâer
and B = Tpee& keâes –––––– keâejkeâ mes iegCeve keâj mekeâles nQ~
r
1 (a) 21/2
E ∝ ; E ∝ (r)
–1
i. e
r (b) 1
1 (c) 21/3
B ∝ ; B ∝ (r)
–1
and (d) 2-1/3
r
from question, E ∝ r and B ∝ r
–n –m
Ans. (d) : We know that
So, m = n = 1 ℏ2
( 3π2 n ) at T = 0k
2/3
199. A dynamical system with tow generalized EF =
2m
coordinates q1 and q2 has Lagrangian L =
if n 1 = 2n (Given)
i2 i2
q1 + q 2 . If P1 and P2 are the corresponding and m1 = 2m
generalized momenta then the Hamiltonian is ℏ2
( 3π2 n1 )
2/3
given by Then, E F ' =
2m1
oes meeceevÙeerke=âle efveoxMe q1 Deewj q2 Skeâ [eÙeveeefcekeâue
ℏ2
( 3π2 ( 2n ) )
2/3
i2 i2 =
ØeCeeueer ceW L = q1 + q 2 ues«esefvpeÙeve nQ~ Ùeefo P1 leLee P2 2 ( 2m )
meeceevÙeerke=âle DeeIetCe& nQ, lees nsefceušesefveÙeve keâes Fme
ℏ2
( 3π2 n ) . ( 2 )
−1/ 3
2/3
Øekeâej os mekeâles nQ =
2m
p12 + p 22 q12 + q 22
(a) (b) = EF (2)–1/3
4 4
E 'F
p12 + p 22 p1q1 + p 2 q 2 = (2) −1/ 3
(c) (d) EF
2 4
DSSSB PGT 240 YCT
Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)

DSSSB PGT Physics Solved Papers English Medium@Teachingexam

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

DSSSB PGT Physics Solved Papers English Medium@Teachingexam

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DSSSB PGT Physics Solved Papers English Medium@Teachingexam

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Delhi Subordinate Staff Selection Commission

Post Graduate Teacher Physics Exam. 2021

Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 23.07.2021 (Shift-II)[Male]..................................3-40

Delhi Subordinate Staff Selection Commission

Post Graduate Teacher Physics Exam. 2021

Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 29.06.2021 (Female) ...........................................41-72

Delhi Subordinate Staff Selection Commission

Post Graduate Teacher Physics Exam. 2018

Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 04.07.2018 (Shift-II)[Female] ..........................73-131

Delhi Subordinate Staff Selection Commission

Post Graduate Teacher Physics Exam. 2018

Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 03.07.2018 (Male) ...........................................132-161

Delhi Subordinate Staff Selection Commission

Post Graduate Teacher Physics Exam. 2015

Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 28.06.2015 (Tier-II) ........................................162-184

Delhi Subordinate Staff Selection Commission

Post Graduate Teacher Physics Exam. 2014

Question With Explanation (Exam Date - 30.11.2014 .......................................................185-240

Position time graph follows linear function and is a

So, the correct option is (c).

DSSSB PGT 14 YCT

∴ Mm = 76. Which is true for a simple harmonic motion?

DSSSB PGT 18 YCT

DSSSB PGT 21 YCT

On Combing (i) and (ii), we get

β -Minus decay - 234

DSSSB PGT 35 YCT

DSSSB PGT 36 YCT

DSSSB PGT 37 YCT

and let 'Q' is a charge situated on the axis of the above

= 100 × 1 − (c) Time static/meceÙe keâer efmLejlee (šeFce mšwefškeâ)

1. In β -decay, the nucleus emits- (a) Metre scale/ceeršj mkesâue

DSSSB PGT 45 YCT

DSSSB PGT 47 YCT

velocity/keâCe keâe efJemLeeheve Jesie kesâ meeLe yeouelee jnlee F0 F0

motion in which displacement is a sinusoidal function

DSSSB PGT 51 YCT

DSSSB PGT 52 YCT

(a) 0.65 T (b) 0.82 T µ 0 IR µ 0 IR

(a) The nuclear force between two nucleons falls

DSSSB PGT 54 YCT

DSSSB PGT 57 YCT

• The system remains in mechanical equilibrium with 2π ∞ cos kx dx

ceeve ______ nesiee~ Ans.(a): Laplace transform is named in honour of the

DSSSB PGT 59 YCT

DSSSB PGT 61 YCT

• It depends only upon the radial coordinate r. Radius of nucleus (R) = R o A 3

141. What will be the ratio of acceleration of an

DSSSB PGT 65 YCT

DSSSB PGT 66 YCT

DSSSB PGT 69 YCT

DSSSB PGT 72 YCT

DSSSB PGT 73 YCT

DSSSB PGT 74 YCT

DSSSB PGT 75 YCT

DSSSB PGT 76 YCT

DSSSB PGT 77 YCT

DSSSB PGT 79 YCT